diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj index 649ef8227..fca47883f 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ objects = { /* Begin PBXBuildFile section */ + 4E551F202CF128540096A2DF /* GameController.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E80AA622CD7122800029585 /* GameController.framework */; }; 4E80AA212CD705DD00029585 /* SDL in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; productRef = 4E80AA202CD705DD00029585 /* SDL */; }; - CA5941A82CE3142E00C2BC10 /* GameController.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E80AA622CD7122800029585 /* GameController.framework */; }; /* End PBXBuildFile section */ /* Begin PBXContainerItemProxy section */ @@ -64,13 +64,33 @@ attributesByRelativePath = { "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2.dylib" = (CodeSignOnCopy, ); "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib" = (CodeSignOnCopy, ); + "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavcodec.dylib" = (CodeSignOnCopy, ); + "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavutil.dylib" = (CodeSignOnCopy, ); Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); Dependencies/XCFrameworks/SDL2.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework = (CodeSignOnCopy, RemoveHeadersOnCopy, ); }; buildPhase = 4E80AA092CD6FAA800029585 /* Embed Libraries */; membershipExceptions = ( + "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavcodec.dylib", + "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavutil.dylib", "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib", "Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2.dylib", + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework, + Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework, Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework, Dependencies/XCFrameworks/SDL2.xcframework, ); @@ -104,7 +124,7 @@ isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( - CA5941A82CE3142E00C2BC10 /* GameController.framework in Frameworks */, + 4E551F202CF128540096A2DF /* GameController.framework in Frameworks */, 4E80AA212CD705DD00029585 /* SDL in Frameworks */, ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; @@ -489,6 +509,15 @@ "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", ); MARKETING_VERSION = 1.0; PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = com.stossy11.MeloNX; @@ -533,6 +562,15 @@ "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", + "$(PROJECT_DIR)/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic\\ Libraries", ); MARKETING_VERSION = 1.0; PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = com.stossy11.MeloNX; diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/UserInterfaceState.xcuserstate b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/UserInterfaceState.xcuserstate index df53ca7b5..302254f42 100644 Binary files a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/UserInterfaceState.xcuserstate and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/UserInterfaceState.xcuserstate differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/xcdebugger/Breakpoints_v2.xcbkptlist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/xcdebugger/Breakpoints_v2.xcbkptlist index 5cede85d8..d2944cbe7 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/xcdebugger/Breakpoints_v2.xcbkptlist +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/stossy11.xcuserdatad/xcdebugger/Breakpoints_v2.xcbkptlist @@ -29,5 +29,21 @@ + + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Core/Swift/Ryujinx.swift b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Core/Swift/Ryujinx.swift index fc8ca1ae3..16b3ebfdf 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Core/Swift/Ryujinx.swift +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Core/Swift/Ryujinx.swift @@ -7,10 +7,19 @@ import Foundation import SwiftUI +import SDL2 +import GameController + +struct Controller: Identifiable { + let id: String + let name: String +} class Ryujinx { private var isRunning = false + @Published var controllerMap: [Controller] = [] + public struct Configuration { let gamepath: String let inputids: [String] @@ -96,15 +105,22 @@ class Ryujinx { args.append("--graphics-backend") args.append("Vulkan") // Fixes the Stubs.DispatchLoop Crash + // args.append(contentsOf: ["--memory-manager-mode", "HostMapped"]) args.append(contentsOf: ["--memory-manager-mode", "SoftwarePageTable"]) if config.fullscreen { // args.append(contentsOf: ["--fullscreen", String(config.fullscreen)]) args.append(contentsOf: ["--exclusive-fullscreen", String(config.fullscreen)]) + args.append(contentsOf: ["--exclusive-fullscreen-width", "1280"]) + args.append(contentsOf: ["--exclusive-fullscreen-height", "720"]) // exclusive-fullscreen } // Debug Logs - args.append(contentsOf: ["--enable-debug-logs", String(config.debuglogs)]) - args.append(contentsOf: ["--enable-trace-logs", String(config.tracelogs)]) + + args.append(contentsOf: ["--disable-shader-cache", "true"]) + args.append(contentsOf: ["--disable-docked-mode", "true"]) + args.append(contentsOf: ["--enable-texture-recompression", "true"]) + // args.append(contentsOf: ["--enable-debug-logs", String(config.debuglogs)]) + // args.append(contentsOf: ["--enable-trace-logs", String(config.tracelogs)]) // List the input ids if config.listinputids { @@ -123,8 +139,33 @@ class Ryujinx { return args } + + func getConnectedControllers() { + + + // Retrieve all connected controllers + let controllers = GCController.controllers() + + for controller in controllers { + if let controllerID = controller.vendorName { + // Assuming controller's name is used as the ID + let controllerName = controller.vendorName ?? "Unknown Controller" + + // You can customize the key format here + DispatchQueue.main.async { + self.controllerMap.append(Controller(id: controllerID, name: controllerName)) + } + } + } + + } + + static func log(_ message: String) { print("[Ryujinx] \(message)") } } + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib index effbe684e..d26ed962f 100755 Binary files a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libMoltenVK.dylib differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavcodec.dylib b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavcodec.dylib new file mode 100755 index 000000000..f72a9a08b Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavcodec.dylib differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavutil.dylib b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavutil.dylib new file mode 100755 index 000000000..b48cff0ed Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/Dynamic Libraries/libavutil.dylib differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/Info.plist index 81ed6cbb0..195d07044 100644 Binary files a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/Info.plist and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/Info.plist differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/MoltenVK b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/MoltenVK index effbe684e..d26ed962f 100755 Binary files a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/MoltenVK and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/MoltenVK.xcframework/ios-arm64/MoltenVK.framework/MoltenVK differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..700a9aa1a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + BinaryPath + libSPIRV.a + HeadersPath + Headers + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libSPIRV.a + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + BinaryPath + libSPIRV.a + HeadersPath + Headers + LibraryIdentifier + ios-x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libSPIRV.a + SupportedArchitectures + + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..009d2f1cf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextAMD_H +#define GLSLextAMD_H + +static const int GLSLextAMDVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextAMDRevision = 7; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_ballot +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_ballot = "SPV_AMD_shader_ballot"; + +enum ShaderBallotAMD { + ShaderBallotBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + SwizzleInvocationsAMD = 1, + SwizzleInvocationsMaskedAMD = 2, + WriteInvocationAMD = 3, + MbcntAMD = 4, + + ShaderBallotCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax = "SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax"; + +enum ShaderTrinaryMinMaxAMD { + ShaderTrinaryMinMaxBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + FMin3AMD = 1, + UMin3AMD = 2, + SMin3AMD = 3, + FMax3AMD = 4, + UMax3AMD = 5, + SMax3AMD = 6, + FMid3AMD = 7, + UMid3AMD = 8, + SMid3AMD = 9, + + ShaderTrinaryMinMaxCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter = "SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter"; + +enum ShaderExplicitVertexParameterAMD { + ShaderExplicitVertexParameterBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + InterpolateAtVertexAMD = 1, + + ShaderExplicitVertexParameterCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_gcn_shader +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gcn_shader = "SPV_AMD_gcn_shader"; + +enum GcnShaderAMD { + GcnShaderBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + CubeFaceIndexAMD = 1, + CubeFaceCoordAMD = 2, + TimeAMD = 3, + + GcnShaderCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float"; + +// SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod = "SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod"; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16"; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod = "SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod"; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask = "SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask"; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextAMD_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14425be1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2022 ARM Limited +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextARM_H +#define GLSLextARM_H + +static const int GLSLextARMVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextARMRevision = 1; + +static const char * const E_SPV_ARM_core_builtins = "SPV_ARM_core_builtins"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextARM_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caab27938 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextEXT_H +#define GLSLextEXT_H + +static const int GLSLextEXTVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextEXTRevision = 2; + +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export = "SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer = "SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered = "SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density = "SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation = "SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_add = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_add"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float16_add = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float16_add"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_min_max = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_min_max"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_image_int64 = "SPV_EXT_shader_image_int64"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_tile_image = "SPV_EXT_shader_tile_image"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_mesh_shader = "SPV_EXT_mesh_shader"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextEXT_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d3af1403 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +** Copyright (C) 2022-2024 Arm Limited. +** Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextKHR_H +#define GLSLextKHR_H + +static const int GLSLextKHRVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextKHRRevision = 3; + +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_ballot = "SPV_KHR_shader_ballot"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_device_group = "SPV_KHR_device_group"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_multiview = "SPV_KHR_multiview"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters = "SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_16bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_16bit_storage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_8bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_8bit_storage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class = "SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage = "SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model = "SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock = "SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_clock = "SPV_KHR_shader_clock"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info = "SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_query = "SPV_KHR_ray_query"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate = "SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation = "SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_workgroup_memory_explicit_layout = "SPV_KHR_workgroup_memory_explicit_layout"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_uniform_control_flow = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_uniform_control_flow"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_KHR_fragment_shader_barycentric"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_quad_control = "SPV_KHR_quad_control"; +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_early_and_late_fragment_tests = "SPV_AMD_shader_early_and_late_fragment_tests"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing_position_fetch = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing_position_fetch"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_KHR_cooperative_matrix"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_maximal_reconvergence = "SPV_KHR_maximal_reconvergence"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_rotate = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_rotate"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_expect_assume = "SPV_KHR_expect_assume"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextKHR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4f11e4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextNV_H +#define GLSLextNV_H + +enum BuiltIn; +enum Decoration; +enum Op; +enum Capability; + +static const int GLSLextNVVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextNVRevision = 11; + +//SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage +const char* const E_SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage = "SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage"; + +//SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough +const char* const E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough = "SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough"; + +//SPV_NV_viewport_array2 +const char* const E_SPV_NV_viewport_array2 = "SPV_NV_viewport_array2"; +const char* const E_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array = "SPV_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array"; + +//SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering +const char* const E_SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering = "SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering"; + +//SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes +const char* const E_SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes = "SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned = "SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned"; + +//SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric +const char* const E_SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric"; + +//SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives +const char* const E_SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives = "SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint = "SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint"; + +//SPV_NV_mesh_shader +const char* const E_SPV_NV_mesh_shader = "SPV_NV_mesh_shader"; + +//SPV_NV_raytracing +const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing"; + +//SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur +const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur"; + +//SPV_NV_shading_rate +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shading_rate = "SPV_NV_shading_rate"; + +//SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix +const char* const E_SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins = "SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_execution_reorder +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_invocation_reorder = "SPV_NV_shader_invocation_reorder"; + +//SPV_NV_displacement_micromap +const char* const E_SPV_NV_displacement_micromap = "SPV_NV_displacement_micromap"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector = "SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextNV_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f13bb6935 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2021 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextQCOM_H +#define GLSLextQCOM_H + +enum BuiltIn; +enum Decoration; +enum Op; +enum Capability; + +static const int GLSLextQCOMVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextQCOMRevision = 1; + +//SPV_QCOM_image_processing +const char* const E_SPV_QCOM_image_processing = "SPV_QCOM_image_processing"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextQCOM_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86d3da806 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLstd450_H +#define GLSLstd450_H + +static const int GLSLstd450Version = 100; +static const int GLSLstd450Revision = 1; + +enum GLSLstd450 { + GLSLstd450Bad = 0, // Don't use + + GLSLstd450Round = 1, + GLSLstd450RoundEven = 2, + GLSLstd450Trunc = 3, + GLSLstd450FAbs = 4, + GLSLstd450SAbs = 5, + GLSLstd450FSign = 6, + GLSLstd450SSign = 7, + GLSLstd450Floor = 8, + GLSLstd450Ceil = 9, + GLSLstd450Fract = 10, + + GLSLstd450Radians = 11, + GLSLstd450Degrees = 12, + GLSLstd450Sin = 13, + GLSLstd450Cos = 14, + GLSLstd450Tan = 15, + GLSLstd450Asin = 16, + GLSLstd450Acos = 17, + GLSLstd450Atan = 18, + GLSLstd450Sinh = 19, + GLSLstd450Cosh = 20, + GLSLstd450Tanh = 21, + GLSLstd450Asinh = 22, + GLSLstd450Acosh = 23, + GLSLstd450Atanh = 24, + GLSLstd450Atan2 = 25, + + GLSLstd450Pow = 26, + GLSLstd450Exp = 27, + GLSLstd450Log = 28, + GLSLstd450Exp2 = 29, + GLSLstd450Log2 = 30, + GLSLstd450Sqrt = 31, + GLSLstd450InverseSqrt = 32, + + GLSLstd450Determinant = 33, + GLSLstd450MatrixInverse = 34, + + GLSLstd450Modf = 35, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to + GLSLstd450ModfStruct = 36, // no OpVariable operand + GLSLstd450FMin = 37, + GLSLstd450UMin = 38, + GLSLstd450SMin = 39, + GLSLstd450FMax = 40, + GLSLstd450UMax = 41, + GLSLstd450SMax = 42, + GLSLstd450FClamp = 43, + GLSLstd450UClamp = 44, + GLSLstd450SClamp = 45, + GLSLstd450FMix = 46, + GLSLstd450IMix = 47, // Reserved + GLSLstd450Step = 48, + GLSLstd450SmoothStep = 49, + + GLSLstd450Fma = 50, + GLSLstd450Frexp = 51, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to + GLSLstd450FrexpStruct = 52, // no OpVariable operand + GLSLstd450Ldexp = 53, + + GLSLstd450PackSnorm4x8 = 54, + GLSLstd450PackUnorm4x8 = 55, + GLSLstd450PackSnorm2x16 = 56, + GLSLstd450PackUnorm2x16 = 57, + GLSLstd450PackHalf2x16 = 58, + GLSLstd450PackDouble2x32 = 59, + GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm2x16 = 60, + GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm2x16 = 61, + GLSLstd450UnpackHalf2x16 = 62, + GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm4x8 = 63, + GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm4x8 = 64, + GLSLstd450UnpackDouble2x32 = 65, + + GLSLstd450Length = 66, + GLSLstd450Distance = 67, + GLSLstd450Cross = 68, + GLSLstd450Normalize = 69, + GLSLstd450FaceForward = 70, + GLSLstd450Reflect = 71, + GLSLstd450Refract = 72, + + GLSLstd450FindILsb = 73, + GLSLstd450FindSMsb = 74, + GLSLstd450FindUMsb = 75, + + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtCentroid = 76, + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtSample = 77, + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtOffset = 78, + + GLSLstd450NMin = 79, + GLSLstd450NMax = 80, + GLSLstd450NClamp = 81, + + GLSLstd450Count +}; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLstd450_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b9ef3c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#include "Logger.h" + +namespace glslang { +class TIntermediate; + +struct SpvOptions { + bool generateDebugInfo {false}; + bool stripDebugInfo {false}; + bool disableOptimizer {true}; + bool optimizeSize {false}; + bool disassemble {false}; + bool validate {false}; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo {false}; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource{ false }; + bool compileOnly{false}; +}; + +void GetSpirvVersion(std::string&); +int GetSpirvGeneratorVersion(); +void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + SpvOptions* options = nullptr); +void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger, SpvOptions* options = nullptr); +bool OutputSpvBin(const std::vector& spirv, const char* baseName); +bool OutputSpvHex(const std::vector& spirv, const char* baseName, const char* varName); + +} diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e4ddaf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2016 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H +#define GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H + +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +// A class for holding all SPIR-V build status messages, including +// missing/TBD functionalities, warnings, and errors. +class SpvBuildLogger { +public: + SpvBuildLogger() {} + + // Registers a TBD functionality. + void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f); + // Registers a missing functionality. + void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f); + + // Logs a warning. + void warning(const std::string& w) { warnings.push_back(w); } + // Logs an error. + void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); } + + // Returns all messages accumulated in the order of: + // TBD functionalities, missing functionalities, warnings, errors. + std::string getAllMessages() const; + +private: + SpvBuildLogger(const SpvBuildLogger&); + + std::vector tbdFeatures; + std::vector missingFeatures; + std::vector warnings; + std::vector errors; +}; + +} // end spv namespace + +#endif // GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca7247f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +// "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +// permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +// the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +// in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS +// KHRONOS STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS +// SPECIFICATIONS AND HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT +// https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +// CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +// TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +// MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +// + +#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ +#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +enum { + NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision = 1, + NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructions { + NonSemanticDebugPrintfDebugPrintf = 1, + NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f74abcb64 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2018 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +// of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +// to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +// Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +// STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +// HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +// OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +// IN THE MATERIALS. + +#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ +#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +enum { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Version = 100, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Version_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; +enum { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Revision = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Revision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Instructions { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoNone = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompilationUnit = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeBasic = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypePointer = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifier = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeArray = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeVector = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypedef = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeFunction = 8, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeEnum = 9, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeComposite = 10, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeMember = 11, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeInheritance = 12, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypePtrToMember = 13, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplate = 14, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateParameter = 15, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateTemplateParameter = 16, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateParameterPack = 17, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugGlobalVariable = 18, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunctionDeclaration = 19, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunction = 20, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLexicalBlock = 21, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLexicalBlockDiscriminator = 22, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugScope = 23, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugNoScope = 24, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInlinedAt = 25, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLocalVariable = 26, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInlinedVariable = 27, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugDeclare = 28, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugValue = 29, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperation = 30, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugExpression = 31, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugMacroDef = 32, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugMacroUndef = 33, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntity = 34, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugSource = 35, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunctionDefinition = 101, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugSourceContinued = 102, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLine = 103, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugNoLine = 104, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBuildIdentifier = 105, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugStoragePath = 106, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugEntryPoint = 107, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeMatrix = 108, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100InstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoFlags { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100None = 0x0000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsProtected = 0x01, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsPrivate = 0x02, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsPublic = 0x03, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsLocal = 0x04, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsDefinition = 0x08, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagFwdDecl = 0x10, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagArtificial = 0x20, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagExplicit = 0x40, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagPrototyped = 0x80, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagObjectPointer = 0x100, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagStaticMember = 0x200, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIndirectVariable = 0x400, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagLValueReference = 0x800, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagRValueReference = 0x1000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsOptimized = 0x2000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsEnumClass = 0x4000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagTypePassByValue = 0x8000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagTypePassByReference = 0x10000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagUnknownPhysicalLayout = 0x20000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BuildIdentifierFlags { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100IdentifierPossibleDuplicates = 0x01, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BuildIdentifierFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBaseTypeAttributeEncoding { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Unspecified = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Address = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Boolean = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Float = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Signed = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100SignedChar = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Unsigned = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100UnsignedChar = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBaseTypeAttributeEncodingMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeType { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Class = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Structure = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Union = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeTypeMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifier { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ConstType = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100VolatileType = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100RestrictType = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100AtomicType = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifierMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperation { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Deref = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Plus = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Minus = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100PlusUconst = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BitPiece = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Swap = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Xderef = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100StackValue = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Constu = 8, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Fragment = 9, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperationMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntity { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ImportedModule = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ImportedDeclaration = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntityMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33efe331e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// + +#ifndef SPIRVREMAPPER_H +#define SPIRVREMAPPER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +class spirvbin_base_t +{ +public: + enum Options { + NONE = 0, + STRIP = (1<<0), + MAP_TYPES = (1<<1), + MAP_NAMES = (1<<2), + MAP_FUNCS = (1<<3), + DCE_FUNCS = (1<<4), + DCE_VARS = (1<<5), + DCE_TYPES = (1<<6), + OPT_LOADSTORE = (1<<7), + OPT_FWD_LS = (1<<8), // EXPERIMENTAL: PRODUCES INVALID SCHEMA-0 SPIRV + MAP_ALL = (MAP_TYPES | MAP_NAMES | MAP_FUNCS), + DCE_ALL = (DCE_FUNCS | DCE_VARS | DCE_TYPES), + OPT_ALL = (OPT_LOADSTORE), + + ALL_BUT_STRIP = (MAP_ALL | DCE_ALL | OPT_ALL), + DO_EVERYTHING = (STRIP | ALL_BUT_STRIP) + }; +}; + +} // namespace SPV + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +namespace spv { +const Id NoResult = 0; + +// class to hold SPIR-V binary data for remapping, DCE, and debug stripping +class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t +{ +public: + spirvbin_t(int verbose = 0) : entryPoint(spv::NoResult), largestNewId(0), verbose(verbose), errorLatch(false) + { } + + virtual ~spirvbin_t() { } + + // remap on an existing binary in memory + void remap(std::vector& spv, const std::vector& whiteListStrings, + std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // remap on an existing binary in memory - legacy interface without white list + void remap(std::vector& spv, std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // Type for error/log handler functions + typedef std::function errorfn_t; + typedef std::function logfn_t; + + // Register error/log handling functions (can be lambda fn / functor / etc) + static void registerErrorHandler(errorfn_t handler) { errorHandler = handler; } + static void registerLogHandler(logfn_t handler) { logHandler = handler; } + +protected: + // This can be overridden to provide other message behavior if needed + virtual void msg(int minVerbosity, int indent, const std::string& txt) const; + +private: + // Local to global, or global to local ID map + typedef std::unordered_map idmap_t; + typedef std::unordered_set idset_t; + typedef std::unordered_map blockmap_t; + + void remap(std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // Map of names to IDs + typedef std::unordered_map namemap_t; + + typedef std::uint32_t spirword_t; + + typedef std::pair range_t; + typedef std::function idfn_t; + typedef std::function instfn_t; + + // Special Values for ID map: + static const spv::Id unmapped; // unchanged from default value + static const spv::Id unused; // unused ID + static const int header_size; // SPIR header = 5 words + + class id_iterator_t; + + // For mapping type entries between different shaders + typedef std::vector typeentry_t; + typedef std::map globaltypes_t; + + // A set that preserves position order, and a reverse map + typedef std::set posmap_t; + typedef std::unordered_map posmap_rev_t; + + // Maps and ID to the size of its base type, if known. + typedef std::unordered_map typesize_map_t; + + // handle error + void error(const std::string& txt) const { errorLatch = true; errorHandler(txt); } + + bool isConstOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isTypeOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isFlowCtrl(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t literalRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t typeRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t constRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + unsigned typeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const; + unsigned idTypeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const; + + bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode, unsigned start) const; + + spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) { return spv[word]; } + const spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) const { return spv[word]; } + spv::Op asOpCode(unsigned word) const { return opOpCode(spv[word]); } + std::uint32_t asOpCodeHash(unsigned word); + spv::Decoration asDecoration(unsigned word) const { return spv::Decoration(spv[word]); } + unsigned asWordCount(unsigned word) const { return opWordCount(spv[word]); } + spv::Id asTypeConstId(unsigned word) const { return asId(word + (isTypeOp(asOpCode(word)) ? 1 : 2)); } + unsigned idPos(spv::Id id) const; + + static unsigned opWordCount(spirword_t data) { return data >> spv::WordCountShift; } + static spv::Op opOpCode(spirword_t data) { return spv::Op(data & spv::OpCodeMask); } + + // Header access & set methods + spirword_t magic() const { return spv[0]; } // return magic number + spirword_t bound() const { return spv[3]; } // return Id bound from header + spirword_t bound(spirword_t b) { return spv[3] = b; } + spirword_t genmagic() const { return spv[2]; } // generator magic + spirword_t genmagic(spirword_t m) { return spv[2] = m; } + spirword_t schemaNum() const { return spv[4]; } // schema number from header + + // Mapping fns: get + spv::Id localId(spv::Id id) const { return idMapL[id]; } + + // Mapping fns: set + inline spv::Id localId(spv::Id id, spv::Id newId); + void countIds(spv::Id id); + + // Return next unused new local ID. + // NOTE: boost::dynamic_bitset would be more efficient due to find_next(), + // which std::vector doens't have. + inline spv::Id nextUnusedId(spv::Id id); + + void buildLocalMaps(); + std::string literalString(unsigned word) const; // Return literal as a std::string + int literalStringWords(const std::string& str) const { return (int(str.size())+4)/4; } + + bool isNewIdMapped(spv::Id newId) const { return isMapped(newId); } + bool isOldIdUnmapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unmapped; } + bool isOldIdUnused(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unused; } + bool isOldIdMapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return !isOldIdUnused(oldId) && !isOldIdUnmapped(oldId); } + bool isFunction(spv::Id oldId) const { return fnPos.find(oldId) != fnPos.end(); } + + // bool matchType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt, spv::Id gt) const; + // spv::Id findType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt) const; + std::uint32_t hashType(unsigned typeStart) const; + + spirvbin_t& process(instfn_t, idfn_t, unsigned begin = 0, unsigned end = 0); + int processInstruction(unsigned word, instfn_t, idfn_t); + + void validate() const; + void mapTypeConst(); + void mapFnBodies(); + void optLoadStore(); + void dceFuncs(); + void dceVars(); + void dceTypes(); + void mapNames(); + void foldIds(); // fold IDs to smallest space + void forwardLoadStores(); // load store forwarding (EXPERIMENTAL) + void offsetIds(); // create relative offset IDs + + void applyMap(); // remap per local name map + void mapRemainder(); // map any IDs we haven't touched yet + void stripDebug(); // strip all debug info + void stripDeadRefs(); // strips debug info for now-dead references after DCE + void strip(); // remove debug symbols + + std::vector spv; // SPIR words + + std::vector stripWhiteList; + + namemap_t nameMap; // ID names from OpName + + // Since we want to also do binary ops, we can't use std::vector. we could use + // boost::dynamic_bitset, but we're trying to avoid a boost dependency. + typedef std::uint64_t bits_t; + std::vector mapped; // which new IDs have been mapped + static const int mBits = sizeof(bits_t) * 4; + + bool isMapped(spv::Id id) const { return id < maxMappedId() && ((mapped[id/mBits] & (1LL<<(id%mBits))) != 0); } + void setMapped(spv::Id id) { resizeMapped(id); mapped[id/mBits] |= (1LL<<(id%mBits)); } + void resizeMapped(spv::Id id) { if (id >= maxMappedId()) mapped.resize(id/mBits+1, 0); } + size_t maxMappedId() const { return mapped.size() * mBits; } + + // Add a strip range for a given instruction starting at 'start' + // Note: avoiding brace initializers to please older versions os MSVC. + void stripInst(unsigned start) { stripRange.push_back(range_t(start, start + asWordCount(start))); } + + // Function start and end. use unordered_map because we'll have + // many fewer functions than IDs. + std::unordered_map fnPos; + + // Which functions are called, anywhere in the module, with a call count + std::unordered_map fnCalls; + + posmap_t typeConstPos; // word positions that define types & consts (ordered) + posmap_rev_t idPosR; // reverse map from IDs to positions + typesize_map_t idTypeSizeMap; // maps each ID to its type size, if known. + + std::vector idMapL; // ID {M}ap from {L}ocal to {G}lobal IDs + + spv::Id entryPoint; // module entry point + spv::Id largestNewId; // biggest new ID we have mapped anything to + + // Sections of the binary to strip, given as [begin,end) + std::vector stripRange; + + // processing options: + std::uint32_t options; + int verbose; // verbosity level + + // Error latch: this is set if the error handler is ever executed. It would be better to + // use a try/catch block and throw, but that's not desired for certain environments, so + // this is the alternative. + mutable bool errorLatch; + + static errorfn_t errorHandler; + static logfn_t logHandler; +}; + +} // namespace SPV + +#endif // SPIRVREMAPPER_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a65a98e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h @@ -0,0 +1,989 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2020 Google, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited. +// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// "Builder" is an interface to fully build SPIR-V IR. Allocate one of +// these to build (a thread safe) internal SPIR-V representation (IR), +// and then dump it as a binary stream according to the SPIR-V specification. +// +// A Builder has a 1:1 relationship with a SPIR-V module. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef SpvBuilder_H +#define SpvBuilder_H + +#include "Logger.h" +#include "spirv.hpp" +#include "spvIR.h" +namespace spv { + #include "GLSL.ext.KHR.h" + #include "NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h" +} + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +typedef enum { + Spv_1_0 = (1 << 16), + Spv_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8), + Spv_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8), + Spv_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8), + Spv_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8), + Spv_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8), +} SpvVersion; + +class Builder { +public: + Builder(unsigned int spvVersion, unsigned int userNumber, SpvBuildLogger* logger); + virtual ~Builder(); + + static const int maxMatrixSize = 4; + + unsigned int getSpvVersion() const { return spvVersion; } + + void setSource(spv::SourceLanguage lang, int version) + { + sourceLang = lang; + sourceVersion = version; + } + spv::Id getStringId(const std::string& str) + { + auto sItr = stringIds.find(str); + if (sItr != stringIds.end()) + return sItr->second; + spv::Id strId = getUniqueId(); + Instruction* fileString = new Instruction(strId, NoType, OpString); + const char* file_c_str = str.c_str(); + fileString->addStringOperand(file_c_str); + strings.push_back(std::unique_ptr(fileString)); + module.mapInstruction(fileString); + stringIds[file_c_str] = strId; + return strId; + } + + spv::Id getMainFileId() const { return mainFileId; } + + // Initialize the main source file name + void setDebugSourceFile(const std::string& file) + { + if (trackDebugInfo) { + dirtyLineTracker = true; + mainFileId = getStringId(file); + currentFileId = mainFileId; + } + } + + // Set the debug source location tracker in the builder. + // The upcoming instructions in basic blocks will be associated to this location. + void setDebugSourceLocation(int line, const char* filename) + { + if (trackDebugInfo) { + dirtyLineTracker = true; + if (line != 0) { + // TODO: This is special handling of some AST nodes having (untracked) line 0. + // But they should have a valid line number. + currentLine = line; + if (filename) { + currentFileId = getStringId(filename); + } + } + } + } + + void setSourceText(const std::string& text) { sourceText = text; } + void addSourceExtension(const char* ext) { sourceExtensions.push_back(ext); } + void addModuleProcessed(const std::string& p) { moduleProcesses.push_back(p.c_str()); } + void setEmitSpirvDebugInfo() + { + trackDebugInfo = true; + emitSpirvDebugInfo = true; + } + void setEmitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo(bool emitSourceText) + { + trackDebugInfo = true; + emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = true; + importNonSemanticShaderDebugInfoInstructions(); + + if (emitSourceText) { + emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource = emitSourceText; + } + } + void addExtension(const char* ext) { extensions.insert(ext); } + void removeExtension(const char* ext) + { + extensions.erase(ext); + } + void addIncorporatedExtension(const char* ext, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion) + { + if (getSpvVersion() < static_cast(incorporatedVersion)) + addExtension(ext); + } + void promoteIncorporatedExtension(const char* baseExt, const char* promoExt, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion) + { + removeExtension(baseExt); + addIncorporatedExtension(promoExt, incorporatedVersion); + } + void addInclude(const std::string& name, const std::string& text) + { + spv::Id incId = getStringId(name); + includeFiles[incId] = &text; + } + Id import(const char*); + void setMemoryModel(spv::AddressingModel addr, spv::MemoryModel mem) + { + addressModel = addr; + memoryModel = mem; + } + + void addCapability(spv::Capability cap) { capabilities.insert(cap); } + + // To get a new for anything needing a new one. + Id getUniqueId() { return ++uniqueId; } + + // To get a set of new s, e.g., for a set of function parameters + Id getUniqueIds(int numIds) + { + Id id = uniqueId + 1; + uniqueId += numIds; + return id; + } + + // For creating new types (will return old type if the requested one was already made). + Id makeVoidType(); + Id makeBoolType(); + Id makePointer(StorageClass, Id pointee); + Id makeForwardPointer(StorageClass); + Id makePointerFromForwardPointer(StorageClass, Id forwardPointerType, Id pointee); + Id makeIntegerType(int width, bool hasSign); // generic + Id makeIntType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, true); } + Id makeUintType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, false); } + Id makeFloatType(int width); + Id makeStructType(const std::vector& members, const char* name, bool const compilerGenerated = true); + Id makeStructResultType(Id type0, Id type1); + Id makeVectorType(Id component, int size); + Id makeMatrixType(Id component, int cols, int rows); + Id makeArrayType(Id element, Id sizeId, int stride); // 0 stride means no stride decoration + Id makeRuntimeArray(Id element); + Id makeFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector& paramTypes); + Id makeImageType(Id sampledType, Dim, bool depth, bool arrayed, bool ms, unsigned sampled, ImageFormat format); + Id makeSamplerType(); + Id makeSampledImageType(Id imageType); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeKHR(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols, Id use); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeNV(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeWithSameShape(Id component, Id otherType); + Id makeGenericType(spv::Op opcode, std::vector& operands); + + // SPIR-V NonSemantic Shader DebugInfo Instructions + struct DebugTypeLoc { + std::string name {}; + int line {0}; + int column {0}; + }; + std::unordered_map debugTypeLocs; + Id makeDebugInfoNone(); + Id makeBoolDebugType(int const size); + Id makeIntegerDebugType(int const width, bool const hasSign); + Id makeFloatDebugType(int const width); + Id makeSequentialDebugType(Id const baseType, Id const componentCount, NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Instructions const sequenceType); + Id makeArrayDebugType(Id const baseType, Id const componentCount); + Id makeVectorDebugType(Id const baseType, int const componentCount); + Id makeMatrixDebugType(Id const vectorType, int const vectorCount, bool columnMajor = true); + Id makeMemberDebugType(Id const memberType, DebugTypeLoc const& debugTypeLoc); + Id makeCompositeDebugType(std::vector const& memberTypes, char const*const name, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeType const tag, bool const isOpaqueType = false); + Id makePointerDebugType(StorageClass storageClass, Id const baseType); + Id makeDebugSource(const Id fileName); + Id makeDebugCompilationUnit(); + Id createDebugGlobalVariable(Id const type, char const*const name, Id const variable); + Id createDebugLocalVariable(Id type, char const*const name, size_t const argNumber = 0); + Id makeDebugExpression(); + Id makeDebugDeclare(Id const debugLocalVariable, Id const pointer); + Id makeDebugValue(Id const debugLocalVariable, Id const value); + Id makeDebugFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector& paramTypes); + Id makeDebugFunction(Function* function, Id nameId, Id funcTypeId); + Id makeDebugLexicalBlock(uint32_t line); + std::string unmangleFunctionName(std::string const& name) const; + void setupDebugFunctionEntry(Function* function, const char* name, int line, + const std::vector& paramTypes, + const std::vector& paramNames); + + // accelerationStructureNV type + Id makeAccelerationStructureType(); + // rayQueryEXT type + Id makeRayQueryType(); + // hitObjectNV type + Id makeHitObjectNVType(); + + // For querying about types. + Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { return module.getTypeId(resultId); } + Id getDerefTypeId(Id resultId) const; + Op getOpCode(Id id) const { return module.getInstruction(id)->getOpCode(); } + Op getTypeClass(Id typeId) const { return getOpCode(typeId); } + Op getMostBasicTypeClass(Id typeId) const; + int getNumComponents(Id resultId) const { return getNumTypeComponents(getTypeId(resultId)); } + int getNumTypeConstituents(Id typeId) const; + int getNumTypeComponents(Id typeId) const { return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); } + Id getScalarTypeId(Id typeId) const; + Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId) const; + Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId, int) const; + StorageClass getTypeStorageClass(Id typeId) const { return module.getStorageClass(typeId); } + ImageFormat getImageTypeFormat(Id typeId) const + { return (ImageFormat)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(6); } + Id getResultingAccessChainType() const; + Id getIdOperand(Id resultId, int idx) { return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getIdOperand(idx); } + + bool isPointer(Id resultId) const { return isPointerType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isScalar(Id resultId) const { return isScalarType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isVector(Id resultId) const { return isVectorType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isMatrix(Id resultId) const { return isMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isCooperativeMatrix(Id resultId)const { return isCooperativeMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isAggregate(Id resultId) const { return isAggregateType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isSampledImage(Id resultId) const { return isSampledImageType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + bool isBoolType(Id typeId) + { return groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].size() > 0 && typeId == groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].back()->getResultId(); } + bool isIntType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) != 0; } + bool isUintType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) == 0; } + bool isFloatType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat; } + bool isPointerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypePointer; } + bool isScalarType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt || + getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeBool; } + bool isVectorType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeVector; } + bool isMatrixType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeMatrix; } + bool isStructType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeStruct; } + bool isArrayType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeArray; } + bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const + { + return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV; + } + bool isAggregateType(Id typeId) const + { return isArrayType(typeId) || isStructType(typeId) || isCooperativeMatrixType(typeId); } + bool isImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeImage; } + bool isSamplerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampler; } + bool isSampledImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampledImage; } + bool containsType(Id typeId, Op typeOp, unsigned int width) const; + bool containsPhysicalStorageBufferOrArray(Id typeId) const; + + bool isConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const; + bool isSpecConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const; + bool isConstant(Id resultId) const { return isConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + bool isConstantScalar(Id resultId) const { return getOpCode(resultId) == OpConstant; } + bool isSpecConstant(Id resultId) const { return isSpecConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + unsigned int getConstantScalar(Id resultId) const + { return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getImmediateOperand(0); } + StorageClass getStorageClass(Id resultId) const { return getTypeStorageClass(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + bool isVariableOpCode(Op opcode) const { return opcode == OpVariable; } + bool isVariable(Id resultId) const { return isVariableOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + bool isGlobalStorage(Id resultId) const { return getStorageClass(resultId) != StorageClassFunction; } + bool isGlobalVariable(Id resultId) const { return isVariable(resultId) && isGlobalStorage(resultId); } + // See if a resultId is valid for use as an initializer. + bool isValidInitializer(Id resultId) const { return isConstant(resultId) || isGlobalVariable(resultId); } + + int getScalarTypeWidth(Id typeId) const + { + Id scalarTypeId = getScalarTypeId(typeId); + assert(getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeInt || getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeFloat); + return module.getInstruction(scalarTypeId)->getImmediateOperand(0); + } + + int getTypeNumColumns(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isMatrixType(typeId)); + return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); + } + int getNumColumns(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumColumns(getTypeId(resultId)); } + int getTypeNumRows(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isMatrixType(typeId)); + return getNumTypeComponents(getContainedTypeId(typeId)); + } + int getNumRows(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumRows(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + Dim getTypeDimensionality(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isImageType(typeId)); + return (Dim)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1); + } + Id getImageType(Id resultId) const + { + Id typeId = getTypeId(resultId); + assert(isImageType(typeId) || isSampledImageType(typeId)); + return isSampledImageType(typeId) ? module.getInstruction(typeId)->getIdOperand(0) : typeId; + } + bool isArrayedImageType(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isImageType(typeId)); + return module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(3) != 0; + } + + // For making new constants (will return old constant if the requested one was already made). + Id makeNullConstant(Id typeId); + Id makeBoolConstant(bool b, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeInt8Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(8), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint8Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(8), u, specConstant); } + Id makeInt16Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(16), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint16Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(16), u, specConstant); } + Id makeIntConstant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(32), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUintConstant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(32), u, specConstant); } + Id makeInt64Constant(long long i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeInt64Constant(makeIntType(64), (unsigned long long)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint64Constant(unsigned long long u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeInt64Constant(makeUintType(64), u, specConstant); } + Id makeFloatConstant(float f, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeDoubleConstant(double d, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeFloat16Constant(float f16, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeFpConstant(Id type, double d, bool specConstant = false); + + Id importNonSemanticShaderDebugInfoInstructions(); + + // Turn the array of constants into a proper spv constant of the requested type. + Id makeCompositeConstant(Id type, const std::vector& comps, bool specConst = false); + + // Methods for adding information outside the CFG. + Instruction* addEntryPoint(ExecutionModel, Function*, const char* name); + void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, int value1 = -1, int value2 = -1, int value3 = -1); + void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, const std::vector& literals); + void addExecutionModeId(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, const std::vector& operandIds); + void addName(Id, const char* name); + void addMemberName(Id, int member, const char* name); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, int num = -1); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const char*); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const std::vector& literals); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const std::vector& strings); + void addLinkageDecoration(Id id, const char* name, spv::LinkageType linkType); + void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, Id idDecoration); + void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, const std::vector& operandIds); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, int num = -1); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const char*); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const std::vector& literals); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const std::vector& strings); + + // At the end of what block do the next create*() instructions go? + // Also reset current last DebugScope and current source line to unknown + void setBuildPoint(Block* bp) { + buildPoint = bp; + // TODO: Technically, change of build point should set line tracker dirty. But we'll have bad line info for + // branch instructions. Commenting this for now because at least this matches the old behavior. + dirtyScopeTracker = true; + } + Block* getBuildPoint() const { return buildPoint; } + + // Append an instruction to the end of the current build point. + // Optionally, additional debug info instructions may also be prepended. + void addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst); + + // Make the entry-point function. The returned pointer is only valid + // for the lifetime of this builder. + Function* makeEntryPoint(const char*); + + // Make a shader-style function, and create its entry block if entry is non-zero. + // Return the function, pass back the entry. + // The returned pointer is only valid for the lifetime of this builder. + Function* makeFunctionEntry(Decoration precision, Id returnType, const char* name, LinkageType linkType, + const std::vector& paramTypes, + const std::vector>& precisions, Block** entry = nullptr); + + // Create a return. An 'implicit' return is one not appearing in the source + // code. In the case of an implicit return, no post-return block is inserted. + void makeReturn(bool implicit, Id retVal = 0); + + // Initialize state and generate instructions for new lexical scope + void enterLexicalBlock(uint32_t line); + + // Set state and generate instructions to exit current lexical scope + void leaveLexicalBlock(); + + // Prepare builder for generation of instructions for a function. + void enterFunction(Function const* function); + + // Generate all the code needed to finish up a function. + void leaveFunction(); + + // Create block terminator instruction for certain statements like + // discard, terminate-invocation, terminateRayEXT, or ignoreIntersectionEXT + void makeStatementTerminator(spv::Op opcode, const char *name); + + // Create block terminator instruction for statements that have input operands + // such as OpEmitMeshTasksEXT + void makeStatementTerminator(spv::Op opcode, const std::vector& operands, const char* name); + + // Create a global or function local or IO variable. + Id createVariable(Decoration precision, StorageClass storageClass, Id type, const char* name = nullptr, + Id initializer = NoResult, bool const compilerGenerated = true); + + // Create an intermediate with an undefined value. + Id createUndefined(Id type); + + // Store into an Id and return the l-value + void createStore(Id rValue, Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Load from an Id and return it + Id createLoad(Id lValue, spv::Decoration precision, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Create an OpAccessChain instruction + Id createAccessChain(StorageClass, Id base, const std::vector& offsets); + + // Create an OpArrayLength instruction + Id createArrayLength(Id base, unsigned int member); + + // Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR instruction + Id createCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR(Id type); + // Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV instruction + Id createCooperativeMatrixLengthNV(Id type); + + // Create an OpCompositeExtract instruction + Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index); + Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector& indexes); + Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index); + Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector& indexes); + + Id createVectorExtractDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id componentIndex); + Id createVectorInsertDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id component, Id componentIndex); + + void createNoResultOp(Op); + void createNoResultOp(Op, Id operand); + void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector& operands); + void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector& operands); + void createControlBarrier(Scope execution, Scope memory, MemorySemanticsMask); + void createMemoryBarrier(unsigned executionScope, unsigned memorySemantics); + Id createUnaryOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand); + Id createBinOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2); + Id createTriOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2, Id operand3); + Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands); + Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands); + Id createFunctionCall(spv::Function*, const std::vector&); + Id createSpecConstantOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands, const std::vector& literals); + + // Take an rvalue (source) and a set of channels to extract from it to + // make a new rvalue, which is returned. + Id createRvalueSwizzle(Decoration precision, Id typeId, Id source, const std::vector& channels); + + // Take a copy of an lvalue (target) and a source of components, and set the + // source components into the lvalue where the 'channels' say to put them. + // An updated version of the target is returned. + // (No true lvalue or stores are used.) + Id createLvalueSwizzle(Id typeId, Id target, Id source, const std::vector& channels); + + // If both the id and precision are valid, the id + // gets tagged with the requested precision. + // The passed in id is always the returned id, to simplify use patterns. + Id setPrecision(Id id, Decoration precision) + { + if (precision != NoPrecision && id != NoResult) + addDecoration(id, precision); + + return id; + } + + // Can smear a scalar to a vector for the following forms: + // - promoteScalar(scalar, vector) // smear scalar to width of vector + // - promoteScalar(vector, scalar) // smear scalar to width of vector + // - promoteScalar(pointer, scalar) // smear scalar to width of what pointer points to + // - promoteScalar(scalar, scalar) // do nothing + // Other forms are not allowed. + // + // Generally, the type of 'scalar' does not need to be the same type as the components in 'vector'. + // The type of the created vector is a vector of components of the same type as the scalar. + // + // Note: One of the arguments will change, with the result coming back that way rather than + // through the return value. + void promoteScalar(Decoration precision, Id& left, Id& right); + + // Make a value by smearing the scalar to fill the type. + // vectorType should be the correct type for making a vector of scalarVal. + // (No conversions are done.) + Id smearScalar(Decoration precision, Id scalarVal, Id vectorType); + + // Create a call to a built-in function. + Id createBuiltinCall(Id resultType, Id builtins, int entryPoint, const std::vector& args); + + // List of parameters used to create a texture operation + struct TextureParameters { + Id sampler; + Id coords; + Id bias; + Id lod; + Id Dref; + Id offset; + Id offsets; + Id gradX; + Id gradY; + Id sample; + Id component; + Id texelOut; + Id lodClamp; + Id granularity; + Id coarse; + bool nonprivate; + bool volatil; + }; + + // Select the correct texture operation based on all inputs, and emit the correct instruction + Id createTextureCall(Decoration precision, Id resultType, bool sparse, bool fetch, bool proj, bool gather, + bool noImplicit, const TextureParameters&, ImageOperandsMask); + + // Emit the OpTextureQuery* instruction that was passed in. + // Figure out the right return value and type, and return it. + Id createTextureQueryCall(Op, const TextureParameters&, bool isUnsignedResult); + + Id createSamplePositionCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id); + + Id createBitFieldExtractCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, bool isSigned); + Id createBitFieldInsertCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, Id); + + // Reduction comparison for composites: For equal and not-equal resulting in a scalar. + Id createCompositeCompare(Decoration precision, Id, Id, bool /* true if for equal, false if for not-equal */); + + // OpCompositeConstruct + Id createCompositeConstruct(Id typeId, const std::vector& constituents); + + // vector or scalar constructor + Id createConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector& sources, Id resultTypeId); + + // matrix constructor + Id createMatrixConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector& sources, Id constructee); + + // Helper to use for building nested control flow with if-then-else. + class If { + public: + If(Id condition, unsigned int ctrl, Builder& builder); + ~If() {} + + void makeBeginElse(); + void makeEndIf(); + + private: + If(const If&); + If& operator=(If&); + + Builder& builder; + Id condition; + unsigned int control; + Function* function; + Block* headerBlock; + Block* thenBlock; + Block* elseBlock; + Block* mergeBlock; + }; + + // Make a switch statement. A switch has 'numSegments' of pieces of code, not containing + // any case/default labels, all separated by one or more case/default labels. Each possible + // case value v is a jump to the caseValues[v] segment. The defaultSegment is also in this + // number space. How to compute the value is given by 'condition', as in switch(condition). + // + // The SPIR-V Builder will maintain the stack of post-switch merge blocks for nested switches. + // + // Use a defaultSegment < 0 if there is no default segment (to branch to post switch). + // + // Returns the right set of basic blocks to start each code segment with, so that the caller's + // recursion stack can hold the memory for it. + // + void makeSwitch(Id condition, unsigned int control, int numSegments, const std::vector& caseValues, + const std::vector& valueToSegment, int defaultSegment, std::vector& segmentBB); + + // Add a branch to the innermost switch's merge block. + void addSwitchBreak(); + + // Move to the next code segment, passing in the return argument in makeSwitch() + void nextSwitchSegment(std::vector& segmentBB, int segment); + + // Finish off the innermost switch. + void endSwitch(std::vector& segmentBB); + + struct LoopBlocks { + LoopBlocks(Block& head, Block& body, Block& merge, Block& continue_target) : + head(head), body(body), merge(merge), continue_target(continue_target) { } + Block &head, &body, &merge, &continue_target; + private: + LoopBlocks(); + LoopBlocks& operator=(const LoopBlocks&) = delete; + }; + + // Start a new loop and prepare the builder to generate code for it. Until + // closeLoop() is called for this loop, createLoopContinue() and + // createLoopExit() will target its corresponding blocks. + LoopBlocks& makeNewLoop(); + + // Create a new block in the function containing the build point. Memory is + // owned by the function object. + Block& makeNewBlock(); + + // Add a branch to the continue_target of the current (innermost) loop. + void createLoopContinue(); + + // Add an exit (e.g. "break") from the innermost loop that we're currently + // in. + void createLoopExit(); + + // Close the innermost loop that you're in + void closeLoop(); + + // + // Access chain design for an R-Value vs. L-Value: + // + // There is a single access chain the builder is building at + // any particular time. Such a chain can be used to either to a load or + // a store, when desired. + // + // Expressions can be r-values, l-values, or both, or only r-values: + // a[b.c].d = .... // l-value + // ... = a[b.c].d; // r-value, that also looks like an l-value + // ++a[b.c].d; // r-value and l-value + // (x + y)[2]; // r-value only, can't possibly be l-value + // + // Computing an r-value means generating code. Hence, + // r-values should only be computed when they are needed, not speculatively. + // + // Computing an l-value means saving away information for later use in the compiler, + // no code is generated until the l-value is later dereferenced. It is okay + // to speculatively generate an l-value, just not okay to speculatively dereference it. + // + // The base of the access chain (the left-most variable or expression + // from which everything is based) can be set either as an l-value + // or as an r-value. Most efficient would be to set an l-value if one + // is available. If an expression was evaluated, the resulting r-value + // can be set as the chain base. + // + // The users of this single access chain can save and restore if they + // want to nest or manage multiple chains. + // + + struct AccessChain { + Id base; // for l-values, pointer to the base object, for r-values, the base object + std::vector indexChain; + Id instr; // cache the instruction that generates this access chain + std::vector swizzle; // each std::vector element selects the next GLSL component number + Id component; // a dynamic component index, can coexist with a swizzle, + // done after the swizzle, NoResult if not present + Id preSwizzleBaseType; // dereferenced type, before swizzle or component is applied; + // NoType unless a swizzle or component is present + bool isRValue; // true if 'base' is an r-value, otherwise, base is an l-value + unsigned int alignment; // bitwise OR of alignment values passed in. Accumulates worst alignment. + // Only tracks base and (optional) component selection alignment. + + // Accumulate whether anything in the chain of structures has coherent decorations. + struct CoherentFlags { + CoherentFlags() { clear(); } + bool isVolatile() const { return volatil; } + bool isNonUniform() const { return nonUniform; } + bool anyCoherent() const { + return coherent || devicecoherent || queuefamilycoherent || workgroupcoherent || + subgroupcoherent || shadercallcoherent; + } + + unsigned coherent : 1; + unsigned devicecoherent : 1; + unsigned queuefamilycoherent : 1; + unsigned workgroupcoherent : 1; + unsigned subgroupcoherent : 1; + unsigned shadercallcoherent : 1; + unsigned nonprivate : 1; + unsigned volatil : 1; + unsigned isImage : 1; + unsigned nonUniform : 1; + + void clear() { + coherent = 0; + devicecoherent = 0; + queuefamilycoherent = 0; + workgroupcoherent = 0; + subgroupcoherent = 0; + shadercallcoherent = 0; + nonprivate = 0; + volatil = 0; + isImage = 0; + nonUniform = 0; + } + + CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) { + coherent |= other.coherent; + devicecoherent |= other.devicecoherent; + queuefamilycoherent |= other.queuefamilycoherent; + workgroupcoherent |= other.workgroupcoherent; + subgroupcoherent |= other.subgroupcoherent; + shadercallcoherent |= other.shadercallcoherent; + nonprivate |= other.nonprivate; + volatil |= other.volatil; + isImage |= other.isImage; + nonUniform |= other.nonUniform; + return *this; + } + }; + CoherentFlags coherentFlags; + }; + + // + // the SPIR-V builder maintains a single active chain that + // the following methods operate on + // + + // for external save and restore + AccessChain getAccessChain() { return accessChain; } + void setAccessChain(AccessChain newChain) { accessChain = newChain; } + + // clear accessChain + void clearAccessChain(); + + // set new base as an l-value base + void setAccessChainLValue(Id lValue) + { + assert(isPointer(lValue)); + accessChain.base = lValue; + } + + // set new base value as an r-value + void setAccessChainRValue(Id rValue) + { + accessChain.isRValue = true; + accessChain.base = rValue; + } + + // push offset onto the end of the chain + void accessChainPush(Id offset, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment) + { + accessChain.indexChain.push_back(offset); + accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags; + accessChain.alignment |= alignment; + } + + // push new swizzle onto the end of any existing swizzle, merging into a single swizzle + void accessChainPushSwizzle(std::vector& swizzle, Id preSwizzleBaseType, + AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment); + + // push a dynamic component selection onto the access chain, only applicable with a + // non-trivial swizzle or no swizzle + void accessChainPushComponent(Id component, Id preSwizzleBaseType, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, + unsigned int alignment) + { + if (accessChain.swizzle.size() != 1) { + accessChain.component = component; + if (accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType == NoType) + accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType = preSwizzleBaseType; + } + accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags; + accessChain.alignment |= alignment; + } + + // use accessChain and swizzle to store value + void accessChainStore(Id rvalue, Decoration nonUniform, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // use accessChain and swizzle to load an r-value + Id accessChainLoad(Decoration precision, Decoration l_nonUniform, Decoration r_nonUniform, Id ResultType, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, + unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Return whether or not the access chain can be represented in SPIR-V + // as an l-value. + // E.g., a[3].yx cannot be, while a[3].y and a[3].y[x] can be. + bool isSpvLvalue() const { return accessChain.swizzle.size() <= 1; } + + // get the direct pointer for an l-value + Id accessChainGetLValue(); + + // Get the inferred SPIR-V type of the result of the current access chain, + // based on the type of the base and the chain of dereferences. + Id accessChainGetInferredType(); + + // Add capabilities, extensions, remove unneeded decorations, etc., + // based on the resulting SPIR-V. + void postProcess(bool compileOnly); + + // Prune unreachable blocks in the CFG and remove unneeded decorations. + void postProcessCFG(); + + // Add capabilities, extensions based on instructions in the module. + void postProcessFeatures(); + // Hook to visit each instruction in a block in a function + void postProcess(Instruction&); + // Hook to visit each non-32-bit sized float/int operation in a block. + void postProcessType(const Instruction&, spv::Id typeId); + + void dump(std::vector&) const; + + void createBranch(Block* block); + void createConditionalBranch(Id condition, Block* thenBlock, Block* elseBlock); + void createLoopMerge(Block* mergeBlock, Block* continueBlock, unsigned int control, + const std::vector& operands); + + // Sets to generate opcode for specialization constants. + void setToSpecConstCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = true; } + // Sets to generate opcode for non-specialization constants (normal mode). + void setToNormalCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = false; } + // Check if the builder is generating code for spec constants. + bool isInSpecConstCodeGenMode() { return generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; } + + protected: + Id makeIntConstant(Id typeId, unsigned value, bool specConstant); + Id makeInt64Constant(Id typeId, unsigned long long value, bool specConstant); + Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned value); + Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned v1, unsigned v2); + Id findCompositeConstant(Op typeClass, Id typeId, const std::vector& comps); + Id findStructConstant(Id typeId, const std::vector& comps); + Id collapseAccessChain(); + void remapDynamicSwizzle(); + void transferAccessChainSwizzle(bool dynamic); + void simplifyAccessChainSwizzle(); + void createAndSetNoPredecessorBlock(const char*); + void createSelectionMerge(Block* mergeBlock, unsigned int control); + void dumpSourceInstructions(std::vector&) const; + void dumpSourceInstructions(const spv::Id fileId, const std::string& text, std::vector&) const; + void dumpInstructions(std::vector&, const std::vector >&) const; + void dumpModuleProcesses(std::vector&) const; + spv::MemoryAccessMask sanitizeMemoryAccessForStorageClass(spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess, StorageClass sc) + const; + + unsigned int spvVersion; // the version of SPIR-V to emit in the header + SourceLanguage sourceLang; + int sourceVersion; + spv::Id nonSemanticShaderCompilationUnitId {0}; + spv::Id nonSemanticShaderDebugInfo {0}; + spv::Id debugInfoNone {0}; + spv::Id debugExpression {0}; // Debug expression with zero operations. + std::string sourceText; + + // True if an new OpLine/OpDebugLine may need to be inserted. Either: + // 1. The current debug location changed + // 2. The current build point changed + bool dirtyLineTracker; + int currentLine = 0; + // OpString id of the current file name. Always 0 if debug info is off. + spv::Id currentFileId = 0; + // OpString id of the main file name. Always 0 if debug info is off. + spv::Id mainFileId = 0; + + // True if an new OpDebugScope may need to be inserted. Either: + // 1. A new lexical block is pushed + // 2. The current build point changed + bool dirtyScopeTracker; + std::stack currentDebugScopeId; + + // This flag toggles tracking of debug info while building the SPIR-V. + bool trackDebugInfo = false; + // This flag toggles emission of SPIR-V debug instructions, like OpLine and OpSource. + bool emitSpirvDebugInfo = false; + // This flag toggles emission of Non-Semantic Debug extension debug instructions. + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = false; + bool restoreNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = false; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource = false; + + std::set extensions; + std::vector sourceExtensions; + std::vector moduleProcesses; + AddressingModel addressModel; + MemoryModel memoryModel; + std::set capabilities; + int builderNumber; + Module module; + Block* buildPoint; + Id uniqueId; + Function* entryPointFunction; + bool generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; + AccessChain accessChain; + + // special blocks of instructions for output + std::vector > strings; + std::vector > imports; + std::vector > entryPoints; + std::vector > executionModes; + std::vector > names; + std::vector > decorations; + std::vector > constantsTypesGlobals; + std::vector > externals; + std::vector > functions; + + // not output, internally used for quick & dirty canonical (unique) creation + + // map type opcodes to constant inst. + std::unordered_map> groupedConstants; + // map struct-id to constant instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedStructConstants; + // map type opcodes to type instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedTypes; + // map type opcodes to debug type instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedDebugTypes; + // list of OpConstantNull instructions + std::vector nullConstants; + + // stack of switches + std::stack switchMerges; + + // Our loop stack. + std::stack loops; + + // map from strings to their string ids + std::unordered_map stringIds; + + // map from include file name ids to their contents + std::map includeFiles; + + // map from core id to debug id + std::map debugId; + + // map from file name string id to DebugSource id + std::unordered_map debugSourceId; + + // The stream for outputting warnings and errors. + SpvBuildLogger* logger; +}; // end Builder class + +}; // end spv namespace + +#endif // SpvBuilder_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eabde4666 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2016 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Call into SPIRV-Tools to disassemble, validate, and optimize. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H +#define GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H + +#if ENABLE_OPT +#include +#include +#include "spirv-tools/libspirv.h" +#endif + +#include "glslang/MachineIndependent/localintermediate.h" +#include "GlslangToSpv.h" +#include "Logger.h" + +namespace glslang { + +#if ENABLE_OPT + +// Translate glslang's view of target versioning to what SPIRV-Tools uses. +spv_target_env MapToSpirvToolsEnv(const SpvVersion& spvVersion, spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger); + +// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V using a SPV_ENV_UNIVERSAL_1_3 environment. +void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector& spirv); + +// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V with a provided SPIR-V environment. +void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector& spirv, + spv_target_env requested_context); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools validator to generated SPIR-V. +void SpirvToolsValidate(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*, bool prelegalization); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to generated SPIR-V. HLSL SPIR-V is legalized in the process. +void SpirvToolsTransform(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*, const SpvOptions*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools EliminateDeadInputComponents pass to generated SPIR-V. Put result in |spirv|. +void SpirvToolsEliminateDeadInputComponents(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools AnalyzeDeadOutputStores pass to generated SPIR-V. Put result in |live_locs|. +// Return true if the result is valid. +bool SpirvToolsAnalyzeDeadOutputStores(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + std::unordered_set* live_locs, + std::unordered_set* live_builtins, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools EliminateDeadOutputStores and AggressiveDeadCodeElimination passes to generated SPIR-V using +// |live_locs|. Put result in |spirv|. +void SpirvToolsEliminateDeadOutputStores(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + std::unordered_set* live_locs, + std::unordered_set* live_builtins, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to strip debug info from SPIR-V. This is implicitly done by +// SpirvToolsTransform if spvOptions->stripDebugInfo is set, but can be called separately if +// optimization is disabled. +void SpirvToolsStripDebugInfo(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, + std::vector& spirv, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +#endif + +} // end namespace glslang + +#endif // GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22e44cec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ +#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ + +#include +#include + +namespace spvutils { + +// Performs a bitwise copy of source to the destination type Dest. +template +Dest BitwiseCast(Src source) { + Dest dest; + static_assert(sizeof(source) == sizeof(dest), + "BitwiseCast: Source and destination must have the same size"); + std::memcpy(static_cast(&dest), &source, sizeof(dest)); + return dest; +} + +// SetBits returns an integer of type with bits set +// for position through , counting from the least +// significant bit. In particular when Num == 0, no positions are set to 1. +// A static assert will be triggered if First + Num > sizeof(T) * 8, that is, +// a bit that will not fit in the underlying type is set. +template +struct SetBits { + static_assert(First < sizeof(T) * 8, + "Tried to set a bit that is shifted too far."); + const static T get = (T(1) << First) | SetBits::get; +}; + +template +struct SetBits { + const static T get = T(0); +}; + +// This is all compile-time so we can put our tests right here. +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000001), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x80000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000006), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xc0000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x7FFFFFFF), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xFFFFFFFF), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xFFFF0000), + "SetBits failed"); + +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x0000000000000001LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x8000000000000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0xc000000000000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x0000000080000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x00000000FFFF0000LL), + "SetBits failed"); + +} // namespace spvutils + +#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6a463577 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Disassembler for SPIR-V. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef disassembler_H +#define disassembler_H + +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + + // disassemble with glslang custom disassembler + void Disassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector&); + +} // end namespace spv + +#endif // disassembler_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..521529913 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Parameterize the SPIR-V enumerants. +// + +#pragma once + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +#include + +namespace spv { + +// Fill in all the parameters +void Parameterize(); + +// Return the English names of all the enums. +const char* SourceString(int); +const char* AddressingString(int); +const char* MemoryString(int); +const char* ExecutionModelString(int); +const char* ExecutionModeString(int); +const char* StorageClassString(int); +const char* DecorationString(int); +const char* BuiltInString(int); +const char* DimensionString(int); +const char* SelectControlString(int); +const char* LoopControlString(int); +const char* FunctionControlString(int); +const char* SamplerAddressingModeString(int); +const char* SamplerFilterModeString(int); +const char* ImageFormatString(int); +const char* ImageChannelOrderString(int); +const char* ImageChannelTypeString(int); +const char* ImageChannelDataTypeString(int type); +const char* ImageOperandsString(int format); +const char* ImageOperands(int); +const char* FPFastMathString(int); +const char* FPRoundingModeString(int); +const char* LinkageTypeString(int); +const char* FuncParamAttrString(int); +const char* AccessQualifierString(int); +const char* MemorySemanticsString(int); +const char* MemoryAccessString(int); +const char* ExecutionScopeString(int); +const char* GroupOperationString(int); +const char* KernelEnqueueFlagsString(int); +const char* KernelProfilingInfoString(int); +const char* CapabilityString(int); +const char* OpcodeString(int); +const char* ScopeString(int mem); + +// For grouping opcodes into subsections +enum OpcodeClass { + OpClassMisc, + OpClassDebug, + OpClassAnnotate, + OpClassExtension, + OpClassMode, + OpClassType, + OpClassConstant, + OpClassMemory, + OpClassFunction, + OpClassImage, + OpClassConvert, + OpClassComposite, + OpClassArithmetic, + OpClassBit, + OpClassRelationalLogical, + OpClassDerivative, + OpClassFlowControl, + OpClassAtomic, + OpClassPrimitive, + OpClassBarrier, + OpClassGroup, + OpClassDeviceSideEnqueue, + OpClassPipe, + + OpClassCount, + OpClassMissing // all instructions start out as missing +}; + +// For parameterizing operands. +enum OperandClass { + OperandNone, + OperandId, + OperandVariableIds, + OperandOptionalLiteral, + OperandOptionalLiteralString, + OperandVariableLiterals, + OperandVariableIdLiteral, + OperandVariableLiteralId, + OperandLiteralNumber, + OperandLiteralString, + OperandVariableLiteralStrings, + OperandSource, + OperandExecutionModel, + OperandAddressing, + OperandMemory, + OperandExecutionMode, + OperandStorage, + OperandDimensionality, + OperandSamplerAddressingMode, + OperandSamplerFilterMode, + OperandSamplerImageFormat, + OperandImageChannelOrder, + OperandImageChannelDataType, + OperandImageOperands, + OperandFPFastMath, + OperandFPRoundingMode, + OperandLinkageType, + OperandAccessQualifier, + OperandFuncParamAttr, + OperandDecoration, + OperandBuiltIn, + OperandSelect, + OperandLoop, + OperandFunction, + OperandMemorySemantics, + OperandMemoryAccess, + OperandScope, + OperandGroupOperation, + OperandKernelEnqueueFlags, + OperandKernelProfilingInfo, + OperandCapability, + OperandCooperativeMatrixOperands, + + OperandOpcode, + + OperandCount +}; + +// Any specific enum can have a set of capabilities that allow it: +typedef std::vector EnumCaps; + +// Parameterize a set of operands with their OperandClass(es) and descriptions. +class OperandParameters { +public: + OperandParameters() { } + void push(OperandClass oc, const char* d, bool opt = false) + { + opClass.push_back(oc); + desc.push_back(d); + optional.push_back(opt); + } + void setOptional(); + OperandClass getClass(int op) const { return opClass[op]; } + const char* getDesc(int op) const { return desc[op]; } + bool isOptional(int op) const { return optional[op]; } + int getNum() const { return (int)opClass.size(); } + +protected: + std::vector opClass; + std::vector desc; + std::vector optional; +}; + +// Parameterize an enumerant +class EnumParameters { +public: + EnumParameters() : desc(nullptr) { } + const char* desc; +}; + +// Parameterize a set of enumerants that form an enum +class EnumDefinition : public EnumParameters { +public: + EnumDefinition() : + ceiling(0), bitmask(false), getName(nullptr), enumParams(nullptr), operandParams(nullptr) { } + void set(int ceil, const char* (*name)(int), EnumParameters* ep, bool mask = false) + { + ceiling = ceil; + getName = name; + bitmask = mask; + enumParams = ep; + } + void setOperands(OperandParameters* op) { operandParams = op; } + int ceiling; // ceiling of enumerants + bool bitmask; // true if these enumerants combine into a bitmask + const char* (*getName)(int); // a function that returns the name for each enumerant value (or shift) + EnumParameters* enumParams; // parameters for each individual enumerant + OperandParameters* operandParams; // sets of operands +}; + +// Parameterize an instruction's logical format, including its known set of operands, +// per OperandParameters above. +class InstructionParameters { +public: + InstructionParameters() : + opDesc("TBD"), + opClass(OpClassMissing), + typePresent(true), // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out + resultPresent(true) // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out + { } + + void setResultAndType(bool r, bool t) + { + resultPresent = r; + typePresent = t; + } + + bool hasResult() const { return resultPresent != 0; } + bool hasType() const { return typePresent != 0; } + + const char* opDesc; + OpcodeClass opClass; + OperandParameters operands; + +protected: + bool typePresent : 1; + bool resultPresent : 1; +}; + +// The set of objects that hold all the instruction/operand +// parameterization information. +extern InstructionParameters InstructionDesc[]; + +// These hold definitions of the enumerants used for operands +extern EnumDefinition OperandClassParams[]; + +const char* GetOperandDesc(OperandClass operand); +void PrintImmediateRow(int imm, const char* name, const EnumParameters* enumParams, bool caps, bool hex = false); +const char* AccessQualifierString(int attr); + +void PrintOperands(const OperandParameters& operands, int reservedOperands); + +} // end namespace spv diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..785e8af11 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h @@ -0,0 +1,1065 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ +#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "bitutils.h" + +namespace spvutils { + +class Float16 { + public: + Float16(uint16_t v) : val(v) {} + Float16() {} + static bool isNan(const Float16& val) { + return ((val.val & 0x7C00) == 0x7C00) && ((val.val & 0x3FF) != 0); + } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(const Float16& val) { + return ((val.val & 0x7C00) == 0x7C00) && ((val.val & 0x3FF) == 0); + } + Float16(const Float16& other) { val = other.val; } + uint16_t get_value() const { return val; } + + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static Float16 max() { return Float16(0x7bff); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static Float16 lowest() { return Float16(0xfbff); } + + private: + uint16_t val; +}; + +// To specialize this type, you must override uint_type to define +// an unsigned integer that can fit your floating point type. +// You must also add a isNan function that returns true if +// a value is Nan. +template +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef void uint_type; +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint32_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(float f) { return std::isnan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(float f) { return std::isinf(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static float max() { return std::numeric_limits::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static float lowest() { return std::numeric_limits::lowest(); } +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint64_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(double f) { return std::isnan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(double f) { return std::isinf(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static double max() { return std::numeric_limits::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static double lowest() { return std::numeric_limits::lowest(); } +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint16_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(Float16 f) { return Float16::isNan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(Float16 f) { return Float16::isInfinity(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static Float16 max() { return Float16::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static Float16 lowest() { return Float16::lowest(); } +}; + +// Since copying a floating point number (especially if it is NaN) +// does not guarantee that bits are preserved, this class lets us +// store the type and use it as a float when necessary. +template +class FloatProxy { + public: + typedef typename FloatProxyTraits::uint_type uint_type; + + // Since this is to act similar to the normal floats, + // do not initialize the data by default. + FloatProxy() {} + + // Intentionally non-explicit. This is a proxy type so + // implicit conversions allow us to use it more transparently. + FloatProxy(T val) { data_ = BitwiseCast(val); } + + // Intentionally non-explicit. This is a proxy type so + // implicit conversions allow us to use it more transparently. + FloatProxy(uint_type val) { data_ = val; } + + // This is helpful to have and is guaranteed not to stomp bits. + FloatProxy operator-() const { + return static_cast(data_ ^ + (uint_type(0x1) << (sizeof(T) * 8 - 1))); + } + + // Returns the data as a floating point value. + T getAsFloat() const { return BitwiseCast(data_); } + + // Returns the raw data. + uint_type data() const { return data_; } + + // Returns true if the value represents any type of NaN. + bool isNan() { return FloatProxyTraits::isNan(getAsFloat()); } + // Returns true if the value represents any type of infinity. + bool isInfinity() { return FloatProxyTraits::isInfinity(getAsFloat()); } + + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static FloatProxy max() { + return FloatProxy(FloatProxyTraits::max()); + } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static FloatProxy lowest() { + return FloatProxy(FloatProxyTraits::lowest()); + } + + private: + uint_type data_; +}; + +template +bool operator==(const FloatProxy& first, const FloatProxy& second) { + return first.data() == second.data(); +} + +// Reads a FloatProxy value as a normal float from a stream. +template +std::istream& operator>>(std::istream& is, FloatProxy& value) { + T float_val; + is >> float_val; + value = FloatProxy(float_val); + return is; +} + +// This is an example traits. It is not meant to be used in practice, but will +// be the default for any non-specialized type. +template +struct HexFloatTraits { + // Integer type that can store this hex-float. + typedef void uint_type; + // Signed integer type that can store this hex-float. + typedef void int_type; + // The numerical type that this HexFloat represents. + typedef void underlying_type; + // The type needed to construct the underlying type. + typedef void native_type; + // The number of bits that are actually relevant in the uint_type. + // This allows us to deal with, for example, 24-bit values in a 32-bit + // integer. + static const uint32_t num_used_bits = 0; + // Number of bits that represent the exponent. + static const uint32_t num_exponent_bits = 0; + // Number of bits that represent the fractional part. + static const uint32_t num_fraction_bits = 0; + // The bias of the exponent. (How much we need to subtract from the stored + // value to get the correct value.) + static const uint32_t exponent_bias = 0; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE float. +// 1 sign bit, 8 exponent bits, 23 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint32_t uint_type; + typedef int32_t int_type; + typedef FloatProxy underlying_type; + typedef float native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 32; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 8; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 23; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 127; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE double. +// 1 sign bit, 11 exponent bits, 52 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint64_t uint_type; + typedef int64_t int_type; + typedef FloatProxy underlying_type; + typedef double native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 64; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 11; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 52; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 1023; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE half. +// 1 sign bit, 5 exponent bits, 10 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint16_t uint_type; + typedef int16_t int_type; + typedef uint16_t underlying_type; + typedef uint16_t native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 16; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 5; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 10; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 15; +}; + +enum round_direction { + kRoundToZero, + kRoundToNearestEven, + kRoundToPositiveInfinity, + kRoundToNegativeInfinity +}; + +// Template class that houses a floating pointer number. +// It exposes a number of constants based on the provided traits to +// assist in interpreting the bits of the value. +template > +class HexFloat { + public: + typedef typename Traits::uint_type uint_type; + typedef typename Traits::int_type int_type; + typedef typename Traits::underlying_type underlying_type; + typedef typename Traits::native_type native_type; + + explicit HexFloat(T f) : value_(f) {} + + T value() const { return value_; } + void set_value(T f) { value_ = f; } + + // These are all written like this because it is convenient to have + // compile-time constants for all of these values. + + // Pass-through values to save typing. + static const uint32_t num_used_bits = Traits::num_used_bits; + static const uint32_t exponent_bias = Traits::exponent_bias; + static const uint32_t num_exponent_bits = Traits::num_exponent_bits; + static const uint32_t num_fraction_bits = Traits::num_fraction_bits; + + // Number of bits to shift left to set the highest relevant bit. + static const uint32_t top_bit_left_shift = num_used_bits - 1; + // How many nibbles (hex characters) the fractional part takes up. + static const uint32_t fraction_nibbles = (num_fraction_bits + 3) / 4; + // If the fractional part does not fit evenly into a hex character (4-bits) + // then we have to left-shift to get rid of leading 0s. This is the amount + // we have to shift (might be 0). + static const uint32_t num_overflow_bits = + fraction_nibbles * 4 - num_fraction_bits; + + // The representation of the fraction, not the actual bits. This + // includes the leading bit that is usually implicit. + static const uint_type fraction_represent_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // The topmost bit in the nibble-aligned fraction. + static const uint_type fraction_top_bit = + uint_type(1) << (num_fraction_bits + num_overflow_bits - 1); + + // The least significant bit in the exponent, which is also the bit + // immediately to the left of the significand. + static const uint_type first_exponent_bit = uint_type(1) + << (num_fraction_bits); + + // The mask for the encoded fraction. It does not include the + // implicit bit. + static const uint_type fraction_encode_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // The bit that is used as a sign. + static const uint_type sign_mask = uint_type(1) << top_bit_left_shift; + + // The bits that represent the exponent. + static const uint_type exponent_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // How far left the exponent is shifted. + static const uint32_t exponent_left_shift = num_fraction_bits; + + // How far from the right edge the fraction is shifted. + static const uint32_t fraction_right_shift = + static_cast(sizeof(uint_type) * 8) - num_fraction_bits; + + // The maximum representable unbiased exponent. + static const int_type max_exponent = + (exponent_mask >> num_fraction_bits) - exponent_bias; + // The minimum representable exponent for normalized numbers. + static const int_type min_exponent = -static_cast(exponent_bias); + + // Returns the bits associated with the value. + uint_type getBits() const { return spvutils::BitwiseCast(value_); } + + // Returns the bits associated with the value, without the leading sign bit. + uint_type getUnsignedBits() const { + return static_cast(spvutils::BitwiseCast(value_) & + ~sign_mask); + } + + // Returns the bits associated with the exponent, shifted to start at the + // lsb of the type. + const uint_type getExponentBits() const { + return static_cast((getBits() & exponent_mask) >> + num_fraction_bits); + } + + // Returns the exponent in unbiased form. This is the exponent in the + // human-friendly form. + const int_type getUnbiasedExponent() const { + return static_cast(getExponentBits() - exponent_bias); + } + + // Returns just the significand bits from the value. + const uint_type getSignificandBits() const { + return getBits() & fraction_encode_mask; + } + + // If the number was normalized, returns the unbiased exponent. + // If the number was denormal, normalize the exponent first. + const int_type getUnbiasedNormalizedExponent() const { + if ((getBits() & ~sign_mask) == 0) { // special case if everything is 0 + return 0; + } + int_type exp = getUnbiasedExponent(); + if (exp == min_exponent) { // We are in denorm land. + uint_type significand_bits = getSignificandBits(); + while ((significand_bits & (first_exponent_bit >> 1)) == 0) { + significand_bits = static_cast(significand_bits << 1); + exp = static_cast(exp - 1); + } + significand_bits &= fraction_encode_mask; + } + return exp; + } + + // Returns the signficand after it has been normalized. + const uint_type getNormalizedSignificand() const { + int_type unbiased_exponent = getUnbiasedNormalizedExponent(); + uint_type significand = getSignificandBits(); + for (int_type i = unbiased_exponent; i <= min_exponent; ++i) { + significand = static_cast(significand << 1); + } + significand &= fraction_encode_mask; + return significand; + } + + // Returns true if this number represents a negative value. + bool isNegative() const { return (getBits() & sign_mask) != 0; } + + // Sets this HexFloat from the individual components. + // Note this assumes EVERY significand is normalized, and has an implicit + // leading one. This means that the only way that this method will set 0, + // is if you set a number so denormalized that it underflows. + // Do not use this method with raw bits extracted from a subnormal number, + // since subnormals do not have an implicit leading 1 in the significand. + // The significand is also expected to be in the + // lowest-most num_fraction_bits of the uint_type. + // The exponent is expected to be unbiased, meaning an exponent of + // 0 actually means 0. + // If underflow_round_up is set, then on underflow, if a number is non-0 + // and would underflow, we round up to the smallest denorm. + void setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand( + bool negative, int_type exponent, uint_type significand, + bool round_denorm_up) { + bool significand_is_zero = significand == 0; + + if (exponent <= min_exponent) { + // If this was denormalized, then we have to shift the bit on, meaning + // the significand is not zero. + significand_is_zero = false; + significand |= first_exponent_bit; + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + } + + while (exponent < min_exponent) { + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + ++exponent; + } + + if (exponent == min_exponent) { + if (significand == 0 && !significand_is_zero && round_denorm_up) { + significand = static_cast(0x1); + } + } + + uint_type new_value = 0; + if (negative) { + new_value = static_cast(new_value | sign_mask); + } + exponent = static_cast(exponent + exponent_bias); + assert(exponent >= 0); + + // put it all together + exponent = static_cast((exponent << exponent_left_shift) & + exponent_mask); + significand = static_cast(significand & fraction_encode_mask); + new_value = static_cast(new_value | (exponent | significand)); + value_ = BitwiseCast(new_value); + } + + // Increments the significand of this number by the given amount. + // If this would spill the significand into the implicit bit, + // carry is set to true and the significand is shifted to fit into + // the correct location, otherwise carry is set to false. + // All significands and to_increment are assumed to be within the bounds + // for a valid significand. + static uint_type incrementSignificand(uint_type significand, + uint_type to_increment, bool* carry) { + significand = static_cast(significand + to_increment); + *carry = false; + if (significand & first_exponent_bit) { + *carry = true; + // The implicit 1-bit will have carried, so we should zero-out the + // top bit and shift back. + significand = static_cast(significand & ~first_exponent_bit); + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + } + return significand; + } + + // These exist because MSVC throws warnings on negative right-shifts + // even if they are not going to be executed. Eg: + // constant_number < 0? 0: constant_number + // These convert the negative left-shifts into right shifts. + + template + uint_type negatable_left_shift(int_type N, uint_type val) + { + if(N >= 0) + return val << N; + + return val >> -N; + } + + template + uint_type negatable_right_shift(int_type N, uint_type val) + { + if(N >= 0) + return val >> N; + + return val << -N; + } + + // Returns the significand, rounded to fit in a significand in + // other_T. This is shifted so that the most significant + // bit of the rounded number lines up with the most significant bit + // of the returned significand. + template + typename other_T::uint_type getRoundedNormalizedSignificand( + round_direction dir, bool* carry_bit) { + typedef typename other_T::uint_type other_uint_type; + static const int_type num_throwaway_bits = + static_cast(num_fraction_bits) - + static_cast(other_T::num_fraction_bits); + + static const uint_type last_significant_bit = + (num_throwaway_bits < 0) + ? 0 + : negatable_left_shift(num_throwaway_bits, 1u); + static const uint_type first_rounded_bit = + (num_throwaway_bits < 1) + ? 0 + : negatable_left_shift(num_throwaway_bits - 1, 1u); + + static const uint_type throwaway_mask_bits = + num_throwaway_bits > 0 ? num_throwaway_bits : 0; + static const uint_type throwaway_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + *carry_bit = false; + other_uint_type out_val = 0; + uint_type significand = getNormalizedSignificand(); + // If we are up-casting, then we just have to shift to the right location. + if (num_throwaway_bits <= 0) { + out_val = static_cast(significand); + uint_type shift_amount = static_cast(-num_throwaway_bits); + out_val = static_cast(out_val << shift_amount); + return out_val; + } + + // If every non-representable bit is 0, then we don't have any casting to + // do. + if ((significand & throwaway_mask) == 0) { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, significand)); + } + + bool round_away_from_zero = false; + // We actually have to narrow the significand here, so we have to follow the + // rounding rules. + switch (dir) { + case kRoundToZero: + break; + case kRoundToPositiveInfinity: + round_away_from_zero = !isNegative(); + break; + case kRoundToNegativeInfinity: + round_away_from_zero = isNegative(); + break; + case kRoundToNearestEven: + // Have to round down, round bit is 0 + if ((first_rounded_bit & significand) == 0) { + break; + } + if (((significand & throwaway_mask) & ~first_rounded_bit) != 0) { + // If any subsequent bit of the rounded portion is non-0 then we round + // up. + round_away_from_zero = true; + break; + } + // We are exactly half-way between 2 numbers, pick even. + if ((significand & last_significant_bit) != 0) { + // 1 for our last bit, round up. + round_away_from_zero = true; + break; + } + break; + } + + if (round_away_from_zero) { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, incrementSignificand( + significand, last_significant_bit, carry_bit))); + } else { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, significand)); + } + } + + // Casts this value to another HexFloat. If the cast is widening, + // then round_dir is ignored. If the cast is narrowing, then + // the result is rounded in the direction specified. + // This number will retain Nan and Inf values. + // It will also saturate to Inf if the number overflows, and + // underflow to (0 or min depending on rounding) if the number underflows. + template + void castTo(other_T& other, round_direction round_dir) { + other = other_T(static_cast(0)); + bool negate = isNegative(); + if (getUnsignedBits() == 0) { + if (negate) { + other.set_value(-other.value()); + } + return; + } + uint_type significand = getSignificandBits(); + bool carried = false; + typename other_T::uint_type rounded_significand = + getRoundedNormalizedSignificand(round_dir, &carried); + + int_type exponent = getUnbiasedExponent(); + if (exponent == min_exponent) { + // If we are denormal, normalize the exponent, so that we can encode + // easily. + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + for (uint_type check_bit = first_exponent_bit >> 1; check_bit != 0; + check_bit = static_cast(check_bit >> 1)) { + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + if (check_bit & significand) break; + } + } + + bool is_nan = + (getBits() & exponent_mask) == exponent_mask && significand != 0; + bool is_inf = + !is_nan && + ((exponent + carried) > static_cast(other_T::exponent_bias) || + (significand == 0 && (getBits() & exponent_mask) == exponent_mask)); + + // If we are Nan or Inf we should pass that through. + if (is_inf) { + other.set_value(BitwiseCast( + static_cast( + (negate ? other_T::sign_mask : 0) | other_T::exponent_mask))); + return; + } + if (is_nan) { + typename other_T::uint_type shifted_significand; + shifted_significand = static_cast( + negatable_left_shift( + static_cast(other_T::num_fraction_bits) - + static_cast(num_fraction_bits), significand)); + + // We are some sort of Nan. We try to keep the bit-pattern of the Nan + // as close as possible. If we had to shift off bits so we are 0, then we + // just set the last bit. + other.set_value(BitwiseCast( + static_cast( + (negate ? other_T::sign_mask : 0) | other_T::exponent_mask | + (shifted_significand == 0 ? 0x1 : shifted_significand)))); + return; + } + + bool round_underflow_up = + isNegative() ? round_dir == kRoundToNegativeInfinity + : round_dir == kRoundToPositiveInfinity; + typedef typename other_T::int_type other_int_type; + // setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand will + // zero out any underflowing value (but retain the sign). + other.setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand( + negate, static_cast(exponent), rounded_significand, + round_underflow_up); + return; + } + + private: + T value_; + + static_assert(num_used_bits == + Traits::num_exponent_bits + Traits::num_fraction_bits + 1, + "The number of bits do not fit"); + static_assert(sizeof(T) == sizeof(uint_type), "The type sizes do not match"); +}; + +// Returns 4 bits represented by the hex character. +inline uint8_t get_nibble_from_character(int character) { + const char* dec = "0123456789"; + const char* lower = "abcdef"; + const char* upper = "ABCDEF"; + const char* p = nullptr; + if ((p = strchr(dec, character))) { + return static_cast(p - dec); + } else if ((p = strchr(lower, character))) { + return static_cast(p - lower + 0xa); + } else if ((p = strchr(upper, character))) { + return static_cast(p - upper + 0xa); + } + + assert(false && "This was called with a non-hex character"); + return 0; +} + +// Outputs the given HexFloat to the stream. +template +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const HexFloat& value) { + typedef HexFloat HF; + typedef typename HF::uint_type uint_type; + typedef typename HF::int_type int_type; + + static_assert(HF::num_used_bits != 0, + "num_used_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + static_assert(HF::num_exponent_bits != 0, + "num_exponent_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + static_assert(HF::num_fraction_bits != 0, + "num_fractin_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + + const uint_type bits = spvutils::BitwiseCast(value.value()); + const char* const sign = (bits & HF::sign_mask) ? "-" : ""; + const uint_type exponent = static_cast( + (bits & HF::exponent_mask) >> HF::num_fraction_bits); + + uint_type fraction = static_cast((bits & HF::fraction_encode_mask) + << HF::num_overflow_bits); + + const bool is_zero = exponent == 0 && fraction == 0; + const bool is_denorm = exponent == 0 && !is_zero; + + // exponent contains the biased exponent we have to convert it back into + // the normal range. + int_type int_exponent = static_cast(exponent - HF::exponent_bias); + // If the number is all zeros, then we actually have to NOT shift the + // exponent. + int_exponent = is_zero ? 0 : int_exponent; + + // If we are denorm, then start shifting, and decreasing the exponent until + // our leading bit is 1. + + if (is_denorm) { + while ((fraction & HF::fraction_top_bit) == 0) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); + int_exponent = static_cast(int_exponent - 1); + } + // Since this is denormalized, we have to consume the leading 1 since it + // will end up being implicit. + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); // eat the leading 1 + fraction &= HF::fraction_represent_mask; + } + + uint_type fraction_nibbles = HF::fraction_nibbles; + // We do not have to display any trailing 0s, since this represents the + // fractional part. + while (fraction_nibbles > 0 && (fraction & 0xF) == 0) { + // Shift off any trailing values; + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 4); + --fraction_nibbles; + } + + const auto saved_flags = os.flags(); + const auto saved_fill = os.fill(); + + os << sign << "0x" << (is_zero ? '0' : '1'); + if (fraction_nibbles) { + // Make sure to keep the leading 0s in place, since this is the fractional + // part. + os << "." << std::setw(static_cast(fraction_nibbles)) + << std::setfill('0') << std::hex << fraction; + } + os << "p" << std::dec << (int_exponent >= 0 ? "+" : "") << int_exponent; + + os.flags(saved_flags); + os.fill(saved_fill); + + return os; +} + +// Returns true if negate_value is true and the next character on the +// input stream is a plus or minus sign. In that case we also set the fail bit +// on the stream and set the value to the zero value for its type. +template +inline bool RejectParseDueToLeadingSign(std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat& value) { + if (negate_value) { + auto next_char = is.peek(); + if (next_char == '-' || next_char == '+') { + // Fail the parse. Emulate standard behaviour by setting the value to + // the zero value, and set the fail bit on the stream. + value = HexFloat(typename HexFloat::uint_type(0)); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +// Parses a floating point number from the given stream and stores it into the +// value parameter. +// If negate_value is true then the number may not have a leading minus or +// plus, and if it successfully parses, then the number is negated before +// being stored into the value parameter. +// If the value cannot be correctly parsed or overflows the target floating +// point type, then set the fail bit on the stream. +// TODO(dneto): Promise C++11 standard behavior in how the value is set in +// the error case, but only after all target platforms implement it correctly. +// In particular, the Microsoft C++ runtime appears to be out of spec. +template +inline std::istream& ParseNormalFloat(std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat& value) { + if (RejectParseDueToLeadingSign(is, negate_value, value)) { + return is; + } + T val; + is >> val; + if (negate_value) { + val = -val; + } + value.set_value(val); + // In the failure case, map -0.0 to 0.0. + if (is.fail() && value.getUnsignedBits() == 0u) { + value = HexFloat(typename HexFloat::uint_type(0)); + } + if (val.isInfinity()) { + // Fail the parse. Emulate standard behaviour by setting the value to + // the closest normal value, and set the fail bit on the stream. + value.set_value((value.isNegative() || negate_value) ? T::lowest() + : T::max()); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + } + return is; +} + +// Specialization of ParseNormalFloat for FloatProxy values. +// This will parse the float as it were a 32-bit floating point number, +// and then round it down to fit into a Float16 value. +// The number is rounded towards zero. +// If negate_value is true then the number may not have a leading minus or +// plus, and if it successfully parses, then the number is negated before +// being stored into the value parameter. +// If the value cannot be correctly parsed or overflows the target floating +// point type, then set the fail bit on the stream. +// TODO(dneto): Promise C++11 standard behavior in how the value is set in +// the error case, but only after all target platforms implement it correctly. +// In particular, the Microsoft C++ runtime appears to be out of spec. +template <> +inline std::istream& +ParseNormalFloat, HexFloatTraits>>( + std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat, HexFloatTraits>>& value) { + // First parse as a 32-bit float. + HexFloat> float_val(0.0f); + ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, float_val); + + // Then convert to 16-bit float, saturating at infinities, and + // rounding toward zero. + float_val.castTo(value, kRoundToZero); + + // Overflow on 16-bit behaves the same as for 32- and 64-bit: set the + // fail bit and set the lowest or highest value. + if (Float16::isInfinity(value.value().getAsFloat())) { + value.set_value(value.isNegative() ? Float16::lowest() : Float16::max()); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + } + return is; +} + +// Reads a HexFloat from the given stream. +// If the float is not encoded as a hex-float then it will be parsed +// as a regular float. +// This may fail if your stream does not support at least one unget. +// Nan values can be encoded with "0x1.p+exponent_bias". +// This would normally overflow a float and round to +// infinity but this special pattern is the exact representation for a NaN, +// and therefore is actually encoded as the correct NaN. To encode inf, +// either 0x0p+exponent_bias can be specified or any exponent greater than +// exponent_bias. +// Examples using IEEE 32-bit float encoding. +// 0x1.0p+128 (+inf) +// -0x1.0p-128 (-inf) +// +// 0x1.1p+128 (+Nan) +// -0x1.1p+128 (-Nan) +// +// 0x1p+129 (+inf) +// -0x1p+129 (-inf) +template +std::istream& operator>>(std::istream& is, HexFloat& value) { + using HF = HexFloat; + using uint_type = typename HF::uint_type; + using int_type = typename HF::int_type; + + value.set_value(static_cast(0.f)); + + if (is.flags() & std::ios::skipws) { + // If the user wants to skip whitespace , then we should obey that. + while (std::isspace(is.peek())) { + is.get(); + } + } + + auto next_char = is.peek(); + bool negate_value = false; + + if (next_char != '-' && next_char != '0') { + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } + + if (next_char == '-') { + negate_value = true; + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + if (next_char == '0') { + is.get(); // We may have to unget this. + auto maybe_hex_start = is.peek(); + if (maybe_hex_start != 'x' && maybe_hex_start != 'X') { + is.unget(); + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } else { + is.get(); // Throw away the 'x'; + } + } else { + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } + + // This "looks" like a hex-float so treat it as one. + bool seen_p = false; + bool seen_dot = false; + uint_type fraction_index = 0; + + uint_type fraction = 0; + int_type exponent = HF::exponent_bias; + + // Strip off leading zeros so we don't have to special-case them later. + while ((next_char = is.peek()) == '0') { + is.get(); + } + + bool is_denorm = + true; // Assume denorm "representation" until we hear otherwise. + // NB: This does not mean the value is actually denorm, + // it just means that it was written 0. + bool bits_written = false; // Stays false until we write a bit. + while (!seen_p && !seen_dot) { + // Handle characters that are left of the fractional part. + if (next_char == '.') { + seen_dot = true; + } else if (next_char == 'p') { + seen_p = true; + } else if (::isxdigit(next_char)) { + // We know this is not denormalized since we have stripped all leading + // zeroes and we are not a ".". + is_denorm = false; + int number = get_nibble_from_character(next_char); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i, number <<= 1) { + uint_type write_bit = (number & 0x8) ? 0x1 : 0x0; + if (bits_written) { + // If we are here the bits represented belong in the fractional + // part of the float, and we have to adjust the exponent accordingly. + fraction = static_cast( + fraction | + static_cast( + write_bit << (HF::top_bit_left_shift - fraction_index++))); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + } + bits_written |= write_bit != 0; + } + } else { + // We have not found our exponent yet, so we have to fail. + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + bits_written = false; + while (seen_dot && !seen_p) { + // Handle only fractional parts now. + if (next_char == 'p') { + seen_p = true; + } else if (::isxdigit(next_char)) { + int number = get_nibble_from_character(next_char); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i, number <<= 1) { + uint_type write_bit = (number & 0x8) ? 0x01 : 0x00; + bits_written |= write_bit != 0; + if (is_denorm && !bits_written) { + // Handle modifying the exponent here this way we can handle + // an arbitrary number of hex values without overflowing our + // integer. + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + } else { + fraction = static_cast( + fraction | + static_cast( + write_bit << (HF::top_bit_left_shift - fraction_index++))); + } + } + } else { + // We still have not found our 'p' exponent yet, so this is not a valid + // hex-float. + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + bool seen_sign = false; + int8_t exponent_sign = 1; + int_type written_exponent = 0; + while (true) { + if ((next_char == '-' || next_char == '+')) { + if (seen_sign) { + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + seen_sign = true; + exponent_sign = (next_char == '-') ? -1 : 1; + } else if (::isdigit(next_char)) { + // Hex-floats express their exponent as decimal. + written_exponent = static_cast(written_exponent * 10); + written_exponent = + static_cast(written_exponent + (next_char - '0')); + } else { + break; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + written_exponent = static_cast(written_exponent * exponent_sign); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + written_exponent); + + bool is_zero = is_denorm && (fraction == 0); + if (is_denorm && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + } else if (is_zero) { + exponent = 0; + } + + if (exponent <= 0 && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 1); + fraction |= static_cast(1) << HF::top_bit_left_shift; + } + + fraction = (fraction >> HF::fraction_right_shift) & HF::fraction_encode_mask; + + const int_type max_exponent = + SetBits::get; + + // Handle actual denorm numbers + while (exponent < 0 && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 1); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + + fraction &= HF::fraction_encode_mask; + if (fraction == 0) { + // We have underflowed our fraction. We should clamp to zero. + is_zero = true; + exponent = 0; + } + } + + // We have overflowed so we should be inf/-inf. + if (exponent > max_exponent) { + exponent = max_exponent; + fraction = 0; + } + + uint_type output_bits = static_cast( + static_cast(negate_value ? 1 : 0) << HF::top_bit_left_shift); + output_bits |= fraction; + + uint_type shifted_exponent = static_cast( + static_cast(exponent << HF::exponent_left_shift) & + HF::exponent_mask); + output_bits |= shifted_exponent; + + T output_float = spvutils::BitwiseCast(output_bits); + value.set_value(output_float); + + return is; +} + +// Writes a FloatProxy value to a stream. +// Zero and normal numbers are printed in the usual notation, but with +// enough digits to fully reproduce the value. Other values (subnormal, +// NaN, and infinity) are printed as a hex float. +template +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const FloatProxy& value) { + auto float_val = value.getAsFloat(); + switch (std::fpclassify(float_val)) { + case FP_ZERO: + case FP_NORMAL: { + auto saved_precision = os.precision(); + os.precision(std::numeric_limits::digits10); + os << float_val; + os.precision(saved_precision); + } break; + default: + os << HexFloat>(value); + break; + } + return os; +} + +template <> +inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, + const FloatProxy& value) { + os << HexFloat>(value); + return os; +} +} + +#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acd452188 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,2805 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +// of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +// to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +// Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +// STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +// HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +// OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +// IN THE MATERIALS. + +// This header is automatically generated by the same tool that creates +// the Binary Section of the SPIR-V specification. + +// Enumeration tokens for SPIR-V, in various styles: +// C, C++, C++11, JSON, Lua, Python, C#, D, Beef +// +// - C will have tokens with a "Spv" prefix, e.g.: SpvSourceLanguageGLSL +// - C++ will have tokens in the "spv" name space, e.g.: spv::SourceLanguageGLSL +// - C++11 will use enum classes in the spv namespace, e.g.: spv::SourceLanguage::GLSL +// - Lua will use tables, e.g.: spv.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - Python will use dictionaries, e.g.: spv['SourceLanguage']['GLSL'] +// - C# will use enum classes in the Specification class located in the "Spv" namespace, +// e.g.: Spv.Specification.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - D will have tokens under the "spv" module, e.g: spv.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - Beef will use enum classes in the Specification class located in the "Spv" namespace, +// e.g.: Spv.Specification.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// +// Some tokens act like mask values, which can be OR'd together, +// while others are mutually exclusive. The mask-like ones have +// "Mask" in their name, and a parallel enum that has the shift +// amount (1 << x) for each corresponding enumerant. + +#ifndef spirv_HPP +#define spirv_HPP + +namespace spv { + +typedef unsigned int Id; + +#define SPV_VERSION 0x10600 +#define SPV_REVISION 1 + +static const unsigned int MagicNumber = 0x07230203; +static const unsigned int Version = 0x00010600; +static const unsigned int Revision = 1; +static const unsigned int OpCodeMask = 0xffff; +static const unsigned int WordCountShift = 16; + +enum SourceLanguage { + SourceLanguageUnknown = 0, + SourceLanguageESSL = 1, + SourceLanguageGLSL = 2, + SourceLanguageOpenCL_C = 3, + SourceLanguageOpenCL_CPP = 4, + SourceLanguageHLSL = 5, + SourceLanguageCPP_for_OpenCL = 6, + SourceLanguageSYCL = 7, + SourceLanguageMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ExecutionModel { + ExecutionModelVertex = 0, + ExecutionModelTessellationControl = 1, + ExecutionModelTessellationEvaluation = 2, + ExecutionModelGeometry = 3, + ExecutionModelFragment = 4, + ExecutionModelGLCompute = 5, + ExecutionModelKernel = 6, + ExecutionModelTaskNV = 5267, + ExecutionModelMeshNV = 5268, + ExecutionModelRayGenerationKHR = 5313, + ExecutionModelRayGenerationNV = 5313, + ExecutionModelIntersectionKHR = 5314, + ExecutionModelIntersectionNV = 5314, + ExecutionModelAnyHitKHR = 5315, + ExecutionModelAnyHitNV = 5315, + ExecutionModelClosestHitKHR = 5316, + ExecutionModelClosestHitNV = 5316, + ExecutionModelMissKHR = 5317, + ExecutionModelMissNV = 5317, + ExecutionModelCallableKHR = 5318, + ExecutionModelCallableNV = 5318, + ExecutionModelTaskEXT = 5364, + ExecutionModelMeshEXT = 5365, + ExecutionModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum AddressingModel { + AddressingModelLogical = 0, + AddressingModelPhysical32 = 1, + AddressingModelPhysical64 = 2, + AddressingModelPhysicalStorageBuffer64 = 5348, + AddressingModelPhysicalStorageBuffer64EXT = 5348, + AddressingModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemoryModel { + MemoryModelSimple = 0, + MemoryModelGLSL450 = 1, + MemoryModelOpenCL = 2, + MemoryModelVulkan = 3, + MemoryModelVulkanKHR = 3, + MemoryModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ExecutionMode { + ExecutionModeInvocations = 0, + ExecutionModeSpacingEqual = 1, + ExecutionModeSpacingFractionalEven = 2, + ExecutionModeSpacingFractionalOdd = 3, + ExecutionModeVertexOrderCw = 4, + ExecutionModeVertexOrderCcw = 5, + ExecutionModePixelCenterInteger = 6, + ExecutionModeOriginUpperLeft = 7, + ExecutionModeOriginLowerLeft = 8, + ExecutionModeEarlyFragmentTests = 9, + ExecutionModePointMode = 10, + ExecutionModeXfb = 11, + ExecutionModeDepthReplacing = 12, + ExecutionModeDepthGreater = 14, + ExecutionModeDepthLess = 15, + ExecutionModeDepthUnchanged = 16, + ExecutionModeLocalSize = 17, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeHint = 18, + ExecutionModeInputPoints = 19, + ExecutionModeInputLines = 20, + ExecutionModeInputLinesAdjacency = 21, + ExecutionModeTriangles = 22, + ExecutionModeInputTrianglesAdjacency = 23, + ExecutionModeQuads = 24, + ExecutionModeIsolines = 25, + ExecutionModeOutputVertices = 26, + ExecutionModeOutputPoints = 27, + ExecutionModeOutputLineStrip = 28, + ExecutionModeOutputTriangleStrip = 29, + ExecutionModeVecTypeHint = 30, + ExecutionModeContractionOff = 31, + ExecutionModeInitializer = 33, + ExecutionModeFinalizer = 34, + ExecutionModeSubgroupSize = 35, + ExecutionModeSubgroupsPerWorkgroup = 36, + ExecutionModeSubgroupsPerWorkgroupId = 37, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeId = 38, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeHintId = 39, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentColorAttachmentReadEXT = 4169, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentDepthAttachmentReadEXT = 4170, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentStencilAttachmentReadEXT = 4171, + ExecutionModeSubgroupUniformControlFlowKHR = 4421, + ExecutionModePostDepthCoverage = 4446, + ExecutionModeDenormPreserve = 4459, + ExecutionModeDenormFlushToZero = 4460, + ExecutionModeSignedZeroInfNanPreserve = 4461, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTE = 4462, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTZ = 4463, + ExecutionModeEarlyAndLateFragmentTestsAMD = 5017, + ExecutionModeStencilRefReplacingEXT = 5027, + ExecutionModeStencilRefUnchangedFrontAMD = 5079, + ExecutionModeStencilRefGreaterFrontAMD = 5080, + ExecutionModeStencilRefLessFrontAMD = 5081, + ExecutionModeStencilRefUnchangedBackAMD = 5082, + ExecutionModeStencilRefGreaterBackAMD = 5083, + ExecutionModeStencilRefLessBackAMD = 5084, + ExecutionModeQuadDerivativesKHR = 5088, + ExecutionModeRequireFullQuadsKHR = 5089, + ExecutionModeOutputLinesEXT = 5269, + ExecutionModeOutputLinesNV = 5269, + ExecutionModeOutputPrimitivesEXT = 5270, + ExecutionModeOutputPrimitivesNV = 5270, + ExecutionModeDerivativeGroupQuadsNV = 5289, + ExecutionModeDerivativeGroupLinearNV = 5290, + ExecutionModeOutputTrianglesEXT = 5298, + ExecutionModeOutputTrianglesNV = 5298, + ExecutionModePixelInterlockOrderedEXT = 5366, + ExecutionModePixelInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5367, + ExecutionModeSampleInterlockOrderedEXT = 5368, + ExecutionModeSampleInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5369, + ExecutionModeShadingRateInterlockOrderedEXT = 5370, + ExecutionModeShadingRateInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5371, + ExecutionModeSharedLocalMemorySizeINTEL = 5618, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTPINTEL = 5620, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTNINTEL = 5621, + ExecutionModeFloatingPointModeALTINTEL = 5622, + ExecutionModeFloatingPointModeIEEEINTEL = 5623, + ExecutionModeMaxWorkgroupSizeINTEL = 5893, + ExecutionModeMaxWorkDimINTEL = 5894, + ExecutionModeNoGlobalOffsetINTEL = 5895, + ExecutionModeNumSIMDWorkitemsINTEL = 5896, + ExecutionModeSchedulerTargetFmaxMhzINTEL = 5903, + ExecutionModeMaximallyReconvergesKHR = 6023, + ExecutionModeStreamingInterfaceINTEL = 6154, + ExecutionModeNamedBarrierCountINTEL = 6417, + ExecutionModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum StorageClass { + StorageClassUniformConstant = 0, + StorageClassInput = 1, + StorageClassUniform = 2, + StorageClassOutput = 3, + StorageClassWorkgroup = 4, + StorageClassCrossWorkgroup = 5, + StorageClassPrivate = 6, + StorageClassFunction = 7, + StorageClassGeneric = 8, + StorageClassPushConstant = 9, + StorageClassAtomicCounter = 10, + StorageClassImage = 11, + StorageClassStorageBuffer = 12, + StorageClassTileImageEXT = 4172, + StorageClassCallableDataKHR = 5328, + StorageClassCallableDataNV = 5328, + StorageClassIncomingCallableDataKHR = 5329, + StorageClassIncomingCallableDataNV = 5329, + StorageClassRayPayloadKHR = 5338, + StorageClassRayPayloadNV = 5338, + StorageClassHitAttributeKHR = 5339, + StorageClassHitAttributeNV = 5339, + StorageClassIncomingRayPayloadKHR = 5342, + StorageClassIncomingRayPayloadNV = 5342, + StorageClassShaderRecordBufferKHR = 5343, + StorageClassShaderRecordBufferNV = 5343, + StorageClassPhysicalStorageBuffer = 5349, + StorageClassPhysicalStorageBufferEXT = 5349, + StorageClassHitObjectAttributeNV = 5385, + StorageClassTaskPayloadWorkgroupEXT = 5402, + StorageClassCodeSectionINTEL = 5605, + StorageClassDeviceOnlyINTEL = 5936, + StorageClassHostOnlyINTEL = 5937, + StorageClassMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Dim { + Dim1D = 0, + Dim2D = 1, + Dim3D = 2, + DimCube = 3, + DimRect = 4, + DimBuffer = 5, + DimSubpassData = 6, + DimTileImageDataEXT = 4173, + DimMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SamplerAddressingMode { + SamplerAddressingModeNone = 0, + SamplerAddressingModeClampToEdge = 1, + SamplerAddressingModeClamp = 2, + SamplerAddressingModeRepeat = 3, + SamplerAddressingModeRepeatMirrored = 4, + SamplerAddressingModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SamplerFilterMode { + SamplerFilterModeNearest = 0, + SamplerFilterModeLinear = 1, + SamplerFilterModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageFormat { + ImageFormatUnknown = 0, + ImageFormatRgba32f = 1, + ImageFormatRgba16f = 2, + ImageFormatR32f = 3, + ImageFormatRgba8 = 4, + ImageFormatRgba8Snorm = 5, + ImageFormatRg32f = 6, + ImageFormatRg16f = 7, + ImageFormatR11fG11fB10f = 8, + ImageFormatR16f = 9, + ImageFormatRgba16 = 10, + ImageFormatRgb10A2 = 11, + ImageFormatRg16 = 12, + ImageFormatRg8 = 13, + ImageFormatR16 = 14, + ImageFormatR8 = 15, + ImageFormatRgba16Snorm = 16, + ImageFormatRg16Snorm = 17, + ImageFormatRg8Snorm = 18, + ImageFormatR16Snorm = 19, + ImageFormatR8Snorm = 20, + ImageFormatRgba32i = 21, + ImageFormatRgba16i = 22, + ImageFormatRgba8i = 23, + ImageFormatR32i = 24, + ImageFormatRg32i = 25, + ImageFormatRg16i = 26, + ImageFormatRg8i = 27, + ImageFormatR16i = 28, + ImageFormatR8i = 29, + ImageFormatRgba32ui = 30, + ImageFormatRgba16ui = 31, + ImageFormatRgba8ui = 32, + ImageFormatR32ui = 33, + ImageFormatRgb10a2ui = 34, + ImageFormatRg32ui = 35, + ImageFormatRg16ui = 36, + ImageFormatRg8ui = 37, + ImageFormatR16ui = 38, + ImageFormatR8ui = 39, + ImageFormatR64ui = 40, + ImageFormatR64i = 41, + ImageFormatMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageChannelOrder { + ImageChannelOrderR = 0, + ImageChannelOrderA = 1, + ImageChannelOrderRG = 2, + ImageChannelOrderRA = 3, + ImageChannelOrderRGB = 4, + ImageChannelOrderRGBA = 5, + ImageChannelOrderBGRA = 6, + ImageChannelOrderARGB = 7, + ImageChannelOrderIntensity = 8, + ImageChannelOrderLuminance = 9, + ImageChannelOrderRx = 10, + ImageChannelOrderRGx = 11, + ImageChannelOrderRGBx = 12, + ImageChannelOrderDepth = 13, + ImageChannelOrderDepthStencil = 14, + ImageChannelOrdersRGB = 15, + ImageChannelOrdersRGBx = 16, + ImageChannelOrdersRGBA = 17, + ImageChannelOrdersBGRA = 18, + ImageChannelOrderABGR = 19, + ImageChannelOrderMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageChannelDataType { + ImageChannelDataTypeSnormInt8 = 0, + ImageChannelDataTypeSnormInt16 = 1, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt8 = 2, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt16 = 3, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormShort565 = 4, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormShort555 = 5, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt101010 = 6, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt8 = 7, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt16 = 8, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt32 = 9, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt8 = 10, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt16 = 11, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt32 = 12, + ImageChannelDataTypeHalfFloat = 13, + ImageChannelDataTypeFloat = 14, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt24 = 15, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt101010_2 = 16, + ImageChannelDataTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageOperandsShift { + ImageOperandsBiasShift = 0, + ImageOperandsLodShift = 1, + ImageOperandsGradShift = 2, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetShift = 3, + ImageOperandsOffsetShift = 4, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetsShift = 5, + ImageOperandsSampleShift = 6, + ImageOperandsMinLodShift = 7, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableShift = 8, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableKHRShift = 8, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleShift = 9, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleKHRShift = 9, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelShift = 10, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelKHRShift = 10, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelShift = 11, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelKHRShift = 11, + ImageOperandsSignExtendShift = 12, + ImageOperandsZeroExtendShift = 13, + ImageOperandsNontemporalShift = 14, + ImageOperandsOffsetsShift = 16, + ImageOperandsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageOperandsMask { + ImageOperandsMaskNone = 0, + ImageOperandsBiasMask = 0x00000001, + ImageOperandsLodMask = 0x00000002, + ImageOperandsGradMask = 0x00000004, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetMask = 0x00000008, + ImageOperandsOffsetMask = 0x00000010, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetsMask = 0x00000020, + ImageOperandsSampleMask = 0x00000040, + ImageOperandsMinLodMask = 0x00000080, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableMask = 0x00000100, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableKHRMask = 0x00000100, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleMask = 0x00000200, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleKHRMask = 0x00000200, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelMask = 0x00000400, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelKHRMask = 0x00000400, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelMask = 0x00000800, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelKHRMask = 0x00000800, + ImageOperandsSignExtendMask = 0x00001000, + ImageOperandsZeroExtendMask = 0x00002000, + ImageOperandsNontemporalMask = 0x00004000, + ImageOperandsOffsetsMask = 0x00010000, +}; + +enum FPFastMathModeShift { + FPFastMathModeNotNaNShift = 0, + FPFastMathModeNotInfShift = 1, + FPFastMathModeNSZShift = 2, + FPFastMathModeAllowRecipShift = 3, + FPFastMathModeFastShift = 4, + FPFastMathModeAllowContractFastINTELShift = 16, + FPFastMathModeAllowReassocINTELShift = 17, + FPFastMathModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FPFastMathModeMask { + FPFastMathModeMaskNone = 0, + FPFastMathModeNotNaNMask = 0x00000001, + FPFastMathModeNotInfMask = 0x00000002, + FPFastMathModeNSZMask = 0x00000004, + FPFastMathModeAllowRecipMask = 0x00000008, + FPFastMathModeFastMask = 0x00000010, + FPFastMathModeAllowContractFastINTELMask = 0x00010000, + FPFastMathModeAllowReassocINTELMask = 0x00020000, +}; + +enum FPRoundingMode { + FPRoundingModeRTE = 0, + FPRoundingModeRTZ = 1, + FPRoundingModeRTP = 2, + FPRoundingModeRTN = 3, + FPRoundingModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum LinkageType { + LinkageTypeExport = 0, + LinkageTypeImport = 1, + LinkageTypeLinkOnceODR = 2, + LinkageTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum AccessQualifier { + AccessQualifierReadOnly = 0, + AccessQualifierWriteOnly = 1, + AccessQualifierReadWrite = 2, + AccessQualifierMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FunctionParameterAttribute { + FunctionParameterAttributeZext = 0, + FunctionParameterAttributeSext = 1, + FunctionParameterAttributeByVal = 2, + FunctionParameterAttributeSret = 3, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoAlias = 4, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoCapture = 5, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoWrite = 6, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoReadWrite = 7, + FunctionParameterAttributeRuntimeAlignedINTEL = 5940, + FunctionParameterAttributeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Decoration { + DecorationRelaxedPrecision = 0, + DecorationSpecId = 1, + DecorationBlock = 2, + DecorationBufferBlock = 3, + DecorationRowMajor = 4, + DecorationColMajor = 5, + DecorationArrayStride = 6, + DecorationMatrixStride = 7, + DecorationGLSLShared = 8, + DecorationGLSLPacked = 9, + DecorationCPacked = 10, + DecorationBuiltIn = 11, + DecorationNoPerspective = 13, + DecorationFlat = 14, + DecorationPatch = 15, + DecorationCentroid = 16, + DecorationSample = 17, + DecorationInvariant = 18, + DecorationRestrict = 19, + DecorationAliased = 20, + DecorationVolatile = 21, + DecorationConstant = 22, + DecorationCoherent = 23, + DecorationNonWritable = 24, + DecorationNonReadable = 25, + DecorationUniform = 26, + DecorationUniformId = 27, + DecorationSaturatedConversion = 28, + DecorationStream = 29, + DecorationLocation = 30, + DecorationComponent = 31, + DecorationIndex = 32, + DecorationBinding = 33, + DecorationDescriptorSet = 34, + DecorationOffset = 35, + DecorationXfbBuffer = 36, + DecorationXfbStride = 37, + DecorationFuncParamAttr = 38, + DecorationFPRoundingMode = 39, + DecorationFPFastMathMode = 40, + DecorationLinkageAttributes = 41, + DecorationNoContraction = 42, + DecorationInputAttachmentIndex = 43, + DecorationAlignment = 44, + DecorationMaxByteOffset = 45, + DecorationAlignmentId = 46, + DecorationMaxByteOffsetId = 47, + DecorationNoSignedWrap = 4469, + DecorationNoUnsignedWrap = 4470, + DecorationWeightTextureQCOM = 4487, + DecorationBlockMatchTextureQCOM = 4488, + DecorationExplicitInterpAMD = 4999, + DecorationOverrideCoverageNV = 5248, + DecorationPassthroughNV = 5250, + DecorationViewportRelativeNV = 5252, + DecorationSecondaryViewportRelativeNV = 5256, + DecorationPerPrimitiveEXT = 5271, + DecorationPerPrimitiveNV = 5271, + DecorationPerViewNV = 5272, + DecorationPerTaskNV = 5273, + DecorationPerVertexKHR = 5285, + DecorationPerVertexNV = 5285, + DecorationNonUniform = 5300, + DecorationNonUniformEXT = 5300, + DecorationRestrictPointer = 5355, + DecorationRestrictPointerEXT = 5355, + DecorationAliasedPointer = 5356, + DecorationAliasedPointerEXT = 5356, + DecorationHitObjectShaderRecordBufferNV = 5386, + DecorationBindlessSamplerNV = 5398, + DecorationBindlessImageNV = 5399, + DecorationBoundSamplerNV = 5400, + DecorationBoundImageNV = 5401, + DecorationSIMTCallINTEL = 5599, + DecorationReferencedIndirectlyINTEL = 5602, + DecorationClobberINTEL = 5607, + DecorationSideEffectsINTEL = 5608, + DecorationVectorComputeVariableINTEL = 5624, + DecorationFuncParamIOKindINTEL = 5625, + DecorationVectorComputeFunctionINTEL = 5626, + DecorationStackCallINTEL = 5627, + DecorationGlobalVariableOffsetINTEL = 5628, + DecorationCounterBuffer = 5634, + DecorationHlslCounterBufferGOOGLE = 5634, + DecorationHlslSemanticGOOGLE = 5635, + DecorationUserSemantic = 5635, + DecorationUserTypeGOOGLE = 5636, + DecorationFunctionRoundingModeINTEL = 5822, + DecorationFunctionDenormModeINTEL = 5823, + DecorationRegisterINTEL = 5825, + DecorationMemoryINTEL = 5826, + DecorationNumbanksINTEL = 5827, + DecorationBankwidthINTEL = 5828, + DecorationMaxPrivateCopiesINTEL = 5829, + DecorationSinglepumpINTEL = 5830, + DecorationDoublepumpINTEL = 5831, + DecorationMaxReplicatesINTEL = 5832, + DecorationSimpleDualPortINTEL = 5833, + DecorationMergeINTEL = 5834, + DecorationBankBitsINTEL = 5835, + DecorationForcePow2DepthINTEL = 5836, + DecorationBurstCoalesceINTEL = 5899, + DecorationCacheSizeINTEL = 5900, + DecorationDontStaticallyCoalesceINTEL = 5901, + DecorationPrefetchINTEL = 5902, + DecorationStallEnableINTEL = 5905, + DecorationFuseLoopsInFunctionINTEL = 5907, + DecorationMathOpDSPModeINTEL = 5909, + DecorationAliasScopeINTEL = 5914, + DecorationNoAliasINTEL = 5915, + DecorationInitiationIntervalINTEL = 5917, + DecorationMaxConcurrencyINTEL = 5918, + DecorationPipelineEnableINTEL = 5919, + DecorationBufferLocationINTEL = 5921, + DecorationIOPipeStorageINTEL = 5944, + DecorationFunctionFloatingPointModeINTEL = 6080, + DecorationSingleElementVectorINTEL = 6085, + DecorationVectorComputeCallableFunctionINTEL = 6087, + DecorationMediaBlockIOINTEL = 6140, + DecorationConduitKernelArgumentINTEL = 6175, + DecorationRegisterMapKernelArgumentINTEL = 6176, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceAddressWidthINTEL = 6177, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceDataWidthINTEL = 6178, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceLatencyINTEL = 6179, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceReadWriteModeINTEL = 6180, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceMaxBurstINTEL = 6181, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceWaitRequestINTEL = 6182, + DecorationStableKernelArgumentINTEL = 6183, + DecorationMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum BuiltIn { + BuiltInPosition = 0, + BuiltInPointSize = 1, + BuiltInClipDistance = 3, + BuiltInCullDistance = 4, + BuiltInVertexId = 5, + BuiltInInstanceId = 6, + BuiltInPrimitiveId = 7, + BuiltInInvocationId = 8, + BuiltInLayer = 9, + BuiltInViewportIndex = 10, + BuiltInTessLevelOuter = 11, + BuiltInTessLevelInner = 12, + BuiltInTessCoord = 13, + BuiltInPatchVertices = 14, + BuiltInFragCoord = 15, + BuiltInPointCoord = 16, + BuiltInFrontFacing = 17, + BuiltInSampleId = 18, + BuiltInSamplePosition = 19, + BuiltInSampleMask = 20, + BuiltInFragDepth = 22, + BuiltInHelperInvocation = 23, + BuiltInNumWorkgroups = 24, + BuiltInWorkgroupSize = 25, + BuiltInWorkgroupId = 26, + BuiltInLocalInvocationId = 27, + BuiltInGlobalInvocationId = 28, + BuiltInLocalInvocationIndex = 29, + BuiltInWorkDim = 30, + BuiltInGlobalSize = 31, + BuiltInEnqueuedWorkgroupSize = 32, + BuiltInGlobalOffset = 33, + BuiltInGlobalLinearId = 34, + BuiltInSubgroupSize = 36, + BuiltInSubgroupMaxSize = 37, + BuiltInNumSubgroups = 38, + BuiltInNumEnqueuedSubgroups = 39, + BuiltInSubgroupId = 40, + BuiltInSubgroupLocalInvocationId = 41, + BuiltInVertexIndex = 42, + BuiltInInstanceIndex = 43, + BuiltInCoreIDARM = 4160, + BuiltInCoreCountARM = 4161, + BuiltInCoreMaxIDARM = 4162, + BuiltInWarpIDARM = 4163, + BuiltInWarpMaxIDARM = 4164, + BuiltInSubgroupEqMask = 4416, + BuiltInSubgroupEqMaskKHR = 4416, + BuiltInSubgroupGeMask = 4417, + BuiltInSubgroupGeMaskKHR = 4417, + BuiltInSubgroupGtMask = 4418, + BuiltInSubgroupGtMaskKHR = 4418, + BuiltInSubgroupLeMask = 4419, + BuiltInSubgroupLeMaskKHR = 4419, + BuiltInSubgroupLtMask = 4420, + BuiltInSubgroupLtMaskKHR = 4420, + BuiltInBaseVertex = 4424, + BuiltInBaseInstance = 4425, + BuiltInDrawIndex = 4426, + BuiltInPrimitiveShadingRateKHR = 4432, + BuiltInDeviceIndex = 4438, + BuiltInViewIndex = 4440, + BuiltInShadingRateKHR = 4444, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspAMD = 4992, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspCentroidAMD = 4993, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspSampleAMD = 4994, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothAMD = 4995, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothCentroidAMD = 4996, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothSampleAMD = 4997, + BuiltInBaryCoordPullModelAMD = 4998, + BuiltInFragStencilRefEXT = 5014, + BuiltInViewportMaskNV = 5253, + BuiltInSecondaryPositionNV = 5257, + BuiltInSecondaryViewportMaskNV = 5258, + BuiltInPositionPerViewNV = 5261, + BuiltInViewportMaskPerViewNV = 5262, + BuiltInFullyCoveredEXT = 5264, + BuiltInTaskCountNV = 5274, + BuiltInPrimitiveCountNV = 5275, + BuiltInPrimitiveIndicesNV = 5276, + BuiltInClipDistancePerViewNV = 5277, + BuiltInCullDistancePerViewNV = 5278, + BuiltInLayerPerViewNV = 5279, + BuiltInMeshViewCountNV = 5280, + BuiltInMeshViewIndicesNV = 5281, + BuiltInBaryCoordKHR = 5286, + BuiltInBaryCoordNV = 5286, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspKHR = 5287, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspNV = 5287, + BuiltInFragSizeEXT = 5292, + BuiltInFragmentSizeNV = 5292, + BuiltInFragInvocationCountEXT = 5293, + BuiltInInvocationsPerPixelNV = 5293, + BuiltInPrimitivePointIndicesEXT = 5294, + BuiltInPrimitiveLineIndicesEXT = 5295, + BuiltInPrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT = 5296, + BuiltInCullPrimitiveEXT = 5299, + BuiltInLaunchIdKHR = 5319, + BuiltInLaunchIdNV = 5319, + BuiltInLaunchSizeKHR = 5320, + BuiltInLaunchSizeNV = 5320, + BuiltInWorldRayOriginKHR = 5321, + BuiltInWorldRayOriginNV = 5321, + BuiltInWorldRayDirectionKHR = 5322, + BuiltInWorldRayDirectionNV = 5322, + BuiltInObjectRayOriginKHR = 5323, + BuiltInObjectRayOriginNV = 5323, + BuiltInObjectRayDirectionKHR = 5324, + BuiltInObjectRayDirectionNV = 5324, + BuiltInRayTminKHR = 5325, + BuiltInRayTminNV = 5325, + BuiltInRayTmaxKHR = 5326, + BuiltInRayTmaxNV = 5326, + BuiltInInstanceCustomIndexKHR = 5327, + BuiltInInstanceCustomIndexNV = 5327, + BuiltInObjectToWorldKHR = 5330, + BuiltInObjectToWorldNV = 5330, + BuiltInWorldToObjectKHR = 5331, + BuiltInWorldToObjectNV = 5331, + BuiltInHitTNV = 5332, + BuiltInHitKindKHR = 5333, + BuiltInHitKindNV = 5333, + BuiltInCurrentRayTimeNV = 5334, + BuiltInHitTriangleVertexPositionsKHR = 5335, + BuiltInHitMicroTriangleVertexPositionsNV = 5337, + BuiltInHitMicroTriangleVertexBarycentricsNV = 5344, + BuiltInHitKindFrontFacingMicroTriangleNV = 5405, + BuiltInHitKindBackFacingMicroTriangleNV = 5406, + BuiltInIncomingRayFlagsKHR = 5351, + BuiltInIncomingRayFlagsNV = 5351, + BuiltInRayGeometryIndexKHR = 5352, + BuiltInWarpsPerSMNV = 5374, + BuiltInSMCountNV = 5375, + BuiltInWarpIDNV = 5376, + BuiltInSMIDNV = 5377, + BuiltInCullMaskKHR = 6021, + BuiltInMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SelectionControlShift { + SelectionControlFlattenShift = 0, + SelectionControlDontFlattenShift = 1, + SelectionControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SelectionControlMask { + SelectionControlMaskNone = 0, + SelectionControlFlattenMask = 0x00000001, + SelectionControlDontFlattenMask = 0x00000002, +}; + +enum LoopControlShift { + LoopControlUnrollShift = 0, + LoopControlDontUnrollShift = 1, + LoopControlDependencyInfiniteShift = 2, + LoopControlDependencyLengthShift = 3, + LoopControlMinIterationsShift = 4, + LoopControlMaxIterationsShift = 5, + LoopControlIterationMultipleShift = 6, + LoopControlPeelCountShift = 7, + LoopControlPartialCountShift = 8, + LoopControlInitiationIntervalINTELShift = 16, + LoopControlMaxConcurrencyINTELShift = 17, + LoopControlDependencyArrayINTELShift = 18, + LoopControlPipelineEnableINTELShift = 19, + LoopControlLoopCoalesceINTELShift = 20, + LoopControlMaxInterleavingINTELShift = 21, + LoopControlSpeculatedIterationsINTELShift = 22, + LoopControlNoFusionINTELShift = 23, + LoopControlLoopCountINTELShift = 24, + LoopControlMaxReinvocationDelayINTELShift = 25, + LoopControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum LoopControlMask { + LoopControlMaskNone = 0, + LoopControlUnrollMask = 0x00000001, + LoopControlDontUnrollMask = 0x00000002, + LoopControlDependencyInfiniteMask = 0x00000004, + LoopControlDependencyLengthMask = 0x00000008, + LoopControlMinIterationsMask = 0x00000010, + LoopControlMaxIterationsMask = 0x00000020, + LoopControlIterationMultipleMask = 0x00000040, + LoopControlPeelCountMask = 0x00000080, + LoopControlPartialCountMask = 0x00000100, + LoopControlInitiationIntervalINTELMask = 0x00010000, + LoopControlMaxConcurrencyINTELMask = 0x00020000, + LoopControlDependencyArrayINTELMask = 0x00040000, + LoopControlPipelineEnableINTELMask = 0x00080000, + LoopControlLoopCoalesceINTELMask = 0x00100000, + LoopControlMaxInterleavingINTELMask = 0x00200000, + LoopControlSpeculatedIterationsINTELMask = 0x00400000, + LoopControlNoFusionINTELMask = 0x00800000, + LoopControlLoopCountINTELMask = 0x01000000, + LoopControlMaxReinvocationDelayINTELMask = 0x02000000, +}; + +enum FunctionControlShift { + FunctionControlInlineShift = 0, + FunctionControlDontInlineShift = 1, + FunctionControlPureShift = 2, + FunctionControlConstShift = 3, + FunctionControlOptNoneINTELShift = 16, + FunctionControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FunctionControlMask { + FunctionControlMaskNone = 0, + FunctionControlInlineMask = 0x00000001, + FunctionControlDontInlineMask = 0x00000002, + FunctionControlPureMask = 0x00000004, + FunctionControlConstMask = 0x00000008, + FunctionControlOptNoneINTELMask = 0x00010000, +}; + +enum MemorySemanticsShift { + MemorySemanticsAcquireShift = 1, + MemorySemanticsReleaseShift = 2, + MemorySemanticsAcquireReleaseShift = 3, + MemorySemanticsSequentiallyConsistentShift = 4, + MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryShift = 6, + MemorySemanticsSubgroupMemoryShift = 7, + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryShift = 8, + MemorySemanticsCrossWorkgroupMemoryShift = 9, + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryShift = 10, + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryShift = 11, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryShift = 12, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryKHRShift = 12, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableShift = 13, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableKHRShift = 13, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleShift = 14, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleKHRShift = 14, + MemorySemanticsVolatileShift = 15, + MemorySemanticsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemorySemanticsMask { + MemorySemanticsMaskNone = 0, + MemorySemanticsAcquireMask = 0x00000002, + MemorySemanticsReleaseMask = 0x00000004, + MemorySemanticsAcquireReleaseMask = 0x00000008, + MemorySemanticsSequentiallyConsistentMask = 0x00000010, + MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryMask = 0x00000040, + MemorySemanticsSubgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000080, + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000100, + MemorySemanticsCrossWorkgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000200, + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryMask = 0x00000400, + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryMask = 0x00000800, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryMask = 0x00001000, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryKHRMask = 0x00001000, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableMask = 0x00002000, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableKHRMask = 0x00002000, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleMask = 0x00004000, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleKHRMask = 0x00004000, + MemorySemanticsVolatileMask = 0x00008000, +}; + +enum MemoryAccessShift { + MemoryAccessVolatileShift = 0, + MemoryAccessAlignedShift = 1, + MemoryAccessNontemporalShift = 2, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableShift = 3, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableKHRShift = 3, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleShift = 4, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleKHRShift = 4, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerShift = 5, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerKHRShift = 5, + MemoryAccessAliasScopeINTELMaskShift = 16, + MemoryAccessNoAliasINTELMaskShift = 17, + MemoryAccessMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemoryAccessMask { + MemoryAccessMaskNone = 0, + MemoryAccessVolatileMask = 0x00000001, + MemoryAccessAlignedMask = 0x00000002, + MemoryAccessNontemporalMask = 0x00000004, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableMask = 0x00000008, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableKHRMask = 0x00000008, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleMask = 0x00000010, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleKHRMask = 0x00000010, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerMask = 0x00000020, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerKHRMask = 0x00000020, + MemoryAccessAliasScopeINTELMaskMask = 0x00010000, + MemoryAccessNoAliasINTELMaskMask = 0x00020000, +}; + +enum Scope { + ScopeCrossDevice = 0, + ScopeDevice = 1, + ScopeWorkgroup = 2, + ScopeSubgroup = 3, + ScopeInvocation = 4, + ScopeQueueFamily = 5, + ScopeQueueFamilyKHR = 5, + ScopeShaderCallKHR = 6, + ScopeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum GroupOperation { + GroupOperationReduce = 0, + GroupOperationInclusiveScan = 1, + GroupOperationExclusiveScan = 2, + GroupOperationClusteredReduce = 3, + GroupOperationPartitionedReduceNV = 6, + GroupOperationPartitionedInclusiveScanNV = 7, + GroupOperationPartitionedExclusiveScanNV = 8, + GroupOperationMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelEnqueueFlags { + KernelEnqueueFlagsNoWait = 0, + KernelEnqueueFlagsWaitKernel = 1, + KernelEnqueueFlagsWaitWorkGroup = 2, + KernelEnqueueFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelProfilingInfoShift { + KernelProfilingInfoCmdExecTimeShift = 0, + KernelProfilingInfoMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelProfilingInfoMask { + KernelProfilingInfoMaskNone = 0, + KernelProfilingInfoCmdExecTimeMask = 0x00000001, +}; + +enum Capability { + CapabilityMatrix = 0, + CapabilityShader = 1, + CapabilityGeometry = 2, + CapabilityTessellation = 3, + CapabilityAddresses = 4, + CapabilityLinkage = 5, + CapabilityKernel = 6, + CapabilityVector16 = 7, + CapabilityFloat16Buffer = 8, + CapabilityFloat16 = 9, + CapabilityFloat64 = 10, + CapabilityInt64 = 11, + CapabilityInt64Atomics = 12, + CapabilityImageBasic = 13, + CapabilityImageReadWrite = 14, + CapabilityImageMipmap = 15, + CapabilityPipes = 17, + CapabilityGroups = 18, + CapabilityDeviceEnqueue = 19, + CapabilityLiteralSampler = 20, + CapabilityAtomicStorage = 21, + CapabilityInt16 = 22, + CapabilityTessellationPointSize = 23, + CapabilityGeometryPointSize = 24, + CapabilityImageGatherExtended = 25, + CapabilityStorageImageMultisample = 27, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 28, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing = 29, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 30, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing = 31, + CapabilityClipDistance = 32, + CapabilityCullDistance = 33, + CapabilityImageCubeArray = 34, + CapabilitySampleRateShading = 35, + CapabilityImageRect = 36, + CapabilitySampledRect = 37, + CapabilityGenericPointer = 38, + CapabilityInt8 = 39, + CapabilityInputAttachment = 40, + CapabilitySparseResidency = 41, + CapabilityMinLod = 42, + CapabilitySampled1D = 43, + CapabilityImage1D = 44, + CapabilitySampledCubeArray = 45, + CapabilitySampledBuffer = 46, + CapabilityImageBuffer = 47, + CapabilityImageMSArray = 48, + CapabilityStorageImageExtendedFormats = 49, + CapabilityImageQuery = 50, + CapabilityDerivativeControl = 51, + CapabilityInterpolationFunction = 52, + CapabilityTransformFeedback = 53, + CapabilityGeometryStreams = 54, + CapabilityStorageImageReadWithoutFormat = 55, + CapabilityStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat = 56, + CapabilityMultiViewport = 57, + CapabilitySubgroupDispatch = 58, + CapabilityNamedBarrier = 59, + CapabilityPipeStorage = 60, + CapabilityGroupNonUniform = 61, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformVote = 62, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformArithmetic = 63, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformBallot = 64, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformShuffle = 65, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformShuffleRelative = 66, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformClustered = 67, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformQuad = 68, + CapabilityShaderLayer = 69, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndex = 70, + CapabilityUniformDecoration = 71, + CapabilityCoreBuiltinsARM = 4165, + CapabilityTileImageColorReadAccessEXT = 4166, + CapabilityTileImageDepthReadAccessEXT = 4167, + CapabilityTileImageStencilReadAccessEXT = 4168, + CapabilityFragmentShadingRateKHR = 4422, + CapabilitySubgroupBallotKHR = 4423, + CapabilityDrawParameters = 4427, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayoutKHR = 4428, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayout8BitAccessKHR = 4429, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayout16BitAccessKHR = 4430, + CapabilitySubgroupVoteKHR = 4431, + CapabilityStorageBuffer16BitAccess = 4433, + CapabilityStorageUniformBufferBlock16 = 4433, + CapabilityStorageUniform16 = 4434, + CapabilityUniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess = 4434, + CapabilityStoragePushConstant16 = 4435, + CapabilityStorageInputOutput16 = 4436, + CapabilityDeviceGroup = 4437, + CapabilityMultiView = 4439, + CapabilityVariablePointersStorageBuffer = 4441, + CapabilityVariablePointers = 4442, + CapabilityAtomicStorageOps = 4445, + CapabilitySampleMaskPostDepthCoverage = 4447, + CapabilityStorageBuffer8BitAccess = 4448, + CapabilityUniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess = 4449, + CapabilityStoragePushConstant8 = 4450, + CapabilityDenormPreserve = 4464, + CapabilityDenormFlushToZero = 4465, + CapabilitySignedZeroInfNanPreserve = 4466, + CapabilityRoundingModeRTE = 4467, + CapabilityRoundingModeRTZ = 4468, + CapabilityRayQueryProvisionalKHR = 4471, + CapabilityRayQueryKHR = 4472, + CapabilityRayTraversalPrimitiveCullingKHR = 4478, + CapabilityRayTracingKHR = 4479, + CapabilityTextureSampleWeightedQCOM = 4484, + CapabilityTextureBoxFilterQCOM = 4485, + CapabilityTextureBlockMatchQCOM = 4486, + CapabilityFloat16ImageAMD = 5008, + CapabilityImageGatherBiasLodAMD = 5009, + CapabilityFragmentMaskAMD = 5010, + CapabilityStencilExportEXT = 5013, + CapabilityImageReadWriteLodAMD = 5015, + CapabilityInt64ImageEXT = 5016, + CapabilityShaderClockKHR = 5055, + CapabilityQuadControlKHR = 5087, + CapabilitySampleMaskOverrideCoverageNV = 5249, + CapabilityGeometryShaderPassthroughNV = 5251, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndexLayerEXT = 5254, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndexLayerNV = 5254, + CapabilityShaderViewportMaskNV = 5255, + CapabilityShaderStereoViewNV = 5259, + CapabilityPerViewAttributesNV = 5260, + CapabilityFragmentFullyCoveredEXT = 5265, + CapabilityMeshShadingNV = 5266, + CapabilityImageFootprintNV = 5282, + CapabilityMeshShadingEXT = 5283, + CapabilityFragmentBarycentricKHR = 5284, + CapabilityFragmentBarycentricNV = 5284, + CapabilityComputeDerivativeGroupQuadsNV = 5288, + CapabilityFragmentDensityEXT = 5291, + CapabilityShadingRateNV = 5291, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformPartitionedNV = 5297, + CapabilityShaderNonUniform = 5301, + CapabilityShaderNonUniformEXT = 5301, + CapabilityRuntimeDescriptorArray = 5302, + CapabilityRuntimeDescriptorArrayEXT = 5302, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing = 5303, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5303, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 5304, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5304, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 5305, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5305, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5306, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5306, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5307, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5307, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5308, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5308, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5309, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5309, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5310, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5310, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5311, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5311, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5312, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5312, + CapabilityRayTracingPositionFetchKHR = 5336, + CapabilityRayTracingNV = 5340, + CapabilityRayTracingMotionBlurNV = 5341, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModel = 5345, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelKHR = 5345, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope = 5346, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelDeviceScopeKHR = 5346, + CapabilityPhysicalStorageBufferAddresses = 5347, + CapabilityPhysicalStorageBufferAddressesEXT = 5347, + CapabilityComputeDerivativeGroupLinearNV = 5350, + CapabilityRayTracingProvisionalKHR = 5353, + CapabilityCooperativeMatrixNV = 5357, + CapabilityFragmentShaderSampleInterlockEXT = 5363, + CapabilityFragmentShaderShadingRateInterlockEXT = 5372, + CapabilityShaderSMBuiltinsNV = 5373, + CapabilityFragmentShaderPixelInterlockEXT = 5378, + CapabilityDemoteToHelperInvocation = 5379, + CapabilityDemoteToHelperInvocationEXT = 5379, + CapabilityDisplacementMicromapNV = 5380, + CapabilityRayTracingDisplacementMicromapNV = 5409, + CapabilityRayTracingOpacityMicromapEXT = 5381, + CapabilityShaderInvocationReorderNV = 5383, + CapabilityBindlessTextureNV = 5390, + CapabilityRayQueryPositionFetchKHR = 5391, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16VectorNV = 5404, + CapabilitySubgroupShuffleINTEL = 5568, + CapabilitySubgroupBufferBlockIOINTEL = 5569, + CapabilitySubgroupImageBlockIOINTEL = 5570, + CapabilitySubgroupImageMediaBlockIOINTEL = 5579, + CapabilityRoundToInfinityINTEL = 5582, + CapabilityFloatingPointModeINTEL = 5583, + CapabilityIntegerFunctions2INTEL = 5584, + CapabilityFunctionPointersINTEL = 5603, + CapabilityIndirectReferencesINTEL = 5604, + CapabilityAsmINTEL = 5606, + CapabilityAtomicFloat32MinMaxEXT = 5612, + CapabilityAtomicFloat64MinMaxEXT = 5613, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16MinMaxEXT = 5616, + CapabilityVectorComputeINTEL = 5617, + CapabilityVectorAnyINTEL = 5619, + CapabilityExpectAssumeKHR = 5629, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationINTEL = 5696, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationIntraINTEL = 5697, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationChromaINTEL = 5698, + CapabilityVariableLengthArrayINTEL = 5817, + CapabilityFunctionFloatControlINTEL = 5821, + CapabilityFPGAMemoryAttributesINTEL = 5824, + CapabilityFPFastMathModeINTEL = 5837, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionIntegersINTEL = 5844, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionFloatingPointINTEL = 5845, + CapabilityUnstructuredLoopControlsINTEL = 5886, + CapabilityFPGALoopControlsINTEL = 5888, + CapabilityKernelAttributesINTEL = 5892, + CapabilityFPGAKernelAttributesINTEL = 5897, + CapabilityFPGAMemoryAccessesINTEL = 5898, + CapabilityFPGAClusterAttributesINTEL = 5904, + CapabilityLoopFuseINTEL = 5906, + CapabilityFPGADSPControlINTEL = 5908, + CapabilityMemoryAccessAliasingINTEL = 5910, + CapabilityFPGAInvocationPipeliningAttributesINTEL = 5916, + CapabilityFPGABufferLocationINTEL = 5920, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionFixedPointINTEL = 5922, + CapabilityUSMStorageClassesINTEL = 5935, + CapabilityRuntimeAlignedAttributeINTEL = 5939, + CapabilityIOPipesINTEL = 5943, + CapabilityBlockingPipesINTEL = 5945, + CapabilityFPGARegINTEL = 5948, + CapabilityDotProductInputAll = 6016, + CapabilityDotProductInputAllKHR = 6016, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8Bit = 6017, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitKHR = 6017, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitPacked = 6018, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitPackedKHR = 6018, + CapabilityDotProduct = 6019, + CapabilityDotProductKHR = 6019, + CapabilityRayCullMaskKHR = 6020, + CapabilityCooperativeMatrixKHR = 6022, + CapabilityBitInstructions = 6025, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformRotateKHR = 6026, + CapabilityAtomicFloat32AddEXT = 6033, + CapabilityAtomicFloat64AddEXT = 6034, + CapabilityLongConstantCompositeINTEL = 6089, + CapabilityOptNoneINTEL = 6094, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16AddEXT = 6095, + CapabilityDebugInfoModuleINTEL = 6114, + CapabilitySplitBarrierINTEL = 6141, + CapabilityFPGAArgumentInterfacesINTEL = 6174, + CapabilityGroupUniformArithmeticKHR = 6400, + CapabilityMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayFlagsShift { + RayFlagsOpaqueKHRShift = 0, + RayFlagsNoOpaqueKHRShift = 1, + RayFlagsTerminateOnFirstHitKHRShift = 2, + RayFlagsSkipClosestHitShaderKHRShift = 3, + RayFlagsCullBackFacingTrianglesKHRShift = 4, + RayFlagsCullFrontFacingTrianglesKHRShift = 5, + RayFlagsCullOpaqueKHRShift = 6, + RayFlagsCullNoOpaqueKHRShift = 7, + RayFlagsSkipTrianglesKHRShift = 8, + RayFlagsSkipAABBsKHRShift = 9, + RayFlagsForceOpacityMicromap2StateEXTShift = 10, + RayFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayFlagsMask { + RayFlagsMaskNone = 0, + RayFlagsOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000001, + RayFlagsNoOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000002, + RayFlagsTerminateOnFirstHitKHRMask = 0x00000004, + RayFlagsSkipClosestHitShaderKHRMask = 0x00000008, + RayFlagsCullBackFacingTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000010, + RayFlagsCullFrontFacingTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000020, + RayFlagsCullOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000040, + RayFlagsCullNoOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000080, + RayFlagsSkipTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000100, + RayFlagsSkipAABBsKHRMask = 0x00000200, + RayFlagsForceOpacityMicromap2StateEXTMask = 0x00000400, +}; + +enum RayQueryIntersection { + RayQueryIntersectionRayQueryCandidateIntersectionKHR = 0, + RayQueryIntersectionRayQueryCommittedIntersectionKHR = 1, + RayQueryIntersectionMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayQueryCommittedIntersectionType { + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionNoneKHR = 0, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionTriangleKHR = 1, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionGeneratedKHR = 2, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayQueryCandidateIntersectionType { + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeRayQueryCandidateIntersectionTriangleKHR = 0, + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeRayQueryCandidateIntersectionAABBKHR = 1, + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FragmentShadingRateShift { + FragmentShadingRateVertical2PixelsShift = 0, + FragmentShadingRateVertical4PixelsShift = 1, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal2PixelsShift = 2, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal4PixelsShift = 3, + FragmentShadingRateMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FragmentShadingRateMask { + FragmentShadingRateMaskNone = 0, + FragmentShadingRateVertical2PixelsMask = 0x00000001, + FragmentShadingRateVertical4PixelsMask = 0x00000002, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal2PixelsMask = 0x00000004, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal4PixelsMask = 0x00000008, +}; + +enum FPDenormMode { + FPDenormModePreserve = 0, + FPDenormModeFlushToZero = 1, + FPDenormModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FPOperationMode { + FPOperationModeIEEE = 0, + FPOperationModeALT = 1, + FPOperationModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum QuantizationModes { + QuantizationModesTRN = 0, + QuantizationModesTRN_ZERO = 1, + QuantizationModesRND = 2, + QuantizationModesRND_ZERO = 3, + QuantizationModesRND_INF = 4, + QuantizationModesRND_MIN_INF = 5, + QuantizationModesRND_CONV = 6, + QuantizationModesRND_CONV_ODD = 7, + QuantizationModesMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum OverflowModes { + OverflowModesWRAP = 0, + OverflowModesSAT = 1, + OverflowModesSAT_ZERO = 2, + OverflowModesSAT_SYM = 3, + OverflowModesMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum PackedVectorFormat { + PackedVectorFormatPackedVectorFormat4x8Bit = 0, + PackedVectorFormatPackedVectorFormat4x8BitKHR = 0, + PackedVectorFormatMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixOperandsShift { + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixASignedComponentsKHRShift = 0, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixBSignedComponentsKHRShift = 1, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixCSignedComponentsKHRShift = 2, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixResultSignedComponentsKHRShift = 3, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsSaturatingAccumulationKHRShift = 4, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask { + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMaskNone = 0, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixASignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000001, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixBSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000002, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixCSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000004, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixResultSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000008, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsSaturatingAccumulationKHRMask = 0x00000010, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixLayout { + CooperativeMatrixLayoutRowMajorKHR = 0, + CooperativeMatrixLayoutColumnMajorKHR = 1, + CooperativeMatrixLayoutMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixUse { + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixAKHR = 0, + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixBKHR = 1, + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixAccumulatorKHR = 2, + CooperativeMatrixUseMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Op { + OpNop = 0, + OpUndef = 1, + OpSourceContinued = 2, + OpSource = 3, + OpSourceExtension = 4, + OpName = 5, + OpMemberName = 6, + OpString = 7, + OpLine = 8, + OpExtension = 10, + OpExtInstImport = 11, + OpExtInst = 12, + OpMemoryModel = 14, + OpEntryPoint = 15, + OpExecutionMode = 16, + OpCapability = 17, + OpTypeVoid = 19, + OpTypeBool = 20, + OpTypeInt = 21, + OpTypeFloat = 22, + OpTypeVector = 23, + OpTypeMatrix = 24, + OpTypeImage = 25, + OpTypeSampler = 26, + OpTypeSampledImage = 27, + OpTypeArray = 28, + OpTypeRuntimeArray = 29, + OpTypeStruct = 30, + OpTypeOpaque = 31, + OpTypePointer = 32, + OpTypeFunction = 33, + OpTypeEvent = 34, + OpTypeDeviceEvent = 35, + OpTypeReserveId = 36, + OpTypeQueue = 37, + OpTypePipe = 38, + OpTypeForwardPointer = 39, + OpConstantTrue = 41, + OpConstantFalse = 42, + OpConstant = 43, + OpConstantComposite = 44, + OpConstantSampler = 45, + OpConstantNull = 46, + OpSpecConstantTrue = 48, + OpSpecConstantFalse = 49, + OpSpecConstant = 50, + OpSpecConstantComposite = 51, + OpSpecConstantOp = 52, + OpFunction = 54, + OpFunctionParameter = 55, + OpFunctionEnd = 56, + OpFunctionCall = 57, + OpVariable = 59, + OpImageTexelPointer = 60, + OpLoad = 61, + OpStore = 62, + OpCopyMemory = 63, + OpCopyMemorySized = 64, + OpAccessChain = 65, + OpInBoundsAccessChain = 66, + OpPtrAccessChain = 67, + OpArrayLength = 68, + OpGenericPtrMemSemantics = 69, + OpInBoundsPtrAccessChain = 70, + OpDecorate = 71, + OpMemberDecorate = 72, + OpDecorationGroup = 73, + OpGroupDecorate = 74, + OpGroupMemberDecorate = 75, + OpVectorExtractDynamic = 77, + OpVectorInsertDynamic = 78, + OpVectorShuffle = 79, + OpCompositeConstruct = 80, + OpCompositeExtract = 81, + OpCompositeInsert = 82, + OpCopyObject = 83, + OpTranspose = 84, + OpSampledImage = 86, + OpImageSampleImplicitLod = 87, + OpImageSampleExplicitLod = 88, + OpImageSampleDrefImplicitLod = 89, + OpImageSampleDrefExplicitLod = 90, + OpImageSampleProjImplicitLod = 91, + OpImageSampleProjExplicitLod = 92, + OpImageSampleProjDrefImplicitLod = 93, + OpImageSampleProjDrefExplicitLod = 94, + OpImageFetch = 95, + OpImageGather = 96, + OpImageDrefGather = 97, + OpImageRead = 98, + OpImageWrite = 99, + OpImage = 100, + OpImageQueryFormat = 101, + OpImageQueryOrder = 102, + OpImageQuerySizeLod = 103, + OpImageQuerySize = 104, + OpImageQueryLod = 105, + OpImageQueryLevels = 106, + OpImageQuerySamples = 107, + OpConvertFToU = 109, + OpConvertFToS = 110, + OpConvertSToF = 111, + OpConvertUToF = 112, + OpUConvert = 113, + OpSConvert = 114, + OpFConvert = 115, + OpQuantizeToF16 = 116, + OpConvertPtrToU = 117, + OpSatConvertSToU = 118, + OpSatConvertUToS = 119, + OpConvertUToPtr = 120, + OpPtrCastToGeneric = 121, + OpGenericCastToPtr = 122, + OpGenericCastToPtrExplicit = 123, + OpBitcast = 124, + OpSNegate = 126, + OpFNegate = 127, + OpIAdd = 128, + OpFAdd = 129, + OpISub = 130, + OpFSub = 131, + OpIMul = 132, + OpFMul = 133, + OpUDiv = 134, + OpSDiv = 135, + OpFDiv = 136, + OpUMod = 137, + OpSRem = 138, + OpSMod = 139, + OpFRem = 140, + OpFMod = 141, + OpVectorTimesScalar = 142, + OpMatrixTimesScalar = 143, + OpVectorTimesMatrix = 144, + OpMatrixTimesVector = 145, + OpMatrixTimesMatrix = 146, + OpOuterProduct = 147, + OpDot = 148, + OpIAddCarry = 149, + OpISubBorrow = 150, + OpUMulExtended = 151, + OpSMulExtended = 152, + OpAny = 154, + OpAll = 155, + OpIsNan = 156, + OpIsInf = 157, + OpIsFinite = 158, + OpIsNormal = 159, + OpSignBitSet = 160, + OpLessOrGreater = 161, + OpOrdered = 162, + OpUnordered = 163, + OpLogicalEqual = 164, + OpLogicalNotEqual = 165, + OpLogicalOr = 166, + OpLogicalAnd = 167, + OpLogicalNot = 168, + OpSelect = 169, + OpIEqual = 170, + OpINotEqual = 171, + OpUGreaterThan = 172, + OpSGreaterThan = 173, + OpUGreaterThanEqual = 174, + OpSGreaterThanEqual = 175, + OpULessThan = 176, + OpSLessThan = 177, + OpULessThanEqual = 178, + OpSLessThanEqual = 179, + OpFOrdEqual = 180, + OpFUnordEqual = 181, + OpFOrdNotEqual = 182, + OpFUnordNotEqual = 183, + OpFOrdLessThan = 184, + OpFUnordLessThan = 185, + OpFOrdGreaterThan = 186, + OpFUnordGreaterThan = 187, + OpFOrdLessThanEqual = 188, + OpFUnordLessThanEqual = 189, + OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual = 190, + OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual = 191, + OpShiftRightLogical = 194, + OpShiftRightArithmetic = 195, + OpShiftLeftLogical = 196, + OpBitwiseOr = 197, + OpBitwiseXor = 198, + OpBitwiseAnd = 199, + OpNot = 200, + OpBitFieldInsert = 201, + OpBitFieldSExtract = 202, + OpBitFieldUExtract = 203, + OpBitReverse = 204, + OpBitCount = 205, + OpDPdx = 207, + OpDPdy = 208, + OpFwidth = 209, + OpDPdxFine = 210, + OpDPdyFine = 211, + OpFwidthFine = 212, + OpDPdxCoarse = 213, + OpDPdyCoarse = 214, + OpFwidthCoarse = 215, + OpEmitVertex = 218, + OpEndPrimitive = 219, + OpEmitStreamVertex = 220, + OpEndStreamPrimitive = 221, + OpControlBarrier = 224, + OpMemoryBarrier = 225, + OpAtomicLoad = 227, + OpAtomicStore = 228, + OpAtomicExchange = 229, + OpAtomicCompareExchange = 230, + OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak = 231, + OpAtomicIIncrement = 232, + OpAtomicIDecrement = 233, + OpAtomicIAdd = 234, + OpAtomicISub = 235, + OpAtomicSMin = 236, + OpAtomicUMin = 237, + OpAtomicSMax = 238, + OpAtomicUMax = 239, + OpAtomicAnd = 240, + OpAtomicOr = 241, + OpAtomicXor = 242, + OpPhi = 245, + OpLoopMerge = 246, + OpSelectionMerge = 247, + OpLabel = 248, + OpBranch = 249, + OpBranchConditional = 250, + OpSwitch = 251, + OpKill = 252, + OpReturn = 253, + OpReturnValue = 254, + OpUnreachable = 255, + OpLifetimeStart = 256, + OpLifetimeStop = 257, + OpGroupAsyncCopy = 259, + OpGroupWaitEvents = 260, + OpGroupAll = 261, + OpGroupAny = 262, + OpGroupBroadcast = 263, + OpGroupIAdd = 264, + OpGroupFAdd = 265, + OpGroupFMin = 266, + OpGroupUMin = 267, + OpGroupSMin = 268, + OpGroupFMax = 269, + OpGroupUMax = 270, + OpGroupSMax = 271, + OpReadPipe = 274, + OpWritePipe = 275, + OpReservedReadPipe = 276, + OpReservedWritePipe = 277, + OpReserveReadPipePackets = 278, + OpReserveWritePipePackets = 279, + OpCommitReadPipe = 280, + OpCommitWritePipe = 281, + OpIsValidReserveId = 282, + OpGetNumPipePackets = 283, + OpGetMaxPipePackets = 284, + OpGroupReserveReadPipePackets = 285, + OpGroupReserveWritePipePackets = 286, + OpGroupCommitReadPipe = 287, + OpGroupCommitWritePipe = 288, + OpEnqueueMarker = 291, + OpEnqueueKernel = 292, + OpGetKernelNDrangeSubGroupCount = 293, + OpGetKernelNDrangeMaxSubGroupSize = 294, + OpGetKernelWorkGroupSize = 295, + OpGetKernelPreferredWorkGroupSizeMultiple = 296, + OpRetainEvent = 297, + OpReleaseEvent = 298, + OpCreateUserEvent = 299, + OpIsValidEvent = 300, + OpSetUserEventStatus = 301, + OpCaptureEventProfilingInfo = 302, + OpGetDefaultQueue = 303, + OpBuildNDRange = 304, + OpImageSparseSampleImplicitLod = 305, + OpImageSparseSampleExplicitLod = 306, + OpImageSparseSampleDrefImplicitLod = 307, + OpImageSparseSampleDrefExplicitLod = 308, + OpImageSparseSampleProjImplicitLod = 309, + OpImageSparseSampleProjExplicitLod = 310, + OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefImplicitLod = 311, + OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefExplicitLod = 312, + OpImageSparseFetch = 313, + OpImageSparseGather = 314, + OpImageSparseDrefGather = 315, + OpImageSparseTexelsResident = 316, + OpNoLine = 317, + OpAtomicFlagTestAndSet = 318, + OpAtomicFlagClear = 319, + OpImageSparseRead = 320, + OpSizeOf = 321, + OpTypePipeStorage = 322, + OpConstantPipeStorage = 323, + OpCreatePipeFromPipeStorage = 324, + OpGetKernelLocalSizeForSubgroupCount = 325, + OpGetKernelMaxNumSubgroups = 326, + OpTypeNamedBarrier = 327, + OpNamedBarrierInitialize = 328, + OpMemoryNamedBarrier = 329, + OpModuleProcessed = 330, + OpExecutionModeId = 331, + OpDecorateId = 332, + OpGroupNonUniformElect = 333, + OpGroupNonUniformAll = 334, + OpGroupNonUniformAny = 335, + OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual = 336, + OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast = 337, + OpGroupNonUniformBroadcastFirst = 338, + OpGroupNonUniformBallot = 339, + OpGroupNonUniformInverseBallot = 340, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitExtract = 341, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount = 342, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindLSB = 343, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindMSB = 344, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffle = 345, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleXor = 346, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleUp = 347, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleDown = 348, + OpGroupNonUniformIAdd = 349, + OpGroupNonUniformFAdd = 350, + OpGroupNonUniformIMul = 351, + OpGroupNonUniformFMul = 352, + OpGroupNonUniformSMin = 353, + OpGroupNonUniformUMin = 354, + OpGroupNonUniformFMin = 355, + OpGroupNonUniformSMax = 356, + OpGroupNonUniformUMax = 357, + OpGroupNonUniformFMax = 358, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseAnd = 359, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseOr = 360, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseXor = 361, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalAnd = 362, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalOr = 363, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalXor = 364, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast = 365, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap = 366, + OpCopyLogical = 400, + OpPtrEqual = 401, + OpPtrNotEqual = 402, + OpPtrDiff = 403, + OpColorAttachmentReadEXT = 4160, + OpDepthAttachmentReadEXT = 4161, + OpStencilAttachmentReadEXT = 4162, + OpTerminateInvocation = 4416, + OpSubgroupBallotKHR = 4421, + OpSubgroupFirstInvocationKHR = 4422, + OpSubgroupAllKHR = 4428, + OpSubgroupAnyKHR = 4429, + OpSubgroupAllEqualKHR = 4430, + OpGroupNonUniformRotateKHR = 4431, + OpSubgroupReadInvocationKHR = 4432, + OpTraceRayKHR = 4445, + OpExecuteCallableKHR = 4446, + OpConvertUToAccelerationStructureKHR = 4447, + OpIgnoreIntersectionKHR = 4448, + OpTerminateRayKHR = 4449, + OpSDot = 4450, + OpSDotKHR = 4450, + OpUDot = 4451, + OpUDotKHR = 4451, + OpSUDot = 4452, + OpSUDotKHR = 4452, + OpSDotAccSat = 4453, + OpSDotAccSatKHR = 4453, + OpUDotAccSat = 4454, + OpUDotAccSatKHR = 4454, + OpSUDotAccSat = 4455, + OpSUDotAccSatKHR = 4455, + OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR = 4456, + OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR = 4457, + OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR = 4458, + OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddKHR = 4459, + OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR = 4460, + OpTypeRayQueryKHR = 4472, + OpRayQueryInitializeKHR = 4473, + OpRayQueryTerminateKHR = 4474, + OpRayQueryGenerateIntersectionKHR = 4475, + OpRayQueryConfirmIntersectionKHR = 4476, + OpRayQueryProceedKHR = 4477, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTypeKHR = 4479, + OpImageSampleWeightedQCOM = 4480, + OpImageBoxFilterQCOM = 4481, + OpImageBlockMatchSSDQCOM = 4482, + OpImageBlockMatchSADQCOM = 4483, + OpGroupIAddNonUniformAMD = 5000, + OpGroupFAddNonUniformAMD = 5001, + OpGroupFMinNonUniformAMD = 5002, + OpGroupUMinNonUniformAMD = 5003, + OpGroupSMinNonUniformAMD = 5004, + OpGroupFMaxNonUniformAMD = 5005, + OpGroupUMaxNonUniformAMD = 5006, + OpGroupSMaxNonUniformAMD = 5007, + OpFragmentMaskFetchAMD = 5011, + OpFragmentFetchAMD = 5012, + OpReadClockKHR = 5056, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadAllKHR = 5110, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadAnyKHR = 5111, + OpHitObjectRecordHitMotionNV = 5249, + OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexMotionNV = 5250, + OpHitObjectRecordMissMotionNV = 5251, + OpHitObjectGetWorldToObjectNV = 5252, + OpHitObjectGetObjectToWorldNV = 5253, + OpHitObjectGetObjectRayDirectionNV = 5254, + OpHitObjectGetObjectRayOriginNV = 5255, + OpHitObjectTraceRayMotionNV = 5256, + OpHitObjectGetShaderRecordBufferHandleNV = 5257, + OpHitObjectGetShaderBindingTableRecordIndexNV = 5258, + OpHitObjectRecordEmptyNV = 5259, + OpHitObjectTraceRayNV = 5260, + OpHitObjectRecordHitNV = 5261, + OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexNV = 5262, + OpHitObjectRecordMissNV = 5263, + OpHitObjectExecuteShaderNV = 5264, + OpHitObjectGetCurrentTimeNV = 5265, + OpHitObjectGetAttributesNV = 5266, + OpHitObjectGetHitKindNV = 5267, + OpHitObjectGetPrimitiveIndexNV = 5268, + OpHitObjectGetGeometryIndexNV = 5269, + OpHitObjectGetInstanceIdNV = 5270, + OpHitObjectGetInstanceCustomIndexNV = 5271, + OpHitObjectGetWorldRayDirectionNV = 5272, + OpHitObjectGetWorldRayOriginNV = 5273, + OpHitObjectGetRayTMaxNV = 5274, + OpHitObjectGetRayTMinNV = 5275, + OpHitObjectIsEmptyNV = 5276, + OpHitObjectIsHitNV = 5277, + OpHitObjectIsMissNV = 5278, + OpReorderThreadWithHitObjectNV = 5279, + OpReorderThreadWithHintNV = 5280, + OpTypeHitObjectNV = 5281, + OpImageSampleFootprintNV = 5283, + OpEmitMeshTasksEXT = 5294, + OpSetMeshOutputsEXT = 5295, + OpGroupNonUniformPartitionNV = 5296, + OpWritePackedPrimitiveIndices4x8NV = 5299, + OpFetchMicroTriangleVertexPositionNV = 5300, + OpFetchMicroTriangleVertexBarycentricNV = 5301, + OpReportIntersectionKHR = 5334, + OpReportIntersectionNV = 5334, + OpIgnoreIntersectionNV = 5335, + OpTerminateRayNV = 5336, + OpTraceNV = 5337, + OpTraceMotionNV = 5338, + OpTraceRayMotionNV = 5339, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTriangleVertexPositionsKHR = 5340, + OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR = 5341, + OpTypeAccelerationStructureNV = 5341, + OpExecuteCallableNV = 5344, + OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV = 5358, + OpCooperativeMatrixLoadNV = 5359, + OpCooperativeMatrixStoreNV = 5360, + OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddNV = 5361, + OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV = 5362, + OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT = 5364, + OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT = 5365, + OpDemoteToHelperInvocation = 5380, + OpDemoteToHelperInvocationEXT = 5380, + OpIsHelperInvocationEXT = 5381, + OpConvertUToImageNV = 5391, + OpConvertUToSamplerNV = 5392, + OpConvertImageToUNV = 5393, + OpConvertSamplerToUNV = 5394, + OpConvertUToSampledImageNV = 5395, + OpConvertSampledImageToUNV = 5396, + OpSamplerImageAddressingModeNV = 5397, + OpSubgroupShuffleINTEL = 5571, + OpSubgroupShuffleDownINTEL = 5572, + OpSubgroupShuffleUpINTEL = 5573, + OpSubgroupShuffleXorINTEL = 5574, + OpSubgroupBlockReadINTEL = 5575, + OpSubgroupBlockWriteINTEL = 5576, + OpSubgroupImageBlockReadINTEL = 5577, + OpSubgroupImageBlockWriteINTEL = 5578, + OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockReadINTEL = 5580, + OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockWriteINTEL = 5581, + OpUCountLeadingZerosINTEL = 5585, + OpUCountTrailingZerosINTEL = 5586, + OpAbsISubINTEL = 5587, + OpAbsUSubINTEL = 5588, + OpIAddSatINTEL = 5589, + OpUAddSatINTEL = 5590, + OpIAverageINTEL = 5591, + OpUAverageINTEL = 5592, + OpIAverageRoundedINTEL = 5593, + OpUAverageRoundedINTEL = 5594, + OpISubSatINTEL = 5595, + OpUSubSatINTEL = 5596, + OpIMul32x16INTEL = 5597, + OpUMul32x16INTEL = 5598, + OpConstantFunctionPointerINTEL = 5600, + OpFunctionPointerCallINTEL = 5601, + OpAsmTargetINTEL = 5609, + OpAsmINTEL = 5610, + OpAsmCallINTEL = 5611, + OpAtomicFMinEXT = 5614, + OpAtomicFMaxEXT = 5615, + OpAssumeTrueKHR = 5630, + OpExpectKHR = 5631, + OpDecorateString = 5632, + OpDecorateStringGOOGLE = 5632, + OpMemberDecorateString = 5633, + OpMemberDecorateStringGOOGLE = 5633, + OpVmeImageINTEL = 5699, + OpTypeVmeImageINTEL = 5700, + OpTypeAvcImePayloadINTEL = 5701, + OpTypeAvcRefPayloadINTEL = 5702, + OpTypeAvcSicPayloadINTEL = 5703, + OpTypeAvcMcePayloadINTEL = 5704, + OpTypeAvcMceResultINTEL = 5705, + OpTypeAvcImeResultINTEL = 5706, + OpTypeAvcImeResultSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5707, + OpTypeAvcImeResultDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5708, + OpTypeAvcImeSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5709, + OpTypeAvcImeDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5710, + OpTypeAvcRefResultINTEL = 5711, + OpTypeAvcSicResultINTEL = 5712, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL = 5713, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL = 5714, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterShapePenaltyINTEL = 5715, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterShapePenaltyINTEL = 5716, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL = 5717, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL = 5718, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL = 5719, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterMotionVectorCostTableINTEL = 5720, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultHighPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5721, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultMediumPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5722, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultLowPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5723, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetMotionVectorCostFunctionINTEL = 5724, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaModePenaltyINTEL = 5725, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultNonDcLumaIntraPenaltyINTEL = 5726, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraChromaModeBasePenaltyINTEL = 5727, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetAcOnlyHaarINTEL = 5728, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSourceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL = 5729, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSingleReferenceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL = 5730, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetDualReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL = 5731, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImePayloadINTEL = 5732, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImeResultINTEL = 5733, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefPayloadINTEL = 5734, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefResultINTEL = 5735, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicPayloadINTEL = 5736, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicResultINTEL = 5737, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetMotionVectorsINTEL = 5738, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDistortionsINTEL = 5739, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetBestInterDistortionsINTEL = 5740, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMajorShapeINTEL = 5741, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMinorShapeINTEL = 5742, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDirectionsINTEL = 5743, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMotionVectorCountINTEL = 5744, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceIdsINTEL = 5745, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL = 5746, + OpSubgroupAvcImeInitializeINTEL = 5747, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetSingleReferenceINTEL = 5748, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetDualReferenceINTEL = 5749, + OpSubgroupAvcImeRefWindowSizeINTEL = 5750, + OpSubgroupAvcImeAdjustRefOffsetINTEL = 5751, + OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5752, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetMaxMotionVectorCountINTEL = 5753, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetUnidirectionalMixDisableINTEL = 5754, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetEarlySearchTerminationThresholdINTEL = 5755, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetWeightedSadINTEL = 5756, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5757, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5758, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5759, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5760, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5761, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5762, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminoutINTEL = 5763, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminoutINTEL = 5764, + OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5765, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5766, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5767, + OpSubgroupAvcImeStripSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5768, + OpSubgroupAvcImeStripDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5769, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL = 5770, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL = 5771, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL = 5772, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL = 5773, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL = 5774, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL = 5775, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetBorderReachedINTEL = 5776, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetTruncatedSearchIndicationINTEL = 5777, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetUnidirectionalEarlySearchTerminationINTEL = 5778, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumMotionVectorINTEL = 5779, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumDistortionINTEL = 5780, + OpSubgroupAvcFmeInitializeINTEL = 5781, + OpSubgroupAvcBmeInitializeINTEL = 5782, + OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5783, + OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBidirectionalMixDisableINTEL = 5784, + OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL = 5785, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5786, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5787, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL = 5788, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL = 5789, + OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5790, + OpSubgroupAvcSicInitializeINTEL = 5791, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureSkcINTEL = 5792, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaINTEL = 5793, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaChromaINTEL = 5794, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetMotionVectorMaskINTEL = 5795, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5796, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL = 5797, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaModeCostFunctionINTEL = 5798, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraChromaModeCostFunctionINTEL = 5799, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL = 5800, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetSkcForwardTransformEnableINTEL = 5801, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBlockBasedRawSkipSadINTEL = 5802, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateIpeINTEL = 5803, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5804, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5805, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL = 5806, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL = 5807, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5808, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeLumaShapeINTEL = 5809, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeLumaDistortionINTEL = 5810, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeChromaDistortionINTEL = 5811, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedIpeLumaModesINTEL = 5812, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeChromaModeINTEL = 5813, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaCountThresholdINTEL = 5814, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaSumThresholdINTEL = 5815, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetInterRawSadsINTEL = 5816, + OpVariableLengthArrayINTEL = 5818, + OpSaveMemoryINTEL = 5819, + OpRestoreMemoryINTEL = 5820, + OpArbitraryFloatSinCosPiINTEL = 5840, + OpArbitraryFloatCastINTEL = 5841, + OpArbitraryFloatCastFromIntINTEL = 5842, + OpArbitraryFloatCastToIntINTEL = 5843, + OpArbitraryFloatAddINTEL = 5846, + OpArbitraryFloatSubINTEL = 5847, + OpArbitraryFloatMulINTEL = 5848, + OpArbitraryFloatDivINTEL = 5849, + OpArbitraryFloatGTINTEL = 5850, + OpArbitraryFloatGEINTEL = 5851, + OpArbitraryFloatLTINTEL = 5852, + OpArbitraryFloatLEINTEL = 5853, + OpArbitraryFloatEQINTEL = 5854, + OpArbitraryFloatRecipINTEL = 5855, + OpArbitraryFloatRSqrtINTEL = 5856, + OpArbitraryFloatCbrtINTEL = 5857, + OpArbitraryFloatHypotINTEL = 5858, + OpArbitraryFloatSqrtINTEL = 5859, + OpArbitraryFloatLogINTEL = 5860, + OpArbitraryFloatLog2INTEL = 5861, + OpArbitraryFloatLog10INTEL = 5862, + OpArbitraryFloatLog1pINTEL = 5863, + OpArbitraryFloatExpINTEL = 5864, + OpArbitraryFloatExp2INTEL = 5865, + OpArbitraryFloatExp10INTEL = 5866, + OpArbitraryFloatExpm1INTEL = 5867, + OpArbitraryFloatSinINTEL = 5868, + OpArbitraryFloatCosINTEL = 5869, + OpArbitraryFloatSinCosINTEL = 5870, + OpArbitraryFloatSinPiINTEL = 5871, + OpArbitraryFloatCosPiINTEL = 5872, + OpArbitraryFloatASinINTEL = 5873, + OpArbitraryFloatASinPiINTEL = 5874, + OpArbitraryFloatACosINTEL = 5875, + OpArbitraryFloatACosPiINTEL = 5876, + OpArbitraryFloatATanINTEL = 5877, + OpArbitraryFloatATanPiINTEL = 5878, + OpArbitraryFloatATan2INTEL = 5879, + OpArbitraryFloatPowINTEL = 5880, + OpArbitraryFloatPowRINTEL = 5881, + OpArbitraryFloatPowNINTEL = 5882, + OpLoopControlINTEL = 5887, + OpAliasDomainDeclINTEL = 5911, + OpAliasScopeDeclINTEL = 5912, + OpAliasScopeListDeclINTEL = 5913, + OpFixedSqrtINTEL = 5923, + OpFixedRecipINTEL = 5924, + OpFixedRsqrtINTEL = 5925, + OpFixedSinINTEL = 5926, + OpFixedCosINTEL = 5927, + OpFixedSinCosINTEL = 5928, + OpFixedSinPiINTEL = 5929, + OpFixedCosPiINTEL = 5930, + OpFixedSinCosPiINTEL = 5931, + OpFixedLogINTEL = 5932, + OpFixedExpINTEL = 5933, + OpPtrCastToCrossWorkgroupINTEL = 5934, + OpCrossWorkgroupCastToPtrINTEL = 5938, + OpReadPipeBlockingINTEL = 5946, + OpWritePipeBlockingINTEL = 5947, + OpFPGARegINTEL = 5949, + OpRayQueryGetRayTMinKHR = 6016, + OpRayQueryGetRayFlagsKHR = 6017, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTKHR = 6018, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceCustomIndexKHR = 6019, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceIdKHR = 6020, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceShaderBindingTableRecordOffsetKHR = 6021, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionGeometryIndexKHR = 6022, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionPrimitiveIndexKHR = 6023, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionBarycentricsKHR = 6024, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionFrontFaceKHR = 6025, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionCandidateAABBOpaqueKHR = 6026, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayDirectionKHR = 6027, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayOriginKHR = 6028, + OpRayQueryGetWorldRayDirectionKHR = 6029, + OpRayQueryGetWorldRayOriginKHR = 6030, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectToWorldKHR = 6031, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionWorldToObjectKHR = 6032, + OpAtomicFAddEXT = 6035, + OpTypeBufferSurfaceINTEL = 6086, + OpTypeStructContinuedINTEL = 6090, + OpConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL = 6091, + OpSpecConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL = 6092, + OpControlBarrierArriveINTEL = 6142, + OpControlBarrierWaitINTEL = 6143, + OpGroupIMulKHR = 6401, + OpGroupFMulKHR = 6402, + OpGroupBitwiseAndKHR = 6403, + OpGroupBitwiseOrKHR = 6404, + OpGroupBitwiseXorKHR = 6405, + OpGroupLogicalAndKHR = 6406, + OpGroupLogicalOrKHR = 6407, + OpGroupLogicalXorKHR = 6408, + OpMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +#ifdef SPV_ENABLE_UTILITY_CODE +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif +inline void HasResultAndType(Op opcode, bool *hasResult, bool *hasResultType) { + *hasResult = *hasResultType = false; + switch (opcode) { + default: /* unknown opcode */ break; + case OpNop: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUndef: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSourceContinued: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSource: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSourceExtension: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpName: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberName: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpString: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLine: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtension: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtInstImport: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtInst: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMemoryModel: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEntryPoint: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecutionMode: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCapability: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeVoid: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeBool: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeInt: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeFloat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeVector: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeSampler: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeSampledImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeArray: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeRuntimeArray: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeStruct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeOpaque: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypePointer: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeFunction: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeDeviceEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeReserveId: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeQueue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeForwardPointer: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantTrue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantFalse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstant: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantComposite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantSampler: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantNull: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantTrue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantFalse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstant: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantComposite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantOp: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunction: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionParameter: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionEnd: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpFunctionCall: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVariable: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageTexelPointer: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoad: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpStore: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCopyMemory: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCopyMemorySized: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpInBoundsAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArrayLength: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericPtrMemSemantics: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpInBoundsPtrAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDecorationGroup: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupMemberDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpVectorExtractDynamic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorInsertDynamic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorShuffle: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeConstruct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeInsert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCopyObject: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTranspose: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSampledImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageFetch: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageDrefGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageRead: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageWrite: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryFormat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryOrder: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySizeLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryLevels: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySamples: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertFToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertFToS: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSToF: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToF: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpQuantizeToF16: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertPtrToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSatConvertSToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSatConvertUToS: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToPtr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrCastToGeneric: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericCastToPtr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericCastToPtrExplicit: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSNegate: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFNegate: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFSub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSRem: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFRem: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorTimesScalar: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesScalar: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorTimesMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesVector: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpOuterProduct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAddCarry: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISubBorrow: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMulExtended: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSMulExtended: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsNan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsInf: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsFinite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsNormal: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSignBitSet: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLessOrGreater: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpOrdered: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUnordered: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalNot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSelect: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpINotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpULessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpULessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftRightLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftRightArithmetic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftLeftLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpNot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldInsert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldSExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldUExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitReverse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdx: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdy: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidth: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdxFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdyFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidthFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdxCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdyCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidthCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEmitVertex: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndPrimitive: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEmitStreamVertex: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndStreamPrimitive: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemoryBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicLoad: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicStore: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicExchange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicCompareExchange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIIncrement: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIDecrement: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicISub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPhi: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoopMerge: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSelectionMerge: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLabel: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpBranch: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpBranchConditional: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSwitch: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpKill: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReturn: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReturnValue: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUnreachable: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLifetimeStart: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLifetimeStop: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupAsyncCopy: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupWaitEvents: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadPipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReservedReadPipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReservedWritePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReserveReadPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReserveWritePipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCommitReadPipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCommitWritePipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpIsValidReserveId: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetNumPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetMaxPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupReserveReadPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupReserveWritePipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupCommitReadPipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupCommitWritePipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEnqueueMarker: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEnqueueKernel: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelNDrangeSubGroupCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelNDrangeMaxSubGroupSize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelWorkGroupSize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelPreferredWorkGroupSizeMultiple: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRetainEvent: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReleaseEvent: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCreateUserEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsValidEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSetUserEventStatus: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCaptureEventProfilingInfo: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGetDefaultQueue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBuildNDRange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseFetch: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseDrefGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseTexelsResident: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpNoLine: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicFlagTestAndSet: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFlagClear: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImageSparseRead: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSizeOf: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypePipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantPipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCreatePipeFromPipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelLocalSizeForSubgroupCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelMaxNumSubgroups: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeNamedBarrier: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpNamedBarrierInitialize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMemoryNamedBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpModuleProcessed: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecutionModeId: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDecorateId: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformElect: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBroadcastFirst: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformInverseBallot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindLSB: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindMSB: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffle: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleUp: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleDown: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformIMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadAllKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadAnyKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCopyLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrDiff: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpColorAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDepthAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpStencilAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTerminateInvocation: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupBallotKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupFirstInvocationKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAllKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAnyKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAllEqualKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformRotateKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupReadInvocationKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTraceRayKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecuteCallableKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConvertUToAccelerationStructureKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIgnoreIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTerminateRayKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSUDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSUDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeRayQueryKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryInitializeKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryTerminateKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryGenerateIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryConfirmIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryProceedKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTypeKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleWeightedQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBoxFilterQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBlockMatchSSDQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBlockMatchSADQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupIAddNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFAddNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFragmentMaskFetchAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFragmentFetchAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadClockKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordMissMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldToObjectNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectToWorldNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectRayDirectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectRayOriginNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectTraceRayMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetShaderRecordBufferHandleNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetShaderBindingTableRecordIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordEmptyNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectTraceRayNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordMissNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectExecuteShaderNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetCurrentTimeNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetAttributesNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetHitKindNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetPrimitiveIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetGeometryIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetInstanceIdNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetInstanceCustomIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldRayDirectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldRayOriginNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetRayTMaxNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetRayTMinNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsEmptyNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsHitNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsMissNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReorderThreadWithHitObjectNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReorderThreadWithHintNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeHitObjectNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImageSampleFootprintNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEmitMeshTasksEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSetMeshOutputsEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformPartitionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePackedPrimitiveIndices4x8NV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReportIntersectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIgnoreIntersectionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTerminateRayNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceRayMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTriangleVertexPositionsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeAccelerationStructureNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecuteCallableNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLoadNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixStoreNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDemoteToHelperInvocation: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpIsHelperInvocationEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToImageNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToSamplerNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertImageToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSamplerToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToSampledImageNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSampledImageToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSamplerImageAddressingModeNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleDownINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleUpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleXorINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupImageBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupImageBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUCountLeadingZerosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUCountTrailingZerosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAbsISubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAbsUSubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAddSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAddSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAverageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAverageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAverageRoundedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAverageRoundedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISubSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUSubSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIMul32x16INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMul32x16INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantFunctionPointerINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionPointerCallINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmTargetINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmCallINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFMinEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFMaxEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAssumeTrueKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExpectKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDecorateString: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberDecorateString: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpVmeImageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeVmeImageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcRefPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcSicPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcRefResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcSicResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterMotionVectorCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultHighPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultMediumPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultLowPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetMotionVectorCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaModePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultNonDcLumaIntraPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraChromaModeBasePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetAcOnlyHaarINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSourceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSingleReferenceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetDualReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImeResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetBestInterDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMajorShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMinorShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDirectionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMotionVectorCountINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeRefWindowSizeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeAdjustRefOffsetINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetMaxMotionVectorCountINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetUnidirectionalMixDisableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetEarlySearchTerminationThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetWeightedSadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeStripSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeStripDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetBorderReachedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetTruncatedSearchIndicationINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetUnidirectionalEarlySearchTerminationINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumMotionVectorINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcFmeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcBmeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBidirectionalMixDisableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureSkcINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaChromaINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetMotionVectorMaskINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaModeCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraChromaModeCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetSkcForwardTransformEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBlockBasedRawSkipSadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateIpeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeLumaShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeLumaDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeChromaDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedIpeLumaModesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeChromaModeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaCountThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaSumThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetInterRawSadsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVariableLengthArrayINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSaveMemoryINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRestoreMemoryINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastFromIntINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastToIntINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatAddINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatMulINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatDivINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatGTINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatGEINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLTINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLEINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatEQINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatRecipINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatRSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCbrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatHypotINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLogINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog10INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog1pINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExp2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExp10INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExpm1INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatASinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatASinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatACosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatACosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATanINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATanPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATan2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowRINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowNINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoopControlINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasDomainDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasScopeDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasScopeListDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpFixedSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedRecipINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedRsqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedLogINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedExpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrCastToCrossWorkgroupINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCrossWorkgroupCastToPtrINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadPipeBlockingINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePipeBlockingINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFPGARegINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetRayTMinKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetRayFlagsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceCustomIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceIdKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceShaderBindingTableRecordOffsetKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionGeometryIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionPrimitiveIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionBarycentricsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionFrontFaceKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionCandidateAABBOpaqueKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayDirectionKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayOriginKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetWorldRayDirectionKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetWorldRayOriginKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectToWorldKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionWorldToObjectKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFAddEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeBufferSurfaceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeStructContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSpecConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrierArriveINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrierWaitINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupIMulKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMulKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseAndKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseOrKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseXorKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalAndKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalOrKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalXorKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + } +} +#endif /* SPV_ENABLE_UTILITY_CODE */ + +// Overload bitwise operators for mask bit combining + +inline ImageOperandsMask operator|(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator&(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator^(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator~(ImageOperandsMask a) { return ImageOperandsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator|(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator&(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator^(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator~(FPFastMathModeMask a) { return FPFastMathModeMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator|(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator&(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator^(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator~(SelectionControlMask a) { return SelectionControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator|(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator&(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator^(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator~(LoopControlMask a) { return LoopControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator|(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator&(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator^(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator~(FunctionControlMask a) { return FunctionControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator|(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator&(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator^(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator~(MemorySemanticsMask a) { return MemorySemanticsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator|(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator&(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator^(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator~(MemoryAccessMask a) { return MemoryAccessMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator|(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator&(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator^(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator~(KernelProfilingInfoMask a) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator|(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator&(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator^(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator~(RayFlagsMask a) { return RayFlagsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator|(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator&(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator^(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator~(FragmentShadingRateMask a) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator|(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator&(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator^(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator~(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(~unsigned(a)); } + +} // end namespace spv + +#endif // #ifndef spirv_HPP + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f3124f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h @@ -0,0 +1,569 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// SPIRV-IR +// +// Simple in-memory representation (IR) of SPIRV. Just for holding +// Each function's CFG of blocks. Has this hierarchy: +// - Module, which is a list of +// - Function, which is a list of +// - Block, which is a list of +// - Instruction +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef spvIR_H +#define spvIR_H + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +class Block; +class Function; +class Module; + +const Id NoResult = 0; +const Id NoType = 0; + +const Decoration NoPrecision = DecorationMax; + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED +#endif + +POTENTIALLY_UNUSED +const MemorySemanticsMask MemorySemanticsAllMemory = + (MemorySemanticsMask)(MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryMask); + +struct IdImmediate { + bool isId; // true if word is an Id, false if word is an immediate + unsigned word; + IdImmediate(bool i, unsigned w) : isId(i), word(w) {} +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR instruction. +// + +class Instruction { +public: + Instruction(Id resultId, Id typeId, Op opCode) : resultId(resultId), typeId(typeId), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { } + explicit Instruction(Op opCode) : resultId(NoResult), typeId(NoType), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { } + virtual ~Instruction() {} + void addIdOperand(Id id) { + // ids can't be 0 + assert(id); + operands.push_back(id); + idOperand.push_back(true); + } + void addImmediateOperand(unsigned int immediate) { + operands.push_back(immediate); + idOperand.push_back(false); + } + void setImmediateOperand(unsigned idx, unsigned int immediate) { + assert(!idOperand[idx]); + operands[idx] = immediate; + } + + void addStringOperand(const char* str) + { + unsigned int word = 0; + unsigned int shiftAmount = 0; + char c; + + do { + c = *(str++); + word |= ((unsigned int)c) << shiftAmount; + shiftAmount += 8; + if (shiftAmount == 32) { + addImmediateOperand(word); + word = 0; + shiftAmount = 0; + } + } while (c != 0); + + // deal with partial last word + if (shiftAmount > 0) { + addImmediateOperand(word); + } + } + bool isIdOperand(int op) const { return idOperand[op]; } + void setBlock(Block* b) { block = b; } + Block* getBlock() const { return block; } + Op getOpCode() const { return opCode; } + int getNumOperands() const + { + assert(operands.size() == idOperand.size()); + return (int)operands.size(); + } + Id getResultId() const { return resultId; } + Id getTypeId() const { return typeId; } + Id getIdOperand(int op) const { + assert(idOperand[op]); + return operands[op]; + } + unsigned int getImmediateOperand(int op) const { + assert(!idOperand[op]); + return operands[op]; + } + + // Write out the binary form. + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + // Compute the wordCount + unsigned int wordCount = 1; + if (typeId) + ++wordCount; + if (resultId) + ++wordCount; + wordCount += (unsigned int)operands.size(); + + // Write out the beginning of the instruction + out.push_back(((wordCount) << WordCountShift) | opCode); + if (typeId) + out.push_back(typeId); + if (resultId) + out.push_back(resultId); + + // Write out the operands + for (int op = 0; op < (int)operands.size(); ++op) + out.push_back(operands[op]); + } + +protected: + Instruction(const Instruction&); + Id resultId; + Id typeId; + Op opCode; + std::vector operands; // operands, both and immediates (both are unsigned int) + std::vector idOperand; // true for operands that are , false for immediates + Block* block; +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR block. +// + +struct DebugSourceLocation { + int line; + int column; + spv::Id fileId; +}; + +class Block { +public: + Block(Id id, Function& parent); + virtual ~Block() + { + } + + Id getId() { return instructions.front()->getResultId(); } + + Function& getParent() const { return parent; } + // Returns true if the source location is actually updated. + // Note we still need the builder to insert the line marker instruction. This is just a tracker. + bool updateDebugSourceLocation(int line, int column, spv::Id fileId) { + if (currentSourceLoc && currentSourceLoc->line == line && currentSourceLoc->column == column && + currentSourceLoc->fileId == fileId) { + return false; + } + + currentSourceLoc = DebugSourceLocation{line, column, fileId}; + return true; + } + // Returns true if the scope is actually updated. + // Note we still need the builder to insert the debug scope instruction. This is just a tracker. + bool updateDebugScope(spv::Id scopeId) { + assert(scopeId); + if (currentDebugScope && *currentDebugScope == scopeId) { + return false; + } + + currentDebugScope = scopeId; + return true; + } + void addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst); + void addPredecessor(Block* pred) { predecessors.push_back(pred); pred->successors.push_back(this);} + void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst) { localVariables.push_back(std::move(inst)); } + const std::vector& getPredecessors() const { return predecessors; } + const std::vector& getSuccessors() const { return successors; } + const std::vector >& getInstructions() const { + return instructions; + } + const std::vector >& getLocalVariables() const { return localVariables; } + void setUnreachable() { unreachable = true; } + bool isUnreachable() const { return unreachable; } + // Returns the block's merge instruction, if one exists (otherwise null). + const Instruction* getMergeInstruction() const { + if (instructions.size() < 2) return nullptr; + const Instruction* nextToLast = (instructions.cend() - 2)->get(); + switch (nextToLast->getOpCode()) { + case OpSelectionMerge: + case OpLoopMerge: + return nextToLast; + default: + return nullptr; + } + return nullptr; + } + + // Change this block into a canonical dead merge block. Delete instructions + // as necessary. A canonical dead merge block has only an OpLabel and an + // OpUnreachable. + void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableMerge() { + assert(localVariables.empty()); + // Delete all instructions except for the label. + assert(instructions.size() > 0); + instructions.resize(1); + successors.clear(); + addInstruction(std::unique_ptr(new Instruction(OpUnreachable))); + } + // Change this block into a canonical dead continue target branching to the + // given header ID. Delete instructions as necessary. A canonical dead continue + // target has only an OpLabel and an unconditional branch back to the corresponding + // header. + void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableContinue(Block* header) { + assert(localVariables.empty()); + // Delete all instructions except for the label. + assert(instructions.size() > 0); + instructions.resize(1); + successors.clear(); + // Add OpBranch back to the header. + assert(header != nullptr); + Instruction* branch = new Instruction(OpBranch); + branch->addIdOperand(header->getId()); + addInstruction(std::unique_ptr(branch)); + successors.push_back(header); + } + + bool isTerminated() const + { + switch (instructions.back()->getOpCode()) { + case OpBranch: + case OpBranchConditional: + case OpSwitch: + case OpKill: + case OpTerminateInvocation: + case OpReturn: + case OpReturnValue: + case OpUnreachable: + return true; + default: + return false; + } + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + instructions[0]->dump(out); + for (int i = 0; i < (int)localVariables.size(); ++i) + localVariables[i]->dump(out); + for (int i = 1; i < (int)instructions.size(); ++i) + instructions[i]->dump(out); + } + +protected: + Block(const Block&); + Block& operator=(Block&); + + // To enforce keeping parent and ownership in sync: + friend Function; + + std::vector > instructions; + std::vector predecessors, successors; + std::vector > localVariables; + Function& parent; + + // Track source location of the last source location marker instruction. + std::optional currentSourceLoc; + + // Track scope of the last debug scope instruction. + std::optional currentDebugScope; + + // track whether this block is known to be uncreachable (not necessarily + // true for all unreachable blocks, but should be set at least + // for the extraneous ones introduced by the builder). + bool unreachable; +}; + +// The different reasons for reaching a block in the inReadableOrder traversal. +enum ReachReason { + // Reachable from the entry block via transfers of control, i.e. branches. + ReachViaControlFlow = 0, + // A continue target that is not reachable via control flow. + ReachDeadContinue, + // A merge block that is not reachable via control flow. + ReachDeadMerge +}; + +// Traverses the control-flow graph rooted at root in an order suited for +// readable code generation. Invokes callback at every node in the traversal +// order. The callback arguments are: +// - the block, +// - the reason we reached the block, +// - if the reason was that block is an unreachable continue or unreachable merge block +// then the last parameter is the corresponding header block. +void inReadableOrder(Block* root, std::function callback); + +// +// SPIR-V IR Function. +// + +class Function { +public: + Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParam, LinkageType linkage, const std::string& name, Module& parent); + virtual ~Function() + { + for (int i = 0; i < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++i) + delete parameterInstructions[i]; + + for (int i = 0; i < (int)blocks.size(); ++i) + delete blocks[i]; + } + Id getId() const { return functionInstruction.getResultId(); } + Id getParamId(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getResultId(); } + Id getParamType(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getTypeId(); } + + void addBlock(Block* block) { blocks.push_back(block); } + void removeBlock(Block* block) + { + auto found = find(blocks.begin(), blocks.end(), block); + assert(found != blocks.end()); + blocks.erase(found); + delete block; + } + + Module& getParent() const { return parent; } + Block* getEntryBlock() const { return blocks.front(); } + Block* getLastBlock() const { return blocks.back(); } + const std::vector& getBlocks() const { return blocks; } + void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst); + Id getReturnType() const { return functionInstruction.getTypeId(); } + Id getFuncId() const { return functionInstruction.getResultId(); } + Id getFuncTypeId() const { return functionInstruction.getIdOperand(1); } + void setReturnPrecision(Decoration precision) + { + if (precision == DecorationRelaxedPrecision) + reducedPrecisionReturn = true; + } + Decoration getReturnPrecision() const + { return reducedPrecisionReturn ? DecorationRelaxedPrecision : NoPrecision; } + + void setDebugLineInfo(Id fileName, int line, int column) { + lineInstruction = std::unique_ptr{new Instruction(OpLine)}; + lineInstruction->addIdOperand(fileName); + lineInstruction->addImmediateOperand(line); + lineInstruction->addImmediateOperand(column); + } + bool hasDebugLineInfo() const { return lineInstruction != nullptr; } + + void setImplicitThis() { implicitThis = true; } + bool hasImplicitThis() const { return implicitThis; } + + void addParamPrecision(unsigned param, Decoration precision) + { + if (precision == DecorationRelaxedPrecision) + reducedPrecisionParams.insert(param); + } + Decoration getParamPrecision(unsigned param) const + { + return reducedPrecisionParams.find(param) != reducedPrecisionParams.end() ? + DecorationRelaxedPrecision : NoPrecision; + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + // OpLine + if (lineInstruction != nullptr) { + lineInstruction->dump(out); + } + + // OpFunction + functionInstruction.dump(out); + + // OpFunctionParameter + for (int p = 0; p < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++p) + parameterInstructions[p]->dump(out); + + // Blocks + inReadableOrder(blocks[0], [&out](const Block* b, ReachReason, Block*) { b->dump(out); }); + Instruction end(0, 0, OpFunctionEnd); + end.dump(out); + } + + LinkageType getLinkType() const { return linkType; } + const char* getExportName() const { return exportName.c_str(); } + +protected: + Function(const Function&); + Function& operator=(Function&); + + Module& parent; + std::unique_ptr lineInstruction; + Instruction functionInstruction; + std::vector parameterInstructions; + std::vector blocks; + bool implicitThis; // true if this is a member function expecting to be passed a 'this' as the first argument + bool reducedPrecisionReturn; + std::set reducedPrecisionParams; // list of parameter indexes that need a relaxed precision arg + LinkageType linkType; + std::string exportName; +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR Module. +// + +class Module { +public: + Module() {} + virtual ~Module() + { + // TODO delete things + } + + void addFunction(Function *fun) { functions.push_back(fun); } + + void mapInstruction(Instruction *instruction) + { + spv::Id resultId = instruction->getResultId(); + // map the instruction's result id + if (resultId >= idToInstruction.size()) + idToInstruction.resize(resultId + 16); + idToInstruction[resultId] = instruction; + } + + Instruction* getInstruction(Id id) const { return idToInstruction[id]; } + const std::vector& getFunctions() const { return functions; } + spv::Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { + return idToInstruction[resultId] == nullptr ? NoType : idToInstruction[resultId]->getTypeId(); + } + StorageClass getStorageClass(Id typeId) const + { + assert(idToInstruction[typeId]->getOpCode() == spv::OpTypePointer); + return (StorageClass)idToInstruction[typeId]->getImmediateOperand(0); + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + for (int f = 0; f < (int)functions.size(); ++f) + functions[f]->dump(out); + } + +protected: + Module(const Module&); + std::vector functions; + + // map from result id to instruction having that result id + std::vector idToInstruction; + + // map from a result id to its type id +}; + +// +// Implementation (it's here due to circular type definitions). +// + +// Add both +// - the OpFunction instruction +// - all the OpFunctionParameter instructions +__inline Function::Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParamId, LinkageType linkage, const std::string& name, Module& parent) + : parent(parent), lineInstruction(nullptr), + functionInstruction(id, resultType, OpFunction), implicitThis(false), + reducedPrecisionReturn(false), + linkType(linkage) +{ + // OpFunction + functionInstruction.addImmediateOperand(FunctionControlMaskNone); + functionInstruction.addIdOperand(functionType); + parent.mapInstruction(&functionInstruction); + parent.addFunction(this); + + // OpFunctionParameter + Instruction* typeInst = parent.getInstruction(functionType); + int numParams = typeInst->getNumOperands() - 1; + for (int p = 0; p < numParams; ++p) { + Instruction* param = new Instruction(firstParamId + p, typeInst->getIdOperand(p + 1), OpFunctionParameter); + parent.mapInstruction(param); + parameterInstructions.push_back(param); + } + + // If importing/exporting, save the function name (without the mangled parameters) for the linkage decoration + if (linkType != LinkageTypeMax) { + exportName = name.substr(0, name.find_first_of('(')); + } +} + +__inline void Function::addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst) +{ + Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get(); + blocks[0]->addLocalVariable(std::move(inst)); + parent.mapInstruction(raw_instruction); +} + +__inline Block::Block(Id id, Function& parent) : parent(parent), unreachable(false) +{ + instructions.push_back(std::unique_ptr(new Instruction(id, NoType, OpLabel))); + instructions.back()->setBlock(this); + parent.getParent().mapInstruction(instructions.back().get()); +} + +__inline void Block::addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst) +{ + Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get(); + instructions.push_back(std::move(inst)); + raw_instruction->setBlock(this); + if (raw_instruction->getResultId()) + parent.getParent().mapInstruction(raw_instruction); +} + +} // end spv namespace + +#endif // spvIR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/libSPIRV.a b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/libSPIRV.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce89cf23f Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-arm64/libSPIRV.a differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..009d2f1cf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextAMD_H +#define GLSLextAMD_H + +static const int GLSLextAMDVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextAMDRevision = 7; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_ballot +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_ballot = "SPV_AMD_shader_ballot"; + +enum ShaderBallotAMD { + ShaderBallotBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + SwizzleInvocationsAMD = 1, + SwizzleInvocationsMaskedAMD = 2, + WriteInvocationAMD = 3, + MbcntAMD = 4, + + ShaderBallotCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax = "SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax"; + +enum ShaderTrinaryMinMaxAMD { + ShaderTrinaryMinMaxBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + FMin3AMD = 1, + UMin3AMD = 2, + SMin3AMD = 3, + FMax3AMD = 4, + UMax3AMD = 5, + SMax3AMD = 6, + FMid3AMD = 7, + UMid3AMD = 8, + SMid3AMD = 9, + + ShaderTrinaryMinMaxCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter = "SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter"; + +enum ShaderExplicitVertexParameterAMD { + ShaderExplicitVertexParameterBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + InterpolateAtVertexAMD = 1, + + ShaderExplicitVertexParameterCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_gcn_shader +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gcn_shader = "SPV_AMD_gcn_shader"; + +enum GcnShaderAMD { + GcnShaderBadAMD = 0, // Don't use + + CubeFaceIndexAMD = 1, + CubeFaceCoordAMD = 2, + TimeAMD = 3, + + GcnShaderCountAMD +}; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float"; + +// SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod = "SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod"; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16"; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod = "SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod"; + +// SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask = "SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask"; + +// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextAMD_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14425be1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.ARM.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2022 ARM Limited +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextARM_H +#define GLSLextARM_H + +static const int GLSLextARMVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextARMRevision = 1; + +static const char * const E_SPV_ARM_core_builtins = "SPV_ARM_core_builtins"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextARM_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caab27938 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextEXT_H +#define GLSLextEXT_H + +static const int GLSLextEXTVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextEXTRevision = 2; + +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export = "SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer = "SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered = "SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density = "SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation = "SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_add = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_add"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float16_add = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float16_add"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_min_max = "SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_min_max"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_image_int64 = "SPV_EXT_shader_image_int64"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_tile_image = "SPV_EXT_shader_tile_image"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_mesh_shader = "SPV_EXT_mesh_shader"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextEXT_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d3af1403 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +** Copyright (C) 2022-2024 Arm Limited. +** Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextKHR_H +#define GLSLextKHR_H + +static const int GLSLextKHRVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextKHRRevision = 3; + +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_ballot = "SPV_KHR_shader_ballot"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_device_group = "SPV_KHR_device_group"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_multiview = "SPV_KHR_multiview"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters = "SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_16bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_16bit_storage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_8bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_8bit_storage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class = "SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage = "SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model = "SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer"; +static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock = "SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_clock = "SPV_KHR_shader_clock"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info = "SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_query = "SPV_KHR_ray_query"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate = "SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation = "SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_workgroup_memory_explicit_layout = "SPV_KHR_workgroup_memory_explicit_layout"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_uniform_control_flow = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_uniform_control_flow"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_KHR_fragment_shader_barycentric"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_quad_control = "SPV_KHR_quad_control"; +static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_early_and_late_fragment_tests = "SPV_AMD_shader_early_and_late_fragment_tests"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing_position_fetch = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing_position_fetch"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_KHR_cooperative_matrix"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_maximal_reconvergence = "SPV_KHR_maximal_reconvergence"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_rotate = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_rotate"; +static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_expect_assume = "SPV_KHR_expect_assume"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextKHR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4f11e4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextNV_H +#define GLSLextNV_H + +enum BuiltIn; +enum Decoration; +enum Op; +enum Capability; + +static const int GLSLextNVVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextNVRevision = 11; + +//SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage +const char* const E_SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage = "SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage"; + +//SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough +const char* const E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough = "SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough"; + +//SPV_NV_viewport_array2 +const char* const E_SPV_NV_viewport_array2 = "SPV_NV_viewport_array2"; +const char* const E_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array = "SPV_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array"; + +//SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering +const char* const E_SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering = "SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering"; + +//SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes +const char* const E_SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes = "SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned = "SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned"; + +//SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric +const char* const E_SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric"; + +//SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives +const char* const E_SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives = "SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint = "SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint"; + +//SPV_NV_mesh_shader +const char* const E_SPV_NV_mesh_shader = "SPV_NV_mesh_shader"; + +//SPV_NV_raytracing +const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing"; + +//SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur +const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing_motion_blur"; + +//SPV_NV_shading_rate +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shading_rate = "SPV_NV_shading_rate"; + +//SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix +const char* const E_SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins = "SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_execution_reorder +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_invocation_reorder = "SPV_NV_shader_invocation_reorder"; + +//SPV_NV_displacement_micromap +const char* const E_SPV_NV_displacement_micromap = "SPV_NV_displacement_micromap"; + +//SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector +const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector = "SPV_NV_shader_atomic_fp16_vector"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextNV_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f13bb6935 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.QCOM.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2021 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLextQCOM_H +#define GLSLextQCOM_H + +enum BuiltIn; +enum Decoration; +enum Op; +enum Capability; + +static const int GLSLextQCOMVersion = 100; +static const int GLSLextQCOMRevision = 1; + +//SPV_QCOM_image_processing +const char* const E_SPV_QCOM_image_processing = "SPV_QCOM_image_processing"; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLextQCOM_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86d3da806 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* +** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +** IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +#ifndef GLSLstd450_H +#define GLSLstd450_H + +static const int GLSLstd450Version = 100; +static const int GLSLstd450Revision = 1; + +enum GLSLstd450 { + GLSLstd450Bad = 0, // Don't use + + GLSLstd450Round = 1, + GLSLstd450RoundEven = 2, + GLSLstd450Trunc = 3, + GLSLstd450FAbs = 4, + GLSLstd450SAbs = 5, + GLSLstd450FSign = 6, + GLSLstd450SSign = 7, + GLSLstd450Floor = 8, + GLSLstd450Ceil = 9, + GLSLstd450Fract = 10, + + GLSLstd450Radians = 11, + GLSLstd450Degrees = 12, + GLSLstd450Sin = 13, + GLSLstd450Cos = 14, + GLSLstd450Tan = 15, + GLSLstd450Asin = 16, + GLSLstd450Acos = 17, + GLSLstd450Atan = 18, + GLSLstd450Sinh = 19, + GLSLstd450Cosh = 20, + GLSLstd450Tanh = 21, + GLSLstd450Asinh = 22, + GLSLstd450Acosh = 23, + GLSLstd450Atanh = 24, + GLSLstd450Atan2 = 25, + + GLSLstd450Pow = 26, + GLSLstd450Exp = 27, + GLSLstd450Log = 28, + GLSLstd450Exp2 = 29, + GLSLstd450Log2 = 30, + GLSLstd450Sqrt = 31, + GLSLstd450InverseSqrt = 32, + + GLSLstd450Determinant = 33, + GLSLstd450MatrixInverse = 34, + + GLSLstd450Modf = 35, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to + GLSLstd450ModfStruct = 36, // no OpVariable operand + GLSLstd450FMin = 37, + GLSLstd450UMin = 38, + GLSLstd450SMin = 39, + GLSLstd450FMax = 40, + GLSLstd450UMax = 41, + GLSLstd450SMax = 42, + GLSLstd450FClamp = 43, + GLSLstd450UClamp = 44, + GLSLstd450SClamp = 45, + GLSLstd450FMix = 46, + GLSLstd450IMix = 47, // Reserved + GLSLstd450Step = 48, + GLSLstd450SmoothStep = 49, + + GLSLstd450Fma = 50, + GLSLstd450Frexp = 51, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to + GLSLstd450FrexpStruct = 52, // no OpVariable operand + GLSLstd450Ldexp = 53, + + GLSLstd450PackSnorm4x8 = 54, + GLSLstd450PackUnorm4x8 = 55, + GLSLstd450PackSnorm2x16 = 56, + GLSLstd450PackUnorm2x16 = 57, + GLSLstd450PackHalf2x16 = 58, + GLSLstd450PackDouble2x32 = 59, + GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm2x16 = 60, + GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm2x16 = 61, + GLSLstd450UnpackHalf2x16 = 62, + GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm4x8 = 63, + GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm4x8 = 64, + GLSLstd450UnpackDouble2x32 = 65, + + GLSLstd450Length = 66, + GLSLstd450Distance = 67, + GLSLstd450Cross = 68, + GLSLstd450Normalize = 69, + GLSLstd450FaceForward = 70, + GLSLstd450Reflect = 71, + GLSLstd450Refract = 72, + + GLSLstd450FindILsb = 73, + GLSLstd450FindSMsb = 74, + GLSLstd450FindUMsb = 75, + + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtCentroid = 76, + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtSample = 77, + GLSLstd450InterpolateAtOffset = 78, + + GLSLstd450NMin = 79, + GLSLstd450NMax = 80, + GLSLstd450NClamp = 81, + + GLSLstd450Count +}; + +#endif // #ifndef GLSLstd450_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b9ef3c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#include "Logger.h" + +namespace glslang { +class TIntermediate; + +struct SpvOptions { + bool generateDebugInfo {false}; + bool stripDebugInfo {false}; + bool disableOptimizer {true}; + bool optimizeSize {false}; + bool disassemble {false}; + bool validate {false}; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo {false}; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource{ false }; + bool compileOnly{false}; +}; + +void GetSpirvVersion(std::string&); +int GetSpirvGeneratorVersion(); +void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + SpvOptions* options = nullptr); +void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger, SpvOptions* options = nullptr); +bool OutputSpvBin(const std::vector& spirv, const char* baseName); +bool OutputSpvHex(const std::vector& spirv, const char* baseName, const char* varName); + +} diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e4ddaf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/Logger.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2016 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H +#define GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H + +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +// A class for holding all SPIR-V build status messages, including +// missing/TBD functionalities, warnings, and errors. +class SpvBuildLogger { +public: + SpvBuildLogger() {} + + // Registers a TBD functionality. + void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f); + // Registers a missing functionality. + void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f); + + // Logs a warning. + void warning(const std::string& w) { warnings.push_back(w); } + // Logs an error. + void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); } + + // Returns all messages accumulated in the order of: + // TBD functionalities, missing functionalities, warnings, errors. + std::string getAllMessages() const; + +private: + SpvBuildLogger(const SpvBuildLogger&); + + std::vector tbdFeatures; + std::vector missingFeatures; + std::vector warnings; + std::vector errors; +}; + +} // end spv namespace + +#endif // GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca7247f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +// "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +// permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +// the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +// in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS +// KHRONOS STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS +// SPECIFICATIONS AND HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT +// https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +// CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +// TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +// MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +// + +#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ +#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +enum { + NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision = 1, + NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructions { + NonSemanticDebugPrintfDebugPrintf = 1, + NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f74abcb64 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2018 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +// of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +// to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +// Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +// STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +// HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +// OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +// IN THE MATERIALS. + +#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ +#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +enum { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Version = 100, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Version_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; +enum { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Revision = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Revision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Instructions { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoNone = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompilationUnit = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeBasic = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypePointer = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifier = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeArray = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeVector = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypedef = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeFunction = 8, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeEnum = 9, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeComposite = 10, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeMember = 11, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeInheritance = 12, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypePtrToMember = 13, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplate = 14, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateParameter = 15, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateTemplateParameter = 16, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeTemplateParameterPack = 17, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugGlobalVariable = 18, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunctionDeclaration = 19, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunction = 20, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLexicalBlock = 21, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLexicalBlockDiscriminator = 22, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugScope = 23, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugNoScope = 24, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInlinedAt = 25, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLocalVariable = 26, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInlinedVariable = 27, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugDeclare = 28, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugValue = 29, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperation = 30, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugExpression = 31, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugMacroDef = 32, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugMacroUndef = 33, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntity = 34, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugSource = 35, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugFunctionDefinition = 101, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugSourceContinued = 102, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugLine = 103, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugNoLine = 104, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBuildIdentifier = 105, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugStoragePath = 106, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugEntryPoint = 107, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeMatrix = 108, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100InstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoFlags { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100None = 0x0000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsProtected = 0x01, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsPrivate = 0x02, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsPublic = 0x03, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsLocal = 0x04, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsDefinition = 0x08, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagFwdDecl = 0x10, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagArtificial = 0x20, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagExplicit = 0x40, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagPrototyped = 0x80, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagObjectPointer = 0x100, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagStaticMember = 0x200, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIndirectVariable = 0x400, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagLValueReference = 0x800, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagRValueReference = 0x1000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsOptimized = 0x2000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagIsEnumClass = 0x4000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagTypePassByValue = 0x8000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagTypePassByReference = 0x10000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100FlagUnknownPhysicalLayout = 0x20000, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugInfoFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BuildIdentifierFlags { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100IdentifierPossibleDuplicates = 0x01, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BuildIdentifierFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBaseTypeAttributeEncoding { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Unspecified = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Address = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Boolean = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Float = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Signed = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100SignedChar = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Unsigned = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100UnsignedChar = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugBaseTypeAttributeEncodingMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeType { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Class = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Structure = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Union = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeTypeMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifier { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ConstType = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100VolatileType = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100RestrictType = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100AtomicType = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugTypeQualifierMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperation { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Deref = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Plus = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Minus = 2, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100PlusUconst = 3, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100BitPiece = 4, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Swap = 5, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Xderef = 6, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100StackValue = 7, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Constu = 8, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Fragment = 9, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugOperationMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + +enum NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntity { + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ImportedModule = 0, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100ImportedDeclaration = 1, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugImportedEntityMax = 0x7fffffff +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33efe331e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// + +#ifndef SPIRVREMAPPER_H +#define SPIRVREMAPPER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +class spirvbin_base_t +{ +public: + enum Options { + NONE = 0, + STRIP = (1<<0), + MAP_TYPES = (1<<1), + MAP_NAMES = (1<<2), + MAP_FUNCS = (1<<3), + DCE_FUNCS = (1<<4), + DCE_VARS = (1<<5), + DCE_TYPES = (1<<6), + OPT_LOADSTORE = (1<<7), + OPT_FWD_LS = (1<<8), // EXPERIMENTAL: PRODUCES INVALID SCHEMA-0 SPIRV + MAP_ALL = (MAP_TYPES | MAP_NAMES | MAP_FUNCS), + DCE_ALL = (DCE_FUNCS | DCE_VARS | DCE_TYPES), + OPT_ALL = (OPT_LOADSTORE), + + ALL_BUT_STRIP = (MAP_ALL | DCE_ALL | OPT_ALL), + DO_EVERYTHING = (STRIP | ALL_BUT_STRIP) + }; +}; + +} // namespace SPV + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +namespace spv { +const Id NoResult = 0; + +// class to hold SPIR-V binary data for remapping, DCE, and debug stripping +class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t +{ +public: + spirvbin_t(int verbose = 0) : entryPoint(spv::NoResult), largestNewId(0), verbose(verbose), errorLatch(false) + { } + + virtual ~spirvbin_t() { } + + // remap on an existing binary in memory + void remap(std::vector& spv, const std::vector& whiteListStrings, + std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // remap on an existing binary in memory - legacy interface without white list + void remap(std::vector& spv, std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // Type for error/log handler functions + typedef std::function errorfn_t; + typedef std::function logfn_t; + + // Register error/log handling functions (can be lambda fn / functor / etc) + static void registerErrorHandler(errorfn_t handler) { errorHandler = handler; } + static void registerLogHandler(logfn_t handler) { logHandler = handler; } + +protected: + // This can be overridden to provide other message behavior if needed + virtual void msg(int minVerbosity, int indent, const std::string& txt) const; + +private: + // Local to global, or global to local ID map + typedef std::unordered_map idmap_t; + typedef std::unordered_set idset_t; + typedef std::unordered_map blockmap_t; + + void remap(std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING); + + // Map of names to IDs + typedef std::unordered_map namemap_t; + + typedef std::uint32_t spirword_t; + + typedef std::pair range_t; + typedef std::function idfn_t; + typedef std::function instfn_t; + + // Special Values for ID map: + static const spv::Id unmapped; // unchanged from default value + static const spv::Id unused; // unused ID + static const int header_size; // SPIR header = 5 words + + class id_iterator_t; + + // For mapping type entries between different shaders + typedef std::vector typeentry_t; + typedef std::map globaltypes_t; + + // A set that preserves position order, and a reverse map + typedef std::set posmap_t; + typedef std::unordered_map posmap_rev_t; + + // Maps and ID to the size of its base type, if known. + typedef std::unordered_map typesize_map_t; + + // handle error + void error(const std::string& txt) const { errorLatch = true; errorHandler(txt); } + + bool isConstOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isTypeOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode) const; + bool isFlowCtrl(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t literalRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t typeRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + range_t constRange(spv::Op opCode) const; + unsigned typeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const; + unsigned idTypeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const; + + bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode, unsigned start) const; + + spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) { return spv[word]; } + const spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) const { return spv[word]; } + spv::Op asOpCode(unsigned word) const { return opOpCode(spv[word]); } + std::uint32_t asOpCodeHash(unsigned word); + spv::Decoration asDecoration(unsigned word) const { return spv::Decoration(spv[word]); } + unsigned asWordCount(unsigned word) const { return opWordCount(spv[word]); } + spv::Id asTypeConstId(unsigned word) const { return asId(word + (isTypeOp(asOpCode(word)) ? 1 : 2)); } + unsigned idPos(spv::Id id) const; + + static unsigned opWordCount(spirword_t data) { return data >> spv::WordCountShift; } + static spv::Op opOpCode(spirword_t data) { return spv::Op(data & spv::OpCodeMask); } + + // Header access & set methods + spirword_t magic() const { return spv[0]; } // return magic number + spirword_t bound() const { return spv[3]; } // return Id bound from header + spirword_t bound(spirword_t b) { return spv[3] = b; } + spirword_t genmagic() const { return spv[2]; } // generator magic + spirword_t genmagic(spirword_t m) { return spv[2] = m; } + spirword_t schemaNum() const { return spv[4]; } // schema number from header + + // Mapping fns: get + spv::Id localId(spv::Id id) const { return idMapL[id]; } + + // Mapping fns: set + inline spv::Id localId(spv::Id id, spv::Id newId); + void countIds(spv::Id id); + + // Return next unused new local ID. + // NOTE: boost::dynamic_bitset would be more efficient due to find_next(), + // which std::vector doens't have. + inline spv::Id nextUnusedId(spv::Id id); + + void buildLocalMaps(); + std::string literalString(unsigned word) const; // Return literal as a std::string + int literalStringWords(const std::string& str) const { return (int(str.size())+4)/4; } + + bool isNewIdMapped(spv::Id newId) const { return isMapped(newId); } + bool isOldIdUnmapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unmapped; } + bool isOldIdUnused(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unused; } + bool isOldIdMapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return !isOldIdUnused(oldId) && !isOldIdUnmapped(oldId); } + bool isFunction(spv::Id oldId) const { return fnPos.find(oldId) != fnPos.end(); } + + // bool matchType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt, spv::Id gt) const; + // spv::Id findType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt) const; + std::uint32_t hashType(unsigned typeStart) const; + + spirvbin_t& process(instfn_t, idfn_t, unsigned begin = 0, unsigned end = 0); + int processInstruction(unsigned word, instfn_t, idfn_t); + + void validate() const; + void mapTypeConst(); + void mapFnBodies(); + void optLoadStore(); + void dceFuncs(); + void dceVars(); + void dceTypes(); + void mapNames(); + void foldIds(); // fold IDs to smallest space + void forwardLoadStores(); // load store forwarding (EXPERIMENTAL) + void offsetIds(); // create relative offset IDs + + void applyMap(); // remap per local name map + void mapRemainder(); // map any IDs we haven't touched yet + void stripDebug(); // strip all debug info + void stripDeadRefs(); // strips debug info for now-dead references after DCE + void strip(); // remove debug symbols + + std::vector spv; // SPIR words + + std::vector stripWhiteList; + + namemap_t nameMap; // ID names from OpName + + // Since we want to also do binary ops, we can't use std::vector. we could use + // boost::dynamic_bitset, but we're trying to avoid a boost dependency. + typedef std::uint64_t bits_t; + std::vector mapped; // which new IDs have been mapped + static const int mBits = sizeof(bits_t) * 4; + + bool isMapped(spv::Id id) const { return id < maxMappedId() && ((mapped[id/mBits] & (1LL<<(id%mBits))) != 0); } + void setMapped(spv::Id id) { resizeMapped(id); mapped[id/mBits] |= (1LL<<(id%mBits)); } + void resizeMapped(spv::Id id) { if (id >= maxMappedId()) mapped.resize(id/mBits+1, 0); } + size_t maxMappedId() const { return mapped.size() * mBits; } + + // Add a strip range for a given instruction starting at 'start' + // Note: avoiding brace initializers to please older versions os MSVC. + void stripInst(unsigned start) { stripRange.push_back(range_t(start, start + asWordCount(start))); } + + // Function start and end. use unordered_map because we'll have + // many fewer functions than IDs. + std::unordered_map fnPos; + + // Which functions are called, anywhere in the module, with a call count + std::unordered_map fnCalls; + + posmap_t typeConstPos; // word positions that define types & consts (ordered) + posmap_rev_t idPosR; // reverse map from IDs to positions + typesize_map_t idTypeSizeMap; // maps each ID to its type size, if known. + + std::vector idMapL; // ID {M}ap from {L}ocal to {G}lobal IDs + + spv::Id entryPoint; // module entry point + spv::Id largestNewId; // biggest new ID we have mapped anything to + + // Sections of the binary to strip, given as [begin,end) + std::vector stripRange; + + // processing options: + std::uint32_t options; + int verbose; // verbosity level + + // Error latch: this is set if the error handler is ever executed. It would be better to + // use a try/catch block and throw, but that's not desired for certain environments, so + // this is the alternative. + mutable bool errorLatch; + + static errorfn_t errorHandler; + static logfn_t logHandler; +}; + +} // namespace SPV + +#endif // SPIRVREMAPPER_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a65a98e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h @@ -0,0 +1,989 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2020 Google, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited. +// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// "Builder" is an interface to fully build SPIR-V IR. Allocate one of +// these to build (a thread safe) internal SPIR-V representation (IR), +// and then dump it as a binary stream according to the SPIR-V specification. +// +// A Builder has a 1:1 relationship with a SPIR-V module. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef SpvBuilder_H +#define SpvBuilder_H + +#include "Logger.h" +#include "spirv.hpp" +#include "spvIR.h" +namespace spv { + #include "GLSL.ext.KHR.h" + #include "NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100.h" +} + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +typedef enum { + Spv_1_0 = (1 << 16), + Spv_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8), + Spv_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8), + Spv_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8), + Spv_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8), + Spv_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8), +} SpvVersion; + +class Builder { +public: + Builder(unsigned int spvVersion, unsigned int userNumber, SpvBuildLogger* logger); + virtual ~Builder(); + + static const int maxMatrixSize = 4; + + unsigned int getSpvVersion() const { return spvVersion; } + + void setSource(spv::SourceLanguage lang, int version) + { + sourceLang = lang; + sourceVersion = version; + } + spv::Id getStringId(const std::string& str) + { + auto sItr = stringIds.find(str); + if (sItr != stringIds.end()) + return sItr->second; + spv::Id strId = getUniqueId(); + Instruction* fileString = new Instruction(strId, NoType, OpString); + const char* file_c_str = str.c_str(); + fileString->addStringOperand(file_c_str); + strings.push_back(std::unique_ptr(fileString)); + module.mapInstruction(fileString); + stringIds[file_c_str] = strId; + return strId; + } + + spv::Id getMainFileId() const { return mainFileId; } + + // Initialize the main source file name + void setDebugSourceFile(const std::string& file) + { + if (trackDebugInfo) { + dirtyLineTracker = true; + mainFileId = getStringId(file); + currentFileId = mainFileId; + } + } + + // Set the debug source location tracker in the builder. + // The upcoming instructions in basic blocks will be associated to this location. + void setDebugSourceLocation(int line, const char* filename) + { + if (trackDebugInfo) { + dirtyLineTracker = true; + if (line != 0) { + // TODO: This is special handling of some AST nodes having (untracked) line 0. + // But they should have a valid line number. + currentLine = line; + if (filename) { + currentFileId = getStringId(filename); + } + } + } + } + + void setSourceText(const std::string& text) { sourceText = text; } + void addSourceExtension(const char* ext) { sourceExtensions.push_back(ext); } + void addModuleProcessed(const std::string& p) { moduleProcesses.push_back(p.c_str()); } + void setEmitSpirvDebugInfo() + { + trackDebugInfo = true; + emitSpirvDebugInfo = true; + } + void setEmitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo(bool emitSourceText) + { + trackDebugInfo = true; + emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = true; + importNonSemanticShaderDebugInfoInstructions(); + + if (emitSourceText) { + emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource = emitSourceText; + } + } + void addExtension(const char* ext) { extensions.insert(ext); } + void removeExtension(const char* ext) + { + extensions.erase(ext); + } + void addIncorporatedExtension(const char* ext, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion) + { + if (getSpvVersion() < static_cast(incorporatedVersion)) + addExtension(ext); + } + void promoteIncorporatedExtension(const char* baseExt, const char* promoExt, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion) + { + removeExtension(baseExt); + addIncorporatedExtension(promoExt, incorporatedVersion); + } + void addInclude(const std::string& name, const std::string& text) + { + spv::Id incId = getStringId(name); + includeFiles[incId] = &text; + } + Id import(const char*); + void setMemoryModel(spv::AddressingModel addr, spv::MemoryModel mem) + { + addressModel = addr; + memoryModel = mem; + } + + void addCapability(spv::Capability cap) { capabilities.insert(cap); } + + // To get a new for anything needing a new one. + Id getUniqueId() { return ++uniqueId; } + + // To get a set of new s, e.g., for a set of function parameters + Id getUniqueIds(int numIds) + { + Id id = uniqueId + 1; + uniqueId += numIds; + return id; + } + + // For creating new types (will return old type if the requested one was already made). + Id makeVoidType(); + Id makeBoolType(); + Id makePointer(StorageClass, Id pointee); + Id makeForwardPointer(StorageClass); + Id makePointerFromForwardPointer(StorageClass, Id forwardPointerType, Id pointee); + Id makeIntegerType(int width, bool hasSign); // generic + Id makeIntType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, true); } + Id makeUintType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, false); } + Id makeFloatType(int width); + Id makeStructType(const std::vector& members, const char* name, bool const compilerGenerated = true); + Id makeStructResultType(Id type0, Id type1); + Id makeVectorType(Id component, int size); + Id makeMatrixType(Id component, int cols, int rows); + Id makeArrayType(Id element, Id sizeId, int stride); // 0 stride means no stride decoration + Id makeRuntimeArray(Id element); + Id makeFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector& paramTypes); + Id makeImageType(Id sampledType, Dim, bool depth, bool arrayed, bool ms, unsigned sampled, ImageFormat format); + Id makeSamplerType(); + Id makeSampledImageType(Id imageType); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeKHR(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols, Id use); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeNV(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols); + Id makeCooperativeMatrixTypeWithSameShape(Id component, Id otherType); + Id makeGenericType(spv::Op opcode, std::vector& operands); + + // SPIR-V NonSemantic Shader DebugInfo Instructions + struct DebugTypeLoc { + std::string name {}; + int line {0}; + int column {0}; + }; + std::unordered_map debugTypeLocs; + Id makeDebugInfoNone(); + Id makeBoolDebugType(int const size); + Id makeIntegerDebugType(int const width, bool const hasSign); + Id makeFloatDebugType(int const width); + Id makeSequentialDebugType(Id const baseType, Id const componentCount, NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100Instructions const sequenceType); + Id makeArrayDebugType(Id const baseType, Id const componentCount); + Id makeVectorDebugType(Id const baseType, int const componentCount); + Id makeMatrixDebugType(Id const vectorType, int const vectorCount, bool columnMajor = true); + Id makeMemberDebugType(Id const memberType, DebugTypeLoc const& debugTypeLoc); + Id makeCompositeDebugType(std::vector const& memberTypes, char const*const name, + NonSemanticShaderDebugInfo100DebugCompositeType const tag, bool const isOpaqueType = false); + Id makePointerDebugType(StorageClass storageClass, Id const baseType); + Id makeDebugSource(const Id fileName); + Id makeDebugCompilationUnit(); + Id createDebugGlobalVariable(Id const type, char const*const name, Id const variable); + Id createDebugLocalVariable(Id type, char const*const name, size_t const argNumber = 0); + Id makeDebugExpression(); + Id makeDebugDeclare(Id const debugLocalVariable, Id const pointer); + Id makeDebugValue(Id const debugLocalVariable, Id const value); + Id makeDebugFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector& paramTypes); + Id makeDebugFunction(Function* function, Id nameId, Id funcTypeId); + Id makeDebugLexicalBlock(uint32_t line); + std::string unmangleFunctionName(std::string const& name) const; + void setupDebugFunctionEntry(Function* function, const char* name, int line, + const std::vector& paramTypes, + const std::vector& paramNames); + + // accelerationStructureNV type + Id makeAccelerationStructureType(); + // rayQueryEXT type + Id makeRayQueryType(); + // hitObjectNV type + Id makeHitObjectNVType(); + + // For querying about types. + Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { return module.getTypeId(resultId); } + Id getDerefTypeId(Id resultId) const; + Op getOpCode(Id id) const { return module.getInstruction(id)->getOpCode(); } + Op getTypeClass(Id typeId) const { return getOpCode(typeId); } + Op getMostBasicTypeClass(Id typeId) const; + int getNumComponents(Id resultId) const { return getNumTypeComponents(getTypeId(resultId)); } + int getNumTypeConstituents(Id typeId) const; + int getNumTypeComponents(Id typeId) const { return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); } + Id getScalarTypeId(Id typeId) const; + Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId) const; + Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId, int) const; + StorageClass getTypeStorageClass(Id typeId) const { return module.getStorageClass(typeId); } + ImageFormat getImageTypeFormat(Id typeId) const + { return (ImageFormat)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(6); } + Id getResultingAccessChainType() const; + Id getIdOperand(Id resultId, int idx) { return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getIdOperand(idx); } + + bool isPointer(Id resultId) const { return isPointerType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isScalar(Id resultId) const { return isScalarType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isVector(Id resultId) const { return isVectorType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isMatrix(Id resultId) const { return isMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isCooperativeMatrix(Id resultId)const { return isCooperativeMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isAggregate(Id resultId) const { return isAggregateType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + bool isSampledImage(Id resultId) const { return isSampledImageType(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + bool isBoolType(Id typeId) + { return groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].size() > 0 && typeId == groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].back()->getResultId(); } + bool isIntType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) != 0; } + bool isUintType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) == 0; } + bool isFloatType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat; } + bool isPointerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypePointer; } + bool isScalarType(Id typeId) const + { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt || + getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeBool; } + bool isVectorType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeVector; } + bool isMatrixType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeMatrix; } + bool isStructType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeStruct; } + bool isArrayType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeArray; } + bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const + { + return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV; + } + bool isAggregateType(Id typeId) const + { return isArrayType(typeId) || isStructType(typeId) || isCooperativeMatrixType(typeId); } + bool isImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeImage; } + bool isSamplerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampler; } + bool isSampledImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampledImage; } + bool containsType(Id typeId, Op typeOp, unsigned int width) const; + bool containsPhysicalStorageBufferOrArray(Id typeId) const; + + bool isConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const; + bool isSpecConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const; + bool isConstant(Id resultId) const { return isConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + bool isConstantScalar(Id resultId) const { return getOpCode(resultId) == OpConstant; } + bool isSpecConstant(Id resultId) const { return isSpecConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + unsigned int getConstantScalar(Id resultId) const + { return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getImmediateOperand(0); } + StorageClass getStorageClass(Id resultId) const { return getTypeStorageClass(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + bool isVariableOpCode(Op opcode) const { return opcode == OpVariable; } + bool isVariable(Id resultId) const { return isVariableOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); } + bool isGlobalStorage(Id resultId) const { return getStorageClass(resultId) != StorageClassFunction; } + bool isGlobalVariable(Id resultId) const { return isVariable(resultId) && isGlobalStorage(resultId); } + // See if a resultId is valid for use as an initializer. + bool isValidInitializer(Id resultId) const { return isConstant(resultId) || isGlobalVariable(resultId); } + + int getScalarTypeWidth(Id typeId) const + { + Id scalarTypeId = getScalarTypeId(typeId); + assert(getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeInt || getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeFloat); + return module.getInstruction(scalarTypeId)->getImmediateOperand(0); + } + + int getTypeNumColumns(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isMatrixType(typeId)); + return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); + } + int getNumColumns(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumColumns(getTypeId(resultId)); } + int getTypeNumRows(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isMatrixType(typeId)); + return getNumTypeComponents(getContainedTypeId(typeId)); + } + int getNumRows(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumRows(getTypeId(resultId)); } + + Dim getTypeDimensionality(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isImageType(typeId)); + return (Dim)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1); + } + Id getImageType(Id resultId) const + { + Id typeId = getTypeId(resultId); + assert(isImageType(typeId) || isSampledImageType(typeId)); + return isSampledImageType(typeId) ? module.getInstruction(typeId)->getIdOperand(0) : typeId; + } + bool isArrayedImageType(Id typeId) const + { + assert(isImageType(typeId)); + return module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(3) != 0; + } + + // For making new constants (will return old constant if the requested one was already made). + Id makeNullConstant(Id typeId); + Id makeBoolConstant(bool b, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeInt8Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(8), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint8Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(8), u, specConstant); } + Id makeInt16Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(16), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint16Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(16), u, specConstant); } + Id makeIntConstant(int i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(32), (unsigned)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUintConstant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(32), u, specConstant); } + Id makeInt64Constant(long long i, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeInt64Constant(makeIntType(64), (unsigned long long)i, specConstant); } + Id makeUint64Constant(unsigned long long u, bool specConstant = false) + { return makeInt64Constant(makeUintType(64), u, specConstant); } + Id makeFloatConstant(float f, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeDoubleConstant(double d, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeFloat16Constant(float f16, bool specConstant = false); + Id makeFpConstant(Id type, double d, bool specConstant = false); + + Id importNonSemanticShaderDebugInfoInstructions(); + + // Turn the array of constants into a proper spv constant of the requested type. + Id makeCompositeConstant(Id type, const std::vector& comps, bool specConst = false); + + // Methods for adding information outside the CFG. + Instruction* addEntryPoint(ExecutionModel, Function*, const char* name); + void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, int value1 = -1, int value2 = -1, int value3 = -1); + void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, const std::vector& literals); + void addExecutionModeId(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, const std::vector& operandIds); + void addName(Id, const char* name); + void addMemberName(Id, int member, const char* name); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, int num = -1); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const char*); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const std::vector& literals); + void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const std::vector& strings); + void addLinkageDecoration(Id id, const char* name, spv::LinkageType linkType); + void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, Id idDecoration); + void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, const std::vector& operandIds); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, int num = -1); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const char*); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const std::vector& literals); + void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const std::vector& strings); + + // At the end of what block do the next create*() instructions go? + // Also reset current last DebugScope and current source line to unknown + void setBuildPoint(Block* bp) { + buildPoint = bp; + // TODO: Technically, change of build point should set line tracker dirty. But we'll have bad line info for + // branch instructions. Commenting this for now because at least this matches the old behavior. + dirtyScopeTracker = true; + } + Block* getBuildPoint() const { return buildPoint; } + + // Append an instruction to the end of the current build point. + // Optionally, additional debug info instructions may also be prepended. + void addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst); + + // Make the entry-point function. The returned pointer is only valid + // for the lifetime of this builder. + Function* makeEntryPoint(const char*); + + // Make a shader-style function, and create its entry block if entry is non-zero. + // Return the function, pass back the entry. + // The returned pointer is only valid for the lifetime of this builder. + Function* makeFunctionEntry(Decoration precision, Id returnType, const char* name, LinkageType linkType, + const std::vector& paramTypes, + const std::vector>& precisions, Block** entry = nullptr); + + // Create a return. An 'implicit' return is one not appearing in the source + // code. In the case of an implicit return, no post-return block is inserted. + void makeReturn(bool implicit, Id retVal = 0); + + // Initialize state and generate instructions for new lexical scope + void enterLexicalBlock(uint32_t line); + + // Set state and generate instructions to exit current lexical scope + void leaveLexicalBlock(); + + // Prepare builder for generation of instructions for a function. + void enterFunction(Function const* function); + + // Generate all the code needed to finish up a function. + void leaveFunction(); + + // Create block terminator instruction for certain statements like + // discard, terminate-invocation, terminateRayEXT, or ignoreIntersectionEXT + void makeStatementTerminator(spv::Op opcode, const char *name); + + // Create block terminator instruction for statements that have input operands + // such as OpEmitMeshTasksEXT + void makeStatementTerminator(spv::Op opcode, const std::vector& operands, const char* name); + + // Create a global or function local or IO variable. + Id createVariable(Decoration precision, StorageClass storageClass, Id type, const char* name = nullptr, + Id initializer = NoResult, bool const compilerGenerated = true); + + // Create an intermediate with an undefined value. + Id createUndefined(Id type); + + // Store into an Id and return the l-value + void createStore(Id rValue, Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Load from an Id and return it + Id createLoad(Id lValue, spv::Decoration precision, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Create an OpAccessChain instruction + Id createAccessChain(StorageClass, Id base, const std::vector& offsets); + + // Create an OpArrayLength instruction + Id createArrayLength(Id base, unsigned int member); + + // Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR instruction + Id createCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR(Id type); + // Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV instruction + Id createCooperativeMatrixLengthNV(Id type); + + // Create an OpCompositeExtract instruction + Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index); + Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector& indexes); + Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index); + Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector& indexes); + + Id createVectorExtractDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id componentIndex); + Id createVectorInsertDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id component, Id componentIndex); + + void createNoResultOp(Op); + void createNoResultOp(Op, Id operand); + void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector& operands); + void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector& operands); + void createControlBarrier(Scope execution, Scope memory, MemorySemanticsMask); + void createMemoryBarrier(unsigned executionScope, unsigned memorySemantics); + Id createUnaryOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand); + Id createBinOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2); + Id createTriOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2, Id operand3); + Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands); + Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands); + Id createFunctionCall(spv::Function*, const std::vector&); + Id createSpecConstantOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector& operands, const std::vector& literals); + + // Take an rvalue (source) and a set of channels to extract from it to + // make a new rvalue, which is returned. + Id createRvalueSwizzle(Decoration precision, Id typeId, Id source, const std::vector& channels); + + // Take a copy of an lvalue (target) and a source of components, and set the + // source components into the lvalue where the 'channels' say to put them. + // An updated version of the target is returned. + // (No true lvalue or stores are used.) + Id createLvalueSwizzle(Id typeId, Id target, Id source, const std::vector& channels); + + // If both the id and precision are valid, the id + // gets tagged with the requested precision. + // The passed in id is always the returned id, to simplify use patterns. + Id setPrecision(Id id, Decoration precision) + { + if (precision != NoPrecision && id != NoResult) + addDecoration(id, precision); + + return id; + } + + // Can smear a scalar to a vector for the following forms: + // - promoteScalar(scalar, vector) // smear scalar to width of vector + // - promoteScalar(vector, scalar) // smear scalar to width of vector + // - promoteScalar(pointer, scalar) // smear scalar to width of what pointer points to + // - promoteScalar(scalar, scalar) // do nothing + // Other forms are not allowed. + // + // Generally, the type of 'scalar' does not need to be the same type as the components in 'vector'. + // The type of the created vector is a vector of components of the same type as the scalar. + // + // Note: One of the arguments will change, with the result coming back that way rather than + // through the return value. + void promoteScalar(Decoration precision, Id& left, Id& right); + + // Make a value by smearing the scalar to fill the type. + // vectorType should be the correct type for making a vector of scalarVal. + // (No conversions are done.) + Id smearScalar(Decoration precision, Id scalarVal, Id vectorType); + + // Create a call to a built-in function. + Id createBuiltinCall(Id resultType, Id builtins, int entryPoint, const std::vector& args); + + // List of parameters used to create a texture operation + struct TextureParameters { + Id sampler; + Id coords; + Id bias; + Id lod; + Id Dref; + Id offset; + Id offsets; + Id gradX; + Id gradY; + Id sample; + Id component; + Id texelOut; + Id lodClamp; + Id granularity; + Id coarse; + bool nonprivate; + bool volatil; + }; + + // Select the correct texture operation based on all inputs, and emit the correct instruction + Id createTextureCall(Decoration precision, Id resultType, bool sparse, bool fetch, bool proj, bool gather, + bool noImplicit, const TextureParameters&, ImageOperandsMask); + + // Emit the OpTextureQuery* instruction that was passed in. + // Figure out the right return value and type, and return it. + Id createTextureQueryCall(Op, const TextureParameters&, bool isUnsignedResult); + + Id createSamplePositionCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id); + + Id createBitFieldExtractCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, bool isSigned); + Id createBitFieldInsertCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, Id); + + // Reduction comparison for composites: For equal and not-equal resulting in a scalar. + Id createCompositeCompare(Decoration precision, Id, Id, bool /* true if for equal, false if for not-equal */); + + // OpCompositeConstruct + Id createCompositeConstruct(Id typeId, const std::vector& constituents); + + // vector or scalar constructor + Id createConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector& sources, Id resultTypeId); + + // matrix constructor + Id createMatrixConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector& sources, Id constructee); + + // Helper to use for building nested control flow with if-then-else. + class If { + public: + If(Id condition, unsigned int ctrl, Builder& builder); + ~If() {} + + void makeBeginElse(); + void makeEndIf(); + + private: + If(const If&); + If& operator=(If&); + + Builder& builder; + Id condition; + unsigned int control; + Function* function; + Block* headerBlock; + Block* thenBlock; + Block* elseBlock; + Block* mergeBlock; + }; + + // Make a switch statement. A switch has 'numSegments' of pieces of code, not containing + // any case/default labels, all separated by one or more case/default labels. Each possible + // case value v is a jump to the caseValues[v] segment. The defaultSegment is also in this + // number space. How to compute the value is given by 'condition', as in switch(condition). + // + // The SPIR-V Builder will maintain the stack of post-switch merge blocks for nested switches. + // + // Use a defaultSegment < 0 if there is no default segment (to branch to post switch). + // + // Returns the right set of basic blocks to start each code segment with, so that the caller's + // recursion stack can hold the memory for it. + // + void makeSwitch(Id condition, unsigned int control, int numSegments, const std::vector& caseValues, + const std::vector& valueToSegment, int defaultSegment, std::vector& segmentBB); + + // Add a branch to the innermost switch's merge block. + void addSwitchBreak(); + + // Move to the next code segment, passing in the return argument in makeSwitch() + void nextSwitchSegment(std::vector& segmentBB, int segment); + + // Finish off the innermost switch. + void endSwitch(std::vector& segmentBB); + + struct LoopBlocks { + LoopBlocks(Block& head, Block& body, Block& merge, Block& continue_target) : + head(head), body(body), merge(merge), continue_target(continue_target) { } + Block &head, &body, &merge, &continue_target; + private: + LoopBlocks(); + LoopBlocks& operator=(const LoopBlocks&) = delete; + }; + + // Start a new loop and prepare the builder to generate code for it. Until + // closeLoop() is called for this loop, createLoopContinue() and + // createLoopExit() will target its corresponding blocks. + LoopBlocks& makeNewLoop(); + + // Create a new block in the function containing the build point. Memory is + // owned by the function object. + Block& makeNewBlock(); + + // Add a branch to the continue_target of the current (innermost) loop. + void createLoopContinue(); + + // Add an exit (e.g. "break") from the innermost loop that we're currently + // in. + void createLoopExit(); + + // Close the innermost loop that you're in + void closeLoop(); + + // + // Access chain design for an R-Value vs. L-Value: + // + // There is a single access chain the builder is building at + // any particular time. Such a chain can be used to either to a load or + // a store, when desired. + // + // Expressions can be r-values, l-values, or both, or only r-values: + // a[b.c].d = .... // l-value + // ... = a[b.c].d; // r-value, that also looks like an l-value + // ++a[b.c].d; // r-value and l-value + // (x + y)[2]; // r-value only, can't possibly be l-value + // + // Computing an r-value means generating code. Hence, + // r-values should only be computed when they are needed, not speculatively. + // + // Computing an l-value means saving away information for later use in the compiler, + // no code is generated until the l-value is later dereferenced. It is okay + // to speculatively generate an l-value, just not okay to speculatively dereference it. + // + // The base of the access chain (the left-most variable or expression + // from which everything is based) can be set either as an l-value + // or as an r-value. Most efficient would be to set an l-value if one + // is available. If an expression was evaluated, the resulting r-value + // can be set as the chain base. + // + // The users of this single access chain can save and restore if they + // want to nest or manage multiple chains. + // + + struct AccessChain { + Id base; // for l-values, pointer to the base object, for r-values, the base object + std::vector indexChain; + Id instr; // cache the instruction that generates this access chain + std::vector swizzle; // each std::vector element selects the next GLSL component number + Id component; // a dynamic component index, can coexist with a swizzle, + // done after the swizzle, NoResult if not present + Id preSwizzleBaseType; // dereferenced type, before swizzle or component is applied; + // NoType unless a swizzle or component is present + bool isRValue; // true if 'base' is an r-value, otherwise, base is an l-value + unsigned int alignment; // bitwise OR of alignment values passed in. Accumulates worst alignment. + // Only tracks base and (optional) component selection alignment. + + // Accumulate whether anything in the chain of structures has coherent decorations. + struct CoherentFlags { + CoherentFlags() { clear(); } + bool isVolatile() const { return volatil; } + bool isNonUniform() const { return nonUniform; } + bool anyCoherent() const { + return coherent || devicecoherent || queuefamilycoherent || workgroupcoherent || + subgroupcoherent || shadercallcoherent; + } + + unsigned coherent : 1; + unsigned devicecoherent : 1; + unsigned queuefamilycoherent : 1; + unsigned workgroupcoherent : 1; + unsigned subgroupcoherent : 1; + unsigned shadercallcoherent : 1; + unsigned nonprivate : 1; + unsigned volatil : 1; + unsigned isImage : 1; + unsigned nonUniform : 1; + + void clear() { + coherent = 0; + devicecoherent = 0; + queuefamilycoherent = 0; + workgroupcoherent = 0; + subgroupcoherent = 0; + shadercallcoherent = 0; + nonprivate = 0; + volatil = 0; + isImage = 0; + nonUniform = 0; + } + + CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) { + coherent |= other.coherent; + devicecoherent |= other.devicecoherent; + queuefamilycoherent |= other.queuefamilycoherent; + workgroupcoherent |= other.workgroupcoherent; + subgroupcoherent |= other.subgroupcoherent; + shadercallcoherent |= other.shadercallcoherent; + nonprivate |= other.nonprivate; + volatil |= other.volatil; + isImage |= other.isImage; + nonUniform |= other.nonUniform; + return *this; + } + }; + CoherentFlags coherentFlags; + }; + + // + // the SPIR-V builder maintains a single active chain that + // the following methods operate on + // + + // for external save and restore + AccessChain getAccessChain() { return accessChain; } + void setAccessChain(AccessChain newChain) { accessChain = newChain; } + + // clear accessChain + void clearAccessChain(); + + // set new base as an l-value base + void setAccessChainLValue(Id lValue) + { + assert(isPointer(lValue)); + accessChain.base = lValue; + } + + // set new base value as an r-value + void setAccessChainRValue(Id rValue) + { + accessChain.isRValue = true; + accessChain.base = rValue; + } + + // push offset onto the end of the chain + void accessChainPush(Id offset, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment) + { + accessChain.indexChain.push_back(offset); + accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags; + accessChain.alignment |= alignment; + } + + // push new swizzle onto the end of any existing swizzle, merging into a single swizzle + void accessChainPushSwizzle(std::vector& swizzle, Id preSwizzleBaseType, + AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment); + + // push a dynamic component selection onto the access chain, only applicable with a + // non-trivial swizzle or no swizzle + void accessChainPushComponent(Id component, Id preSwizzleBaseType, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, + unsigned int alignment) + { + if (accessChain.swizzle.size() != 1) { + accessChain.component = component; + if (accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType == NoType) + accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType = preSwizzleBaseType; + } + accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags; + accessChain.alignment |= alignment; + } + + // use accessChain and swizzle to store value + void accessChainStore(Id rvalue, Decoration nonUniform, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, + spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // use accessChain and swizzle to load an r-value + Id accessChainLoad(Decoration precision, Decoration l_nonUniform, Decoration r_nonUniform, Id ResultType, + spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, + unsigned int alignment = 0); + + // Return whether or not the access chain can be represented in SPIR-V + // as an l-value. + // E.g., a[3].yx cannot be, while a[3].y and a[3].y[x] can be. + bool isSpvLvalue() const { return accessChain.swizzle.size() <= 1; } + + // get the direct pointer for an l-value + Id accessChainGetLValue(); + + // Get the inferred SPIR-V type of the result of the current access chain, + // based on the type of the base and the chain of dereferences. + Id accessChainGetInferredType(); + + // Add capabilities, extensions, remove unneeded decorations, etc., + // based on the resulting SPIR-V. + void postProcess(bool compileOnly); + + // Prune unreachable blocks in the CFG and remove unneeded decorations. + void postProcessCFG(); + + // Add capabilities, extensions based on instructions in the module. + void postProcessFeatures(); + // Hook to visit each instruction in a block in a function + void postProcess(Instruction&); + // Hook to visit each non-32-bit sized float/int operation in a block. + void postProcessType(const Instruction&, spv::Id typeId); + + void dump(std::vector&) const; + + void createBranch(Block* block); + void createConditionalBranch(Id condition, Block* thenBlock, Block* elseBlock); + void createLoopMerge(Block* mergeBlock, Block* continueBlock, unsigned int control, + const std::vector& operands); + + // Sets to generate opcode for specialization constants. + void setToSpecConstCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = true; } + // Sets to generate opcode for non-specialization constants (normal mode). + void setToNormalCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = false; } + // Check if the builder is generating code for spec constants. + bool isInSpecConstCodeGenMode() { return generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; } + + protected: + Id makeIntConstant(Id typeId, unsigned value, bool specConstant); + Id makeInt64Constant(Id typeId, unsigned long long value, bool specConstant); + Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned value); + Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned v1, unsigned v2); + Id findCompositeConstant(Op typeClass, Id typeId, const std::vector& comps); + Id findStructConstant(Id typeId, const std::vector& comps); + Id collapseAccessChain(); + void remapDynamicSwizzle(); + void transferAccessChainSwizzle(bool dynamic); + void simplifyAccessChainSwizzle(); + void createAndSetNoPredecessorBlock(const char*); + void createSelectionMerge(Block* mergeBlock, unsigned int control); + void dumpSourceInstructions(std::vector&) const; + void dumpSourceInstructions(const spv::Id fileId, const std::string& text, std::vector&) const; + void dumpInstructions(std::vector&, const std::vector >&) const; + void dumpModuleProcesses(std::vector&) const; + spv::MemoryAccessMask sanitizeMemoryAccessForStorageClass(spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess, StorageClass sc) + const; + + unsigned int spvVersion; // the version of SPIR-V to emit in the header + SourceLanguage sourceLang; + int sourceVersion; + spv::Id nonSemanticShaderCompilationUnitId {0}; + spv::Id nonSemanticShaderDebugInfo {0}; + spv::Id debugInfoNone {0}; + spv::Id debugExpression {0}; // Debug expression with zero operations. + std::string sourceText; + + // True if an new OpLine/OpDebugLine may need to be inserted. Either: + // 1. The current debug location changed + // 2. The current build point changed + bool dirtyLineTracker; + int currentLine = 0; + // OpString id of the current file name. Always 0 if debug info is off. + spv::Id currentFileId = 0; + // OpString id of the main file name. Always 0 if debug info is off. + spv::Id mainFileId = 0; + + // True if an new OpDebugScope may need to be inserted. Either: + // 1. A new lexical block is pushed + // 2. The current build point changed + bool dirtyScopeTracker; + std::stack currentDebugScopeId; + + // This flag toggles tracking of debug info while building the SPIR-V. + bool trackDebugInfo = false; + // This flag toggles emission of SPIR-V debug instructions, like OpLine and OpSource. + bool emitSpirvDebugInfo = false; + // This flag toggles emission of Non-Semantic Debug extension debug instructions. + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = false; + bool restoreNonSemanticShaderDebugInfo = false; + bool emitNonSemanticShaderDebugSource = false; + + std::set extensions; + std::vector sourceExtensions; + std::vector moduleProcesses; + AddressingModel addressModel; + MemoryModel memoryModel; + std::set capabilities; + int builderNumber; + Module module; + Block* buildPoint; + Id uniqueId; + Function* entryPointFunction; + bool generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; + AccessChain accessChain; + + // special blocks of instructions for output + std::vector > strings; + std::vector > imports; + std::vector > entryPoints; + std::vector > executionModes; + std::vector > names; + std::vector > decorations; + std::vector > constantsTypesGlobals; + std::vector > externals; + std::vector > functions; + + // not output, internally used for quick & dirty canonical (unique) creation + + // map type opcodes to constant inst. + std::unordered_map> groupedConstants; + // map struct-id to constant instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedStructConstants; + // map type opcodes to type instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedTypes; + // map type opcodes to debug type instructions + std::unordered_map> groupedDebugTypes; + // list of OpConstantNull instructions + std::vector nullConstants; + + // stack of switches + std::stack switchMerges; + + // Our loop stack. + std::stack loops; + + // map from strings to their string ids + std::unordered_map stringIds; + + // map from include file name ids to their contents + std::map includeFiles; + + // map from core id to debug id + std::map debugId; + + // map from file name string id to DebugSource id + std::unordered_map debugSourceId; + + // The stream for outputting warnings and errors. + SpvBuildLogger* logger; +}; // end Builder class + +}; // end spv namespace + +#endif // SpvBuilder_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eabde4666 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/SpvTools.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2016 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Call into SPIRV-Tools to disassemble, validate, and optimize. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H +#define GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H + +#if ENABLE_OPT +#include +#include +#include "spirv-tools/libspirv.h" +#endif + +#include "glslang/MachineIndependent/localintermediate.h" +#include "GlslangToSpv.h" +#include "Logger.h" + +namespace glslang { + +#if ENABLE_OPT + +// Translate glslang's view of target versioning to what SPIRV-Tools uses. +spv_target_env MapToSpirvToolsEnv(const SpvVersion& spvVersion, spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger); + +// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V using a SPV_ENV_UNIVERSAL_1_3 environment. +void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector& spirv); + +// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V with a provided SPIR-V environment. +void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector& spirv, + spv_target_env requested_context); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools validator to generated SPIR-V. +void SpirvToolsValidate(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*, bool prelegalization); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to generated SPIR-V. HLSL SPIR-V is legalized in the process. +void SpirvToolsTransform(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*, const SpvOptions*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools EliminateDeadInputComponents pass to generated SPIR-V. Put result in |spirv|. +void SpirvToolsEliminateDeadInputComponents(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools AnalyzeDeadOutputStores pass to generated SPIR-V. Put result in |live_locs|. +// Return true if the result is valid. +bool SpirvToolsAnalyzeDeadOutputStores(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + std::unordered_set* live_locs, + std::unordered_set* live_builtins, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools EliminateDeadOutputStores and AggressiveDeadCodeElimination passes to generated SPIR-V using +// |live_locs|. Put result in |spirv|. +void SpirvToolsEliminateDeadOutputStores(spv_target_env target_env, std::vector& spirv, + std::unordered_set* live_locs, + std::unordered_set* live_builtins, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to strip debug info from SPIR-V. This is implicitly done by +// SpirvToolsTransform if spvOptions->stripDebugInfo is set, but can be called separately if +// optimization is disabled. +void SpirvToolsStripDebugInfo(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, + std::vector& spirv, spv::SpvBuildLogger*); + +#endif + +} // end namespace glslang + +#endif // GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22e44cec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/bitutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ +#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ + +#include +#include + +namespace spvutils { + +// Performs a bitwise copy of source to the destination type Dest. +template +Dest BitwiseCast(Src source) { + Dest dest; + static_assert(sizeof(source) == sizeof(dest), + "BitwiseCast: Source and destination must have the same size"); + std::memcpy(static_cast(&dest), &source, sizeof(dest)); + return dest; +} + +// SetBits returns an integer of type with bits set +// for position through , counting from the least +// significant bit. In particular when Num == 0, no positions are set to 1. +// A static assert will be triggered if First + Num > sizeof(T) * 8, that is, +// a bit that will not fit in the underlying type is set. +template +struct SetBits { + static_assert(First < sizeof(T) * 8, + "Tried to set a bit that is shifted too far."); + const static T get = (T(1) << First) | SetBits::get; +}; + +template +struct SetBits { + const static T get = T(0); +}; + +// This is all compile-time so we can put our tests right here. +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000001), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x80000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x00000006), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xc0000000), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0x7FFFFFFF), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xFFFFFFFF), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint32_t(0xFFFF0000), + "SetBits failed"); + +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x0000000000000001LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x8000000000000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0xc000000000000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x0000000080000000LL), + "SetBits failed"); +static_assert(SetBits::get == uint64_t(0x00000000FFFF0000LL), + "SetBits failed"); + +} // namespace spvutils + +#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6a463577 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/disassemble.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Disassembler for SPIR-V. +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef disassembler_H +#define disassembler_H + +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + + // disassemble with glslang custom disassembler + void Disassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector&); + +} // end namespace spv + +#endif // disassembler_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..521529913 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/doc.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// +// Parameterize the SPIR-V enumerants. +// + +#pragma once + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +#include + +namespace spv { + +// Fill in all the parameters +void Parameterize(); + +// Return the English names of all the enums. +const char* SourceString(int); +const char* AddressingString(int); +const char* MemoryString(int); +const char* ExecutionModelString(int); +const char* ExecutionModeString(int); +const char* StorageClassString(int); +const char* DecorationString(int); +const char* BuiltInString(int); +const char* DimensionString(int); +const char* SelectControlString(int); +const char* LoopControlString(int); +const char* FunctionControlString(int); +const char* SamplerAddressingModeString(int); +const char* SamplerFilterModeString(int); +const char* ImageFormatString(int); +const char* ImageChannelOrderString(int); +const char* ImageChannelTypeString(int); +const char* ImageChannelDataTypeString(int type); +const char* ImageOperandsString(int format); +const char* ImageOperands(int); +const char* FPFastMathString(int); +const char* FPRoundingModeString(int); +const char* LinkageTypeString(int); +const char* FuncParamAttrString(int); +const char* AccessQualifierString(int); +const char* MemorySemanticsString(int); +const char* MemoryAccessString(int); +const char* ExecutionScopeString(int); +const char* GroupOperationString(int); +const char* KernelEnqueueFlagsString(int); +const char* KernelProfilingInfoString(int); +const char* CapabilityString(int); +const char* OpcodeString(int); +const char* ScopeString(int mem); + +// For grouping opcodes into subsections +enum OpcodeClass { + OpClassMisc, + OpClassDebug, + OpClassAnnotate, + OpClassExtension, + OpClassMode, + OpClassType, + OpClassConstant, + OpClassMemory, + OpClassFunction, + OpClassImage, + OpClassConvert, + OpClassComposite, + OpClassArithmetic, + OpClassBit, + OpClassRelationalLogical, + OpClassDerivative, + OpClassFlowControl, + OpClassAtomic, + OpClassPrimitive, + OpClassBarrier, + OpClassGroup, + OpClassDeviceSideEnqueue, + OpClassPipe, + + OpClassCount, + OpClassMissing // all instructions start out as missing +}; + +// For parameterizing operands. +enum OperandClass { + OperandNone, + OperandId, + OperandVariableIds, + OperandOptionalLiteral, + OperandOptionalLiteralString, + OperandVariableLiterals, + OperandVariableIdLiteral, + OperandVariableLiteralId, + OperandLiteralNumber, + OperandLiteralString, + OperandVariableLiteralStrings, + OperandSource, + OperandExecutionModel, + OperandAddressing, + OperandMemory, + OperandExecutionMode, + OperandStorage, + OperandDimensionality, + OperandSamplerAddressingMode, + OperandSamplerFilterMode, + OperandSamplerImageFormat, + OperandImageChannelOrder, + OperandImageChannelDataType, + OperandImageOperands, + OperandFPFastMath, + OperandFPRoundingMode, + OperandLinkageType, + OperandAccessQualifier, + OperandFuncParamAttr, + OperandDecoration, + OperandBuiltIn, + OperandSelect, + OperandLoop, + OperandFunction, + OperandMemorySemantics, + OperandMemoryAccess, + OperandScope, + OperandGroupOperation, + OperandKernelEnqueueFlags, + OperandKernelProfilingInfo, + OperandCapability, + OperandCooperativeMatrixOperands, + + OperandOpcode, + + OperandCount +}; + +// Any specific enum can have a set of capabilities that allow it: +typedef std::vector EnumCaps; + +// Parameterize a set of operands with their OperandClass(es) and descriptions. +class OperandParameters { +public: + OperandParameters() { } + void push(OperandClass oc, const char* d, bool opt = false) + { + opClass.push_back(oc); + desc.push_back(d); + optional.push_back(opt); + } + void setOptional(); + OperandClass getClass(int op) const { return opClass[op]; } + const char* getDesc(int op) const { return desc[op]; } + bool isOptional(int op) const { return optional[op]; } + int getNum() const { return (int)opClass.size(); } + +protected: + std::vector opClass; + std::vector desc; + std::vector optional; +}; + +// Parameterize an enumerant +class EnumParameters { +public: + EnumParameters() : desc(nullptr) { } + const char* desc; +}; + +// Parameterize a set of enumerants that form an enum +class EnumDefinition : public EnumParameters { +public: + EnumDefinition() : + ceiling(0), bitmask(false), getName(nullptr), enumParams(nullptr), operandParams(nullptr) { } + void set(int ceil, const char* (*name)(int), EnumParameters* ep, bool mask = false) + { + ceiling = ceil; + getName = name; + bitmask = mask; + enumParams = ep; + } + void setOperands(OperandParameters* op) { operandParams = op; } + int ceiling; // ceiling of enumerants + bool bitmask; // true if these enumerants combine into a bitmask + const char* (*getName)(int); // a function that returns the name for each enumerant value (or shift) + EnumParameters* enumParams; // parameters for each individual enumerant + OperandParameters* operandParams; // sets of operands +}; + +// Parameterize an instruction's logical format, including its known set of operands, +// per OperandParameters above. +class InstructionParameters { +public: + InstructionParameters() : + opDesc("TBD"), + opClass(OpClassMissing), + typePresent(true), // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out + resultPresent(true) // most normal, only exceptions have to be spelled out + { } + + void setResultAndType(bool r, bool t) + { + resultPresent = r; + typePresent = t; + } + + bool hasResult() const { return resultPresent != 0; } + bool hasType() const { return typePresent != 0; } + + const char* opDesc; + OpcodeClass opClass; + OperandParameters operands; + +protected: + bool typePresent : 1; + bool resultPresent : 1; +}; + +// The set of objects that hold all the instruction/operand +// parameterization information. +extern InstructionParameters InstructionDesc[]; + +// These hold definitions of the enumerants used for operands +extern EnumDefinition OperandClassParams[]; + +const char* GetOperandDesc(OperandClass operand); +void PrintImmediateRow(int imm, const char* name, const EnumParameters* enumParams, bool caps, bool hex = false); +const char* AccessQualifierString(int attr); + +void PrintOperands(const OperandParameters& operands, int reservedOperands); + +} // end namespace spv diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..785e8af11 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/hex_float.h @@ -0,0 +1,1065 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ +#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "bitutils.h" + +namespace spvutils { + +class Float16 { + public: + Float16(uint16_t v) : val(v) {} + Float16() {} + static bool isNan(const Float16& val) { + return ((val.val & 0x7C00) == 0x7C00) && ((val.val & 0x3FF) != 0); + } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(const Float16& val) { + return ((val.val & 0x7C00) == 0x7C00) && ((val.val & 0x3FF) == 0); + } + Float16(const Float16& other) { val = other.val; } + uint16_t get_value() const { return val; } + + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static Float16 max() { return Float16(0x7bff); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static Float16 lowest() { return Float16(0xfbff); } + + private: + uint16_t val; +}; + +// To specialize this type, you must override uint_type to define +// an unsigned integer that can fit your floating point type. +// You must also add a isNan function that returns true if +// a value is Nan. +template +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef void uint_type; +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint32_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(float f) { return std::isnan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(float f) { return std::isinf(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static float max() { return std::numeric_limits::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static float lowest() { return std::numeric_limits::lowest(); } +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint64_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(double f) { return std::isnan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(double f) { return std::isinf(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static double max() { return std::numeric_limits::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static double lowest() { return std::numeric_limits::lowest(); } +}; + +template <> +struct FloatProxyTraits { + typedef uint16_t uint_type; + static bool isNan(Float16 f) { return Float16::isNan(f); } + // Returns true if the given value is any kind of infinity. + static bool isInfinity(Float16 f) { return Float16::isInfinity(f); } + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static Float16 max() { return Float16::max(); } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static Float16 lowest() { return Float16::lowest(); } +}; + +// Since copying a floating point number (especially if it is NaN) +// does not guarantee that bits are preserved, this class lets us +// store the type and use it as a float when necessary. +template +class FloatProxy { + public: + typedef typename FloatProxyTraits::uint_type uint_type; + + // Since this is to act similar to the normal floats, + // do not initialize the data by default. + FloatProxy() {} + + // Intentionally non-explicit. This is a proxy type so + // implicit conversions allow us to use it more transparently. + FloatProxy(T val) { data_ = BitwiseCast(val); } + + // Intentionally non-explicit. This is a proxy type so + // implicit conversions allow us to use it more transparently. + FloatProxy(uint_type val) { data_ = val; } + + // This is helpful to have and is guaranteed not to stomp bits. + FloatProxy operator-() const { + return static_cast(data_ ^ + (uint_type(0x1) << (sizeof(T) * 8 - 1))); + } + + // Returns the data as a floating point value. + T getAsFloat() const { return BitwiseCast(data_); } + + // Returns the raw data. + uint_type data() const { return data_; } + + // Returns true if the value represents any type of NaN. + bool isNan() { return FloatProxyTraits::isNan(getAsFloat()); } + // Returns true if the value represents any type of infinity. + bool isInfinity() { return FloatProxyTraits::isInfinity(getAsFloat()); } + + // Returns the maximum normal value. + static FloatProxy max() { + return FloatProxy(FloatProxyTraits::max()); + } + // Returns the lowest normal value. + static FloatProxy lowest() { + return FloatProxy(FloatProxyTraits::lowest()); + } + + private: + uint_type data_; +}; + +template +bool operator==(const FloatProxy& first, const FloatProxy& second) { + return first.data() == second.data(); +} + +// Reads a FloatProxy value as a normal float from a stream. +template +std::istream& operator>>(std::istream& is, FloatProxy& value) { + T float_val; + is >> float_val; + value = FloatProxy(float_val); + return is; +} + +// This is an example traits. It is not meant to be used in practice, but will +// be the default for any non-specialized type. +template +struct HexFloatTraits { + // Integer type that can store this hex-float. + typedef void uint_type; + // Signed integer type that can store this hex-float. + typedef void int_type; + // The numerical type that this HexFloat represents. + typedef void underlying_type; + // The type needed to construct the underlying type. + typedef void native_type; + // The number of bits that are actually relevant in the uint_type. + // This allows us to deal with, for example, 24-bit values in a 32-bit + // integer. + static const uint32_t num_used_bits = 0; + // Number of bits that represent the exponent. + static const uint32_t num_exponent_bits = 0; + // Number of bits that represent the fractional part. + static const uint32_t num_fraction_bits = 0; + // The bias of the exponent. (How much we need to subtract from the stored + // value to get the correct value.) + static const uint32_t exponent_bias = 0; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE float. +// 1 sign bit, 8 exponent bits, 23 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint32_t uint_type; + typedef int32_t int_type; + typedef FloatProxy underlying_type; + typedef float native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 32; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 8; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 23; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 127; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE double. +// 1 sign bit, 11 exponent bits, 52 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint64_t uint_type; + typedef int64_t int_type; + typedef FloatProxy underlying_type; + typedef double native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 64; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 11; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 52; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 1023; +}; + +// Traits for IEEE half. +// 1 sign bit, 5 exponent bits, 10 fractional bits. +template <> +struct HexFloatTraits> { + typedef uint16_t uint_type; + typedef int16_t int_type; + typedef uint16_t underlying_type; + typedef uint16_t native_type; + static const uint_type num_used_bits = 16; + static const uint_type num_exponent_bits = 5; + static const uint_type num_fraction_bits = 10; + static const uint_type exponent_bias = 15; +}; + +enum round_direction { + kRoundToZero, + kRoundToNearestEven, + kRoundToPositiveInfinity, + kRoundToNegativeInfinity +}; + +// Template class that houses a floating pointer number. +// It exposes a number of constants based on the provided traits to +// assist in interpreting the bits of the value. +template > +class HexFloat { + public: + typedef typename Traits::uint_type uint_type; + typedef typename Traits::int_type int_type; + typedef typename Traits::underlying_type underlying_type; + typedef typename Traits::native_type native_type; + + explicit HexFloat(T f) : value_(f) {} + + T value() const { return value_; } + void set_value(T f) { value_ = f; } + + // These are all written like this because it is convenient to have + // compile-time constants for all of these values. + + // Pass-through values to save typing. + static const uint32_t num_used_bits = Traits::num_used_bits; + static const uint32_t exponent_bias = Traits::exponent_bias; + static const uint32_t num_exponent_bits = Traits::num_exponent_bits; + static const uint32_t num_fraction_bits = Traits::num_fraction_bits; + + // Number of bits to shift left to set the highest relevant bit. + static const uint32_t top_bit_left_shift = num_used_bits - 1; + // How many nibbles (hex characters) the fractional part takes up. + static const uint32_t fraction_nibbles = (num_fraction_bits + 3) / 4; + // If the fractional part does not fit evenly into a hex character (4-bits) + // then we have to left-shift to get rid of leading 0s. This is the amount + // we have to shift (might be 0). + static const uint32_t num_overflow_bits = + fraction_nibbles * 4 - num_fraction_bits; + + // The representation of the fraction, not the actual bits. This + // includes the leading bit that is usually implicit. + static const uint_type fraction_represent_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // The topmost bit in the nibble-aligned fraction. + static const uint_type fraction_top_bit = + uint_type(1) << (num_fraction_bits + num_overflow_bits - 1); + + // The least significant bit in the exponent, which is also the bit + // immediately to the left of the significand. + static const uint_type first_exponent_bit = uint_type(1) + << (num_fraction_bits); + + // The mask for the encoded fraction. It does not include the + // implicit bit. + static const uint_type fraction_encode_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // The bit that is used as a sign. + static const uint_type sign_mask = uint_type(1) << top_bit_left_shift; + + // The bits that represent the exponent. + static const uint_type exponent_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + // How far left the exponent is shifted. + static const uint32_t exponent_left_shift = num_fraction_bits; + + // How far from the right edge the fraction is shifted. + static const uint32_t fraction_right_shift = + static_cast(sizeof(uint_type) * 8) - num_fraction_bits; + + // The maximum representable unbiased exponent. + static const int_type max_exponent = + (exponent_mask >> num_fraction_bits) - exponent_bias; + // The minimum representable exponent for normalized numbers. + static const int_type min_exponent = -static_cast(exponent_bias); + + // Returns the bits associated with the value. + uint_type getBits() const { return spvutils::BitwiseCast(value_); } + + // Returns the bits associated with the value, without the leading sign bit. + uint_type getUnsignedBits() const { + return static_cast(spvutils::BitwiseCast(value_) & + ~sign_mask); + } + + // Returns the bits associated with the exponent, shifted to start at the + // lsb of the type. + const uint_type getExponentBits() const { + return static_cast((getBits() & exponent_mask) >> + num_fraction_bits); + } + + // Returns the exponent in unbiased form. This is the exponent in the + // human-friendly form. + const int_type getUnbiasedExponent() const { + return static_cast(getExponentBits() - exponent_bias); + } + + // Returns just the significand bits from the value. + const uint_type getSignificandBits() const { + return getBits() & fraction_encode_mask; + } + + // If the number was normalized, returns the unbiased exponent. + // If the number was denormal, normalize the exponent first. + const int_type getUnbiasedNormalizedExponent() const { + if ((getBits() & ~sign_mask) == 0) { // special case if everything is 0 + return 0; + } + int_type exp = getUnbiasedExponent(); + if (exp == min_exponent) { // We are in denorm land. + uint_type significand_bits = getSignificandBits(); + while ((significand_bits & (first_exponent_bit >> 1)) == 0) { + significand_bits = static_cast(significand_bits << 1); + exp = static_cast(exp - 1); + } + significand_bits &= fraction_encode_mask; + } + return exp; + } + + // Returns the signficand after it has been normalized. + const uint_type getNormalizedSignificand() const { + int_type unbiased_exponent = getUnbiasedNormalizedExponent(); + uint_type significand = getSignificandBits(); + for (int_type i = unbiased_exponent; i <= min_exponent; ++i) { + significand = static_cast(significand << 1); + } + significand &= fraction_encode_mask; + return significand; + } + + // Returns true if this number represents a negative value. + bool isNegative() const { return (getBits() & sign_mask) != 0; } + + // Sets this HexFloat from the individual components. + // Note this assumes EVERY significand is normalized, and has an implicit + // leading one. This means that the only way that this method will set 0, + // is if you set a number so denormalized that it underflows. + // Do not use this method with raw bits extracted from a subnormal number, + // since subnormals do not have an implicit leading 1 in the significand. + // The significand is also expected to be in the + // lowest-most num_fraction_bits of the uint_type. + // The exponent is expected to be unbiased, meaning an exponent of + // 0 actually means 0. + // If underflow_round_up is set, then on underflow, if a number is non-0 + // and would underflow, we round up to the smallest denorm. + void setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand( + bool negative, int_type exponent, uint_type significand, + bool round_denorm_up) { + bool significand_is_zero = significand == 0; + + if (exponent <= min_exponent) { + // If this was denormalized, then we have to shift the bit on, meaning + // the significand is not zero. + significand_is_zero = false; + significand |= first_exponent_bit; + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + } + + while (exponent < min_exponent) { + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + ++exponent; + } + + if (exponent == min_exponent) { + if (significand == 0 && !significand_is_zero && round_denorm_up) { + significand = static_cast(0x1); + } + } + + uint_type new_value = 0; + if (negative) { + new_value = static_cast(new_value | sign_mask); + } + exponent = static_cast(exponent + exponent_bias); + assert(exponent >= 0); + + // put it all together + exponent = static_cast((exponent << exponent_left_shift) & + exponent_mask); + significand = static_cast(significand & fraction_encode_mask); + new_value = static_cast(new_value | (exponent | significand)); + value_ = BitwiseCast(new_value); + } + + // Increments the significand of this number by the given amount. + // If this would spill the significand into the implicit bit, + // carry is set to true and the significand is shifted to fit into + // the correct location, otherwise carry is set to false. + // All significands and to_increment are assumed to be within the bounds + // for a valid significand. + static uint_type incrementSignificand(uint_type significand, + uint_type to_increment, bool* carry) { + significand = static_cast(significand + to_increment); + *carry = false; + if (significand & first_exponent_bit) { + *carry = true; + // The implicit 1-bit will have carried, so we should zero-out the + // top bit and shift back. + significand = static_cast(significand & ~first_exponent_bit); + significand = static_cast(significand >> 1); + } + return significand; + } + + // These exist because MSVC throws warnings on negative right-shifts + // even if they are not going to be executed. Eg: + // constant_number < 0? 0: constant_number + // These convert the negative left-shifts into right shifts. + + template + uint_type negatable_left_shift(int_type N, uint_type val) + { + if(N >= 0) + return val << N; + + return val >> -N; + } + + template + uint_type negatable_right_shift(int_type N, uint_type val) + { + if(N >= 0) + return val >> N; + + return val << -N; + } + + // Returns the significand, rounded to fit in a significand in + // other_T. This is shifted so that the most significant + // bit of the rounded number lines up with the most significant bit + // of the returned significand. + template + typename other_T::uint_type getRoundedNormalizedSignificand( + round_direction dir, bool* carry_bit) { + typedef typename other_T::uint_type other_uint_type; + static const int_type num_throwaway_bits = + static_cast(num_fraction_bits) - + static_cast(other_T::num_fraction_bits); + + static const uint_type last_significant_bit = + (num_throwaway_bits < 0) + ? 0 + : negatable_left_shift(num_throwaway_bits, 1u); + static const uint_type first_rounded_bit = + (num_throwaway_bits < 1) + ? 0 + : negatable_left_shift(num_throwaway_bits - 1, 1u); + + static const uint_type throwaway_mask_bits = + num_throwaway_bits > 0 ? num_throwaway_bits : 0; + static const uint_type throwaway_mask = + spvutils::SetBits::get; + + *carry_bit = false; + other_uint_type out_val = 0; + uint_type significand = getNormalizedSignificand(); + // If we are up-casting, then we just have to shift to the right location. + if (num_throwaway_bits <= 0) { + out_val = static_cast(significand); + uint_type shift_amount = static_cast(-num_throwaway_bits); + out_val = static_cast(out_val << shift_amount); + return out_val; + } + + // If every non-representable bit is 0, then we don't have any casting to + // do. + if ((significand & throwaway_mask) == 0) { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, significand)); + } + + bool round_away_from_zero = false; + // We actually have to narrow the significand here, so we have to follow the + // rounding rules. + switch (dir) { + case kRoundToZero: + break; + case kRoundToPositiveInfinity: + round_away_from_zero = !isNegative(); + break; + case kRoundToNegativeInfinity: + round_away_from_zero = isNegative(); + break; + case kRoundToNearestEven: + // Have to round down, round bit is 0 + if ((first_rounded_bit & significand) == 0) { + break; + } + if (((significand & throwaway_mask) & ~first_rounded_bit) != 0) { + // If any subsequent bit of the rounded portion is non-0 then we round + // up. + round_away_from_zero = true; + break; + } + // We are exactly half-way between 2 numbers, pick even. + if ((significand & last_significant_bit) != 0) { + // 1 for our last bit, round up. + round_away_from_zero = true; + break; + } + break; + } + + if (round_away_from_zero) { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, incrementSignificand( + significand, last_significant_bit, carry_bit))); + } else { + return static_cast( + negatable_right_shift(num_throwaway_bits, significand)); + } + } + + // Casts this value to another HexFloat. If the cast is widening, + // then round_dir is ignored. If the cast is narrowing, then + // the result is rounded in the direction specified. + // This number will retain Nan and Inf values. + // It will also saturate to Inf if the number overflows, and + // underflow to (0 or min depending on rounding) if the number underflows. + template + void castTo(other_T& other, round_direction round_dir) { + other = other_T(static_cast(0)); + bool negate = isNegative(); + if (getUnsignedBits() == 0) { + if (negate) { + other.set_value(-other.value()); + } + return; + } + uint_type significand = getSignificandBits(); + bool carried = false; + typename other_T::uint_type rounded_significand = + getRoundedNormalizedSignificand(round_dir, &carried); + + int_type exponent = getUnbiasedExponent(); + if (exponent == min_exponent) { + // If we are denormal, normalize the exponent, so that we can encode + // easily. + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + for (uint_type check_bit = first_exponent_bit >> 1; check_bit != 0; + check_bit = static_cast(check_bit >> 1)) { + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + if (check_bit & significand) break; + } + } + + bool is_nan = + (getBits() & exponent_mask) == exponent_mask && significand != 0; + bool is_inf = + !is_nan && + ((exponent + carried) > static_cast(other_T::exponent_bias) || + (significand == 0 && (getBits() & exponent_mask) == exponent_mask)); + + // If we are Nan or Inf we should pass that through. + if (is_inf) { + other.set_value(BitwiseCast( + static_cast( + (negate ? other_T::sign_mask : 0) | other_T::exponent_mask))); + return; + } + if (is_nan) { + typename other_T::uint_type shifted_significand; + shifted_significand = static_cast( + negatable_left_shift( + static_cast(other_T::num_fraction_bits) - + static_cast(num_fraction_bits), significand)); + + // We are some sort of Nan. We try to keep the bit-pattern of the Nan + // as close as possible. If we had to shift off bits so we are 0, then we + // just set the last bit. + other.set_value(BitwiseCast( + static_cast( + (negate ? other_T::sign_mask : 0) | other_T::exponent_mask | + (shifted_significand == 0 ? 0x1 : shifted_significand)))); + return; + } + + bool round_underflow_up = + isNegative() ? round_dir == kRoundToNegativeInfinity + : round_dir == kRoundToPositiveInfinity; + typedef typename other_T::int_type other_int_type; + // setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand will + // zero out any underflowing value (but retain the sign). + other.setFromSignUnbiasedExponentAndNormalizedSignificand( + negate, static_cast(exponent), rounded_significand, + round_underflow_up); + return; + } + + private: + T value_; + + static_assert(num_used_bits == + Traits::num_exponent_bits + Traits::num_fraction_bits + 1, + "The number of bits do not fit"); + static_assert(sizeof(T) == sizeof(uint_type), "The type sizes do not match"); +}; + +// Returns 4 bits represented by the hex character. +inline uint8_t get_nibble_from_character(int character) { + const char* dec = "0123456789"; + const char* lower = "abcdef"; + const char* upper = "ABCDEF"; + const char* p = nullptr; + if ((p = strchr(dec, character))) { + return static_cast(p - dec); + } else if ((p = strchr(lower, character))) { + return static_cast(p - lower + 0xa); + } else if ((p = strchr(upper, character))) { + return static_cast(p - upper + 0xa); + } + + assert(false && "This was called with a non-hex character"); + return 0; +} + +// Outputs the given HexFloat to the stream. +template +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const HexFloat& value) { + typedef HexFloat HF; + typedef typename HF::uint_type uint_type; + typedef typename HF::int_type int_type; + + static_assert(HF::num_used_bits != 0, + "num_used_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + static_assert(HF::num_exponent_bits != 0, + "num_exponent_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + static_assert(HF::num_fraction_bits != 0, + "num_fractin_bits must be non-zero for a valid float"); + + const uint_type bits = spvutils::BitwiseCast(value.value()); + const char* const sign = (bits & HF::sign_mask) ? "-" : ""; + const uint_type exponent = static_cast( + (bits & HF::exponent_mask) >> HF::num_fraction_bits); + + uint_type fraction = static_cast((bits & HF::fraction_encode_mask) + << HF::num_overflow_bits); + + const bool is_zero = exponent == 0 && fraction == 0; + const bool is_denorm = exponent == 0 && !is_zero; + + // exponent contains the biased exponent we have to convert it back into + // the normal range. + int_type int_exponent = static_cast(exponent - HF::exponent_bias); + // If the number is all zeros, then we actually have to NOT shift the + // exponent. + int_exponent = is_zero ? 0 : int_exponent; + + // If we are denorm, then start shifting, and decreasing the exponent until + // our leading bit is 1. + + if (is_denorm) { + while ((fraction & HF::fraction_top_bit) == 0) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); + int_exponent = static_cast(int_exponent - 1); + } + // Since this is denormalized, we have to consume the leading 1 since it + // will end up being implicit. + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); // eat the leading 1 + fraction &= HF::fraction_represent_mask; + } + + uint_type fraction_nibbles = HF::fraction_nibbles; + // We do not have to display any trailing 0s, since this represents the + // fractional part. + while (fraction_nibbles > 0 && (fraction & 0xF) == 0) { + // Shift off any trailing values; + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 4); + --fraction_nibbles; + } + + const auto saved_flags = os.flags(); + const auto saved_fill = os.fill(); + + os << sign << "0x" << (is_zero ? '0' : '1'); + if (fraction_nibbles) { + // Make sure to keep the leading 0s in place, since this is the fractional + // part. + os << "." << std::setw(static_cast(fraction_nibbles)) + << std::setfill('0') << std::hex << fraction; + } + os << "p" << std::dec << (int_exponent >= 0 ? "+" : "") << int_exponent; + + os.flags(saved_flags); + os.fill(saved_fill); + + return os; +} + +// Returns true if negate_value is true and the next character on the +// input stream is a plus or minus sign. In that case we also set the fail bit +// on the stream and set the value to the zero value for its type. +template +inline bool RejectParseDueToLeadingSign(std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat& value) { + if (negate_value) { + auto next_char = is.peek(); + if (next_char == '-' || next_char == '+') { + // Fail the parse. Emulate standard behaviour by setting the value to + // the zero value, and set the fail bit on the stream. + value = HexFloat(typename HexFloat::uint_type(0)); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +// Parses a floating point number from the given stream and stores it into the +// value parameter. +// If negate_value is true then the number may not have a leading minus or +// plus, and if it successfully parses, then the number is negated before +// being stored into the value parameter. +// If the value cannot be correctly parsed or overflows the target floating +// point type, then set the fail bit on the stream. +// TODO(dneto): Promise C++11 standard behavior in how the value is set in +// the error case, but only after all target platforms implement it correctly. +// In particular, the Microsoft C++ runtime appears to be out of spec. +template +inline std::istream& ParseNormalFloat(std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat& value) { + if (RejectParseDueToLeadingSign(is, negate_value, value)) { + return is; + } + T val; + is >> val; + if (negate_value) { + val = -val; + } + value.set_value(val); + // In the failure case, map -0.0 to 0.0. + if (is.fail() && value.getUnsignedBits() == 0u) { + value = HexFloat(typename HexFloat::uint_type(0)); + } + if (val.isInfinity()) { + // Fail the parse. Emulate standard behaviour by setting the value to + // the closest normal value, and set the fail bit on the stream. + value.set_value((value.isNegative() || negate_value) ? T::lowest() + : T::max()); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + } + return is; +} + +// Specialization of ParseNormalFloat for FloatProxy values. +// This will parse the float as it were a 32-bit floating point number, +// and then round it down to fit into a Float16 value. +// The number is rounded towards zero. +// If negate_value is true then the number may not have a leading minus or +// plus, and if it successfully parses, then the number is negated before +// being stored into the value parameter. +// If the value cannot be correctly parsed or overflows the target floating +// point type, then set the fail bit on the stream. +// TODO(dneto): Promise C++11 standard behavior in how the value is set in +// the error case, but only after all target platforms implement it correctly. +// In particular, the Microsoft C++ runtime appears to be out of spec. +template <> +inline std::istream& +ParseNormalFloat, HexFloatTraits>>( + std::istream& is, bool negate_value, + HexFloat, HexFloatTraits>>& value) { + // First parse as a 32-bit float. + HexFloat> float_val(0.0f); + ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, float_val); + + // Then convert to 16-bit float, saturating at infinities, and + // rounding toward zero. + float_val.castTo(value, kRoundToZero); + + // Overflow on 16-bit behaves the same as for 32- and 64-bit: set the + // fail bit and set the lowest or highest value. + if (Float16::isInfinity(value.value().getAsFloat())) { + value.set_value(value.isNegative() ? Float16::lowest() : Float16::max()); + is.setstate(std::ios_base::failbit); + } + return is; +} + +// Reads a HexFloat from the given stream. +// If the float is not encoded as a hex-float then it will be parsed +// as a regular float. +// This may fail if your stream does not support at least one unget. +// Nan values can be encoded with "0x1.p+exponent_bias". +// This would normally overflow a float and round to +// infinity but this special pattern is the exact representation for a NaN, +// and therefore is actually encoded as the correct NaN. To encode inf, +// either 0x0p+exponent_bias can be specified or any exponent greater than +// exponent_bias. +// Examples using IEEE 32-bit float encoding. +// 0x1.0p+128 (+inf) +// -0x1.0p-128 (-inf) +// +// 0x1.1p+128 (+Nan) +// -0x1.1p+128 (-Nan) +// +// 0x1p+129 (+inf) +// -0x1p+129 (-inf) +template +std::istream& operator>>(std::istream& is, HexFloat& value) { + using HF = HexFloat; + using uint_type = typename HF::uint_type; + using int_type = typename HF::int_type; + + value.set_value(static_cast(0.f)); + + if (is.flags() & std::ios::skipws) { + // If the user wants to skip whitespace , then we should obey that. + while (std::isspace(is.peek())) { + is.get(); + } + } + + auto next_char = is.peek(); + bool negate_value = false; + + if (next_char != '-' && next_char != '0') { + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } + + if (next_char == '-') { + negate_value = true; + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + if (next_char == '0') { + is.get(); // We may have to unget this. + auto maybe_hex_start = is.peek(); + if (maybe_hex_start != 'x' && maybe_hex_start != 'X') { + is.unget(); + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } else { + is.get(); // Throw away the 'x'; + } + } else { + return ParseNormalFloat(is, negate_value, value); + } + + // This "looks" like a hex-float so treat it as one. + bool seen_p = false; + bool seen_dot = false; + uint_type fraction_index = 0; + + uint_type fraction = 0; + int_type exponent = HF::exponent_bias; + + // Strip off leading zeros so we don't have to special-case them later. + while ((next_char = is.peek()) == '0') { + is.get(); + } + + bool is_denorm = + true; // Assume denorm "representation" until we hear otherwise. + // NB: This does not mean the value is actually denorm, + // it just means that it was written 0. + bool bits_written = false; // Stays false until we write a bit. + while (!seen_p && !seen_dot) { + // Handle characters that are left of the fractional part. + if (next_char == '.') { + seen_dot = true; + } else if (next_char == 'p') { + seen_p = true; + } else if (::isxdigit(next_char)) { + // We know this is not denormalized since we have stripped all leading + // zeroes and we are not a ".". + is_denorm = false; + int number = get_nibble_from_character(next_char); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i, number <<= 1) { + uint_type write_bit = (number & 0x8) ? 0x1 : 0x0; + if (bits_written) { + // If we are here the bits represented belong in the fractional + // part of the float, and we have to adjust the exponent accordingly. + fraction = static_cast( + fraction | + static_cast( + write_bit << (HF::top_bit_left_shift - fraction_index++))); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + } + bits_written |= write_bit != 0; + } + } else { + // We have not found our exponent yet, so we have to fail. + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + bits_written = false; + while (seen_dot && !seen_p) { + // Handle only fractional parts now. + if (next_char == 'p') { + seen_p = true; + } else if (::isxdigit(next_char)) { + int number = get_nibble_from_character(next_char); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i, number <<= 1) { + uint_type write_bit = (number & 0x8) ? 0x01 : 0x00; + bits_written |= write_bit != 0; + if (is_denorm && !bits_written) { + // Handle modifying the exponent here this way we can handle + // an arbitrary number of hex values without overflowing our + // integer. + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + } else { + fraction = static_cast( + fraction | + static_cast( + write_bit << (HF::top_bit_left_shift - fraction_index++))); + } + } + } else { + // We still have not found our 'p' exponent yet, so this is not a valid + // hex-float. + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + bool seen_sign = false; + int8_t exponent_sign = 1; + int_type written_exponent = 0; + while (true) { + if ((next_char == '-' || next_char == '+')) { + if (seen_sign) { + is.setstate(std::ios::failbit); + return is; + } + seen_sign = true; + exponent_sign = (next_char == '-') ? -1 : 1; + } else if (::isdigit(next_char)) { + // Hex-floats express their exponent as decimal. + written_exponent = static_cast(written_exponent * 10); + written_exponent = + static_cast(written_exponent + (next_char - '0')); + } else { + break; + } + is.get(); + next_char = is.peek(); + } + + written_exponent = static_cast(written_exponent * exponent_sign); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + written_exponent); + + bool is_zero = is_denorm && (fraction == 0); + if (is_denorm && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction << 1); + exponent = static_cast(exponent - 1); + } else if (is_zero) { + exponent = 0; + } + + if (exponent <= 0 && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 1); + fraction |= static_cast(1) << HF::top_bit_left_shift; + } + + fraction = (fraction >> HF::fraction_right_shift) & HF::fraction_encode_mask; + + const int_type max_exponent = + SetBits::get; + + // Handle actual denorm numbers + while (exponent < 0 && !is_zero) { + fraction = static_cast(fraction >> 1); + exponent = static_cast(exponent + 1); + + fraction &= HF::fraction_encode_mask; + if (fraction == 0) { + // We have underflowed our fraction. We should clamp to zero. + is_zero = true; + exponent = 0; + } + } + + // We have overflowed so we should be inf/-inf. + if (exponent > max_exponent) { + exponent = max_exponent; + fraction = 0; + } + + uint_type output_bits = static_cast( + static_cast(negate_value ? 1 : 0) << HF::top_bit_left_shift); + output_bits |= fraction; + + uint_type shifted_exponent = static_cast( + static_cast(exponent << HF::exponent_left_shift) & + HF::exponent_mask); + output_bits |= shifted_exponent; + + T output_float = spvutils::BitwiseCast(output_bits); + value.set_value(output_float); + + return is; +} + +// Writes a FloatProxy value to a stream. +// Zero and normal numbers are printed in the usual notation, but with +// enough digits to fully reproduce the value. Other values (subnormal, +// NaN, and infinity) are printed as a hex float. +template +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const FloatProxy& value) { + auto float_val = value.getAsFloat(); + switch (std::fpclassify(float_val)) { + case FP_ZERO: + case FP_NORMAL: { + auto saved_precision = os.precision(); + os.precision(std::numeric_limits::digits10); + os << float_val; + os.precision(saved_precision); + } break; + default: + os << HexFloat>(value); + break; + } + return os; +} + +template <> +inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, + const FloatProxy& value) { + os << HexFloat>(value); + return os; +} +} + +#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_HEX_FLOAT_H_ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acd452188 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spirv.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,2805 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +// of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"), +// to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the +// Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +// +// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS +// STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND +// HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/ +// +// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +// OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS +// IN THE MATERIALS. + +// This header is automatically generated by the same tool that creates +// the Binary Section of the SPIR-V specification. + +// Enumeration tokens for SPIR-V, in various styles: +// C, C++, C++11, JSON, Lua, Python, C#, D, Beef +// +// - C will have tokens with a "Spv" prefix, e.g.: SpvSourceLanguageGLSL +// - C++ will have tokens in the "spv" name space, e.g.: spv::SourceLanguageGLSL +// - C++11 will use enum classes in the spv namespace, e.g.: spv::SourceLanguage::GLSL +// - Lua will use tables, e.g.: spv.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - Python will use dictionaries, e.g.: spv['SourceLanguage']['GLSL'] +// - C# will use enum classes in the Specification class located in the "Spv" namespace, +// e.g.: Spv.Specification.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - D will have tokens under the "spv" module, e.g: spv.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// - Beef will use enum classes in the Specification class located in the "Spv" namespace, +// e.g.: Spv.Specification.SourceLanguage.GLSL +// +// Some tokens act like mask values, which can be OR'd together, +// while others are mutually exclusive. The mask-like ones have +// "Mask" in their name, and a parallel enum that has the shift +// amount (1 << x) for each corresponding enumerant. + +#ifndef spirv_HPP +#define spirv_HPP + +namespace spv { + +typedef unsigned int Id; + +#define SPV_VERSION 0x10600 +#define SPV_REVISION 1 + +static const unsigned int MagicNumber = 0x07230203; +static const unsigned int Version = 0x00010600; +static const unsigned int Revision = 1; +static const unsigned int OpCodeMask = 0xffff; +static const unsigned int WordCountShift = 16; + +enum SourceLanguage { + SourceLanguageUnknown = 0, + SourceLanguageESSL = 1, + SourceLanguageGLSL = 2, + SourceLanguageOpenCL_C = 3, + SourceLanguageOpenCL_CPP = 4, + SourceLanguageHLSL = 5, + SourceLanguageCPP_for_OpenCL = 6, + SourceLanguageSYCL = 7, + SourceLanguageMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ExecutionModel { + ExecutionModelVertex = 0, + ExecutionModelTessellationControl = 1, + ExecutionModelTessellationEvaluation = 2, + ExecutionModelGeometry = 3, + ExecutionModelFragment = 4, + ExecutionModelGLCompute = 5, + ExecutionModelKernel = 6, + ExecutionModelTaskNV = 5267, + ExecutionModelMeshNV = 5268, + ExecutionModelRayGenerationKHR = 5313, + ExecutionModelRayGenerationNV = 5313, + ExecutionModelIntersectionKHR = 5314, + ExecutionModelIntersectionNV = 5314, + ExecutionModelAnyHitKHR = 5315, + ExecutionModelAnyHitNV = 5315, + ExecutionModelClosestHitKHR = 5316, + ExecutionModelClosestHitNV = 5316, + ExecutionModelMissKHR = 5317, + ExecutionModelMissNV = 5317, + ExecutionModelCallableKHR = 5318, + ExecutionModelCallableNV = 5318, + ExecutionModelTaskEXT = 5364, + ExecutionModelMeshEXT = 5365, + ExecutionModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum AddressingModel { + AddressingModelLogical = 0, + AddressingModelPhysical32 = 1, + AddressingModelPhysical64 = 2, + AddressingModelPhysicalStorageBuffer64 = 5348, + AddressingModelPhysicalStorageBuffer64EXT = 5348, + AddressingModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemoryModel { + MemoryModelSimple = 0, + MemoryModelGLSL450 = 1, + MemoryModelOpenCL = 2, + MemoryModelVulkan = 3, + MemoryModelVulkanKHR = 3, + MemoryModelMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ExecutionMode { + ExecutionModeInvocations = 0, + ExecutionModeSpacingEqual = 1, + ExecutionModeSpacingFractionalEven = 2, + ExecutionModeSpacingFractionalOdd = 3, + ExecutionModeVertexOrderCw = 4, + ExecutionModeVertexOrderCcw = 5, + ExecutionModePixelCenterInteger = 6, + ExecutionModeOriginUpperLeft = 7, + ExecutionModeOriginLowerLeft = 8, + ExecutionModeEarlyFragmentTests = 9, + ExecutionModePointMode = 10, + ExecutionModeXfb = 11, + ExecutionModeDepthReplacing = 12, + ExecutionModeDepthGreater = 14, + ExecutionModeDepthLess = 15, + ExecutionModeDepthUnchanged = 16, + ExecutionModeLocalSize = 17, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeHint = 18, + ExecutionModeInputPoints = 19, + ExecutionModeInputLines = 20, + ExecutionModeInputLinesAdjacency = 21, + ExecutionModeTriangles = 22, + ExecutionModeInputTrianglesAdjacency = 23, + ExecutionModeQuads = 24, + ExecutionModeIsolines = 25, + ExecutionModeOutputVertices = 26, + ExecutionModeOutputPoints = 27, + ExecutionModeOutputLineStrip = 28, + ExecutionModeOutputTriangleStrip = 29, + ExecutionModeVecTypeHint = 30, + ExecutionModeContractionOff = 31, + ExecutionModeInitializer = 33, + ExecutionModeFinalizer = 34, + ExecutionModeSubgroupSize = 35, + ExecutionModeSubgroupsPerWorkgroup = 36, + ExecutionModeSubgroupsPerWorkgroupId = 37, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeId = 38, + ExecutionModeLocalSizeHintId = 39, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentColorAttachmentReadEXT = 4169, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentDepthAttachmentReadEXT = 4170, + ExecutionModeNonCoherentStencilAttachmentReadEXT = 4171, + ExecutionModeSubgroupUniformControlFlowKHR = 4421, + ExecutionModePostDepthCoverage = 4446, + ExecutionModeDenormPreserve = 4459, + ExecutionModeDenormFlushToZero = 4460, + ExecutionModeSignedZeroInfNanPreserve = 4461, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTE = 4462, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTZ = 4463, + ExecutionModeEarlyAndLateFragmentTestsAMD = 5017, + ExecutionModeStencilRefReplacingEXT = 5027, + ExecutionModeStencilRefUnchangedFrontAMD = 5079, + ExecutionModeStencilRefGreaterFrontAMD = 5080, + ExecutionModeStencilRefLessFrontAMD = 5081, + ExecutionModeStencilRefUnchangedBackAMD = 5082, + ExecutionModeStencilRefGreaterBackAMD = 5083, + ExecutionModeStencilRefLessBackAMD = 5084, + ExecutionModeQuadDerivativesKHR = 5088, + ExecutionModeRequireFullQuadsKHR = 5089, + ExecutionModeOutputLinesEXT = 5269, + ExecutionModeOutputLinesNV = 5269, + ExecutionModeOutputPrimitivesEXT = 5270, + ExecutionModeOutputPrimitivesNV = 5270, + ExecutionModeDerivativeGroupQuadsNV = 5289, + ExecutionModeDerivativeGroupLinearNV = 5290, + ExecutionModeOutputTrianglesEXT = 5298, + ExecutionModeOutputTrianglesNV = 5298, + ExecutionModePixelInterlockOrderedEXT = 5366, + ExecutionModePixelInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5367, + ExecutionModeSampleInterlockOrderedEXT = 5368, + ExecutionModeSampleInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5369, + ExecutionModeShadingRateInterlockOrderedEXT = 5370, + ExecutionModeShadingRateInterlockUnorderedEXT = 5371, + ExecutionModeSharedLocalMemorySizeINTEL = 5618, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTPINTEL = 5620, + ExecutionModeRoundingModeRTNINTEL = 5621, + ExecutionModeFloatingPointModeALTINTEL = 5622, + ExecutionModeFloatingPointModeIEEEINTEL = 5623, + ExecutionModeMaxWorkgroupSizeINTEL = 5893, + ExecutionModeMaxWorkDimINTEL = 5894, + ExecutionModeNoGlobalOffsetINTEL = 5895, + ExecutionModeNumSIMDWorkitemsINTEL = 5896, + ExecutionModeSchedulerTargetFmaxMhzINTEL = 5903, + ExecutionModeMaximallyReconvergesKHR = 6023, + ExecutionModeStreamingInterfaceINTEL = 6154, + ExecutionModeNamedBarrierCountINTEL = 6417, + ExecutionModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum StorageClass { + StorageClassUniformConstant = 0, + StorageClassInput = 1, + StorageClassUniform = 2, + StorageClassOutput = 3, + StorageClassWorkgroup = 4, + StorageClassCrossWorkgroup = 5, + StorageClassPrivate = 6, + StorageClassFunction = 7, + StorageClassGeneric = 8, + StorageClassPushConstant = 9, + StorageClassAtomicCounter = 10, + StorageClassImage = 11, + StorageClassStorageBuffer = 12, + StorageClassTileImageEXT = 4172, + StorageClassCallableDataKHR = 5328, + StorageClassCallableDataNV = 5328, + StorageClassIncomingCallableDataKHR = 5329, + StorageClassIncomingCallableDataNV = 5329, + StorageClassRayPayloadKHR = 5338, + StorageClassRayPayloadNV = 5338, + StorageClassHitAttributeKHR = 5339, + StorageClassHitAttributeNV = 5339, + StorageClassIncomingRayPayloadKHR = 5342, + StorageClassIncomingRayPayloadNV = 5342, + StorageClassShaderRecordBufferKHR = 5343, + StorageClassShaderRecordBufferNV = 5343, + StorageClassPhysicalStorageBuffer = 5349, + StorageClassPhysicalStorageBufferEXT = 5349, + StorageClassHitObjectAttributeNV = 5385, + StorageClassTaskPayloadWorkgroupEXT = 5402, + StorageClassCodeSectionINTEL = 5605, + StorageClassDeviceOnlyINTEL = 5936, + StorageClassHostOnlyINTEL = 5937, + StorageClassMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Dim { + Dim1D = 0, + Dim2D = 1, + Dim3D = 2, + DimCube = 3, + DimRect = 4, + DimBuffer = 5, + DimSubpassData = 6, + DimTileImageDataEXT = 4173, + DimMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SamplerAddressingMode { + SamplerAddressingModeNone = 0, + SamplerAddressingModeClampToEdge = 1, + SamplerAddressingModeClamp = 2, + SamplerAddressingModeRepeat = 3, + SamplerAddressingModeRepeatMirrored = 4, + SamplerAddressingModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SamplerFilterMode { + SamplerFilterModeNearest = 0, + SamplerFilterModeLinear = 1, + SamplerFilterModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageFormat { + ImageFormatUnknown = 0, + ImageFormatRgba32f = 1, + ImageFormatRgba16f = 2, + ImageFormatR32f = 3, + ImageFormatRgba8 = 4, + ImageFormatRgba8Snorm = 5, + ImageFormatRg32f = 6, + ImageFormatRg16f = 7, + ImageFormatR11fG11fB10f = 8, + ImageFormatR16f = 9, + ImageFormatRgba16 = 10, + ImageFormatRgb10A2 = 11, + ImageFormatRg16 = 12, + ImageFormatRg8 = 13, + ImageFormatR16 = 14, + ImageFormatR8 = 15, + ImageFormatRgba16Snorm = 16, + ImageFormatRg16Snorm = 17, + ImageFormatRg8Snorm = 18, + ImageFormatR16Snorm = 19, + ImageFormatR8Snorm = 20, + ImageFormatRgba32i = 21, + ImageFormatRgba16i = 22, + ImageFormatRgba8i = 23, + ImageFormatR32i = 24, + ImageFormatRg32i = 25, + ImageFormatRg16i = 26, + ImageFormatRg8i = 27, + ImageFormatR16i = 28, + ImageFormatR8i = 29, + ImageFormatRgba32ui = 30, + ImageFormatRgba16ui = 31, + ImageFormatRgba8ui = 32, + ImageFormatR32ui = 33, + ImageFormatRgb10a2ui = 34, + ImageFormatRg32ui = 35, + ImageFormatRg16ui = 36, + ImageFormatRg8ui = 37, + ImageFormatR16ui = 38, + ImageFormatR8ui = 39, + ImageFormatR64ui = 40, + ImageFormatR64i = 41, + ImageFormatMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageChannelOrder { + ImageChannelOrderR = 0, + ImageChannelOrderA = 1, + ImageChannelOrderRG = 2, + ImageChannelOrderRA = 3, + ImageChannelOrderRGB = 4, + ImageChannelOrderRGBA = 5, + ImageChannelOrderBGRA = 6, + ImageChannelOrderARGB = 7, + ImageChannelOrderIntensity = 8, + ImageChannelOrderLuminance = 9, + ImageChannelOrderRx = 10, + ImageChannelOrderRGx = 11, + ImageChannelOrderRGBx = 12, + ImageChannelOrderDepth = 13, + ImageChannelOrderDepthStencil = 14, + ImageChannelOrdersRGB = 15, + ImageChannelOrdersRGBx = 16, + ImageChannelOrdersRGBA = 17, + ImageChannelOrdersBGRA = 18, + ImageChannelOrderABGR = 19, + ImageChannelOrderMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageChannelDataType { + ImageChannelDataTypeSnormInt8 = 0, + ImageChannelDataTypeSnormInt16 = 1, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt8 = 2, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt16 = 3, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormShort565 = 4, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormShort555 = 5, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt101010 = 6, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt8 = 7, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt16 = 8, + ImageChannelDataTypeSignedInt32 = 9, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt8 = 10, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt16 = 11, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnsignedInt32 = 12, + ImageChannelDataTypeHalfFloat = 13, + ImageChannelDataTypeFloat = 14, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt24 = 15, + ImageChannelDataTypeUnormInt101010_2 = 16, + ImageChannelDataTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageOperandsShift { + ImageOperandsBiasShift = 0, + ImageOperandsLodShift = 1, + ImageOperandsGradShift = 2, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetShift = 3, + ImageOperandsOffsetShift = 4, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetsShift = 5, + ImageOperandsSampleShift = 6, + ImageOperandsMinLodShift = 7, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableShift = 8, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableKHRShift = 8, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleShift = 9, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleKHRShift = 9, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelShift = 10, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelKHRShift = 10, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelShift = 11, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelKHRShift = 11, + ImageOperandsSignExtendShift = 12, + ImageOperandsZeroExtendShift = 13, + ImageOperandsNontemporalShift = 14, + ImageOperandsOffsetsShift = 16, + ImageOperandsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum ImageOperandsMask { + ImageOperandsMaskNone = 0, + ImageOperandsBiasMask = 0x00000001, + ImageOperandsLodMask = 0x00000002, + ImageOperandsGradMask = 0x00000004, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetMask = 0x00000008, + ImageOperandsOffsetMask = 0x00000010, + ImageOperandsConstOffsetsMask = 0x00000020, + ImageOperandsSampleMask = 0x00000040, + ImageOperandsMinLodMask = 0x00000080, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableMask = 0x00000100, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelAvailableKHRMask = 0x00000100, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleMask = 0x00000200, + ImageOperandsMakeTexelVisibleKHRMask = 0x00000200, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelMask = 0x00000400, + ImageOperandsNonPrivateTexelKHRMask = 0x00000400, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelMask = 0x00000800, + ImageOperandsVolatileTexelKHRMask = 0x00000800, + ImageOperandsSignExtendMask = 0x00001000, + ImageOperandsZeroExtendMask = 0x00002000, + ImageOperandsNontemporalMask = 0x00004000, + ImageOperandsOffsetsMask = 0x00010000, +}; + +enum FPFastMathModeShift { + FPFastMathModeNotNaNShift = 0, + FPFastMathModeNotInfShift = 1, + FPFastMathModeNSZShift = 2, + FPFastMathModeAllowRecipShift = 3, + FPFastMathModeFastShift = 4, + FPFastMathModeAllowContractFastINTELShift = 16, + FPFastMathModeAllowReassocINTELShift = 17, + FPFastMathModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FPFastMathModeMask { + FPFastMathModeMaskNone = 0, + FPFastMathModeNotNaNMask = 0x00000001, + FPFastMathModeNotInfMask = 0x00000002, + FPFastMathModeNSZMask = 0x00000004, + FPFastMathModeAllowRecipMask = 0x00000008, + FPFastMathModeFastMask = 0x00000010, + FPFastMathModeAllowContractFastINTELMask = 0x00010000, + FPFastMathModeAllowReassocINTELMask = 0x00020000, +}; + +enum FPRoundingMode { + FPRoundingModeRTE = 0, + FPRoundingModeRTZ = 1, + FPRoundingModeRTP = 2, + FPRoundingModeRTN = 3, + FPRoundingModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum LinkageType { + LinkageTypeExport = 0, + LinkageTypeImport = 1, + LinkageTypeLinkOnceODR = 2, + LinkageTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum AccessQualifier { + AccessQualifierReadOnly = 0, + AccessQualifierWriteOnly = 1, + AccessQualifierReadWrite = 2, + AccessQualifierMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FunctionParameterAttribute { + FunctionParameterAttributeZext = 0, + FunctionParameterAttributeSext = 1, + FunctionParameterAttributeByVal = 2, + FunctionParameterAttributeSret = 3, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoAlias = 4, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoCapture = 5, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoWrite = 6, + FunctionParameterAttributeNoReadWrite = 7, + FunctionParameterAttributeRuntimeAlignedINTEL = 5940, + FunctionParameterAttributeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Decoration { + DecorationRelaxedPrecision = 0, + DecorationSpecId = 1, + DecorationBlock = 2, + DecorationBufferBlock = 3, + DecorationRowMajor = 4, + DecorationColMajor = 5, + DecorationArrayStride = 6, + DecorationMatrixStride = 7, + DecorationGLSLShared = 8, + DecorationGLSLPacked = 9, + DecorationCPacked = 10, + DecorationBuiltIn = 11, + DecorationNoPerspective = 13, + DecorationFlat = 14, + DecorationPatch = 15, + DecorationCentroid = 16, + DecorationSample = 17, + DecorationInvariant = 18, + DecorationRestrict = 19, + DecorationAliased = 20, + DecorationVolatile = 21, + DecorationConstant = 22, + DecorationCoherent = 23, + DecorationNonWritable = 24, + DecorationNonReadable = 25, + DecorationUniform = 26, + DecorationUniformId = 27, + DecorationSaturatedConversion = 28, + DecorationStream = 29, + DecorationLocation = 30, + DecorationComponent = 31, + DecorationIndex = 32, + DecorationBinding = 33, + DecorationDescriptorSet = 34, + DecorationOffset = 35, + DecorationXfbBuffer = 36, + DecorationXfbStride = 37, + DecorationFuncParamAttr = 38, + DecorationFPRoundingMode = 39, + DecorationFPFastMathMode = 40, + DecorationLinkageAttributes = 41, + DecorationNoContraction = 42, + DecorationInputAttachmentIndex = 43, + DecorationAlignment = 44, + DecorationMaxByteOffset = 45, + DecorationAlignmentId = 46, + DecorationMaxByteOffsetId = 47, + DecorationNoSignedWrap = 4469, + DecorationNoUnsignedWrap = 4470, + DecorationWeightTextureQCOM = 4487, + DecorationBlockMatchTextureQCOM = 4488, + DecorationExplicitInterpAMD = 4999, + DecorationOverrideCoverageNV = 5248, + DecorationPassthroughNV = 5250, + DecorationViewportRelativeNV = 5252, + DecorationSecondaryViewportRelativeNV = 5256, + DecorationPerPrimitiveEXT = 5271, + DecorationPerPrimitiveNV = 5271, + DecorationPerViewNV = 5272, + DecorationPerTaskNV = 5273, + DecorationPerVertexKHR = 5285, + DecorationPerVertexNV = 5285, + DecorationNonUniform = 5300, + DecorationNonUniformEXT = 5300, + DecorationRestrictPointer = 5355, + DecorationRestrictPointerEXT = 5355, + DecorationAliasedPointer = 5356, + DecorationAliasedPointerEXT = 5356, + DecorationHitObjectShaderRecordBufferNV = 5386, + DecorationBindlessSamplerNV = 5398, + DecorationBindlessImageNV = 5399, + DecorationBoundSamplerNV = 5400, + DecorationBoundImageNV = 5401, + DecorationSIMTCallINTEL = 5599, + DecorationReferencedIndirectlyINTEL = 5602, + DecorationClobberINTEL = 5607, + DecorationSideEffectsINTEL = 5608, + DecorationVectorComputeVariableINTEL = 5624, + DecorationFuncParamIOKindINTEL = 5625, + DecorationVectorComputeFunctionINTEL = 5626, + DecorationStackCallINTEL = 5627, + DecorationGlobalVariableOffsetINTEL = 5628, + DecorationCounterBuffer = 5634, + DecorationHlslCounterBufferGOOGLE = 5634, + DecorationHlslSemanticGOOGLE = 5635, + DecorationUserSemantic = 5635, + DecorationUserTypeGOOGLE = 5636, + DecorationFunctionRoundingModeINTEL = 5822, + DecorationFunctionDenormModeINTEL = 5823, + DecorationRegisterINTEL = 5825, + DecorationMemoryINTEL = 5826, + DecorationNumbanksINTEL = 5827, + DecorationBankwidthINTEL = 5828, + DecorationMaxPrivateCopiesINTEL = 5829, + DecorationSinglepumpINTEL = 5830, + DecorationDoublepumpINTEL = 5831, + DecorationMaxReplicatesINTEL = 5832, + DecorationSimpleDualPortINTEL = 5833, + DecorationMergeINTEL = 5834, + DecorationBankBitsINTEL = 5835, + DecorationForcePow2DepthINTEL = 5836, + DecorationBurstCoalesceINTEL = 5899, + DecorationCacheSizeINTEL = 5900, + DecorationDontStaticallyCoalesceINTEL = 5901, + DecorationPrefetchINTEL = 5902, + DecorationStallEnableINTEL = 5905, + DecorationFuseLoopsInFunctionINTEL = 5907, + DecorationMathOpDSPModeINTEL = 5909, + DecorationAliasScopeINTEL = 5914, + DecorationNoAliasINTEL = 5915, + DecorationInitiationIntervalINTEL = 5917, + DecorationMaxConcurrencyINTEL = 5918, + DecorationPipelineEnableINTEL = 5919, + DecorationBufferLocationINTEL = 5921, + DecorationIOPipeStorageINTEL = 5944, + DecorationFunctionFloatingPointModeINTEL = 6080, + DecorationSingleElementVectorINTEL = 6085, + DecorationVectorComputeCallableFunctionINTEL = 6087, + DecorationMediaBlockIOINTEL = 6140, + DecorationConduitKernelArgumentINTEL = 6175, + DecorationRegisterMapKernelArgumentINTEL = 6176, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceAddressWidthINTEL = 6177, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceDataWidthINTEL = 6178, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceLatencyINTEL = 6179, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceReadWriteModeINTEL = 6180, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceMaxBurstINTEL = 6181, + DecorationMMHostInterfaceWaitRequestINTEL = 6182, + DecorationStableKernelArgumentINTEL = 6183, + DecorationMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum BuiltIn { + BuiltInPosition = 0, + BuiltInPointSize = 1, + BuiltInClipDistance = 3, + BuiltInCullDistance = 4, + BuiltInVertexId = 5, + BuiltInInstanceId = 6, + BuiltInPrimitiveId = 7, + BuiltInInvocationId = 8, + BuiltInLayer = 9, + BuiltInViewportIndex = 10, + BuiltInTessLevelOuter = 11, + BuiltInTessLevelInner = 12, + BuiltInTessCoord = 13, + BuiltInPatchVertices = 14, + BuiltInFragCoord = 15, + BuiltInPointCoord = 16, + BuiltInFrontFacing = 17, + BuiltInSampleId = 18, + BuiltInSamplePosition = 19, + BuiltInSampleMask = 20, + BuiltInFragDepth = 22, + BuiltInHelperInvocation = 23, + BuiltInNumWorkgroups = 24, + BuiltInWorkgroupSize = 25, + BuiltInWorkgroupId = 26, + BuiltInLocalInvocationId = 27, + BuiltInGlobalInvocationId = 28, + BuiltInLocalInvocationIndex = 29, + BuiltInWorkDim = 30, + BuiltInGlobalSize = 31, + BuiltInEnqueuedWorkgroupSize = 32, + BuiltInGlobalOffset = 33, + BuiltInGlobalLinearId = 34, + BuiltInSubgroupSize = 36, + BuiltInSubgroupMaxSize = 37, + BuiltInNumSubgroups = 38, + BuiltInNumEnqueuedSubgroups = 39, + BuiltInSubgroupId = 40, + BuiltInSubgroupLocalInvocationId = 41, + BuiltInVertexIndex = 42, + BuiltInInstanceIndex = 43, + BuiltInCoreIDARM = 4160, + BuiltInCoreCountARM = 4161, + BuiltInCoreMaxIDARM = 4162, + BuiltInWarpIDARM = 4163, + BuiltInWarpMaxIDARM = 4164, + BuiltInSubgroupEqMask = 4416, + BuiltInSubgroupEqMaskKHR = 4416, + BuiltInSubgroupGeMask = 4417, + BuiltInSubgroupGeMaskKHR = 4417, + BuiltInSubgroupGtMask = 4418, + BuiltInSubgroupGtMaskKHR = 4418, + BuiltInSubgroupLeMask = 4419, + BuiltInSubgroupLeMaskKHR = 4419, + BuiltInSubgroupLtMask = 4420, + BuiltInSubgroupLtMaskKHR = 4420, + BuiltInBaseVertex = 4424, + BuiltInBaseInstance = 4425, + BuiltInDrawIndex = 4426, + BuiltInPrimitiveShadingRateKHR = 4432, + BuiltInDeviceIndex = 4438, + BuiltInViewIndex = 4440, + BuiltInShadingRateKHR = 4444, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspAMD = 4992, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspCentroidAMD = 4993, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspSampleAMD = 4994, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothAMD = 4995, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothCentroidAMD = 4996, + BuiltInBaryCoordSmoothSampleAMD = 4997, + BuiltInBaryCoordPullModelAMD = 4998, + BuiltInFragStencilRefEXT = 5014, + BuiltInViewportMaskNV = 5253, + BuiltInSecondaryPositionNV = 5257, + BuiltInSecondaryViewportMaskNV = 5258, + BuiltInPositionPerViewNV = 5261, + BuiltInViewportMaskPerViewNV = 5262, + BuiltInFullyCoveredEXT = 5264, + BuiltInTaskCountNV = 5274, + BuiltInPrimitiveCountNV = 5275, + BuiltInPrimitiveIndicesNV = 5276, + BuiltInClipDistancePerViewNV = 5277, + BuiltInCullDistancePerViewNV = 5278, + BuiltInLayerPerViewNV = 5279, + BuiltInMeshViewCountNV = 5280, + BuiltInMeshViewIndicesNV = 5281, + BuiltInBaryCoordKHR = 5286, + BuiltInBaryCoordNV = 5286, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspKHR = 5287, + BuiltInBaryCoordNoPerspNV = 5287, + BuiltInFragSizeEXT = 5292, + BuiltInFragmentSizeNV = 5292, + BuiltInFragInvocationCountEXT = 5293, + BuiltInInvocationsPerPixelNV = 5293, + BuiltInPrimitivePointIndicesEXT = 5294, + BuiltInPrimitiveLineIndicesEXT = 5295, + BuiltInPrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT = 5296, + BuiltInCullPrimitiveEXT = 5299, + BuiltInLaunchIdKHR = 5319, + BuiltInLaunchIdNV = 5319, + BuiltInLaunchSizeKHR = 5320, + BuiltInLaunchSizeNV = 5320, + BuiltInWorldRayOriginKHR = 5321, + BuiltInWorldRayOriginNV = 5321, + BuiltInWorldRayDirectionKHR = 5322, + BuiltInWorldRayDirectionNV = 5322, + BuiltInObjectRayOriginKHR = 5323, + BuiltInObjectRayOriginNV = 5323, + BuiltInObjectRayDirectionKHR = 5324, + BuiltInObjectRayDirectionNV = 5324, + BuiltInRayTminKHR = 5325, + BuiltInRayTminNV = 5325, + BuiltInRayTmaxKHR = 5326, + BuiltInRayTmaxNV = 5326, + BuiltInInstanceCustomIndexKHR = 5327, + BuiltInInstanceCustomIndexNV = 5327, + BuiltInObjectToWorldKHR = 5330, + BuiltInObjectToWorldNV = 5330, + BuiltInWorldToObjectKHR = 5331, + BuiltInWorldToObjectNV = 5331, + BuiltInHitTNV = 5332, + BuiltInHitKindKHR = 5333, + BuiltInHitKindNV = 5333, + BuiltInCurrentRayTimeNV = 5334, + BuiltInHitTriangleVertexPositionsKHR = 5335, + BuiltInHitMicroTriangleVertexPositionsNV = 5337, + BuiltInHitMicroTriangleVertexBarycentricsNV = 5344, + BuiltInHitKindFrontFacingMicroTriangleNV = 5405, + BuiltInHitKindBackFacingMicroTriangleNV = 5406, + BuiltInIncomingRayFlagsKHR = 5351, + BuiltInIncomingRayFlagsNV = 5351, + BuiltInRayGeometryIndexKHR = 5352, + BuiltInWarpsPerSMNV = 5374, + BuiltInSMCountNV = 5375, + BuiltInWarpIDNV = 5376, + BuiltInSMIDNV = 5377, + BuiltInCullMaskKHR = 6021, + BuiltInMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SelectionControlShift { + SelectionControlFlattenShift = 0, + SelectionControlDontFlattenShift = 1, + SelectionControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum SelectionControlMask { + SelectionControlMaskNone = 0, + SelectionControlFlattenMask = 0x00000001, + SelectionControlDontFlattenMask = 0x00000002, +}; + +enum LoopControlShift { + LoopControlUnrollShift = 0, + LoopControlDontUnrollShift = 1, + LoopControlDependencyInfiniteShift = 2, + LoopControlDependencyLengthShift = 3, + LoopControlMinIterationsShift = 4, + LoopControlMaxIterationsShift = 5, + LoopControlIterationMultipleShift = 6, + LoopControlPeelCountShift = 7, + LoopControlPartialCountShift = 8, + LoopControlInitiationIntervalINTELShift = 16, + LoopControlMaxConcurrencyINTELShift = 17, + LoopControlDependencyArrayINTELShift = 18, + LoopControlPipelineEnableINTELShift = 19, + LoopControlLoopCoalesceINTELShift = 20, + LoopControlMaxInterleavingINTELShift = 21, + LoopControlSpeculatedIterationsINTELShift = 22, + LoopControlNoFusionINTELShift = 23, + LoopControlLoopCountINTELShift = 24, + LoopControlMaxReinvocationDelayINTELShift = 25, + LoopControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum LoopControlMask { + LoopControlMaskNone = 0, + LoopControlUnrollMask = 0x00000001, + LoopControlDontUnrollMask = 0x00000002, + LoopControlDependencyInfiniteMask = 0x00000004, + LoopControlDependencyLengthMask = 0x00000008, + LoopControlMinIterationsMask = 0x00000010, + LoopControlMaxIterationsMask = 0x00000020, + LoopControlIterationMultipleMask = 0x00000040, + LoopControlPeelCountMask = 0x00000080, + LoopControlPartialCountMask = 0x00000100, + LoopControlInitiationIntervalINTELMask = 0x00010000, + LoopControlMaxConcurrencyINTELMask = 0x00020000, + LoopControlDependencyArrayINTELMask = 0x00040000, + LoopControlPipelineEnableINTELMask = 0x00080000, + LoopControlLoopCoalesceINTELMask = 0x00100000, + LoopControlMaxInterleavingINTELMask = 0x00200000, + LoopControlSpeculatedIterationsINTELMask = 0x00400000, + LoopControlNoFusionINTELMask = 0x00800000, + LoopControlLoopCountINTELMask = 0x01000000, + LoopControlMaxReinvocationDelayINTELMask = 0x02000000, +}; + +enum FunctionControlShift { + FunctionControlInlineShift = 0, + FunctionControlDontInlineShift = 1, + FunctionControlPureShift = 2, + FunctionControlConstShift = 3, + FunctionControlOptNoneINTELShift = 16, + FunctionControlMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FunctionControlMask { + FunctionControlMaskNone = 0, + FunctionControlInlineMask = 0x00000001, + FunctionControlDontInlineMask = 0x00000002, + FunctionControlPureMask = 0x00000004, + FunctionControlConstMask = 0x00000008, + FunctionControlOptNoneINTELMask = 0x00010000, +}; + +enum MemorySemanticsShift { + MemorySemanticsAcquireShift = 1, + MemorySemanticsReleaseShift = 2, + MemorySemanticsAcquireReleaseShift = 3, + MemorySemanticsSequentiallyConsistentShift = 4, + MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryShift = 6, + MemorySemanticsSubgroupMemoryShift = 7, + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryShift = 8, + MemorySemanticsCrossWorkgroupMemoryShift = 9, + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryShift = 10, + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryShift = 11, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryShift = 12, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryKHRShift = 12, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableShift = 13, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableKHRShift = 13, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleShift = 14, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleKHRShift = 14, + MemorySemanticsVolatileShift = 15, + MemorySemanticsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemorySemanticsMask { + MemorySemanticsMaskNone = 0, + MemorySemanticsAcquireMask = 0x00000002, + MemorySemanticsReleaseMask = 0x00000004, + MemorySemanticsAcquireReleaseMask = 0x00000008, + MemorySemanticsSequentiallyConsistentMask = 0x00000010, + MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryMask = 0x00000040, + MemorySemanticsSubgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000080, + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000100, + MemorySemanticsCrossWorkgroupMemoryMask = 0x00000200, + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryMask = 0x00000400, + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryMask = 0x00000800, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryMask = 0x00001000, + MemorySemanticsOutputMemoryKHRMask = 0x00001000, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableMask = 0x00002000, + MemorySemanticsMakeAvailableKHRMask = 0x00002000, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleMask = 0x00004000, + MemorySemanticsMakeVisibleKHRMask = 0x00004000, + MemorySemanticsVolatileMask = 0x00008000, +}; + +enum MemoryAccessShift { + MemoryAccessVolatileShift = 0, + MemoryAccessAlignedShift = 1, + MemoryAccessNontemporalShift = 2, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableShift = 3, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableKHRShift = 3, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleShift = 4, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleKHRShift = 4, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerShift = 5, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerKHRShift = 5, + MemoryAccessAliasScopeINTELMaskShift = 16, + MemoryAccessNoAliasINTELMaskShift = 17, + MemoryAccessMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum MemoryAccessMask { + MemoryAccessMaskNone = 0, + MemoryAccessVolatileMask = 0x00000001, + MemoryAccessAlignedMask = 0x00000002, + MemoryAccessNontemporalMask = 0x00000004, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableMask = 0x00000008, + MemoryAccessMakePointerAvailableKHRMask = 0x00000008, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleMask = 0x00000010, + MemoryAccessMakePointerVisibleKHRMask = 0x00000010, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerMask = 0x00000020, + MemoryAccessNonPrivatePointerKHRMask = 0x00000020, + MemoryAccessAliasScopeINTELMaskMask = 0x00010000, + MemoryAccessNoAliasINTELMaskMask = 0x00020000, +}; + +enum Scope { + ScopeCrossDevice = 0, + ScopeDevice = 1, + ScopeWorkgroup = 2, + ScopeSubgroup = 3, + ScopeInvocation = 4, + ScopeQueueFamily = 5, + ScopeQueueFamilyKHR = 5, + ScopeShaderCallKHR = 6, + ScopeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum GroupOperation { + GroupOperationReduce = 0, + GroupOperationInclusiveScan = 1, + GroupOperationExclusiveScan = 2, + GroupOperationClusteredReduce = 3, + GroupOperationPartitionedReduceNV = 6, + GroupOperationPartitionedInclusiveScanNV = 7, + GroupOperationPartitionedExclusiveScanNV = 8, + GroupOperationMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelEnqueueFlags { + KernelEnqueueFlagsNoWait = 0, + KernelEnqueueFlagsWaitKernel = 1, + KernelEnqueueFlagsWaitWorkGroup = 2, + KernelEnqueueFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelProfilingInfoShift { + KernelProfilingInfoCmdExecTimeShift = 0, + KernelProfilingInfoMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum KernelProfilingInfoMask { + KernelProfilingInfoMaskNone = 0, + KernelProfilingInfoCmdExecTimeMask = 0x00000001, +}; + +enum Capability { + CapabilityMatrix = 0, + CapabilityShader = 1, + CapabilityGeometry = 2, + CapabilityTessellation = 3, + CapabilityAddresses = 4, + CapabilityLinkage = 5, + CapabilityKernel = 6, + CapabilityVector16 = 7, + CapabilityFloat16Buffer = 8, + CapabilityFloat16 = 9, + CapabilityFloat64 = 10, + CapabilityInt64 = 11, + CapabilityInt64Atomics = 12, + CapabilityImageBasic = 13, + CapabilityImageReadWrite = 14, + CapabilityImageMipmap = 15, + CapabilityPipes = 17, + CapabilityGroups = 18, + CapabilityDeviceEnqueue = 19, + CapabilityLiteralSampler = 20, + CapabilityAtomicStorage = 21, + CapabilityInt16 = 22, + CapabilityTessellationPointSize = 23, + CapabilityGeometryPointSize = 24, + CapabilityImageGatherExtended = 25, + CapabilityStorageImageMultisample = 27, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 28, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing = 29, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 30, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing = 31, + CapabilityClipDistance = 32, + CapabilityCullDistance = 33, + CapabilityImageCubeArray = 34, + CapabilitySampleRateShading = 35, + CapabilityImageRect = 36, + CapabilitySampledRect = 37, + CapabilityGenericPointer = 38, + CapabilityInt8 = 39, + CapabilityInputAttachment = 40, + CapabilitySparseResidency = 41, + CapabilityMinLod = 42, + CapabilitySampled1D = 43, + CapabilityImage1D = 44, + CapabilitySampledCubeArray = 45, + CapabilitySampledBuffer = 46, + CapabilityImageBuffer = 47, + CapabilityImageMSArray = 48, + CapabilityStorageImageExtendedFormats = 49, + CapabilityImageQuery = 50, + CapabilityDerivativeControl = 51, + CapabilityInterpolationFunction = 52, + CapabilityTransformFeedback = 53, + CapabilityGeometryStreams = 54, + CapabilityStorageImageReadWithoutFormat = 55, + CapabilityStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat = 56, + CapabilityMultiViewport = 57, + CapabilitySubgroupDispatch = 58, + CapabilityNamedBarrier = 59, + CapabilityPipeStorage = 60, + CapabilityGroupNonUniform = 61, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformVote = 62, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformArithmetic = 63, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformBallot = 64, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformShuffle = 65, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformShuffleRelative = 66, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformClustered = 67, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformQuad = 68, + CapabilityShaderLayer = 69, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndex = 70, + CapabilityUniformDecoration = 71, + CapabilityCoreBuiltinsARM = 4165, + CapabilityTileImageColorReadAccessEXT = 4166, + CapabilityTileImageDepthReadAccessEXT = 4167, + CapabilityTileImageStencilReadAccessEXT = 4168, + CapabilityFragmentShadingRateKHR = 4422, + CapabilitySubgroupBallotKHR = 4423, + CapabilityDrawParameters = 4427, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayoutKHR = 4428, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayout8BitAccessKHR = 4429, + CapabilityWorkgroupMemoryExplicitLayout16BitAccessKHR = 4430, + CapabilitySubgroupVoteKHR = 4431, + CapabilityStorageBuffer16BitAccess = 4433, + CapabilityStorageUniformBufferBlock16 = 4433, + CapabilityStorageUniform16 = 4434, + CapabilityUniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess = 4434, + CapabilityStoragePushConstant16 = 4435, + CapabilityStorageInputOutput16 = 4436, + CapabilityDeviceGroup = 4437, + CapabilityMultiView = 4439, + CapabilityVariablePointersStorageBuffer = 4441, + CapabilityVariablePointers = 4442, + CapabilityAtomicStorageOps = 4445, + CapabilitySampleMaskPostDepthCoverage = 4447, + CapabilityStorageBuffer8BitAccess = 4448, + CapabilityUniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess = 4449, + CapabilityStoragePushConstant8 = 4450, + CapabilityDenormPreserve = 4464, + CapabilityDenormFlushToZero = 4465, + CapabilitySignedZeroInfNanPreserve = 4466, + CapabilityRoundingModeRTE = 4467, + CapabilityRoundingModeRTZ = 4468, + CapabilityRayQueryProvisionalKHR = 4471, + CapabilityRayQueryKHR = 4472, + CapabilityRayTraversalPrimitiveCullingKHR = 4478, + CapabilityRayTracingKHR = 4479, + CapabilityTextureSampleWeightedQCOM = 4484, + CapabilityTextureBoxFilterQCOM = 4485, + CapabilityTextureBlockMatchQCOM = 4486, + CapabilityFloat16ImageAMD = 5008, + CapabilityImageGatherBiasLodAMD = 5009, + CapabilityFragmentMaskAMD = 5010, + CapabilityStencilExportEXT = 5013, + CapabilityImageReadWriteLodAMD = 5015, + CapabilityInt64ImageEXT = 5016, + CapabilityShaderClockKHR = 5055, + CapabilityQuadControlKHR = 5087, + CapabilitySampleMaskOverrideCoverageNV = 5249, + CapabilityGeometryShaderPassthroughNV = 5251, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndexLayerEXT = 5254, + CapabilityShaderViewportIndexLayerNV = 5254, + CapabilityShaderViewportMaskNV = 5255, + CapabilityShaderStereoViewNV = 5259, + CapabilityPerViewAttributesNV = 5260, + CapabilityFragmentFullyCoveredEXT = 5265, + CapabilityMeshShadingNV = 5266, + CapabilityImageFootprintNV = 5282, + CapabilityMeshShadingEXT = 5283, + CapabilityFragmentBarycentricKHR = 5284, + CapabilityFragmentBarycentricNV = 5284, + CapabilityComputeDerivativeGroupQuadsNV = 5288, + CapabilityFragmentDensityEXT = 5291, + CapabilityShadingRateNV = 5291, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformPartitionedNV = 5297, + CapabilityShaderNonUniform = 5301, + CapabilityShaderNonUniformEXT = 5301, + CapabilityRuntimeDescriptorArray = 5302, + CapabilityRuntimeDescriptorArrayEXT = 5302, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing = 5303, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5303, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 5304, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5304, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing = 5305, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexingEXT = 5305, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5306, + CapabilityUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5306, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5307, + CapabilitySampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5307, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5308, + CapabilityStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5308, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5309, + CapabilityStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5309, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5310, + CapabilityInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5310, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5311, + CapabilityUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5311, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing = 5312, + CapabilityStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingEXT = 5312, + CapabilityRayTracingPositionFetchKHR = 5336, + CapabilityRayTracingNV = 5340, + CapabilityRayTracingMotionBlurNV = 5341, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModel = 5345, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelKHR = 5345, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope = 5346, + CapabilityVulkanMemoryModelDeviceScopeKHR = 5346, + CapabilityPhysicalStorageBufferAddresses = 5347, + CapabilityPhysicalStorageBufferAddressesEXT = 5347, + CapabilityComputeDerivativeGroupLinearNV = 5350, + CapabilityRayTracingProvisionalKHR = 5353, + CapabilityCooperativeMatrixNV = 5357, + CapabilityFragmentShaderSampleInterlockEXT = 5363, + CapabilityFragmentShaderShadingRateInterlockEXT = 5372, + CapabilityShaderSMBuiltinsNV = 5373, + CapabilityFragmentShaderPixelInterlockEXT = 5378, + CapabilityDemoteToHelperInvocation = 5379, + CapabilityDemoteToHelperInvocationEXT = 5379, + CapabilityDisplacementMicromapNV = 5380, + CapabilityRayTracingDisplacementMicromapNV = 5409, + CapabilityRayTracingOpacityMicromapEXT = 5381, + CapabilityShaderInvocationReorderNV = 5383, + CapabilityBindlessTextureNV = 5390, + CapabilityRayQueryPositionFetchKHR = 5391, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16VectorNV = 5404, + CapabilitySubgroupShuffleINTEL = 5568, + CapabilitySubgroupBufferBlockIOINTEL = 5569, + CapabilitySubgroupImageBlockIOINTEL = 5570, + CapabilitySubgroupImageMediaBlockIOINTEL = 5579, + CapabilityRoundToInfinityINTEL = 5582, + CapabilityFloatingPointModeINTEL = 5583, + CapabilityIntegerFunctions2INTEL = 5584, + CapabilityFunctionPointersINTEL = 5603, + CapabilityIndirectReferencesINTEL = 5604, + CapabilityAsmINTEL = 5606, + CapabilityAtomicFloat32MinMaxEXT = 5612, + CapabilityAtomicFloat64MinMaxEXT = 5613, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16MinMaxEXT = 5616, + CapabilityVectorComputeINTEL = 5617, + CapabilityVectorAnyINTEL = 5619, + CapabilityExpectAssumeKHR = 5629, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationINTEL = 5696, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationIntraINTEL = 5697, + CapabilitySubgroupAvcMotionEstimationChromaINTEL = 5698, + CapabilityVariableLengthArrayINTEL = 5817, + CapabilityFunctionFloatControlINTEL = 5821, + CapabilityFPGAMemoryAttributesINTEL = 5824, + CapabilityFPFastMathModeINTEL = 5837, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionIntegersINTEL = 5844, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionFloatingPointINTEL = 5845, + CapabilityUnstructuredLoopControlsINTEL = 5886, + CapabilityFPGALoopControlsINTEL = 5888, + CapabilityKernelAttributesINTEL = 5892, + CapabilityFPGAKernelAttributesINTEL = 5897, + CapabilityFPGAMemoryAccessesINTEL = 5898, + CapabilityFPGAClusterAttributesINTEL = 5904, + CapabilityLoopFuseINTEL = 5906, + CapabilityFPGADSPControlINTEL = 5908, + CapabilityMemoryAccessAliasingINTEL = 5910, + CapabilityFPGAInvocationPipeliningAttributesINTEL = 5916, + CapabilityFPGABufferLocationINTEL = 5920, + CapabilityArbitraryPrecisionFixedPointINTEL = 5922, + CapabilityUSMStorageClassesINTEL = 5935, + CapabilityRuntimeAlignedAttributeINTEL = 5939, + CapabilityIOPipesINTEL = 5943, + CapabilityBlockingPipesINTEL = 5945, + CapabilityFPGARegINTEL = 5948, + CapabilityDotProductInputAll = 6016, + CapabilityDotProductInputAllKHR = 6016, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8Bit = 6017, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitKHR = 6017, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitPacked = 6018, + CapabilityDotProductInput4x8BitPackedKHR = 6018, + CapabilityDotProduct = 6019, + CapabilityDotProductKHR = 6019, + CapabilityRayCullMaskKHR = 6020, + CapabilityCooperativeMatrixKHR = 6022, + CapabilityBitInstructions = 6025, + CapabilityGroupNonUniformRotateKHR = 6026, + CapabilityAtomicFloat32AddEXT = 6033, + CapabilityAtomicFloat64AddEXT = 6034, + CapabilityLongConstantCompositeINTEL = 6089, + CapabilityOptNoneINTEL = 6094, + CapabilityAtomicFloat16AddEXT = 6095, + CapabilityDebugInfoModuleINTEL = 6114, + CapabilitySplitBarrierINTEL = 6141, + CapabilityFPGAArgumentInterfacesINTEL = 6174, + CapabilityGroupUniformArithmeticKHR = 6400, + CapabilityMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayFlagsShift { + RayFlagsOpaqueKHRShift = 0, + RayFlagsNoOpaqueKHRShift = 1, + RayFlagsTerminateOnFirstHitKHRShift = 2, + RayFlagsSkipClosestHitShaderKHRShift = 3, + RayFlagsCullBackFacingTrianglesKHRShift = 4, + RayFlagsCullFrontFacingTrianglesKHRShift = 5, + RayFlagsCullOpaqueKHRShift = 6, + RayFlagsCullNoOpaqueKHRShift = 7, + RayFlagsSkipTrianglesKHRShift = 8, + RayFlagsSkipAABBsKHRShift = 9, + RayFlagsForceOpacityMicromap2StateEXTShift = 10, + RayFlagsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayFlagsMask { + RayFlagsMaskNone = 0, + RayFlagsOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000001, + RayFlagsNoOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000002, + RayFlagsTerminateOnFirstHitKHRMask = 0x00000004, + RayFlagsSkipClosestHitShaderKHRMask = 0x00000008, + RayFlagsCullBackFacingTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000010, + RayFlagsCullFrontFacingTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000020, + RayFlagsCullOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000040, + RayFlagsCullNoOpaqueKHRMask = 0x00000080, + RayFlagsSkipTrianglesKHRMask = 0x00000100, + RayFlagsSkipAABBsKHRMask = 0x00000200, + RayFlagsForceOpacityMicromap2StateEXTMask = 0x00000400, +}; + +enum RayQueryIntersection { + RayQueryIntersectionRayQueryCandidateIntersectionKHR = 0, + RayQueryIntersectionRayQueryCommittedIntersectionKHR = 1, + RayQueryIntersectionMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayQueryCommittedIntersectionType { + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionNoneKHR = 0, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionTriangleKHR = 1, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeRayQueryCommittedIntersectionGeneratedKHR = 2, + RayQueryCommittedIntersectionTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum RayQueryCandidateIntersectionType { + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeRayQueryCandidateIntersectionTriangleKHR = 0, + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeRayQueryCandidateIntersectionAABBKHR = 1, + RayQueryCandidateIntersectionTypeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FragmentShadingRateShift { + FragmentShadingRateVertical2PixelsShift = 0, + FragmentShadingRateVertical4PixelsShift = 1, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal2PixelsShift = 2, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal4PixelsShift = 3, + FragmentShadingRateMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FragmentShadingRateMask { + FragmentShadingRateMaskNone = 0, + FragmentShadingRateVertical2PixelsMask = 0x00000001, + FragmentShadingRateVertical4PixelsMask = 0x00000002, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal2PixelsMask = 0x00000004, + FragmentShadingRateHorizontal4PixelsMask = 0x00000008, +}; + +enum FPDenormMode { + FPDenormModePreserve = 0, + FPDenormModeFlushToZero = 1, + FPDenormModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum FPOperationMode { + FPOperationModeIEEE = 0, + FPOperationModeALT = 1, + FPOperationModeMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum QuantizationModes { + QuantizationModesTRN = 0, + QuantizationModesTRN_ZERO = 1, + QuantizationModesRND = 2, + QuantizationModesRND_ZERO = 3, + QuantizationModesRND_INF = 4, + QuantizationModesRND_MIN_INF = 5, + QuantizationModesRND_CONV = 6, + QuantizationModesRND_CONV_ODD = 7, + QuantizationModesMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum OverflowModes { + OverflowModesWRAP = 0, + OverflowModesSAT = 1, + OverflowModesSAT_ZERO = 2, + OverflowModesSAT_SYM = 3, + OverflowModesMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum PackedVectorFormat { + PackedVectorFormatPackedVectorFormat4x8Bit = 0, + PackedVectorFormatPackedVectorFormat4x8BitKHR = 0, + PackedVectorFormatMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixOperandsShift { + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixASignedComponentsKHRShift = 0, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixBSignedComponentsKHRShift = 1, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixCSignedComponentsKHRShift = 2, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixResultSignedComponentsKHRShift = 3, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsSaturatingAccumulationKHRShift = 4, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask { + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMaskNone = 0, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixASignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000001, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixBSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000002, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixCSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000004, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsMatrixResultSignedComponentsKHRMask = 0x00000008, + CooperativeMatrixOperandsSaturatingAccumulationKHRMask = 0x00000010, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixLayout { + CooperativeMatrixLayoutRowMajorKHR = 0, + CooperativeMatrixLayoutColumnMajorKHR = 1, + CooperativeMatrixLayoutMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum CooperativeMatrixUse { + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixAKHR = 0, + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixBKHR = 1, + CooperativeMatrixUseMatrixAccumulatorKHR = 2, + CooperativeMatrixUseMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +enum Op { + OpNop = 0, + OpUndef = 1, + OpSourceContinued = 2, + OpSource = 3, + OpSourceExtension = 4, + OpName = 5, + OpMemberName = 6, + OpString = 7, + OpLine = 8, + OpExtension = 10, + OpExtInstImport = 11, + OpExtInst = 12, + OpMemoryModel = 14, + OpEntryPoint = 15, + OpExecutionMode = 16, + OpCapability = 17, + OpTypeVoid = 19, + OpTypeBool = 20, + OpTypeInt = 21, + OpTypeFloat = 22, + OpTypeVector = 23, + OpTypeMatrix = 24, + OpTypeImage = 25, + OpTypeSampler = 26, + OpTypeSampledImage = 27, + OpTypeArray = 28, + OpTypeRuntimeArray = 29, + OpTypeStruct = 30, + OpTypeOpaque = 31, + OpTypePointer = 32, + OpTypeFunction = 33, + OpTypeEvent = 34, + OpTypeDeviceEvent = 35, + OpTypeReserveId = 36, + OpTypeQueue = 37, + OpTypePipe = 38, + OpTypeForwardPointer = 39, + OpConstantTrue = 41, + OpConstantFalse = 42, + OpConstant = 43, + OpConstantComposite = 44, + OpConstantSampler = 45, + OpConstantNull = 46, + OpSpecConstantTrue = 48, + OpSpecConstantFalse = 49, + OpSpecConstant = 50, + OpSpecConstantComposite = 51, + OpSpecConstantOp = 52, + OpFunction = 54, + OpFunctionParameter = 55, + OpFunctionEnd = 56, + OpFunctionCall = 57, + OpVariable = 59, + OpImageTexelPointer = 60, + OpLoad = 61, + OpStore = 62, + OpCopyMemory = 63, + OpCopyMemorySized = 64, + OpAccessChain = 65, + OpInBoundsAccessChain = 66, + OpPtrAccessChain = 67, + OpArrayLength = 68, + OpGenericPtrMemSemantics = 69, + OpInBoundsPtrAccessChain = 70, + OpDecorate = 71, + OpMemberDecorate = 72, + OpDecorationGroup = 73, + OpGroupDecorate = 74, + OpGroupMemberDecorate = 75, + OpVectorExtractDynamic = 77, + OpVectorInsertDynamic = 78, + OpVectorShuffle = 79, + OpCompositeConstruct = 80, + OpCompositeExtract = 81, + OpCompositeInsert = 82, + OpCopyObject = 83, + OpTranspose = 84, + OpSampledImage = 86, + OpImageSampleImplicitLod = 87, + OpImageSampleExplicitLod = 88, + OpImageSampleDrefImplicitLod = 89, + OpImageSampleDrefExplicitLod = 90, + OpImageSampleProjImplicitLod = 91, + OpImageSampleProjExplicitLod = 92, + OpImageSampleProjDrefImplicitLod = 93, + OpImageSampleProjDrefExplicitLod = 94, + OpImageFetch = 95, + OpImageGather = 96, + OpImageDrefGather = 97, + OpImageRead = 98, + OpImageWrite = 99, + OpImage = 100, + OpImageQueryFormat = 101, + OpImageQueryOrder = 102, + OpImageQuerySizeLod = 103, + OpImageQuerySize = 104, + OpImageQueryLod = 105, + OpImageQueryLevels = 106, + OpImageQuerySamples = 107, + OpConvertFToU = 109, + OpConvertFToS = 110, + OpConvertSToF = 111, + OpConvertUToF = 112, + OpUConvert = 113, + OpSConvert = 114, + OpFConvert = 115, + OpQuantizeToF16 = 116, + OpConvertPtrToU = 117, + OpSatConvertSToU = 118, + OpSatConvertUToS = 119, + OpConvertUToPtr = 120, + OpPtrCastToGeneric = 121, + OpGenericCastToPtr = 122, + OpGenericCastToPtrExplicit = 123, + OpBitcast = 124, + OpSNegate = 126, + OpFNegate = 127, + OpIAdd = 128, + OpFAdd = 129, + OpISub = 130, + OpFSub = 131, + OpIMul = 132, + OpFMul = 133, + OpUDiv = 134, + OpSDiv = 135, + OpFDiv = 136, + OpUMod = 137, + OpSRem = 138, + OpSMod = 139, + OpFRem = 140, + OpFMod = 141, + OpVectorTimesScalar = 142, + OpMatrixTimesScalar = 143, + OpVectorTimesMatrix = 144, + OpMatrixTimesVector = 145, + OpMatrixTimesMatrix = 146, + OpOuterProduct = 147, + OpDot = 148, + OpIAddCarry = 149, + OpISubBorrow = 150, + OpUMulExtended = 151, + OpSMulExtended = 152, + OpAny = 154, + OpAll = 155, + OpIsNan = 156, + OpIsInf = 157, + OpIsFinite = 158, + OpIsNormal = 159, + OpSignBitSet = 160, + OpLessOrGreater = 161, + OpOrdered = 162, + OpUnordered = 163, + OpLogicalEqual = 164, + OpLogicalNotEqual = 165, + OpLogicalOr = 166, + OpLogicalAnd = 167, + OpLogicalNot = 168, + OpSelect = 169, + OpIEqual = 170, + OpINotEqual = 171, + OpUGreaterThan = 172, + OpSGreaterThan = 173, + OpUGreaterThanEqual = 174, + OpSGreaterThanEqual = 175, + OpULessThan = 176, + OpSLessThan = 177, + OpULessThanEqual = 178, + OpSLessThanEqual = 179, + OpFOrdEqual = 180, + OpFUnordEqual = 181, + OpFOrdNotEqual = 182, + OpFUnordNotEqual = 183, + OpFOrdLessThan = 184, + OpFUnordLessThan = 185, + OpFOrdGreaterThan = 186, + OpFUnordGreaterThan = 187, + OpFOrdLessThanEqual = 188, + OpFUnordLessThanEqual = 189, + OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual = 190, + OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual = 191, + OpShiftRightLogical = 194, + OpShiftRightArithmetic = 195, + OpShiftLeftLogical = 196, + OpBitwiseOr = 197, + OpBitwiseXor = 198, + OpBitwiseAnd = 199, + OpNot = 200, + OpBitFieldInsert = 201, + OpBitFieldSExtract = 202, + OpBitFieldUExtract = 203, + OpBitReverse = 204, + OpBitCount = 205, + OpDPdx = 207, + OpDPdy = 208, + OpFwidth = 209, + OpDPdxFine = 210, + OpDPdyFine = 211, + OpFwidthFine = 212, + OpDPdxCoarse = 213, + OpDPdyCoarse = 214, + OpFwidthCoarse = 215, + OpEmitVertex = 218, + OpEndPrimitive = 219, + OpEmitStreamVertex = 220, + OpEndStreamPrimitive = 221, + OpControlBarrier = 224, + OpMemoryBarrier = 225, + OpAtomicLoad = 227, + OpAtomicStore = 228, + OpAtomicExchange = 229, + OpAtomicCompareExchange = 230, + OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak = 231, + OpAtomicIIncrement = 232, + OpAtomicIDecrement = 233, + OpAtomicIAdd = 234, + OpAtomicISub = 235, + OpAtomicSMin = 236, + OpAtomicUMin = 237, + OpAtomicSMax = 238, + OpAtomicUMax = 239, + OpAtomicAnd = 240, + OpAtomicOr = 241, + OpAtomicXor = 242, + OpPhi = 245, + OpLoopMerge = 246, + OpSelectionMerge = 247, + OpLabel = 248, + OpBranch = 249, + OpBranchConditional = 250, + OpSwitch = 251, + OpKill = 252, + OpReturn = 253, + OpReturnValue = 254, + OpUnreachable = 255, + OpLifetimeStart = 256, + OpLifetimeStop = 257, + OpGroupAsyncCopy = 259, + OpGroupWaitEvents = 260, + OpGroupAll = 261, + OpGroupAny = 262, + OpGroupBroadcast = 263, + OpGroupIAdd = 264, + OpGroupFAdd = 265, + OpGroupFMin = 266, + OpGroupUMin = 267, + OpGroupSMin = 268, + OpGroupFMax = 269, + OpGroupUMax = 270, + OpGroupSMax = 271, + OpReadPipe = 274, + OpWritePipe = 275, + OpReservedReadPipe = 276, + OpReservedWritePipe = 277, + OpReserveReadPipePackets = 278, + OpReserveWritePipePackets = 279, + OpCommitReadPipe = 280, + OpCommitWritePipe = 281, + OpIsValidReserveId = 282, + OpGetNumPipePackets = 283, + OpGetMaxPipePackets = 284, + OpGroupReserveReadPipePackets = 285, + OpGroupReserveWritePipePackets = 286, + OpGroupCommitReadPipe = 287, + OpGroupCommitWritePipe = 288, + OpEnqueueMarker = 291, + OpEnqueueKernel = 292, + OpGetKernelNDrangeSubGroupCount = 293, + OpGetKernelNDrangeMaxSubGroupSize = 294, + OpGetKernelWorkGroupSize = 295, + OpGetKernelPreferredWorkGroupSizeMultiple = 296, + OpRetainEvent = 297, + OpReleaseEvent = 298, + OpCreateUserEvent = 299, + OpIsValidEvent = 300, + OpSetUserEventStatus = 301, + OpCaptureEventProfilingInfo = 302, + OpGetDefaultQueue = 303, + OpBuildNDRange = 304, + OpImageSparseSampleImplicitLod = 305, + OpImageSparseSampleExplicitLod = 306, + OpImageSparseSampleDrefImplicitLod = 307, + OpImageSparseSampleDrefExplicitLod = 308, + OpImageSparseSampleProjImplicitLod = 309, + OpImageSparseSampleProjExplicitLod = 310, + OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefImplicitLod = 311, + OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefExplicitLod = 312, + OpImageSparseFetch = 313, + OpImageSparseGather = 314, + OpImageSparseDrefGather = 315, + OpImageSparseTexelsResident = 316, + OpNoLine = 317, + OpAtomicFlagTestAndSet = 318, + OpAtomicFlagClear = 319, + OpImageSparseRead = 320, + OpSizeOf = 321, + OpTypePipeStorage = 322, + OpConstantPipeStorage = 323, + OpCreatePipeFromPipeStorage = 324, + OpGetKernelLocalSizeForSubgroupCount = 325, + OpGetKernelMaxNumSubgroups = 326, + OpTypeNamedBarrier = 327, + OpNamedBarrierInitialize = 328, + OpMemoryNamedBarrier = 329, + OpModuleProcessed = 330, + OpExecutionModeId = 331, + OpDecorateId = 332, + OpGroupNonUniformElect = 333, + OpGroupNonUniformAll = 334, + OpGroupNonUniformAny = 335, + OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual = 336, + OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast = 337, + OpGroupNonUniformBroadcastFirst = 338, + OpGroupNonUniformBallot = 339, + OpGroupNonUniformInverseBallot = 340, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitExtract = 341, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount = 342, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindLSB = 343, + OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindMSB = 344, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffle = 345, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleXor = 346, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleUp = 347, + OpGroupNonUniformShuffleDown = 348, + OpGroupNonUniformIAdd = 349, + OpGroupNonUniformFAdd = 350, + OpGroupNonUniformIMul = 351, + OpGroupNonUniformFMul = 352, + OpGroupNonUniformSMin = 353, + OpGroupNonUniformUMin = 354, + OpGroupNonUniformFMin = 355, + OpGroupNonUniformSMax = 356, + OpGroupNonUniformUMax = 357, + OpGroupNonUniformFMax = 358, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseAnd = 359, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseOr = 360, + OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseXor = 361, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalAnd = 362, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalOr = 363, + OpGroupNonUniformLogicalXor = 364, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast = 365, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap = 366, + OpCopyLogical = 400, + OpPtrEqual = 401, + OpPtrNotEqual = 402, + OpPtrDiff = 403, + OpColorAttachmentReadEXT = 4160, + OpDepthAttachmentReadEXT = 4161, + OpStencilAttachmentReadEXT = 4162, + OpTerminateInvocation = 4416, + OpSubgroupBallotKHR = 4421, + OpSubgroupFirstInvocationKHR = 4422, + OpSubgroupAllKHR = 4428, + OpSubgroupAnyKHR = 4429, + OpSubgroupAllEqualKHR = 4430, + OpGroupNonUniformRotateKHR = 4431, + OpSubgroupReadInvocationKHR = 4432, + OpTraceRayKHR = 4445, + OpExecuteCallableKHR = 4446, + OpConvertUToAccelerationStructureKHR = 4447, + OpIgnoreIntersectionKHR = 4448, + OpTerminateRayKHR = 4449, + OpSDot = 4450, + OpSDotKHR = 4450, + OpUDot = 4451, + OpUDotKHR = 4451, + OpSUDot = 4452, + OpSUDotKHR = 4452, + OpSDotAccSat = 4453, + OpSDotAccSatKHR = 4453, + OpUDotAccSat = 4454, + OpUDotAccSatKHR = 4454, + OpSUDotAccSat = 4455, + OpSUDotAccSatKHR = 4455, + OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR = 4456, + OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR = 4457, + OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR = 4458, + OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddKHR = 4459, + OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR = 4460, + OpTypeRayQueryKHR = 4472, + OpRayQueryInitializeKHR = 4473, + OpRayQueryTerminateKHR = 4474, + OpRayQueryGenerateIntersectionKHR = 4475, + OpRayQueryConfirmIntersectionKHR = 4476, + OpRayQueryProceedKHR = 4477, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTypeKHR = 4479, + OpImageSampleWeightedQCOM = 4480, + OpImageBoxFilterQCOM = 4481, + OpImageBlockMatchSSDQCOM = 4482, + OpImageBlockMatchSADQCOM = 4483, + OpGroupIAddNonUniformAMD = 5000, + OpGroupFAddNonUniformAMD = 5001, + OpGroupFMinNonUniformAMD = 5002, + OpGroupUMinNonUniformAMD = 5003, + OpGroupSMinNonUniformAMD = 5004, + OpGroupFMaxNonUniformAMD = 5005, + OpGroupUMaxNonUniformAMD = 5006, + OpGroupSMaxNonUniformAMD = 5007, + OpFragmentMaskFetchAMD = 5011, + OpFragmentFetchAMD = 5012, + OpReadClockKHR = 5056, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadAllKHR = 5110, + OpGroupNonUniformQuadAnyKHR = 5111, + OpHitObjectRecordHitMotionNV = 5249, + OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexMotionNV = 5250, + OpHitObjectRecordMissMotionNV = 5251, + OpHitObjectGetWorldToObjectNV = 5252, + OpHitObjectGetObjectToWorldNV = 5253, + OpHitObjectGetObjectRayDirectionNV = 5254, + OpHitObjectGetObjectRayOriginNV = 5255, + OpHitObjectTraceRayMotionNV = 5256, + OpHitObjectGetShaderRecordBufferHandleNV = 5257, + OpHitObjectGetShaderBindingTableRecordIndexNV = 5258, + OpHitObjectRecordEmptyNV = 5259, + OpHitObjectTraceRayNV = 5260, + OpHitObjectRecordHitNV = 5261, + OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexNV = 5262, + OpHitObjectRecordMissNV = 5263, + OpHitObjectExecuteShaderNV = 5264, + OpHitObjectGetCurrentTimeNV = 5265, + OpHitObjectGetAttributesNV = 5266, + OpHitObjectGetHitKindNV = 5267, + OpHitObjectGetPrimitiveIndexNV = 5268, + OpHitObjectGetGeometryIndexNV = 5269, + OpHitObjectGetInstanceIdNV = 5270, + OpHitObjectGetInstanceCustomIndexNV = 5271, + OpHitObjectGetWorldRayDirectionNV = 5272, + OpHitObjectGetWorldRayOriginNV = 5273, + OpHitObjectGetRayTMaxNV = 5274, + OpHitObjectGetRayTMinNV = 5275, + OpHitObjectIsEmptyNV = 5276, + OpHitObjectIsHitNV = 5277, + OpHitObjectIsMissNV = 5278, + OpReorderThreadWithHitObjectNV = 5279, + OpReorderThreadWithHintNV = 5280, + OpTypeHitObjectNV = 5281, + OpImageSampleFootprintNV = 5283, + OpEmitMeshTasksEXT = 5294, + OpSetMeshOutputsEXT = 5295, + OpGroupNonUniformPartitionNV = 5296, + OpWritePackedPrimitiveIndices4x8NV = 5299, + OpFetchMicroTriangleVertexPositionNV = 5300, + OpFetchMicroTriangleVertexBarycentricNV = 5301, + OpReportIntersectionKHR = 5334, + OpReportIntersectionNV = 5334, + OpIgnoreIntersectionNV = 5335, + OpTerminateRayNV = 5336, + OpTraceNV = 5337, + OpTraceMotionNV = 5338, + OpTraceRayMotionNV = 5339, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTriangleVertexPositionsKHR = 5340, + OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR = 5341, + OpTypeAccelerationStructureNV = 5341, + OpExecuteCallableNV = 5344, + OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV = 5358, + OpCooperativeMatrixLoadNV = 5359, + OpCooperativeMatrixStoreNV = 5360, + OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddNV = 5361, + OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV = 5362, + OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT = 5364, + OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT = 5365, + OpDemoteToHelperInvocation = 5380, + OpDemoteToHelperInvocationEXT = 5380, + OpIsHelperInvocationEXT = 5381, + OpConvertUToImageNV = 5391, + OpConvertUToSamplerNV = 5392, + OpConvertImageToUNV = 5393, + OpConvertSamplerToUNV = 5394, + OpConvertUToSampledImageNV = 5395, + OpConvertSampledImageToUNV = 5396, + OpSamplerImageAddressingModeNV = 5397, + OpSubgroupShuffleINTEL = 5571, + OpSubgroupShuffleDownINTEL = 5572, + OpSubgroupShuffleUpINTEL = 5573, + OpSubgroupShuffleXorINTEL = 5574, + OpSubgroupBlockReadINTEL = 5575, + OpSubgroupBlockWriteINTEL = 5576, + OpSubgroupImageBlockReadINTEL = 5577, + OpSubgroupImageBlockWriteINTEL = 5578, + OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockReadINTEL = 5580, + OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockWriteINTEL = 5581, + OpUCountLeadingZerosINTEL = 5585, + OpUCountTrailingZerosINTEL = 5586, + OpAbsISubINTEL = 5587, + OpAbsUSubINTEL = 5588, + OpIAddSatINTEL = 5589, + OpUAddSatINTEL = 5590, + OpIAverageINTEL = 5591, + OpUAverageINTEL = 5592, + OpIAverageRoundedINTEL = 5593, + OpUAverageRoundedINTEL = 5594, + OpISubSatINTEL = 5595, + OpUSubSatINTEL = 5596, + OpIMul32x16INTEL = 5597, + OpUMul32x16INTEL = 5598, + OpConstantFunctionPointerINTEL = 5600, + OpFunctionPointerCallINTEL = 5601, + OpAsmTargetINTEL = 5609, + OpAsmINTEL = 5610, + OpAsmCallINTEL = 5611, + OpAtomicFMinEXT = 5614, + OpAtomicFMaxEXT = 5615, + OpAssumeTrueKHR = 5630, + OpExpectKHR = 5631, + OpDecorateString = 5632, + OpDecorateStringGOOGLE = 5632, + OpMemberDecorateString = 5633, + OpMemberDecorateStringGOOGLE = 5633, + OpVmeImageINTEL = 5699, + OpTypeVmeImageINTEL = 5700, + OpTypeAvcImePayloadINTEL = 5701, + OpTypeAvcRefPayloadINTEL = 5702, + OpTypeAvcSicPayloadINTEL = 5703, + OpTypeAvcMcePayloadINTEL = 5704, + OpTypeAvcMceResultINTEL = 5705, + OpTypeAvcImeResultINTEL = 5706, + OpTypeAvcImeResultSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5707, + OpTypeAvcImeResultDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5708, + OpTypeAvcImeSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5709, + OpTypeAvcImeDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5710, + OpTypeAvcRefResultINTEL = 5711, + OpTypeAvcSicResultINTEL = 5712, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL = 5713, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL = 5714, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterShapePenaltyINTEL = 5715, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterShapePenaltyINTEL = 5716, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL = 5717, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL = 5718, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL = 5719, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterMotionVectorCostTableINTEL = 5720, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultHighPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5721, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultMediumPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5722, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultLowPenaltyCostTableINTEL = 5723, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetMotionVectorCostFunctionINTEL = 5724, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaModePenaltyINTEL = 5725, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultNonDcLumaIntraPenaltyINTEL = 5726, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraChromaModeBasePenaltyINTEL = 5727, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetAcOnlyHaarINTEL = 5728, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSourceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL = 5729, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSingleReferenceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL = 5730, + OpSubgroupAvcMceSetDualReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL = 5731, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImePayloadINTEL = 5732, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImeResultINTEL = 5733, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefPayloadINTEL = 5734, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefResultINTEL = 5735, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicPayloadINTEL = 5736, + OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicResultINTEL = 5737, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetMotionVectorsINTEL = 5738, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDistortionsINTEL = 5739, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetBestInterDistortionsINTEL = 5740, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMajorShapeINTEL = 5741, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMinorShapeINTEL = 5742, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDirectionsINTEL = 5743, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMotionVectorCountINTEL = 5744, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceIdsINTEL = 5745, + OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL = 5746, + OpSubgroupAvcImeInitializeINTEL = 5747, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetSingleReferenceINTEL = 5748, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetDualReferenceINTEL = 5749, + OpSubgroupAvcImeRefWindowSizeINTEL = 5750, + OpSubgroupAvcImeAdjustRefOffsetINTEL = 5751, + OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5752, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetMaxMotionVectorCountINTEL = 5753, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetUnidirectionalMixDisableINTEL = 5754, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetEarlySearchTerminationThresholdINTEL = 5755, + OpSubgroupAvcImeSetWeightedSadINTEL = 5756, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5757, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5758, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5759, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5760, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5761, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5762, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminoutINTEL = 5763, + OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminoutINTEL = 5764, + OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5765, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5766, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetDualReferenceStreaminINTEL = 5767, + OpSubgroupAvcImeStripSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5768, + OpSubgroupAvcImeStripDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL = 5769, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL = 5770, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL = 5771, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL = 5772, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL = 5773, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL = 5774, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL = 5775, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetBorderReachedINTEL = 5776, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetTruncatedSearchIndicationINTEL = 5777, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetUnidirectionalEarlySearchTerminationINTEL = 5778, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumMotionVectorINTEL = 5779, + OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumDistortionINTEL = 5780, + OpSubgroupAvcFmeInitializeINTEL = 5781, + OpSubgroupAvcBmeInitializeINTEL = 5782, + OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5783, + OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBidirectionalMixDisableINTEL = 5784, + OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL = 5785, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5786, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5787, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL = 5788, + OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL = 5789, + OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5790, + OpSubgroupAvcSicInitializeINTEL = 5791, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureSkcINTEL = 5792, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaINTEL = 5793, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaChromaINTEL = 5794, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetMotionVectorMaskINTEL = 5795, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMcePayloadINTEL = 5796, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL = 5797, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaModeCostFunctionINTEL = 5798, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraChromaModeCostFunctionINTEL = 5799, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL = 5800, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetSkcForwardTransformEnableINTEL = 5801, + OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBlockBasedRawSkipSadINTEL = 5802, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateIpeINTEL = 5803, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL = 5804, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL = 5805, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL = 5806, + OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL = 5807, + OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMceResultINTEL = 5808, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeLumaShapeINTEL = 5809, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeLumaDistortionINTEL = 5810, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeChromaDistortionINTEL = 5811, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedIpeLumaModesINTEL = 5812, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeChromaModeINTEL = 5813, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaCountThresholdINTEL = 5814, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaSumThresholdINTEL = 5815, + OpSubgroupAvcSicGetInterRawSadsINTEL = 5816, + OpVariableLengthArrayINTEL = 5818, + OpSaveMemoryINTEL = 5819, + OpRestoreMemoryINTEL = 5820, + OpArbitraryFloatSinCosPiINTEL = 5840, + OpArbitraryFloatCastINTEL = 5841, + OpArbitraryFloatCastFromIntINTEL = 5842, + OpArbitraryFloatCastToIntINTEL = 5843, + OpArbitraryFloatAddINTEL = 5846, + OpArbitraryFloatSubINTEL = 5847, + OpArbitraryFloatMulINTEL = 5848, + OpArbitraryFloatDivINTEL = 5849, + OpArbitraryFloatGTINTEL = 5850, + OpArbitraryFloatGEINTEL = 5851, + OpArbitraryFloatLTINTEL = 5852, + OpArbitraryFloatLEINTEL = 5853, + OpArbitraryFloatEQINTEL = 5854, + OpArbitraryFloatRecipINTEL = 5855, + OpArbitraryFloatRSqrtINTEL = 5856, + OpArbitraryFloatCbrtINTEL = 5857, + OpArbitraryFloatHypotINTEL = 5858, + OpArbitraryFloatSqrtINTEL = 5859, + OpArbitraryFloatLogINTEL = 5860, + OpArbitraryFloatLog2INTEL = 5861, + OpArbitraryFloatLog10INTEL = 5862, + OpArbitraryFloatLog1pINTEL = 5863, + OpArbitraryFloatExpINTEL = 5864, + OpArbitraryFloatExp2INTEL = 5865, + OpArbitraryFloatExp10INTEL = 5866, + OpArbitraryFloatExpm1INTEL = 5867, + OpArbitraryFloatSinINTEL = 5868, + OpArbitraryFloatCosINTEL = 5869, + OpArbitraryFloatSinCosINTEL = 5870, + OpArbitraryFloatSinPiINTEL = 5871, + OpArbitraryFloatCosPiINTEL = 5872, + OpArbitraryFloatASinINTEL = 5873, + OpArbitraryFloatASinPiINTEL = 5874, + OpArbitraryFloatACosINTEL = 5875, + OpArbitraryFloatACosPiINTEL = 5876, + OpArbitraryFloatATanINTEL = 5877, + OpArbitraryFloatATanPiINTEL = 5878, + OpArbitraryFloatATan2INTEL = 5879, + OpArbitraryFloatPowINTEL = 5880, + OpArbitraryFloatPowRINTEL = 5881, + OpArbitraryFloatPowNINTEL = 5882, + OpLoopControlINTEL = 5887, + OpAliasDomainDeclINTEL = 5911, + OpAliasScopeDeclINTEL = 5912, + OpAliasScopeListDeclINTEL = 5913, + OpFixedSqrtINTEL = 5923, + OpFixedRecipINTEL = 5924, + OpFixedRsqrtINTEL = 5925, + OpFixedSinINTEL = 5926, + OpFixedCosINTEL = 5927, + OpFixedSinCosINTEL = 5928, + OpFixedSinPiINTEL = 5929, + OpFixedCosPiINTEL = 5930, + OpFixedSinCosPiINTEL = 5931, + OpFixedLogINTEL = 5932, + OpFixedExpINTEL = 5933, + OpPtrCastToCrossWorkgroupINTEL = 5934, + OpCrossWorkgroupCastToPtrINTEL = 5938, + OpReadPipeBlockingINTEL = 5946, + OpWritePipeBlockingINTEL = 5947, + OpFPGARegINTEL = 5949, + OpRayQueryGetRayTMinKHR = 6016, + OpRayQueryGetRayFlagsKHR = 6017, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTKHR = 6018, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceCustomIndexKHR = 6019, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceIdKHR = 6020, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceShaderBindingTableRecordOffsetKHR = 6021, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionGeometryIndexKHR = 6022, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionPrimitiveIndexKHR = 6023, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionBarycentricsKHR = 6024, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionFrontFaceKHR = 6025, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionCandidateAABBOpaqueKHR = 6026, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayDirectionKHR = 6027, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayOriginKHR = 6028, + OpRayQueryGetWorldRayDirectionKHR = 6029, + OpRayQueryGetWorldRayOriginKHR = 6030, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectToWorldKHR = 6031, + OpRayQueryGetIntersectionWorldToObjectKHR = 6032, + OpAtomicFAddEXT = 6035, + OpTypeBufferSurfaceINTEL = 6086, + OpTypeStructContinuedINTEL = 6090, + OpConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL = 6091, + OpSpecConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL = 6092, + OpControlBarrierArriveINTEL = 6142, + OpControlBarrierWaitINTEL = 6143, + OpGroupIMulKHR = 6401, + OpGroupFMulKHR = 6402, + OpGroupBitwiseAndKHR = 6403, + OpGroupBitwiseOrKHR = 6404, + OpGroupBitwiseXorKHR = 6405, + OpGroupLogicalAndKHR = 6406, + OpGroupLogicalOrKHR = 6407, + OpGroupLogicalXorKHR = 6408, + OpMax = 0x7fffffff, +}; + +#ifdef SPV_ENABLE_UTILITY_CODE +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif +inline void HasResultAndType(Op opcode, bool *hasResult, bool *hasResultType) { + *hasResult = *hasResultType = false; + switch (opcode) { + default: /* unknown opcode */ break; + case OpNop: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUndef: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSourceContinued: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSource: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSourceExtension: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpName: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberName: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpString: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLine: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtension: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtInstImport: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExtInst: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMemoryModel: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEntryPoint: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecutionMode: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCapability: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeVoid: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeBool: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeInt: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeFloat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeVector: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeSampler: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeSampledImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeArray: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeRuntimeArray: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeStruct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeOpaque: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypePointer: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeFunction: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeDeviceEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeReserveId: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeQueue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeForwardPointer: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantTrue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantFalse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstant: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantComposite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantSampler: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantNull: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantTrue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantFalse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstant: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantComposite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSpecConstantOp: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunction: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionParameter: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionEnd: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpFunctionCall: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVariable: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageTexelPointer: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoad: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpStore: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCopyMemory: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCopyMemorySized: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpInBoundsAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArrayLength: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericPtrMemSemantics: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpInBoundsPtrAccessChain: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDecorationGroup: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupMemberDecorate: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpVectorExtractDynamic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorInsertDynamic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorShuffle: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeConstruct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCompositeInsert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCopyObject: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTranspose: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSampledImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleProjDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageFetch: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageDrefGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageRead: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageWrite: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryFormat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryOrder: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySizeLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQueryLevels: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageQuerySamples: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertFToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertFToS: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSToF: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToF: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFConvert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpQuantizeToF16: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertPtrToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSatConvertSToU: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSatConvertUToS: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToPtr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrCastToGeneric: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericCastToPtr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGenericCastToPtrExplicit: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSNegate: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFNegate: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFSub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFDiv: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSRem: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFRem: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFMod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorTimesScalar: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesScalar: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVectorTimesMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesVector: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMatrixTimesMatrix: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpOuterProduct: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAddCarry: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISubBorrow: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMulExtended: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSMulExtended: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsNan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsInf: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsFinite: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsNormal: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSignBitSet: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLessOrGreater: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpOrdered: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUnordered: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLogicalNot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSelect: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpINotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpULessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpULessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordLessThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordGreaterThan: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordLessThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftRightLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftRightArithmetic: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpShiftLeftLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitwiseAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpNot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldInsert: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldSExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitFieldUExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitReverse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBitCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdx: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdy: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidth: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdxFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdyFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidthFine: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdxCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDPdyCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFwidthCoarse: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEmitVertex: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndPrimitive: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEmitStreamVertex: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndStreamPrimitive: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemoryBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicLoad: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicStore: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicExchange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicCompareExchange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIIncrement: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIDecrement: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicISub: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPhi: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoopMerge: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSelectionMerge: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLabel: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpBranch: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpBranchConditional: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSwitch: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpKill: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReturn: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReturnValue: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUnreachable: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLifetimeStart: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpLifetimeStop: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupAsyncCopy: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupWaitEvents: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadPipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReservedReadPipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReservedWritePipe: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReserveReadPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReserveWritePipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCommitReadPipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCommitWritePipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpIsValidReserveId: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetNumPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetMaxPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupReserveReadPipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupReserveWritePipePackets: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupCommitReadPipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupCommitWritePipe: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEnqueueMarker: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEnqueueKernel: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelNDrangeSubGroupCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelNDrangeMaxSubGroupSize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelWorkGroupSize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelPreferredWorkGroupSizeMultiple: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRetainEvent: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReleaseEvent: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCreateUserEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIsValidEvent: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSetUserEventStatus: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCaptureEventProfilingInfo: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGetDefaultQueue: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBuildNDRange: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefImplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseSampleProjDrefExplicitLod: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseFetch: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseDrefGather: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSparseTexelsResident: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpNoLine: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAtomicFlagTestAndSet: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFlagClear: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImageSparseRead: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSizeOf: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypePipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantPipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCreatePipeFromPipeStorage: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelLocalSizeForSubgroupCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGetKernelMaxNumSubgroups: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeNamedBarrier: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpNamedBarrierInitialize: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpMemoryNamedBarrier: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpModuleProcessed: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecutionModeId: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDecorateId: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformElect: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAll: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAny: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBroadcastFirst: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformInverseBallot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitExtract: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindLSB: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBallotFindMSB: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffle: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleUp: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformShuffleDown: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformIAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFAdd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformIMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMul: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformSMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformUMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMin: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformSMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformUMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformFMax: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformBitwiseXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalAnd: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalOr: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformLogicalXor: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadAllKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformQuadAnyKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCopyLogical: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrNotEqual: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrDiff: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpColorAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDepthAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpStencilAttachmentReadEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTerminateInvocation: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupBallotKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupFirstInvocationKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAllKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAnyKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAllEqualKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformRotateKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupReadInvocationKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTraceRayKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecuteCallableKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConvertUToAccelerationStructureKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIgnoreIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTerminateRayKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSUDot: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSUDotAccSat: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeCooperativeMatrixKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLengthKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeRayQueryKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryInitializeKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryTerminateKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryGenerateIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryConfirmIntersectionKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryProceedKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTypeKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageSampleWeightedQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBoxFilterQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBlockMatchSSDQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpImageBlockMatchSADQCOM: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupIAddNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFAddNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMinNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupUMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupSMaxNonUniformAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFragmentMaskFetchAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFragmentFetchAMD: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadClockKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordMissMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldToObjectNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectToWorldNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectRayDirectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetObjectRayOriginNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectTraceRayMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetShaderRecordBufferHandleNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetShaderBindingTableRecordIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordEmptyNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectTraceRayNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordHitWithIndexNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectRecordMissNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectExecuteShaderNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetCurrentTimeNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetAttributesNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpHitObjectGetHitKindNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetPrimitiveIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetGeometryIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetInstanceIdNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetInstanceCustomIndexNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldRayDirectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetWorldRayOriginNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetRayTMaxNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectGetRayTMinNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsEmptyNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsHitNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpHitObjectIsMissNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReorderThreadWithHitObjectNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReorderThreadWithHintNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeHitObjectNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpImageSampleFootprintNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpEmitMeshTasksEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSetMeshOutputsEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupNonUniformPartitionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePackedPrimitiveIndices4x8NV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpReportIntersectionNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIgnoreIntersectionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTerminateRayNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTraceRayMotionNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTriangleVertexPositionsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeAccelerationStructureNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExecuteCallableNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLoadNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixStoreNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixMulAddNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpDemoteToHelperInvocation: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpIsHelperInvocationEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToImageNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToSamplerNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertImageToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSamplerToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertUToSampledImageNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConvertSampledImageToUNV: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSamplerImageAddressingModeNV: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleDownINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleUpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupShuffleXorINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupImageBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupImageBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockReadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupImageMediaBlockWriteINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpUCountLeadingZerosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUCountTrailingZerosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAbsISubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAbsUSubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAddSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAddSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAverageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAverageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIAverageRoundedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUAverageRoundedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpISubSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUSubSatINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpIMul32x16INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpUMul32x16INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpConstantFunctionPointerINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFunctionPointerCallINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmTargetINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAsmCallINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFMinEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFMaxEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAssumeTrueKHR: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpExpectKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpDecorateString: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpMemberDecorateString: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpVmeImageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeVmeImageINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcRefPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcSicPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeResultDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcImeDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcRefResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeAvcSicResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterBaseMultiReferencePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetInterDirectionPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultInterMotionVectorCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultHighPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultMediumPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultLowPenaltyCostTableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetMotionVectorCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraLumaModePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultNonDcLumaIntraPenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetDefaultIntraChromaModeBasePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetAcOnlyHaarINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSourceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetSingleReferenceInterlacedFieldPolarityINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceSetDualReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToImeResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToRefResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicPayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceConvertToSicResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetBestInterDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMajorShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMinorShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterDirectionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterMotionVectorCountINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcMceGetInterReferenceInterlacedFieldPolaritiesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeRefWindowSizeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeAdjustRefOffsetINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetMaxMotionVectorCountINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetUnidirectionalMixDisableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetEarlySearchTerminationThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeSetWeightedSadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithSingleReferenceStreaminoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeEvaluateWithDualReferenceStreaminoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetSingleReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetDualReferenceStreaminINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeStripSingleReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeStripDualReferenceStreamoutINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutSingleReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeMotionVectorsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeDistortionsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetStreamoutDualReferenceMajorShapeReferenceIdsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetBorderReachedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetTruncatedSearchIndicationINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetUnidirectionalEarlySearchTerminationINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumMotionVectorINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcImeGetWeightingPatternMinimumDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcFmeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcBmeInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBidirectionalMixDisableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcRefConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicInitializeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureSkcINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConfigureIpeLumaChromaINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetMotionVectorMaskINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMcePayloadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaShapePenaltyINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraLumaModeCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetIntraChromaModeCostFunctionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBilinearFilterEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetSkcForwardTransformEnableINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicSetBlockBasedRawSkipSadINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateIpeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithSingleReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithDualReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicEvaluateWithMultiReferenceInterlacedINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicConvertToMceResultINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeLumaShapeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeLumaDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetBestIpeChromaDistortionINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedIpeLumaModesINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetIpeChromaModeINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaCountThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetPackedSkcLumaSumThresholdINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSubgroupAvcSicGetInterRawSadsINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpVariableLengthArrayINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpSaveMemoryINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRestoreMemoryINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastFromIntINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCastToIntINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatAddINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSubINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatMulINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatDivINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatGTINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatGEINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLTINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLEINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatEQINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatRecipINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatRSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCbrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatHypotINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLogINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog10INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatLog1pINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExp2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExp10INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatExpm1INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatSinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatASinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatASinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatACosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatACosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATanINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATanPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatATan2INTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowRINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpArbitraryFloatPowNINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpLoopControlINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasDomainDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasScopeDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpAliasScopeListDeclINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpFixedSqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedRecipINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedRsqrtINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinCosINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedSinCosPiINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedLogINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFixedExpINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpPtrCastToCrossWorkgroupINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpCrossWorkgroupCastToPtrINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpReadPipeBlockingINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpWritePipeBlockingINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpFPGARegINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetRayTMinKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetRayFlagsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionTKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceCustomIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceIdKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceShaderBindingTableRecordOffsetKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionGeometryIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionPrimitiveIndexKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionBarycentricsKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionFrontFaceKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionCandidateAABBOpaqueKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayDirectionKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayOriginKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetWorldRayDirectionKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetWorldRayOriginKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectToWorldKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpRayQueryGetIntersectionWorldToObjectKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpAtomicFAddEXT: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpTypeBufferSurfaceINTEL: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpTypeStructContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpSpecConstantCompositeContinuedINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrierArriveINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpControlBarrierWaitINTEL: *hasResult = false; *hasResultType = false; break; + case OpGroupIMulKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupFMulKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseAndKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseOrKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupBitwiseXorKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalAndKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalOrKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + case OpGroupLogicalXorKHR: *hasResult = true; *hasResultType = true; break; + } +} +#endif /* SPV_ENABLE_UTILITY_CODE */ + +// Overload bitwise operators for mask bit combining + +inline ImageOperandsMask operator|(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator&(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator^(ImageOperandsMask a, ImageOperandsMask b) { return ImageOperandsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline ImageOperandsMask operator~(ImageOperandsMask a) { return ImageOperandsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator|(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator&(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator^(FPFastMathModeMask a, FPFastMathModeMask b) { return FPFastMathModeMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FPFastMathModeMask operator~(FPFastMathModeMask a) { return FPFastMathModeMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator|(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator&(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator^(SelectionControlMask a, SelectionControlMask b) { return SelectionControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline SelectionControlMask operator~(SelectionControlMask a) { return SelectionControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator|(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator&(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator^(LoopControlMask a, LoopControlMask b) { return LoopControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline LoopControlMask operator~(LoopControlMask a) { return LoopControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator|(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator&(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator^(FunctionControlMask a, FunctionControlMask b) { return FunctionControlMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FunctionControlMask operator~(FunctionControlMask a) { return FunctionControlMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator|(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator&(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator^(MemorySemanticsMask a, MemorySemanticsMask b) { return MemorySemanticsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline MemorySemanticsMask operator~(MemorySemanticsMask a) { return MemorySemanticsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator|(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator&(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator^(MemoryAccessMask a, MemoryAccessMask b) { return MemoryAccessMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline MemoryAccessMask operator~(MemoryAccessMask a) { return MemoryAccessMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator|(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator&(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator^(KernelProfilingInfoMask a, KernelProfilingInfoMask b) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline KernelProfilingInfoMask operator~(KernelProfilingInfoMask a) { return KernelProfilingInfoMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator|(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator&(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator^(RayFlagsMask a, RayFlagsMask b) { return RayFlagsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline RayFlagsMask operator~(RayFlagsMask a) { return RayFlagsMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator|(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator&(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator^(FragmentShadingRateMask a, FragmentShadingRateMask b) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline FragmentShadingRateMask operator~(FragmentShadingRateMask a) { return FragmentShadingRateMask(~unsigned(a)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator|(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) | unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator&(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) & unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator^(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a, CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask b) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(unsigned(a) ^ unsigned(b)); } +inline CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask operator~(CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask a) { return CooperativeMatrixOperandsMask(~unsigned(a)); } + +} // end namespace spv + +#endif // #ifndef spirv_HPP + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f3124f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/SPIRV/spvIR.h @@ -0,0 +1,569 @@ +// +// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc. +// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc. +// +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +// are met: +// +// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following +// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided +// with the distribution. +// +// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +// from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS +// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, +// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// SPIRV-IR +// +// Simple in-memory representation (IR) of SPIRV. Just for holding +// Each function's CFG of blocks. Has this hierarchy: +// - Module, which is a list of +// - Function, which is a list of +// - Block, which is a list of +// - Instruction +// + +#pragma once +#ifndef spvIR_H +#define spvIR_H + +#include "spirv.hpp" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace spv { + +class Block; +class Function; +class Module; + +const Id NoResult = 0; +const Id NoType = 0; + +const Decoration NoPrecision = DecorationMax; + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define POTENTIALLY_UNUSED +#endif + +POTENTIALLY_UNUSED +const MemorySemanticsMask MemorySemanticsAllMemory = + (MemorySemanticsMask)(MemorySemanticsUniformMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsWorkgroupMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsAtomicCounterMemoryMask | + MemorySemanticsImageMemoryMask); + +struct IdImmediate { + bool isId; // true if word is an Id, false if word is an immediate + unsigned word; + IdImmediate(bool i, unsigned w) : isId(i), word(w) {} +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR instruction. +// + +class Instruction { +public: + Instruction(Id resultId, Id typeId, Op opCode) : resultId(resultId), typeId(typeId), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { } + explicit Instruction(Op opCode) : resultId(NoResult), typeId(NoType), opCode(opCode), block(nullptr) { } + virtual ~Instruction() {} + void addIdOperand(Id id) { + // ids can't be 0 + assert(id); + operands.push_back(id); + idOperand.push_back(true); + } + void addImmediateOperand(unsigned int immediate) { + operands.push_back(immediate); + idOperand.push_back(false); + } + void setImmediateOperand(unsigned idx, unsigned int immediate) { + assert(!idOperand[idx]); + operands[idx] = immediate; + } + + void addStringOperand(const char* str) + { + unsigned int word = 0; + unsigned int shiftAmount = 0; + char c; + + do { + c = *(str++); + word |= ((unsigned int)c) << shiftAmount; + shiftAmount += 8; + if (shiftAmount == 32) { + addImmediateOperand(word); + word = 0; + shiftAmount = 0; + } + } while (c != 0); + + // deal with partial last word + if (shiftAmount > 0) { + addImmediateOperand(word); + } + } + bool isIdOperand(int op) const { return idOperand[op]; } + void setBlock(Block* b) { block = b; } + Block* getBlock() const { return block; } + Op getOpCode() const { return opCode; } + int getNumOperands() const + { + assert(operands.size() == idOperand.size()); + return (int)operands.size(); + } + Id getResultId() const { return resultId; } + Id getTypeId() const { return typeId; } + Id getIdOperand(int op) const { + assert(idOperand[op]); + return operands[op]; + } + unsigned int getImmediateOperand(int op) const { + assert(!idOperand[op]); + return operands[op]; + } + + // Write out the binary form. + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + // Compute the wordCount + unsigned int wordCount = 1; + if (typeId) + ++wordCount; + if (resultId) + ++wordCount; + wordCount += (unsigned int)operands.size(); + + // Write out the beginning of the instruction + out.push_back(((wordCount) << WordCountShift) | opCode); + if (typeId) + out.push_back(typeId); + if (resultId) + out.push_back(resultId); + + // Write out the operands + for (int op = 0; op < (int)operands.size(); ++op) + out.push_back(operands[op]); + } + +protected: + Instruction(const Instruction&); + Id resultId; + Id typeId; + Op opCode; + std::vector operands; // operands, both and immediates (both are unsigned int) + std::vector idOperand; // true for operands that are , false for immediates + Block* block; +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR block. +// + +struct DebugSourceLocation { + int line; + int column; + spv::Id fileId; +}; + +class Block { +public: + Block(Id id, Function& parent); + virtual ~Block() + { + } + + Id getId() { return instructions.front()->getResultId(); } + + Function& getParent() const { return parent; } + // Returns true if the source location is actually updated. + // Note we still need the builder to insert the line marker instruction. This is just a tracker. + bool updateDebugSourceLocation(int line, int column, spv::Id fileId) { + if (currentSourceLoc && currentSourceLoc->line == line && currentSourceLoc->column == column && + currentSourceLoc->fileId == fileId) { + return false; + } + + currentSourceLoc = DebugSourceLocation{line, column, fileId}; + return true; + } + // Returns true if the scope is actually updated. + // Note we still need the builder to insert the debug scope instruction. This is just a tracker. + bool updateDebugScope(spv::Id scopeId) { + assert(scopeId); + if (currentDebugScope && *currentDebugScope == scopeId) { + return false; + } + + currentDebugScope = scopeId; + return true; + } + void addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst); + void addPredecessor(Block* pred) { predecessors.push_back(pred); pred->successors.push_back(this);} + void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst) { localVariables.push_back(std::move(inst)); } + const std::vector& getPredecessors() const { return predecessors; } + const std::vector& getSuccessors() const { return successors; } + const std::vector >& getInstructions() const { + return instructions; + } + const std::vector >& getLocalVariables() const { return localVariables; } + void setUnreachable() { unreachable = true; } + bool isUnreachable() const { return unreachable; } + // Returns the block's merge instruction, if one exists (otherwise null). + const Instruction* getMergeInstruction() const { + if (instructions.size() < 2) return nullptr; + const Instruction* nextToLast = (instructions.cend() - 2)->get(); + switch (nextToLast->getOpCode()) { + case OpSelectionMerge: + case OpLoopMerge: + return nextToLast; + default: + return nullptr; + } + return nullptr; + } + + // Change this block into a canonical dead merge block. Delete instructions + // as necessary. A canonical dead merge block has only an OpLabel and an + // OpUnreachable. + void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableMerge() { + assert(localVariables.empty()); + // Delete all instructions except for the label. + assert(instructions.size() > 0); + instructions.resize(1); + successors.clear(); + addInstruction(std::unique_ptr(new Instruction(OpUnreachable))); + } + // Change this block into a canonical dead continue target branching to the + // given header ID. Delete instructions as necessary. A canonical dead continue + // target has only an OpLabel and an unconditional branch back to the corresponding + // header. + void rewriteAsCanonicalUnreachableContinue(Block* header) { + assert(localVariables.empty()); + // Delete all instructions except for the label. + assert(instructions.size() > 0); + instructions.resize(1); + successors.clear(); + // Add OpBranch back to the header. + assert(header != nullptr); + Instruction* branch = new Instruction(OpBranch); + branch->addIdOperand(header->getId()); + addInstruction(std::unique_ptr(branch)); + successors.push_back(header); + } + + bool isTerminated() const + { + switch (instructions.back()->getOpCode()) { + case OpBranch: + case OpBranchConditional: + case OpSwitch: + case OpKill: + case OpTerminateInvocation: + case OpReturn: + case OpReturnValue: + case OpUnreachable: + return true; + default: + return false; + } + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + instructions[0]->dump(out); + for (int i = 0; i < (int)localVariables.size(); ++i) + localVariables[i]->dump(out); + for (int i = 1; i < (int)instructions.size(); ++i) + instructions[i]->dump(out); + } + +protected: + Block(const Block&); + Block& operator=(Block&); + + // To enforce keeping parent and ownership in sync: + friend Function; + + std::vector > instructions; + std::vector predecessors, successors; + std::vector > localVariables; + Function& parent; + + // Track source location of the last source location marker instruction. + std::optional currentSourceLoc; + + // Track scope of the last debug scope instruction. + std::optional currentDebugScope; + + // track whether this block is known to be uncreachable (not necessarily + // true for all unreachable blocks, but should be set at least + // for the extraneous ones introduced by the builder). + bool unreachable; +}; + +// The different reasons for reaching a block in the inReadableOrder traversal. +enum ReachReason { + // Reachable from the entry block via transfers of control, i.e. branches. + ReachViaControlFlow = 0, + // A continue target that is not reachable via control flow. + ReachDeadContinue, + // A merge block that is not reachable via control flow. + ReachDeadMerge +}; + +// Traverses the control-flow graph rooted at root in an order suited for +// readable code generation. Invokes callback at every node in the traversal +// order. The callback arguments are: +// - the block, +// - the reason we reached the block, +// - if the reason was that block is an unreachable continue or unreachable merge block +// then the last parameter is the corresponding header block. +void inReadableOrder(Block* root, std::function callback); + +// +// SPIR-V IR Function. +// + +class Function { +public: + Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParam, LinkageType linkage, const std::string& name, Module& parent); + virtual ~Function() + { + for (int i = 0; i < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++i) + delete parameterInstructions[i]; + + for (int i = 0; i < (int)blocks.size(); ++i) + delete blocks[i]; + } + Id getId() const { return functionInstruction.getResultId(); } + Id getParamId(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getResultId(); } + Id getParamType(int p) const { return parameterInstructions[p]->getTypeId(); } + + void addBlock(Block* block) { blocks.push_back(block); } + void removeBlock(Block* block) + { + auto found = find(blocks.begin(), blocks.end(), block); + assert(found != blocks.end()); + blocks.erase(found); + delete block; + } + + Module& getParent() const { return parent; } + Block* getEntryBlock() const { return blocks.front(); } + Block* getLastBlock() const { return blocks.back(); } + const std::vector& getBlocks() const { return blocks; } + void addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst); + Id getReturnType() const { return functionInstruction.getTypeId(); } + Id getFuncId() const { return functionInstruction.getResultId(); } + Id getFuncTypeId() const { return functionInstruction.getIdOperand(1); } + void setReturnPrecision(Decoration precision) + { + if (precision == DecorationRelaxedPrecision) + reducedPrecisionReturn = true; + } + Decoration getReturnPrecision() const + { return reducedPrecisionReturn ? DecorationRelaxedPrecision : NoPrecision; } + + void setDebugLineInfo(Id fileName, int line, int column) { + lineInstruction = std::unique_ptr{new Instruction(OpLine)}; + lineInstruction->addIdOperand(fileName); + lineInstruction->addImmediateOperand(line); + lineInstruction->addImmediateOperand(column); + } + bool hasDebugLineInfo() const { return lineInstruction != nullptr; } + + void setImplicitThis() { implicitThis = true; } + bool hasImplicitThis() const { return implicitThis; } + + void addParamPrecision(unsigned param, Decoration precision) + { + if (precision == DecorationRelaxedPrecision) + reducedPrecisionParams.insert(param); + } + Decoration getParamPrecision(unsigned param) const + { + return reducedPrecisionParams.find(param) != reducedPrecisionParams.end() ? + DecorationRelaxedPrecision : NoPrecision; + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + // OpLine + if (lineInstruction != nullptr) { + lineInstruction->dump(out); + } + + // OpFunction + functionInstruction.dump(out); + + // OpFunctionParameter + for (int p = 0; p < (int)parameterInstructions.size(); ++p) + parameterInstructions[p]->dump(out); + + // Blocks + inReadableOrder(blocks[0], [&out](const Block* b, ReachReason, Block*) { b->dump(out); }); + Instruction end(0, 0, OpFunctionEnd); + end.dump(out); + } + + LinkageType getLinkType() const { return linkType; } + const char* getExportName() const { return exportName.c_str(); } + +protected: + Function(const Function&); + Function& operator=(Function&); + + Module& parent; + std::unique_ptr lineInstruction; + Instruction functionInstruction; + std::vector parameterInstructions; + std::vector blocks; + bool implicitThis; // true if this is a member function expecting to be passed a 'this' as the first argument + bool reducedPrecisionReturn; + std::set reducedPrecisionParams; // list of parameter indexes that need a relaxed precision arg + LinkageType linkType; + std::string exportName; +}; + +// +// SPIR-V IR Module. +// + +class Module { +public: + Module() {} + virtual ~Module() + { + // TODO delete things + } + + void addFunction(Function *fun) { functions.push_back(fun); } + + void mapInstruction(Instruction *instruction) + { + spv::Id resultId = instruction->getResultId(); + // map the instruction's result id + if (resultId >= idToInstruction.size()) + idToInstruction.resize(resultId + 16); + idToInstruction[resultId] = instruction; + } + + Instruction* getInstruction(Id id) const { return idToInstruction[id]; } + const std::vector& getFunctions() const { return functions; } + spv::Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { + return idToInstruction[resultId] == nullptr ? NoType : idToInstruction[resultId]->getTypeId(); + } + StorageClass getStorageClass(Id typeId) const + { + assert(idToInstruction[typeId]->getOpCode() == spv::OpTypePointer); + return (StorageClass)idToInstruction[typeId]->getImmediateOperand(0); + } + + void dump(std::vector& out) const + { + for (int f = 0; f < (int)functions.size(); ++f) + functions[f]->dump(out); + } + +protected: + Module(const Module&); + std::vector functions; + + // map from result id to instruction having that result id + std::vector idToInstruction; + + // map from a result id to its type id +}; + +// +// Implementation (it's here due to circular type definitions). +// + +// Add both +// - the OpFunction instruction +// - all the OpFunctionParameter instructions +__inline Function::Function(Id id, Id resultType, Id functionType, Id firstParamId, LinkageType linkage, const std::string& name, Module& parent) + : parent(parent), lineInstruction(nullptr), + functionInstruction(id, resultType, OpFunction), implicitThis(false), + reducedPrecisionReturn(false), + linkType(linkage) +{ + // OpFunction + functionInstruction.addImmediateOperand(FunctionControlMaskNone); + functionInstruction.addIdOperand(functionType); + parent.mapInstruction(&functionInstruction); + parent.addFunction(this); + + // OpFunctionParameter + Instruction* typeInst = parent.getInstruction(functionType); + int numParams = typeInst->getNumOperands() - 1; + for (int p = 0; p < numParams; ++p) { + Instruction* param = new Instruction(firstParamId + p, typeInst->getIdOperand(p + 1), OpFunctionParameter); + parent.mapInstruction(param); + parameterInstructions.push_back(param); + } + + // If importing/exporting, save the function name (without the mangled parameters) for the linkage decoration + if (linkType != LinkageTypeMax) { + exportName = name.substr(0, name.find_first_of('(')); + } +} + +__inline void Function::addLocalVariable(std::unique_ptr inst) +{ + Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get(); + blocks[0]->addLocalVariable(std::move(inst)); + parent.mapInstruction(raw_instruction); +} + +__inline Block::Block(Id id, Function& parent) : parent(parent), unreachable(false) +{ + instructions.push_back(std::unique_ptr(new Instruction(id, NoType, OpLabel))); + instructions.back()->setBlock(this); + parent.getParent().mapInstruction(instructions.back().get()); +} + +__inline void Block::addInstruction(std::unique_ptr inst) +{ + Instruction* raw_instruction = inst.get(); + instructions.push_back(std::move(inst)); + raw_instruction->setBlock(this); + if (raw_instruction->getResultId()) + parent.getParent().mapInstruction(raw_instruction); +} + +} // end spv namespace + +#endif // spvIR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libSPIRV.a b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libSPIRV.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b29ef082 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libSPIRV.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libSPIRV.a differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c103dfb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libavcodec.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libavcodec.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libavcodec.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff8cc4cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * AC-3 parser prototypes + * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. + */ +int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, + uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f85becd13 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +/** + * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. + * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer + * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written + * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written + * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. + */ +int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, + uint8_t *frames); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc57c5571 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H + +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/common.h" + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#if HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE +#define MULH MULH +static inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b) +{ + int r; + __asm__ ("smmul %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b)); + return r; +} + +#define FASTDIV FASTDIV +static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b) +{ + int r; + __asm__ ("cmp %2, #2 \n\t" + "ldr %0, [%3, %2, lsl #2] \n\t" + "ite le \n\t" + "lsrle %0, %1, #1 \n\t" + "smmulgt %0, %0, %1 \n\t" + : "=&r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b), "r"(ff_inverse) : "cc"); + return r; +} + +#else /* HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE */ + +#define FASTDIV FASTDIV +static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b) +{ + int r, t; + __asm__ ("umull %1, %0, %2, %3" + : "=&r"(r), "=&r"(t) : "r"(a), "r"(ff_inverse[b])); + return r; +} +#endif + +#define MLS64(d, a, b) MAC64(d, -(a), b) + +#if HAVE_ARMV5TE_INLINE + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */ +# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) \ + __asm__ ("smlabb %0, %1, %2, %0" : "+r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb)); + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */ +# define MUL16 MUL16 +static inline av_const int MUL16(int ra, int rb) +{ + int rt; + __asm__ ("smulbb %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb)); + return rt; +} + +#endif + +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int m; + __asm__ ( + "mov %0, %2 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %2 \n\t" + "itt gt \n\t" + "movgt %0, %1 \n\t" + "movgt %1, %2 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %3 \n\t" + "it le \n\t" + "movle %1, %3 \n\t" + "cmp %0, %1 \n\t" + "it gt \n\t" + "movgt %0, %1 \n\t" + : "=&r"(m), "+r"(a) + : "r"(b), "r"(c) + : "cc"); + return m; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39881a1d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,3192 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec.h" +#include "codec_desc.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "defs.h" +#include "packet.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +/** + * Request the encoder to output reconstructed frames, i.e.\ frames that would + * be produced by decoding the encoded bistream. These frames may be retrieved + * by calling avcodec_receive_frame() immediately after a successful call to + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * Should only be used with encoders flagged with the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME capability. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME (1 << 6) +/** + * @par decoding + * Request the decoder to propagate each packets AVPacket.opaque and + * AVPacket.opaque_ref to its corresponding output AVFrame. + * + * @par encoding: + * Request the encoder to propagate each frame's AVFrame.opaque and + * AVFrame.opaque_ref values to its corresponding output AVPacket. + * + * @par + * May only be set on encoders that have the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability flag. + * + * @note + * While in typical cases one input frame produces exactly one output packet + * (perhaps after a delay), in general the mapping of frames to packets is + * M-to-N, so + * - Any number of input frames may be associated with any given output packet. + * This includes zero - e.g. some encoders may output packets that carry only + * metadata about the whole stream. + * - A given input frame may be associated with any number of output packets. + * Again this includes zero - e.g. some encoders may drop frames under certain + * conditions. + * . + * This implies that when using this flag, the caller must NOT assume that + * - a given input frame's opaques will necessarily appear on some output packet; + * - every output packet will have some non-NULL opaque value. + * . + * When an output packet contains multiple frames, the opaque values will be + * taken from the first of those. + * + * @note + * The converse holds for decoders, with frames and packets switched. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE (1 << 7) +/** + * Signal to the encoder that the values of AVFrame.duration are valid and + * should be used (typically for transferring them to output packets). + * + * If this flag is not set, frame durations are ignored. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_FRAME_DURATION (1 << 8) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) +/** + * Generate/parse ICC profiles on encode/decode, as appropriate for the type of + * file. No effect on codecs which cannot contain embedded ICC profiles, or + * when compiled without support for lcms2. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_ICC_PROFILES (1U << 31) + +/* Exported side data. + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before initialization. +*/ +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0) +/** + * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Do not apply film grain, export it instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3) + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the + * caller before avcodec_open2(). + * + * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for + * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration, + * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel + * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also + * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt. + * + * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as + * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is + * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen + * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again + * immediately. + * + * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is + * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously. + * + * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current + * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other + * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + +#if FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + * @deprecated use frame_num instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_number; +#endif + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated use "downmix" codec private option + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t request_channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a + * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be + * reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + * This may only be set to one of the FF_COMPLIANCE_* values in defs.h. + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * This is a bitfield of the AV_EF_* values defined in defs.h. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input + * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only + * supported by encoders with the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Legacy hardware accelerator context. + * + * For some hardware acceleration methods, the caller may use this field to + * signal hwaccel-specific data to the codec. The struct pointed to by this + * pointer is hwaccel-dependent and defined in the respective header. Please + * refer to the FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill + * this. + * + * In most cases this field is optional - the necessary information may also + * be provided to libavcodec through @ref hw_frames_ctx or @ref + * hw_device_ctx (see avcodec_get_hw_config()). However, in some cases it + * may be the only method of signalling some (optional) information. + * + * The struct and its contents are owned by the caller. + * + * - encoding: May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). Must remain + * valid until avcodec_free_context(). + * - decoding: May be set by the caller in the get_format() callback. + * Must remain valid until the next get_format() call, + * or avcodec_free_context() (whichever comes first). + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_IDCT_NONE +// formerly used by xvmc +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; + + /** + * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_samples; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of + * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by + * decoders and encoders. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int export_side_data; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data + * buffer for it. + * + * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is + * called: + * - size + * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer size, + * which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes. + * + * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated by this + * callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet once returned by + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet: + * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some architectures and + * encoders may benefit from having aligned data. + * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's + * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated by + * some other means. + * + * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ flags. + * They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get after being + * created. + * Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they don't understand. + * If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the packet may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may + * be called from multiple threads simultaneously. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts. + * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container. + * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int64_t frame_num; +} AVCodecContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + */ + int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * Some hardware decoders (namely nvdec) can either output direct decoder + * surfaces, or make an on-device copy and return said copy. + * There is a hard limit on how many decoder surfaces there can be, and it + * cannot be accurately guessed ahead of time. + * For some processing chains, this can be okay, but others will run into the + * limit and in turn produce very confusing errors that require fine tuning of + * more or less obscure options by the user, or in extreme cases cannot be + * resolved at all without inserting an avfilter that forces a copy. + * + * Thus, the hwaccel will by default make a copy for safety and resilience. + * If a users really wants to minimize the amount of copies, they can set this + * flag and ensure their processing chain does not exhaust the surface pool. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_UNSAFE_OUTPUT (1 << 3) + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for encoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +#ifdef FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); +#endif + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, + * and the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can be + * sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder or encoder (when the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag is used). + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * codec. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @retval 0 success, a frame was returned + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in this state - user must + * try to send new input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the codec has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is an encoder without the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag enabled + * @retval AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED current decoded frame has changed parameters with + * respect to first decoded frame. Applicable when flag + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. + * @retval "other negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user must + * read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once all + * output is read, the packet should be resent, and the + * call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in the current state - user must + * try to send input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be no + * more output packets + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is a decoder + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, + AVBufferRef *device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); + + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, ///< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, ///< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, ///< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, ///< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); + +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder + * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid. + * + * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder + * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder + * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different + * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder + * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the + * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6411fab6f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; + + void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels, + ptrdiff_t line_size); +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c0f9b8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a09c69f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + * Bitstream filters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H +#define AVCODEC_BSF_H + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "packet.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This + * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on + * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets". + * + * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures: + * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter + * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an + * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass + * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable + * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call + * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use. + * + * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered + * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be + * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter. + * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are + * produced by the filter. + * + * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + * + * @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc() + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero), + * it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent; + * sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output + * any packets it may have buffered internally. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using + * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using + * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b1995bcf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +/* + * AVCodec public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h" +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and + * supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or + * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or + * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around + * multithreading-capable external libraries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return + * them with corresponding output packets. + * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is + * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames + * remain pending. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21) + +/** + * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that + * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream. + * + * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22) + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated use ch_layouts instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 +#endif + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + */ + const char *wrapper_name; + + /** + * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout. + */ + const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts; +} AVCodec; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + * + * When selecting this format for an encoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which + * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be + * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available. + * + * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to + * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel + * formats supported by the codec. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..126b52df4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Codec descriptors public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89a4a0cb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ +/* + * Codec IDs + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGX, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, +#if FF_API_AYUV_CODECID + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PFM, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_IPU, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_CRI, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_GEM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBN, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QOI, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHM, + AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100, + AV_CODEC_ID_VQC, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCA, + AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BONK, + AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_APAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FTR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RKA, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_EPG, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket + /** + * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL, + /** + * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL, +}; + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f51d27c59 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* + * Codec parameters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6816b6c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbe3254db --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H +#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder/demuxer returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error + +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock + * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft') + * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12 + */ +typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime { + /** + * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()). + */ + int64_t wallclock; + int flags; +} AVProducerReferenceTime; + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6d9d346d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4365f1b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22c93992f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd99e9261 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1dc32330 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes_internal.h" +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "config.h" + +#define MAX_NEG_CROP 1024 + +extern const uint32_t ff_inverse[257]; +extern const uint8_t ff_log2_run[41]; +extern const uint8_t ff_sqrt_tab[256]; +extern const uint8_t attribute_visibility_hidden ff_crop_tab[256 + 2 * MAX_NEG_CROP]; +extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_direct[64]; +extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_scan[16+1]; + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/mathops.h" +#endif + +/* generic implementation */ + +#ifndef MUL64 +# define MUL64(a,b) ((int64_t)(a) * (int64_t)(b)) +#endif + +#ifndef MULL +# define MULL(a,b,s) (MUL64(a, b) >> (s)) +#endif + +#ifndef MULH +static av_always_inline int MULH(int a, int b){ + return MUL64(a, b) >> 32; +} +#endif + +#ifndef UMULH +static av_always_inline unsigned UMULH(unsigned a, unsigned b){ + return ((uint64_t)(a) * (uint64_t)(b))>>32; +} +#endif + +#ifndef MAC64 +# define MAC64(d, a, b) ((d) += MUL64(a, b)) +#endif + +#ifndef MLS64 +# define MLS64(d, a, b) ((d) -= MUL64(a, b)) +#endif + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */ +#ifndef MAC16 +# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) rt += (ra) * (rb) +#endif + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */ +#ifndef MUL16 +# define MUL16(ra, rb) ((ra) * (rb)) +#endif + +#ifndef MLS16 +# define MLS16(rt, ra, rb) ((rt) -= (ra) * (rb)) +#endif + +/* median of 3 */ +#ifndef mid_pred +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + if(a>b){ + if(c>b){ + if(c>a) b=a; + else b=c; + } + }else{ + if(b>c){ + if(c>a) b=c; + else b=a; + } + } + return b; +} +#endif + +#ifndef median4 +#define median4 median4 +static inline av_const int median4(int a, int b, int c, int d) +{ + if (a < b) { + if (c < d) return (FFMIN(b, d) + FFMAX(a, c)) / 2; + else return (FFMIN(b, c) + FFMAX(a, d)) / 2; + } else { + if (c < d) return (FFMIN(a, d) + FFMAX(b, c)) / 2; + else return (FFMIN(a, c) + FFMAX(b, d)) / 2; + } +} +#endif + +#define FF_SIGNBIT(x) ((x) >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof(x) - 1) + +#ifndef sign_extend +static inline av_const int sign_extend(int val, unsigned bits) +{ + unsigned shift = 8 * sizeof(int) - bits; + union { unsigned u; int s; } v = { (unsigned) val << shift }; + return v.s >> shift; +} +#endif + +#ifndef sign_extend64 +static inline av_const int64_t sign_extend64(int64_t val, unsigned bits) +{ + unsigned shift = 8 * sizeof(int64_t) - bits; + union { uint64_t u; int64_t s; } v = { (uint64_t) val << shift }; + return v.s >> shift; +} +#endif + +#ifndef zero_extend +static inline av_const unsigned zero_extend(unsigned val, unsigned bits) +{ + return (val << ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits)) >> ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits); +} +#endif + +#ifndef COPY3_IF_LT +#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\ +if ((y) < (x)) {\ + (x) = (y);\ + (a) = (b);\ + (c) = (d);\ +} +#endif + +#ifndef MASK_ABS +#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) do { \ + mask = level >> 31; \ + level = (level ^ mask) - mask; \ + } while (0) +#endif + +#ifndef NEG_SSR32 +# define NEG_SSR32(a,s) ((( int32_t)(a))>>(32-(s))) +#endif + +#ifndef NEG_USR32 +# define NEG_USR32(a,s) (((uint32_t)(a))>>(32-(s))) +#endif + +#if HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# ifndef PACK_2U8 +# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((a) << 8) | (b)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_4U8 +# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((a) << 24) | ((b) << 16) | ((c) << 8) | (d)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_2U16 +# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((a) << 16) | (b)) +# endif +#else +# ifndef PACK_2U8 +# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((b) << 8) | (a)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_4U2 +# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((d) << 24) | ((c) << 16) | ((b) << 8) | (a)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_2U16 +# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((b) << 16) | (a)) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PACK_2S8 +# define PACK_2S8(a,b) PACK_2U8((a)&255, (b)&255) +#endif +#ifndef PACK_4S8 +# define PACK_4S8(a,b,c,d) PACK_4U8((a)&255, (b)&255, (c)&255, (d)&255) +#endif +#ifndef PACK_2S16 +# define PACK_2S16(a,b) PACK_2U16((a)&0xffff, (b)&0xffff) +#endif + +#ifndef FASTDIV +# define FASTDIV(a,b) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)a) * ff_inverse[b]) >> 32)) +#endif /* FASTDIV */ + +#ifndef ff_sqrt +#define ff_sqrt ff_sqrt +static inline av_const unsigned int ff_sqrt(unsigned int a) +{ + unsigned int b; + + if (a < 255) return (ff_sqrt_tab[a + 1] - 1) >> 4; + else if (a < (1 << 12)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 4] >> 2; +#if !CONFIG_SMALL + else if (a < (1 << 14)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 6] >> 1; + else if (a < (1 << 16)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 8] ; +#endif + else { + int s = av_log2_16bit(a >> 16) >> 1; + unsigned int c = a >> (s + 2); + b = ff_sqrt_tab[c >> (s + 8)]; + b = FASTDIV(c,b) + (b << s); + } + + return b - (a < b * b); +} +#endif + +static inline av_const float ff_sqrf(float a) +{ + return a*a; +} + +static inline int8_t ff_u8_to_s8(uint8_t a) +{ + union { + uint8_t u8; + int8_t s8; + } b; + b.u8 = a; + return b.s8; +} + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e9b56a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface + * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second + * of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using + * `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation + * of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + * + * [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long) + */ +int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f28e7e701 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ +/* + * AVPacket public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H +#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct, + * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the + * AVCodecContext export_side_data field). + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT, + + /** + * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * DOVI configuration + * ref: + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2 + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3 + * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in + * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains + * information for color volume transform - application 4 of + * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once + * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated + * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct + * with a minor bump. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * Time base of the packet's timestamps. + * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or + * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders + * or muxers. + */ + AVRational time_base; +} AVPacket; + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +attribute_deprecated +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; +#endif + +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated those are not used by any decoder + */ + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, +#endif + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed, + sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t *size); + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size, + AVDictionary **dict); + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten. + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst + * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()). + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c156b08d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + * + * The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0) + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35c4b1096 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43794ea58 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2f118b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 60 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AYUV_CODECID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +// reminder to remove CrystalHD decoders on next major bump +#define FF_CODEC_CRYSTAL_HD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba5eddbf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + +#if FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + attribute_deprecated + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; +#endif + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +#if FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +#endif /* FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..789932ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6298f5ed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H + +#include "config.h" + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/x86/asm.h" + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#if ARCH_X86_32 + +#define MULL MULL +static av_always_inline av_const int MULL(int a, int b, unsigned shift) +{ + int rt, dummy; + __asm__ ( + "imull %3 \n\t" + "shrdl %4, %%edx, %%eax \n\t" + :"=a"(rt), "=d"(dummy) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b), "ci"((uint8_t)shift) + ); + return rt; +} + +#define MULH MULH +static av_always_inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b) +{ + int rt, dummy; + __asm__ ( + "imull %3" + :"=d"(rt), "=a"(dummy) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b) + ); + return rt; +} + +#define MUL64 MUL64 +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t MUL64(int a, int b) +{ + int64_t rt; + __asm__ ( + "imull %2" + :"=A"(rt) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b) + ); + return rt; +} + +#endif /* ARCH_X86_32 */ + +#if HAVE_I686 +/* median of 3 */ +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int i=b; + __asm__ ( + "cmp %2, %1 \n\t" + "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t" + "cmovg %2, %1 \n\t" + "cmp %3, %1 \n\t" + "cmovl %3, %1 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %0 \n\t" + "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t" + :"+&r"(i), "+&r"(a) + :"r"(b), "r"(c) + ); + return i; +} + +#if HAVE_6REGS +#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\ +__asm__ volatile(\ + "cmpl %0, %3 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %3, %0 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %4, %1 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %5, %2 \n\t"\ + : "+&r" (x), "+&r" (a), "+r" (c)\ + : "r" (y), "r" (b), "r" (d)\ +); +#endif /* HAVE_6REGS */ + +#endif /* HAVE_I686 */ + +#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) \ + __asm__ ("cdq \n\t" \ + "xorl %1, %0 \n\t" \ + "subl %1, %0 \n\t" \ + : "+a"(level), "=&d"(mask)) + +// avoid +32 for shift optimization (gcc should do that ...) +#define NEG_SSR32 NEG_SSR32 +static inline int32_t NEG_SSR32( int32_t a, int8_t s){ + __asm__ ("sarl %1, %0\n\t" + : "+r" (a) + : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s)) + ); + return a; +} + +#define NEG_USR32 NEG_USR32 +static inline uint32_t NEG_USR32(uint32_t a, int8_t s){ + __asm__ ("shrl %1, %0\n\t" + : "+r" (a) + : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s)) + ); + return a; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ +#endif /* AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52e70c0d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed") + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ba3c9e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavcodec + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavcodec + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavcodec + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 60.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 60.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5030495b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is +addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bac551f09 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Copyright (c) 2013, The WebRTC project authors. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in + the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + distribution. + + * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may + be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6111c6c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Copyright (c) 2002, Xiph.org Foundation + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c396169ee --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb456a87b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Copyright (c) 2002-2020 Xiph.org Foundation + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec4bf01e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the +copyright owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other +entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with +that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the +power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such +entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty +percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial +ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, +including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, +and configuration files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation +or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled +object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, +made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that +is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the +Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, +that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial +revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as +a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, +Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or +merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative +Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original +version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or +Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for +inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal +Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the +purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, +verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its +representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic +mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that +are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing +and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously +marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a +Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on +behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and +subsequently incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to +reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, +sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or +Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in +this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, +import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to +those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily +infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their +Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. +If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or +contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You +under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such +litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or +Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and +in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: + + 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a +copy of this License; and + + 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating +that You changed the files; and + + 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You +distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from +the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to +any part of the Derivative Works; and + + 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its +distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a +readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, +excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative +Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file +distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or +documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a +display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party +notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for +informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your +own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, +alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that +such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the +License. + +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may +provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, +reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such +Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and +distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in +this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any +Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to +the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, +without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, +nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license +agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade +names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except +as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of +the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to +in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its +Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any +warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for +determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and +assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this +License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether +in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by +applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to +in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including +any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any +character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or +inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of +goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all +other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been +advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the +Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee +for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability +obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in +accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if +You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any +liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by +reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included +on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier +identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may + not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a + copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable + law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is + distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language + governing permissions and limitations under the License. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c739c34a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Copyright 2001-2011 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, + Jean-Marc Valin, Timothy B. Terriberry, + CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding, + Erik de Castro Lopo + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the +names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote +products derived from this software without specific prior written +permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +Opus is subject to the royalty-free patent licenses which are +specified at: + +Xiph.Org Foundation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1524/ + +Microsoft Corporation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1914/ + +Broadcom Corporation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1526/ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa18feb44 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is +addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the + Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR new file mode 100644 index 000000000..551cb4acb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d6dc4aab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Copyright 2002-2008 Xiph.org Foundation +Copyright 2002-2008 Jean-Marc Valin +Copyright 2005-2007 Analog Devices Inc. +Copyright 2005-2008 Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research + Organisation (CSIRO) +Copyright 1993, 2002, 2006 David Rowe +Copyright 2003 EpicGames +Copyright 1992-1994 Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR +CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15a6fe931 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec4bf01e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the +copyright owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other +entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with +that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the +power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such +entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty +percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial +ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, +including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, +and configuration files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation +or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled +object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, +made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that +is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the +Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, +that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial +revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as +a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, +Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or +merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative +Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original +version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or +Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for +inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal +Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the +purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, +verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its +representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic +mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that +are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing +and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously +marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a +Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on +behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and +subsequently incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to +reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, +sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or +Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in +this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, +import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to +those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily +infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their +Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. +If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or +contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You +under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such +litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or +Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and +in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: + + 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a +copy of this License; and + + 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating +that You changed the files; and + + 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You +distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from +the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to +any part of the Derivative Works; and + + 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its +distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a +readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, +excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative +Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file +distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or +documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a +display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party +notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for +informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your +own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, +alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that +such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the +License. + +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may +provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, +reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such +Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and +distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in +this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any +Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to +the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, +without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, +nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license +agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade +names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except +as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of +the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to +in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its +Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any +warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for +determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and +assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this +License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether +in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by +applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to +in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including +any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any +character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or +inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of +goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all +other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been +advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the +Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee +for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability +obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in +accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if +You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any +liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by +reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included +on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier +identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may + not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a + copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable + law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is + distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language + governing permissions and limitations under the License. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec new file mode 100755 index 000000000..f72a9a08b Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff8cc4cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * AC-3 parser prototypes + * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. + */ +int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, + uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f85becd13 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +/** + * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. + * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer + * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written + * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written + * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. + */ +int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, + uint8_t *frames); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc57c5571 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H + +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/common.h" + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#if HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE +#define MULH MULH +static inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b) +{ + int r; + __asm__ ("smmul %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b)); + return r; +} + +#define FASTDIV FASTDIV +static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b) +{ + int r; + __asm__ ("cmp %2, #2 \n\t" + "ldr %0, [%3, %2, lsl #2] \n\t" + "ite le \n\t" + "lsrle %0, %1, #1 \n\t" + "smmulgt %0, %0, %1 \n\t" + : "=&r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b), "r"(ff_inverse) : "cc"); + return r; +} + +#else /* HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE */ + +#define FASTDIV FASTDIV +static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b) +{ + int r, t; + __asm__ ("umull %1, %0, %2, %3" + : "=&r"(r), "=&r"(t) : "r"(a), "r"(ff_inverse[b])); + return r; +} +#endif + +#define MLS64(d, a, b) MAC64(d, -(a), b) + +#if HAVE_ARMV5TE_INLINE + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */ +# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) \ + __asm__ ("smlabb %0, %1, %2, %0" : "+r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb)); + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */ +# define MUL16 MUL16 +static inline av_const int MUL16(int ra, int rb) +{ + int rt; + __asm__ ("smulbb %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb)); + return rt; +} + +#endif + +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int m; + __asm__ ( + "mov %0, %2 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %2 \n\t" + "itt gt \n\t" + "movgt %0, %1 \n\t" + "movgt %1, %2 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %3 \n\t" + "it le \n\t" + "movle %1, %3 \n\t" + "cmp %0, %1 \n\t" + "it gt \n\t" + "movgt %0, %1 \n\t" + : "=&r"(m), "+r"(a) + : "r"(b), "r"(c) + : "cc"); + return m; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39881a1d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,3192 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec.h" +#include "codec_desc.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "defs.h" +#include "packet.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +/** + * Request the encoder to output reconstructed frames, i.e.\ frames that would + * be produced by decoding the encoded bistream. These frames may be retrieved + * by calling avcodec_receive_frame() immediately after a successful call to + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * Should only be used with encoders flagged with the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME capability. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME (1 << 6) +/** + * @par decoding + * Request the decoder to propagate each packets AVPacket.opaque and + * AVPacket.opaque_ref to its corresponding output AVFrame. + * + * @par encoding: + * Request the encoder to propagate each frame's AVFrame.opaque and + * AVFrame.opaque_ref values to its corresponding output AVPacket. + * + * @par + * May only be set on encoders that have the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability flag. + * + * @note + * While in typical cases one input frame produces exactly one output packet + * (perhaps after a delay), in general the mapping of frames to packets is + * M-to-N, so + * - Any number of input frames may be associated with any given output packet. + * This includes zero - e.g. some encoders may output packets that carry only + * metadata about the whole stream. + * - A given input frame may be associated with any number of output packets. + * Again this includes zero - e.g. some encoders may drop frames under certain + * conditions. + * . + * This implies that when using this flag, the caller must NOT assume that + * - a given input frame's opaques will necessarily appear on some output packet; + * - every output packet will have some non-NULL opaque value. + * . + * When an output packet contains multiple frames, the opaque values will be + * taken from the first of those. + * + * @note + * The converse holds for decoders, with frames and packets switched. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE (1 << 7) +/** + * Signal to the encoder that the values of AVFrame.duration are valid and + * should be used (typically for transferring them to output packets). + * + * If this flag is not set, frame durations are ignored. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_FRAME_DURATION (1 << 8) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) +/** + * Generate/parse ICC profiles on encode/decode, as appropriate for the type of + * file. No effect on codecs which cannot contain embedded ICC profiles, or + * when compiled without support for lcms2. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_ICC_PROFILES (1U << 31) + +/* Exported side data. + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before initialization. +*/ +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0) +/** + * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Do not apply film grain, export it instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3) + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the + * caller before avcodec_open2(). + * + * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for + * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration, + * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel + * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also + * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt. + * + * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as + * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is + * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen + * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again + * immediately. + * + * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is + * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously. + * + * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current + * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other + * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + +#if FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + * @deprecated use frame_num instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_number; +#endif + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated use "downmix" codec private option + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t request_channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a + * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be + * reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + * This may only be set to one of the FF_COMPLIANCE_* values in defs.h. + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * This is a bitfield of the AV_EF_* values defined in defs.h. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input + * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only + * supported by encoders with the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Legacy hardware accelerator context. + * + * For some hardware acceleration methods, the caller may use this field to + * signal hwaccel-specific data to the codec. The struct pointed to by this + * pointer is hwaccel-dependent and defined in the respective header. Please + * refer to the FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill + * this. + * + * In most cases this field is optional - the necessary information may also + * be provided to libavcodec through @ref hw_frames_ctx or @ref + * hw_device_ctx (see avcodec_get_hw_config()). However, in some cases it + * may be the only method of signalling some (optional) information. + * + * The struct and its contents are owned by the caller. + * + * - encoding: May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). Must remain + * valid until avcodec_free_context(). + * - decoding: May be set by the caller in the get_format() callback. + * Must remain valid until the next get_format() call, + * or avcodec_free_context() (whichever comes first). + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_IDCT_NONE +// formerly used by xvmc +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; + + /** + * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_samples; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of + * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by + * decoders and encoders. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int export_side_data; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data + * buffer for it. + * + * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is + * called: + * - size + * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer size, + * which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes. + * + * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated by this + * callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet once returned by + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet: + * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some architectures and + * encoders may benefit from having aligned data. + * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's + * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated by + * some other means. + * + * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ flags. + * They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get after being + * created. + * Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they don't understand. + * If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the packet may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may + * be called from multiple threads simultaneously. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts. + * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container. + * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int64_t frame_num; +} AVCodecContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + */ + int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * Some hardware decoders (namely nvdec) can either output direct decoder + * surfaces, or make an on-device copy and return said copy. + * There is a hard limit on how many decoder surfaces there can be, and it + * cannot be accurately guessed ahead of time. + * For some processing chains, this can be okay, but others will run into the + * limit and in turn produce very confusing errors that require fine tuning of + * more or less obscure options by the user, or in extreme cases cannot be + * resolved at all without inserting an avfilter that forces a copy. + * + * Thus, the hwaccel will by default make a copy for safety and resilience. + * If a users really wants to minimize the amount of copies, they can set this + * flag and ensure their processing chain does not exhaust the surface pool. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_UNSAFE_OUTPUT (1 << 3) + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for encoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +#ifdef FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + * @deprecated Use av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); +#endif + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, + * and the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can be + * sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder or encoder (when the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag is used). + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * codec. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @retval 0 success, a frame was returned + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in this state - user must + * try to send new input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the codec has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is an encoder without the + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag enabled + * @retval AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED current decoded frame has changed parameters with + * respect to first decoded frame. Applicable when flag + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. + * @retval "other negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user must + * read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once all + * output is read, the packet should be resent, and the + * call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in the current state - user must + * try to send input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be no + * more output packets + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is a decoder + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, + AVBufferRef *device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); + + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, ///< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, ///< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, ///< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, ///< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); + +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder + * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid. + * + * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder + * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder + * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different + * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder + * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the + * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6411fab6f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; + + void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels, + ptrdiff_t line_size); +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c0f9b8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a09c69f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + * Bitstream filters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H +#define AVCODEC_BSF_H + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "packet.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This + * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on + * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets". + * + * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures: + * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter + * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an + * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass + * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable + * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call + * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use. + * + * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered + * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be + * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter. + * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are + * produced by the filter. + * + * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + * + * @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc() + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero), + * it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent; + * sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output + * any packets it may have buffered internally. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using + * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using + * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b1995bcf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +/* + * AVCodec public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h" +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and + * supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or + * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or + * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around + * multithreading-capable external libraries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return + * them with corresponding output packets. + * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is + * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames + * remain pending. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21) + +/** + * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that + * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream. + * + * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22) + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated use ch_layouts instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 +#endif + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + */ + const char *wrapper_name; + + /** + * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout. + */ + const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts; +} AVCodec; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + * + * When selecting this format for an encoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which + * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be + * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available. + * + * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to + * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel + * formats supported by the codec. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..126b52df4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Codec descriptors public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89a4a0cb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ +/* + * Codec IDs + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGX, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, +#if FF_API_AYUV_CODECID + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PFM, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_IPU, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_CRI, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_GEM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBN, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QOI, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHM, + AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100, + AV_CODEC_ID_VQC, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCA, + AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BONK, + AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_APAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FTR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RKA, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_EPG, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket + /** + * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL, + /** + * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL, +}; + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f51d27c59 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* + * Codec parameters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6816b6c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbe3254db --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H +#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder/demuxer returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error + +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock + * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft') + * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12 + */ +typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime { + /** + * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()). + */ + int64_t wallclock; + int flags; +} AVProducerReferenceTime; + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6d9d346d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4365f1b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22c93992f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd99e9261 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1dc32330 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes_internal.h" +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "config.h" + +#define MAX_NEG_CROP 1024 + +extern const uint32_t ff_inverse[257]; +extern const uint8_t ff_log2_run[41]; +extern const uint8_t ff_sqrt_tab[256]; +extern const uint8_t attribute_visibility_hidden ff_crop_tab[256 + 2 * MAX_NEG_CROP]; +extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_direct[64]; +extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_scan[16+1]; + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/mathops.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/mathops.h" +#endif + +/* generic implementation */ + +#ifndef MUL64 +# define MUL64(a,b) ((int64_t)(a) * (int64_t)(b)) +#endif + +#ifndef MULL +# define MULL(a,b,s) (MUL64(a, b) >> (s)) +#endif + +#ifndef MULH +static av_always_inline int MULH(int a, int b){ + return MUL64(a, b) >> 32; +} +#endif + +#ifndef UMULH +static av_always_inline unsigned UMULH(unsigned a, unsigned b){ + return ((uint64_t)(a) * (uint64_t)(b))>>32; +} +#endif + +#ifndef MAC64 +# define MAC64(d, a, b) ((d) += MUL64(a, b)) +#endif + +#ifndef MLS64 +# define MLS64(d, a, b) ((d) -= MUL64(a, b)) +#endif + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */ +#ifndef MAC16 +# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) rt += (ra) * (rb) +#endif + +/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */ +#ifndef MUL16 +# define MUL16(ra, rb) ((ra) * (rb)) +#endif + +#ifndef MLS16 +# define MLS16(rt, ra, rb) ((rt) -= (ra) * (rb)) +#endif + +/* median of 3 */ +#ifndef mid_pred +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + if(a>b){ + if(c>b){ + if(c>a) b=a; + else b=c; + } + }else{ + if(b>c){ + if(c>a) b=c; + else b=a; + } + } + return b; +} +#endif + +#ifndef median4 +#define median4 median4 +static inline av_const int median4(int a, int b, int c, int d) +{ + if (a < b) { + if (c < d) return (FFMIN(b, d) + FFMAX(a, c)) / 2; + else return (FFMIN(b, c) + FFMAX(a, d)) / 2; + } else { + if (c < d) return (FFMIN(a, d) + FFMAX(b, c)) / 2; + else return (FFMIN(a, c) + FFMAX(b, d)) / 2; + } +} +#endif + +#define FF_SIGNBIT(x) ((x) >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof(x) - 1) + +#ifndef sign_extend +static inline av_const int sign_extend(int val, unsigned bits) +{ + unsigned shift = 8 * sizeof(int) - bits; + union { unsigned u; int s; } v = { (unsigned) val << shift }; + return v.s >> shift; +} +#endif + +#ifndef sign_extend64 +static inline av_const int64_t sign_extend64(int64_t val, unsigned bits) +{ + unsigned shift = 8 * sizeof(int64_t) - bits; + union { uint64_t u; int64_t s; } v = { (uint64_t) val << shift }; + return v.s >> shift; +} +#endif + +#ifndef zero_extend +static inline av_const unsigned zero_extend(unsigned val, unsigned bits) +{ + return (val << ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits)) >> ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits); +} +#endif + +#ifndef COPY3_IF_LT +#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\ +if ((y) < (x)) {\ + (x) = (y);\ + (a) = (b);\ + (c) = (d);\ +} +#endif + +#ifndef MASK_ABS +#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) do { \ + mask = level >> 31; \ + level = (level ^ mask) - mask; \ + } while (0) +#endif + +#ifndef NEG_SSR32 +# define NEG_SSR32(a,s) ((( int32_t)(a))>>(32-(s))) +#endif + +#ifndef NEG_USR32 +# define NEG_USR32(a,s) (((uint32_t)(a))>>(32-(s))) +#endif + +#if HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# ifndef PACK_2U8 +# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((a) << 8) | (b)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_4U8 +# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((a) << 24) | ((b) << 16) | ((c) << 8) | (d)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_2U16 +# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((a) << 16) | (b)) +# endif +#else +# ifndef PACK_2U8 +# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((b) << 8) | (a)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_4U2 +# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((d) << 24) | ((c) << 16) | ((b) << 8) | (a)) +# endif +# ifndef PACK_2U16 +# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((b) << 16) | (a)) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PACK_2S8 +# define PACK_2S8(a,b) PACK_2U8((a)&255, (b)&255) +#endif +#ifndef PACK_4S8 +# define PACK_4S8(a,b,c,d) PACK_4U8((a)&255, (b)&255, (c)&255, (d)&255) +#endif +#ifndef PACK_2S16 +# define PACK_2S16(a,b) PACK_2U16((a)&0xffff, (b)&0xffff) +#endif + +#ifndef FASTDIV +# define FASTDIV(a,b) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)a) * ff_inverse[b]) >> 32)) +#endif /* FASTDIV */ + +#ifndef ff_sqrt +#define ff_sqrt ff_sqrt +static inline av_const unsigned int ff_sqrt(unsigned int a) +{ + unsigned int b; + + if (a < 255) return (ff_sqrt_tab[a + 1] - 1) >> 4; + else if (a < (1 << 12)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 4] >> 2; +#if !CONFIG_SMALL + else if (a < (1 << 14)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 6] >> 1; + else if (a < (1 << 16)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 8] ; +#endif + else { + int s = av_log2_16bit(a >> 16) >> 1; + unsigned int c = a >> (s + 2); + b = ff_sqrt_tab[c >> (s + 8)]; + b = FASTDIV(c,b) + (b << s); + } + + return b - (a < b * b); +} +#endif + +static inline av_const float ff_sqrf(float a) +{ + return a*a; +} + +static inline int8_t ff_u8_to_s8(uint8_t a) +{ + union { + uint8_t u8; + int8_t s8; + } b; + b.u8 = a; + return b.s8; +} + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e9b56a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface + * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second + * of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using + * `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation + * of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + * + * [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long) + */ +int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f28e7e701 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ +/* + * AVPacket public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H +#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct, + * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the + * AVCodecContext export_side_data field). + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT, + + /** + * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * DOVI configuration + * ref: + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2 + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3 + * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in + * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains + * information for color volume transform - application 4 of + * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once + * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated + * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct + * with a minor bump. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * Time base of the packet's timestamps. + * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or + * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders + * or muxers. + */ + AVRational time_base; +} AVPacket; + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +attribute_deprecated +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; +#endif + +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * @deprecated those are not used by any decoder + */ + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, +#endif + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed, + sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t *size); + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size, + AVDictionary **dict); + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten. + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst + * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()). + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c156b08d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + * + * The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0) + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35c4b1096 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43794ea58 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2f118b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 60 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AYUV_CODECID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +// reminder to remove CrystalHD decoders on next major bump +#define FF_CODEC_CRYSTAL_HD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba5eddbf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + +#if FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + attribute_deprecated + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; +#endif + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +#if FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +#endif /* FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..789932ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6298f5ed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * simple math operations + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H +#define AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H + +#include "config.h" + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/x86/asm.h" + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#if ARCH_X86_32 + +#define MULL MULL +static av_always_inline av_const int MULL(int a, int b, unsigned shift) +{ + int rt, dummy; + __asm__ ( + "imull %3 \n\t" + "shrdl %4, %%edx, %%eax \n\t" + :"=a"(rt), "=d"(dummy) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b), "ci"((uint8_t)shift) + ); + return rt; +} + +#define MULH MULH +static av_always_inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b) +{ + int rt, dummy; + __asm__ ( + "imull %3" + :"=d"(rt), "=a"(dummy) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b) + ); + return rt; +} + +#define MUL64 MUL64 +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t MUL64(int a, int b) +{ + int64_t rt; + __asm__ ( + "imull %2" + :"=A"(rt) + :"a"(a), "rm"(b) + ); + return rt; +} + +#endif /* ARCH_X86_32 */ + +#if HAVE_I686 +/* median of 3 */ +#define mid_pred mid_pred +static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int i=b; + __asm__ ( + "cmp %2, %1 \n\t" + "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t" + "cmovg %2, %1 \n\t" + "cmp %3, %1 \n\t" + "cmovl %3, %1 \n\t" + "cmp %1, %0 \n\t" + "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t" + :"+&r"(i), "+&r"(a) + :"r"(b), "r"(c) + ); + return i; +} + +#if HAVE_6REGS +#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\ +__asm__ volatile(\ + "cmpl %0, %3 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %3, %0 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %4, %1 \n\t"\ + "cmovl %5, %2 \n\t"\ + : "+&r" (x), "+&r" (a), "+r" (c)\ + : "r" (y), "r" (b), "r" (d)\ +); +#endif /* HAVE_6REGS */ + +#endif /* HAVE_I686 */ + +#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) \ + __asm__ ("cdq \n\t" \ + "xorl %1, %0 \n\t" \ + "subl %1, %0 \n\t" \ + : "+a"(level), "=&d"(mask)) + +// avoid +32 for shift optimization (gcc should do that ...) +#define NEG_SSR32 NEG_SSR32 +static inline int32_t NEG_SSR32( int32_t a, int8_t s){ + __asm__ ("sarl %1, %0\n\t" + : "+r" (a) + : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s)) + ); + return a; +} + +#define NEG_USR32 NEG_USR32 +static inline uint32_t NEG_USR32(uint32_t a, int8_t s){ + __asm__ ("shrl %1, %0\n\t" + : "+r" (a) + : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s)) + ); + return a; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ +#endif /* AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52e70c0d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed") + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ba3c9e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavcodec + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavcodec + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavcodec + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 60.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 60.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5030495b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is +addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bac551f09 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Copyright (c) 2013, The WebRTC project authors. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in + the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + distribution. + + * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may + be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6111c6c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Copyright (c) 2002, Xiph.org Foundation + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c396169ee --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb456a87b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Copyright (c) 2002-2020 Xiph.org Foundation + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec4bf01e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the +copyright owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other +entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with +that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the +power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such +entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty +percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial +ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, +including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, +and configuration files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation +or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled +object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, +made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that +is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the +Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, +that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial +revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as +a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, +Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or +merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative +Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original +version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or +Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for +inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal +Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the +purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, +verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its +representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic +mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that +are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing +and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously +marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a +Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on +behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and +subsequently incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to +reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, +sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or +Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in +this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, +import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to +those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily +infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their +Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. +If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or +contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You +under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such +litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or +Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and +in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: + + 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a +copy of this License; and + + 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating +that You changed the files; and + + 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You +distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from +the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to +any part of the Derivative Works; and + + 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its +distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a +readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, +excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative +Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file +distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or +documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a +display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party +notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for +informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your +own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, +alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that +such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the +License. + +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may +provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, +reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such +Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and +distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in +this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any +Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to +the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, +without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, +nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license +agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade +names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except +as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of +the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to +in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its +Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any +warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for +determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and +assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this +License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether +in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by +applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to +in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including +any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any +character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or +inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of +goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all +other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been +advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the +Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee +for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability +obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in +accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if +You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any +liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by +reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included +on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier +identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may + not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a + copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable + law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is + distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language + governing permissions and limitations under the License. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c739c34a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Copyright 2001-2011 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, + Jean-Marc Valin, Timothy B. Terriberry, + CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding, + Erik de Castro Lopo + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the +names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote +products derived from this software without specific prior written +permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER +OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +Opus is subject to the royalty-free patent licenses which are +specified at: + +Xiph.Org Foundation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1524/ + +Microsoft Corporation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1914/ + +Broadcom Corporation: +https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1526/ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa18feb44 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + + GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is +addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the + Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR new file mode 100644 index 000000000..551cb4acb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d6dc4aab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Copyright 2002-2008 Xiph.org Foundation +Copyright 2002-2008 Jean-Marc Valin +Copyright 2005-2007 Analog Devices Inc. +Copyright 2005-2008 Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research + Organisation (CSIRO) +Copyright 1993, 2002, 2006 David Rowe +Copyright 2003 EpicGames +Copyright 1992-1994 Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: + +- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR +CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15a6fe931 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec4bf01e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the +copyright owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other +entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with +that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the +power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such +entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty +percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial +ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, +including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, +and configuration files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation +or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled +object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, +made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that +is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the +Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, +that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial +revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as +a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, +Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or +merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative +Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original +version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or +Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for +inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal +Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the +purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, +verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its +representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic +mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that +are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing +and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously +marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a +Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on +behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and +subsequently incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to +reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, +sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or +Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this +License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, +non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in +this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, +import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to +those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily +infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their +Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. +If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or +contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You +under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such +litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or +Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and +in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: + + 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a +copy of this License; and + + 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating +that You changed the files; and + + 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You +distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from +the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to +any part of the Derivative Works; and + + 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its +distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a +readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, +excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative +Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file +distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or +documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a +display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party +notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for +informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your +own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, +alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that +such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the +License. + +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may +provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, +reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such +Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and +distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in +this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any +Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to +the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, +without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, +nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license +agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade +names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except +as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of +the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to +in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its +Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any +warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for +determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and +assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this +License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether +in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by +applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to +in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including +any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any +character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or +inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of +goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all +other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been +advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the +Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee +for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability +obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in +accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if +You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any +liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by +reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included +on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier +identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may + not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a + copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable + law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is + distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language + governing permissions and limitations under the License. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5f98b6af Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavcodec.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..965423d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libavfilter.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libavfilter.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libavfilter.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0d458446 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libavfilter/version.h" +#endif + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; +typedef struct AVFilterChannelLayouts AVFilterChannelLayouts; + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * The filter is a "metadata" filter - it does not modify the frame data in any + * way. It may only affect the metadata (i.e. those fields copied by + * av_frame_copy_props()). + * + * More precisely, this means: + * - video: the data of any frame output by the filter must be exactly equal to + * some frame that is received on one of its inputs. Furthermore, all frames + * produced on a given output must correspond to frames received on the same + * input and their order must be unchanged. Note that the filter may still + * drop or duplicate the frames. + * - audio: the data produced by the filter on any of its outputs (viewed e.g. + * as an array of interleaved samples) must be exactly equal to the data + * received by the filter on one of its inputs. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_METADATA_ONLY (1 << 3) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of static inputs. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + + /** + * List of static outputs. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * The number of entries in the list of inputs. + */ + uint8_t nb_inputs; + + /** + * The number of entries in the list of outputs. + */ + uint8_t nb_outputs; + + /** + * This field determines the state of the formats union. + * It is an enum FilterFormatsState value. + */ + uint8_t formats_state; + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * The state of the following union is determined by formats_state. + * See the documentation of enum FilterFormatsState in internal.h. + */ + union { + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set ::AVFilterLink's + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "outcfg.formats" + * on every input link and + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "incfg.formats" + * on every output link to a list of pixel/sample formats that the filter + * supports on that link. + * For audio links, this filter must also set + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "incfg.samplerates" + * / + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "outcfg.samplerates" + * and @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "incfg.channel_layouts" + * / + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "outcfg.channel_layouts" + * analogously. + * + * This callback must never be NULL if the union is in this state. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_func)(AVFilterContext *); + /** + * A pointer to an array of admissible pixel formats delimited + * by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. The generic code will use this list + * to indicate that this filter supports each of these pixel formats, + * provided that all inputs and outputs use the same pixel format. + * + * This list must never be NULL if the union is in this state. + * The type of all inputs and outputs of filters using this must + * be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO. + */ + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixels_list; + /** + * Analogous to pixels, but delimited by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * and restricted to filters that only have AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO + * inputs and outputs. + * + * In addition to that the generic code will mark all inputs + * and all outputs as supporting all sample rates and every + * channel count and channel layout, as long as all inputs + * and outputs use the same sample rate and channel count/layout. + */ + const enum AVSampleFormat *samples_list; + /** + * Equivalent to { pix_fmt, AV_PIX_FMT_NONE } as pixels_list. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Equivalent to { sample_fmt, AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE } as samples_list. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; + } formats; + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array. + */ +unsigned avfilter_filter_pad_count(const AVFilter *filter, int is_output); + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; + + /** + * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will + * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by + * the caller. + * + * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such + * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be + * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number + * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally. + * + * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is + * configured. + */ + int extra_hw_frames; +}; + +/** + * Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link. + * + * This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies: + * one for the source filter, one for the destination filter. + + * These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used, + * which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of + * AVFilterLink, when chosen. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig { + + /** + * List of supported formats (pixel or sample). + */ + AVFilterFormats *formats; + + /** + * Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio. + */ + AVFilterFormats *samplerates; + + /** + * Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio. + */ + AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts; + +} AVFilterFormatsConfig; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the input filter. + */ + AVFilterFormatsConfig incfg; + + /** + * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the output filter. + */ + AVFilterFormatsConfig outcfg; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in fifo. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * Number of past samples sent through the link. + */ + int64_t sample_count_in, sample_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameter args. opaque is currently ignored. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Parameters of a filter's input or output pad. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterParams by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterPadParams { + /** + * An av_malloc()'ed string containing the pad label. + * + * May be av_free()'d and set to NULL by the caller, in which case this pad + * will be treated as unlabeled for linking. + * May also be replaced by another av_malloc()'ed string. + */ + char *label; +} AVFilterPadParams; + +/** + * Parameters describing a filter to be created in a filtergraph. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterParams { + /** + * The filter context. + * + * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() based on + * AVFilterParams.filter_name and instance_name. + * + * Callers may also create the filter context manually, then they should + * av_free() filter_name and set it to NULL. Such AVFilterParams instances + * are then skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(). + */ + AVFilterContext *filter; + + /** + * Name of the AVFilter to be used. + * + * An av_malloc()'ed string, set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Will be + * passed to avfilter_get_by_name() by + * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(). + * + * Callers may av_free() this string and replace it with another one or + * NULL. If the caller creates the filter instance manually, this string + * MUST be set to NULL. + * + * When both AVFilterParams.filter an AVFilterParams.filter_name are NULL, + * this AVFilterParams instance is skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_*() + * functions. + */ + char *filter_name; + /** + * Name to be used for this filter instance. + * + * An av_malloc()'ed string, may be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse() or + * left NULL. The caller may av_free() this string and replace with another + * one or NULL. + * + * Will be used by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() - passed as the + * third argument to avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(), then freed and set to + * NULL. + */ + char *instance_name; + + /** + * Options to be apllied to the filter. + * + * Filled by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Afterwards may be freely + * modified by the caller. + * + * Will be applied to the filter by avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts() + * with an equivalent of av_opt_set_dict2(filter, &opts, AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN), + * i.e. any unapplied options will be left in this dictionary. + */ + AVDictionary *opts; + + AVFilterPadParams **inputs; + unsigned nb_inputs; + + AVFilterPadParams **outputs; + unsigned nb_outputs; +} AVFilterParams; + +/** + * A filterchain is a list of filter specifications. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterChain { + AVFilterParams **filters; + size_t nb_filters; +} AVFilterChain; + +/** + * A parsed representation of a filtergraph segment. + * + * A filtergraph segment is conceptually a list of filterchains, with some + * supplementary information (e.g. format conversion flags). + * + * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Must be freed with + * avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterGraphSegment { + /** + * The filtergraph this segment is associated with. + * Set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + */ + AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * A list of filter chain contained in this segment. + * Set in avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + */ + AVFilterChain **chains; + size_t nb_chains; + + /** + * A string containing a colon-separated list of key=value options applied + * to all scale filters in this segment. + * + * May be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * The caller may free this string with av_free() and replace it with a + * different av_malloc()'ed string. + */ + char *scale_sws_opts; +} AVFilterGraphSegment; + +/** + * Parse a textual filtergraph description into an intermediate form. + * + * This intermediate representation is intended to be modified by the caller as + * described in the documentation of AVFilterGraphSegment and its children, and + * then applied to the graph either manually or with other + * avfilter_graph_segment_*() functions. See the documentation for + * avfilter_graph_segment_apply() for the canonical way to apply + * AVFilterGraphSegment. + * + * @param graph Filter graph the parsed segment is associated with. Will only be + * used for logging and similar auxiliary purposes. The graph will + * not be actually modified by this function - the parsing results + * are instead stored in seg for further processing. + * @param graph_str a string describing the filtergraph segment + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param seg A pointer to the newly-created AVFilterGraphSegment is written + * here on success. The graph segment is owned by the caller and must + * be freed with avfilter_graph_segment_free() before graph itself is + * freed. + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *graph_str, + int flags, AVFilterGraphSegment **seg); + +/** + * Create filters specified in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through the creation-pending AVFilterParams in the segment and create + * new filter instances for them. + * Creation-pending params are those where AVFilterParams.filter_name is + * non-NULL (and hence AVFilterParams.filter is NULL). All other AVFilterParams + * instances are ignored. + * + * For any filter created by this function, the corresponding + * AVFilterParams.filter is set to the newly-created filter context, + * AVFilterParams.filter_name and AVFilterParams.instance_name are freed and set + * to NULL. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all creation-pending filters were + * successfully created + * @retval AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND some filter's name did not correspond to a + * known filter + * @retval "another negative error code" other failures + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Apply parsed options to filter instances in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment that have option + * dictionaries associated with them and apply those options with + * av_opt_set_dict2(..., AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN). AVFilterParams.opts is + * replaced by the dictionary output by av_opt_set_dict2(), which should be + * empty (NULL) if all options were successfully applied. + * + * If any options could not be found, this function will continue processing all + * other filters and finally return AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND (unless another + * error happens). The calling program may then deal with unapplied options as + * it wishes. + * + * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) + * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with + * no associated filter context are simply skipped. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all options were successfully applied. + * @retval AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND some options were not found in a filter + * @retval "another negative error code" other failures + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Initialize all filter instances in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and call + * avfilter_init_dict(..., NULL) on those that have not been initialized yet. + * + * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) + * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with + * no associated filter context or whose filter context is already initialized, + * are simply skipped. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all filter instances were successfully + * initialized + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_init(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Link filters in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and try to link all + * unlinked input and output pads. Any creation-pending filters (see + * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) present in the segment will cause + * this function to fail. Disabled filters and already linked pads are skipped. + * + * Every filter output pad that has a corresponding AVFilterPadParams with a + * non-NULL label is + * - linked to the input with the matching label, if one exists; + * - exported in the outputs linked list otherwise, with the label preserved. + * Unlabeled outputs are + * - linked to the first unlinked unlabeled input in the next non-disabled + * filter in the chain, if one exists + * - exported in the ouputs linked list otherwise, with NULL label + * + * Similarly, unlinked input pads are exported in the inputs linked list. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It + * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It + * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_link(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Apply all filter/link descriptions from a graph segment to the associated filtergraph. + * + * This functions is currently equivalent to calling the following in sequence: + * - avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_init(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_link(); + * failing if any of them fails. This list may be extended in the future. + * + * Since the above functions are idempotent, the caller may call some of them + * manually, then do some custom processing on the filtergraph, then call this + * function to do the rest. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param[out] inputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link() + * @param[out] outputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link() + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_apply(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Free the provided AVFilterGraphSegment and everything associated with it. + * + * @param seg double pointer to the AVFilterGraphSegment to be freed. NULL will + * be written to this pointer on exit from this function. + * + * @note + * The filter contexts (AVFilterParams.filter) are owned by AVFilterGraph rather + * than AVFilterGraphSegment, so they are not freed. + */ +void avfilter_graph_segment_free(AVFilterGraphSegment **seg); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64e08de53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + * + * The buffersink and abuffersink filters are there to connect filter graphs + * to applications. They have a single input, connected to the graph, and no + * output. Frames must be extracted using av_buffersink_get_frame() or + * av_buffersink_get_samples(). + * + * The format negotiated by the graph during configuration can be obtained + * using the accessor functions: + * - av_buffersink_get_time_base(), + * - av_buffersink_get_format(), + * - av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(), + * - av_buffersink_get_w(), + * - av_buffersink_get_h(), + * - av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio(), + * - av_buffersink_get_channels(), + * - av_buffersink_get_ch_layout(), + * - av_buffersink_get_sample_rate(). + * + * The layout returned by av_buffersink_get_ch_layout() must de uninitialized + * by the caller. + * + * The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and + * related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag. + * - pix_fmts (int list), + * - sample_fmts (int list), + * - sample_rates (int list), + * - ch_layouts (string), + * - channel_counts (int list), + * - all_channel_counts (bool). + * Most of these options are of type binary, and should be set using + * av_opt_set_int_list() or av_opt_set_bin(). If they are not set, all + * corresponding formats are accepted. + * + * As a special case, if ch_layouts is not set, all valid channel layouts are + * accepted except for UNSPEC layouts, unless all_channel_counts is set. + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +#endif +int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx, + AVChannelLayout *ch_layout); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_frame(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b248b37c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e0eb9af9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..899dfdb27 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 9 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c368cb089 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavfilter + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavfilter + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavfilter + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 9.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 9.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter new file mode 100755 index 000000000..adb458a29 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0d458446 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libavfilter/version.h" +#endif + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; +typedef struct AVFilterChannelLayouts AVFilterChannelLayouts; + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * The filter is a "metadata" filter - it does not modify the frame data in any + * way. It may only affect the metadata (i.e. those fields copied by + * av_frame_copy_props()). + * + * More precisely, this means: + * - video: the data of any frame output by the filter must be exactly equal to + * some frame that is received on one of its inputs. Furthermore, all frames + * produced on a given output must correspond to frames received on the same + * input and their order must be unchanged. Note that the filter may still + * drop or duplicate the frames. + * - audio: the data produced by the filter on any of its outputs (viewed e.g. + * as an array of interleaved samples) must be exactly equal to the data + * received by the filter on one of its inputs. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_METADATA_ONLY (1 << 3) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of static inputs. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + + /** + * List of static outputs. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * The number of entries in the list of inputs. + */ + uint8_t nb_inputs; + + /** + * The number of entries in the list of outputs. + */ + uint8_t nb_outputs; + + /** + * This field determines the state of the formats union. + * It is an enum FilterFormatsState value. + */ + uint8_t formats_state; + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * The state of the following union is determined by formats_state. + * See the documentation of enum FilterFormatsState in internal.h. + */ + union { + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set ::AVFilterLink's + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "outcfg.formats" + * on every input link and + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "incfg.formats" + * on every output link to a list of pixel/sample formats that the filter + * supports on that link. + * For audio links, this filter must also set + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "incfg.samplerates" + * / + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "outcfg.samplerates" + * and @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "incfg.channel_layouts" + * / + * @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "outcfg.channel_layouts" + * analogously. + * + * This callback must never be NULL if the union is in this state. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_func)(AVFilterContext *); + /** + * A pointer to an array of admissible pixel formats delimited + * by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. The generic code will use this list + * to indicate that this filter supports each of these pixel formats, + * provided that all inputs and outputs use the same pixel format. + * + * This list must never be NULL if the union is in this state. + * The type of all inputs and outputs of filters using this must + * be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO. + */ + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixels_list; + /** + * Analogous to pixels, but delimited by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * and restricted to filters that only have AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO + * inputs and outputs. + * + * In addition to that the generic code will mark all inputs + * and all outputs as supporting all sample rates and every + * channel count and channel layout, as long as all inputs + * and outputs use the same sample rate and channel count/layout. + */ + const enum AVSampleFormat *samples_list; + /** + * Equivalent to { pix_fmt, AV_PIX_FMT_NONE } as pixels_list. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Equivalent to { sample_fmt, AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE } as samples_list. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; + } formats; + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array. + */ +unsigned avfilter_filter_pad_count(const AVFilter *filter, int is_output); + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; + + /** + * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will + * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by + * the caller. + * + * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such + * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be + * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number + * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally. + * + * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is + * configured. + */ + int extra_hw_frames; +}; + +/** + * Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link. + * + * This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies: + * one for the source filter, one for the destination filter. + + * These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used, + * which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of + * AVFilterLink, when chosen. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig { + + /** + * List of supported formats (pixel or sample). + */ + AVFilterFormats *formats; + + /** + * Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio. + */ + AVFilterFormats *samplerates; + + /** + * Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio. + */ + AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts; + +} AVFilterFormatsConfig; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the input filter. + */ + AVFilterFormatsConfig incfg; + + /** + * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the output filter. + */ + AVFilterFormatsConfig outcfg; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in fifo. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * Number of past samples sent through the link. + */ + int64_t sample_count_in, sample_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameter args. opaque is currently ignored. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Parameters of a filter's input or output pad. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterParams by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterPadParams { + /** + * An av_malloc()'ed string containing the pad label. + * + * May be av_free()'d and set to NULL by the caller, in which case this pad + * will be treated as unlabeled for linking. + * May also be replaced by another av_malloc()'ed string. + */ + char *label; +} AVFilterPadParams; + +/** + * Parameters describing a filter to be created in a filtergraph. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterParams { + /** + * The filter context. + * + * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() based on + * AVFilterParams.filter_name and instance_name. + * + * Callers may also create the filter context manually, then they should + * av_free() filter_name and set it to NULL. Such AVFilterParams instances + * are then skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(). + */ + AVFilterContext *filter; + + /** + * Name of the AVFilter to be used. + * + * An av_malloc()'ed string, set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Will be + * passed to avfilter_get_by_name() by + * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(). + * + * Callers may av_free() this string and replace it with another one or + * NULL. If the caller creates the filter instance manually, this string + * MUST be set to NULL. + * + * When both AVFilterParams.filter an AVFilterParams.filter_name are NULL, + * this AVFilterParams instance is skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_*() + * functions. + */ + char *filter_name; + /** + * Name to be used for this filter instance. + * + * An av_malloc()'ed string, may be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse() or + * left NULL. The caller may av_free() this string and replace with another + * one or NULL. + * + * Will be used by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() - passed as the + * third argument to avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(), then freed and set to + * NULL. + */ + char *instance_name; + + /** + * Options to be apllied to the filter. + * + * Filled by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Afterwards may be freely + * modified by the caller. + * + * Will be applied to the filter by avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts() + * with an equivalent of av_opt_set_dict2(filter, &opts, AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN), + * i.e. any unapplied options will be left in this dictionary. + */ + AVDictionary *opts; + + AVFilterPadParams **inputs; + unsigned nb_inputs; + + AVFilterPadParams **outputs; + unsigned nb_outputs; +} AVFilterParams; + +/** + * A filterchain is a list of filter specifications. + * + * Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterChain { + AVFilterParams **filters; + size_t nb_filters; +} AVFilterChain; + +/** + * A parsed representation of a filtergraph segment. + * + * A filtergraph segment is conceptually a list of filterchains, with some + * supplementary information (e.g. format conversion flags). + * + * Created by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Must be freed with + * avfilter_graph_segment_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVFilterGraphSegment { + /** + * The filtergraph this segment is associated with. + * Set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + */ + AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * A list of filter chain contained in this segment. + * Set in avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + */ + AVFilterChain **chains; + size_t nb_chains; + + /** + * A string containing a colon-separated list of key=value options applied + * to all scale filters in this segment. + * + * May be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). + * The caller may free this string with av_free() and replace it with a + * different av_malloc()'ed string. + */ + char *scale_sws_opts; +} AVFilterGraphSegment; + +/** + * Parse a textual filtergraph description into an intermediate form. + * + * This intermediate representation is intended to be modified by the caller as + * described in the documentation of AVFilterGraphSegment and its children, and + * then applied to the graph either manually or with other + * avfilter_graph_segment_*() functions. See the documentation for + * avfilter_graph_segment_apply() for the canonical way to apply + * AVFilterGraphSegment. + * + * @param graph Filter graph the parsed segment is associated with. Will only be + * used for logging and similar auxiliary purposes. The graph will + * not be actually modified by this function - the parsing results + * are instead stored in seg for further processing. + * @param graph_str a string describing the filtergraph segment + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param seg A pointer to the newly-created AVFilterGraphSegment is written + * here on success. The graph segment is owned by the caller and must + * be freed with avfilter_graph_segment_free() before graph itself is + * freed. + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *graph_str, + int flags, AVFilterGraphSegment **seg); + +/** + * Create filters specified in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through the creation-pending AVFilterParams in the segment and create + * new filter instances for them. + * Creation-pending params are those where AVFilterParams.filter_name is + * non-NULL (and hence AVFilterParams.filter is NULL). All other AVFilterParams + * instances are ignored. + * + * For any filter created by this function, the corresponding + * AVFilterParams.filter is set to the newly-created filter context, + * AVFilterParams.filter_name and AVFilterParams.instance_name are freed and set + * to NULL. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all creation-pending filters were + * successfully created + * @retval AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND some filter's name did not correspond to a + * known filter + * @retval "another negative error code" other failures + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Apply parsed options to filter instances in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment that have option + * dictionaries associated with them and apply those options with + * av_opt_set_dict2(..., AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN). AVFilterParams.opts is + * replaced by the dictionary output by av_opt_set_dict2(), which should be + * empty (NULL) if all options were successfully applied. + * + * If any options could not be found, this function will continue processing all + * other filters and finally return AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND (unless another + * error happens). The calling program may then deal with unapplied options as + * it wishes. + * + * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) + * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with + * no associated filter context are simply skipped. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all options were successfully applied. + * @retval AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND some options were not found in a filter + * @retval "another negative error code" other failures + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Initialize all filter instances in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and call + * avfilter_init_dict(..., NULL) on those that have not been initialized yet. + * + * Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) + * present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with + * no associated filter context or whose filter context is already initialized, + * are simply skipped. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * + * @retval "non-negative number" Success, all filter instances were successfully + * initialized + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_init(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags); + +/** + * Link filters in a graph segment. + * + * Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and try to link all + * unlinked input and output pads. Any creation-pending filters (see + * avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) present in the segment will cause + * this function to fail. Disabled filters and already linked pads are skipped. + * + * Every filter output pad that has a corresponding AVFilterPadParams with a + * non-NULL label is + * - linked to the input with the matching label, if one exists; + * - exported in the outputs linked list otherwise, with the label preserved. + * Unlabeled outputs are + * - linked to the first unlinked unlabeled input in the next non-disabled + * filter in the chain, if one exists + * - exported in the ouputs linked list otherwise, with NULL label + * + * Similarly, unlinked input pads are exported in the inputs linked list. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It + * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It + * is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_link(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Apply all filter/link descriptions from a graph segment to the associated filtergraph. + * + * This functions is currently equivalent to calling the following in sequence: + * - avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_init(); + * - avfilter_graph_segment_link(); + * failing if any of them fails. This list may be extended in the future. + * + * Since the above functions are idempotent, the caller may call some of them + * manually, then do some custom processing on the filtergraph, then call this + * function to do the rest. + * + * @param seg the filtergraph segment to process + * @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now + * @param[out] inputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link() + * @param[out] outputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link() + * + * @retval "non-negative number" success + * @retval "negative error code" failure + * + * @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent. + */ +int avfilter_graph_segment_apply(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Free the provided AVFilterGraphSegment and everything associated with it. + * + * @param seg double pointer to the AVFilterGraphSegment to be freed. NULL will + * be written to this pointer on exit from this function. + * + * @note + * The filter contexts (AVFilterParams.filter) are owned by AVFilterGraph rather + * than AVFilterGraphSegment, so they are not freed. + */ +void avfilter_graph_segment_free(AVFilterGraphSegment **seg); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64e08de53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + * + * The buffersink and abuffersink filters are there to connect filter graphs + * to applications. They have a single input, connected to the graph, and no + * output. Frames must be extracted using av_buffersink_get_frame() or + * av_buffersink_get_samples(). + * + * The format negotiated by the graph during configuration can be obtained + * using the accessor functions: + * - av_buffersink_get_time_base(), + * - av_buffersink_get_format(), + * - av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(), + * - av_buffersink_get_w(), + * - av_buffersink_get_h(), + * - av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio(), + * - av_buffersink_get_channels(), + * - av_buffersink_get_ch_layout(), + * - av_buffersink_get_sample_rate(). + * + * The layout returned by av_buffersink_get_ch_layout() must de uninitialized + * by the caller. + * + * The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and + * related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag. + * - pix_fmts (int list), + * - sample_fmts (int list), + * - sample_rates (int list), + * - ch_layouts (string), + * - channel_counts (int list), + * - all_channel_counts (bool). + * Most of these options are of type binary, and should be set using + * av_opt_set_int_list() or av_opt_set_bin(). If they are not set, all + * corresponding formats are accepted. + * + * As a special case, if ch_layouts is not set, all valid channel layouts are + * accepted except for UNSPEC layouts, unless all_channel_counts is set. + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +#endif +int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx, + AVChannelLayout *ch_layout); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_frame(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b248b37c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + * @deprecated use ch_layout + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e0eb9af9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..899dfdb27 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 9 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c368cb089 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavfilter + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavfilter + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavfilter + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 9.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 9.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00af66b17 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavfilter.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67a71ca91 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libavformat.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libavformat.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libavformat.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1916aa2dc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,2826 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions. + * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names + * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * A packet returned by av_read_frame() is always reference-counted, + * i.e. AVPacket.buf is set and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ + +#include "libavcodec/codec.h" +#include "libavcodec/codec_par.h" +#include "libavcodec/defs.h" +#include "libavcodec/packet.h" + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libavformat/version.h" +#endif + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_frame(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +/** + * The muxer/demuxer is experimental and should be used with caution. + * + * - demuxers: will not be selected automatically by probing, must be specified + * explicitly. + */ +#define AVFMT_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0004 +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal flags. See FF_FMT_FLAG_* in internal.h. + */ + int flags_internal; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * Upon returning an error, pkt must be unreferenced by the caller. + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +/** + * The stream should be chosen by default among other streams of the same type, + * unless the user has explicitly specified otherwise. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT (1 << 0) +/** + * The stream is not in original language. + * + * @note AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL is the inverse of this disposition. At most + * one of them should be set in properly tagged streams. + * @note This disposition may apply to any stream type, not just audio. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB (1 << 1) +/** + * The stream is in original language. + * + * @see the notes for AV_DISPOSITION_DUB + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL (1 << 2) +/** + * The stream is a commentary track. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT (1 << 3) +/** + * The stream contains song lyrics. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS (1 << 4) +/** + * The stream contains karaoke audio. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE (1 << 5) + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED (1 << 6) +/** + * The stream is intended for hearing impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED (1 << 7) +/** + * The stream is intended for visually impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED (1 << 8) +/** + * The audio stream contains music and sound effects without voice. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS (1 << 9) +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC (1 << 10) +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS (1 << 11) + +/** + * The stream is intended to be mixed with a spatial audio track. For example, + * it could be used for narration or stereo music, and may remain unchanged by + * listener head rotation. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_NON_DIEGETIC (1 << 12) + +/** + * The subtitle stream contains captions, providing a transcription and possibly + * a translation of audio. Typically intended for hearing-impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS (1 << 16) +/** + * The subtitle stream contains a textual description of the video content. + * Typically intended for visually-impaired audiences or for the cases where the + * video cannot be seen. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS (1 << 17) +/** + * The subtitle stream contains time-aligned metadata that is not intended to be + * directly presented to the user. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA (1 << 18) +/** + * The audio stream is intended to be mixed with another stream before + * presentation. + * Corresponds to mix_type=0 in mpegts. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT (1 << 19) +/** + * The video stream contains still images. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE (1 << 20) + +/** + * @return The AV_DISPOSITION_* flag corresponding to disp or a negative error + * code if disp does not correspond to a known stream disposition. + */ +int av_disposition_from_string(const char *disp); + +/** + * @param disposition a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* values + * @return The string description corresponding to the lowest set bit in + * disposition. NULL when the lowest set bit does not correspond + * to a known disposition or when disposition is 0. + */ +const char *av_disposition_to_string(int disposition); + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + /** + * A class for @ref avoptions. Set on stream creation. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; + + /** + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + /** + * Stream disposition - a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* flags. + * - demuxing: set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int disposition; + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags indicating events happening on the stream, a combination of + * AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + * + * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(), + * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared + * by the user once the event has been handled. + * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header(). to + * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for + * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame(). + */ + int event_flags; +/** + * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated + * AVStream.metadata accordingly + * - muxing: the user updated AVStream.metadata and wishes the muxer to write + * it into the file + */ +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 +/** + * - demuxing: new packets for this stream were read from the file. This + * event is informational only and does not guarantee that new packets + * for this stream will necessarily be returned from av_read_frame(). + */ +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_NEW_PACKETS (1 << 1) + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + + /** + * Number of bits in timestamps. Used for wrapping control. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + * - muxing: set by libavformat + * + */ + int pts_wrap_bits; +} AVStream; + +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); + +#if FF_API_GET_END_PTS +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); +#endif + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + int pmt_version; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ +#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely + not seekable, and attempts to call the + seek function will fail. For some + network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can + change dynamically at runtime. */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int64_t id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + const struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + const struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + + /** + * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no + * length restriction. + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty + * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() + * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string + * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it + * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + char *url; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to determine stream + * properties. Used when reading the global header and in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + * + * @note this is \e not used for determining the \ref AVInputFormat + * "input format" + * @sa format_probesize + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags indicating events happening on the file, a combination of + * AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + * + * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(), + * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared + * by the user once the event has been handled. + * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header() to + * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for + * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame(). + */ + int event_flags; +/** + * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated + * AVFormatContext.metadata accordingly + * - muxing: the user updated AVFormatContext.metadata and wishes the muxer to + * write it into the file + */ +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this works better when using av_interleaved_write_frame(). + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_DISABLED 0 ///< Do not shift timestamps even when they are negative. +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to identify the + * \ref AVInputFormat "input format". Only used when the format is not set + * explicitly by the caller. + * + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + * + * @sa probesize + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + +#if FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + * + * @deprecated use io_close2 + */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; + + /** + * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts; + + /** + * Maximum number of packets that can be probed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_probe_packets; + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + * + * Using this is preferred over io_close, because this can return an error. + * Therefore this callback is used instead of io_close by the generic + * libavformat code if io_close is NULL or the default. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb IO context to be closed and freed + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ + int (*io_close2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, + * and not recommended anymore. + * + * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues + * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked + * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, + * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call + * this function before any other threads using them are started. + * + * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and + * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose + * anymore. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only + * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered muxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered demuxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. + * Must point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVStream. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_stream_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avformat_free_context() to clean up the allocation + * by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c unused, does nothing + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t *size); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param ctx pointee is set to the created format context, + * or to NULL in case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, const AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(const AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(const AVProbeData *pd, + int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(const AVProbeData *pd, + int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by + * avformat_alloc_context). May be a pointer to NULL, in + * which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed + * on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private + * options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, + const AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + const AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * On success, the returned packet is reference-counted (pkt->buf is set) and + * valid indefinitely. The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when + * it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains exactly one frame. + * For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each frame has + * a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames have + * a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file. On error, pkt will be blank + * (as if it came from av_packet_alloc()). + * + * @note pkt will be initialized, so it may be uninitialized, but it must not + * contain data that needs to be freed. + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default stream is selected, + * and timestamp is automatically converted from + * AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream + * is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with + * avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set + * to the desired output format; + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an + * already opened ::AVIOContext. + * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and + * muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec had not already been + * fully initialized in avformat_init_output(). + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec had already been fully + * initialized in avformat_init_output(). + * @retval AVERROR A negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header() to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header(). + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with + * avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set + * to the desired output format; + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an + * already opened ::AVIOContext. + * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and + * muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec requires + * avformat_write_header to fully initialize. + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec has been fully + * initialized. + * @retval AVERROR Anegative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved, usually ordered by + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. If the packet is not reference-counted, libavformat will + * make a copy. + * The returned packet will be blank (as if returned from + * av_packet_alloc()), even on error. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration" should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(const AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @retval 0 Success + * @retval AVERROR(ENOSYS) The format does not support it + * + * @note Some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Get the index entry count for the given AVStream. + * + * @param st stream + * @return the number of index entries in the stream + */ +int avformat_index_get_entries_count(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given index. + * + * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry. + * @param idx The desired index. + * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid + * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext + * as input argument is called. + */ +const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry(AVStream *st, int idx); + +/** + * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given timestamp. + * + * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry. + * @param wanted_timestamp Timestamp to retrieve the index entry for. + * @param flags If AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned entry will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise. + * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid + * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext + * as input argument is called. + */ +const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry_from_timestamp(AVStream *st, + int64_t wanted_timestamp, + int flags); +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f13e0622 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,837 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version_major.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +#if FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; +#else +typedef struct AVIODirContext AVIODirContext; +#endif + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New public fields can be added with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing public fields require + * a major version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */ + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + int min_packet_size; /**< Try to buffer at least this amount of data + before flushing it. */ + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Read-only statistic of bytes read for this AVIOContext. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * Read-only statistic of bytes written for this AVIOContext. + */ + int64_t bytes_written; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather + * a proper AVERROR code. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors. + * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading. + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Writes a formatted string to the context taking a va_list. + * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error. + */ +int avio_vprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Writes a formatted string to the context. + * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error. + */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Write a NULL terminated array of strings to the context. + * Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper, + * avio_print. + */ +void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]); + +/** + * Write strings (const char *) to the context. + * This is a convenience macro around avio_print_string_array and it + * automatically creates the string array from the variable argument list. + * For simple string concatenations this function is more performant than using + * avio_printf since it does not need a temporary buffer. + */ +#define avio_print(s, ...) \ + avio_print_string_array(s, (const char*[]){__VA_ARGS__, NULL}) + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Get AVClass by names of available protocols. + * + * @return A AVClass of input protocol name or NULL + */ +const AVClass *avio_protocol_get_class(const char *name); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c49a73f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 The FFmpeg Project + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H +#define AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H + +#include +#include + +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/error.h" +#include "os_support.h" +#include "avio.h" +#include "url.h" + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +#include +#include + +#ifndef EPROTONOSUPPORT +#define EPROTONOSUPPORT WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT +#endif +#ifndef ETIMEDOUT +#define ETIMEDOUT WSAETIMEDOUT +#endif +#ifndef ECONNREFUSED +#define ECONNREFUSED WSAECONNREFUSED +#endif +#ifndef EINPROGRESS +#define EINPROGRESS WSAEINPROGRESS +#endif +#ifndef ENOTCONN +#define ENOTCONN WSAENOTCONN +#endif + +#define getsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) getsockopt(a, b, c, (char*) d, e) +#define setsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) setsockopt(a, b, c, (const char*) d, e) + +int ff_neterrno(void); +#else +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define ff_neterrno() AVERROR(errno) +#endif /* HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */ + +#if HAVE_ARPA_INET_H +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_POLL_H +#include +#endif + +int ff_socket_nonblock(int socket, int enable); + +int ff_network_init(void); +void ff_network_close(void); + +int ff_tls_init(void); +void ff_tls_deinit(void); + +int ff_network_wait_fd(int fd, int write); + +/** + * This works similarly to ff_network_wait_fd, but waits up to 'timeout' microseconds + * Uses ff_network_wait_fd in a loop + * + * @param fd Socket descriptor + * @param write Set 1 to wait for socket able to be read, 0 to be written + * @param timeout Timeout interval, in microseconds. Actual precision is 100000 mcs, due to ff_network_wait_fd usage + * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked before each ff_network_wait_fd call + * @return 0 if data can be read/written, AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expired, or negative error code + */ +int ff_network_wait_fd_timeout(int fd, int write, int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +/** + * Waits for up to 'timeout' microseconds. If the usert's int_cb is set and + * triggered, return before that. + * @param timeout Timeout in microseconds. Maybe have lower actual precision. + * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked regularly. + * @return AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expirted, AVERROR_EXIT if interrupted by int_cb + */ +int ff_network_sleep_interruptible(int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE +struct sockaddr_storage { +#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN + uint8_t ss_len; + uint8_t ss_family; +#else + uint16_t ss_family; +#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN */ + char ss_pad1[6]; + int64_t ss_align; + char ss_pad2[112]; +}; +#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */ + +typedef union sockaddr_union { + struct sockaddr_storage storage; + struct sockaddr_in in; +#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 + struct sockaddr_in6 in6; +#endif +} sockaddr_union; + +#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL +#define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 +#endif + +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO +struct addrinfo { + int ai_flags; + int ai_family; + int ai_socktype; + int ai_protocol; + int ai_addrlen; + struct sockaddr *ai_addr; + char *ai_canonname; + struct addrinfo *ai_next; +}; +#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */ + +/* getaddrinfo constants */ +#ifndef EAI_AGAIN +#define EAI_AGAIN 2 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS +#define EAI_BADFLAGS 3 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_FAIL +#define EAI_FAIL 4 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_FAMILY +#define EAI_FAMILY 5 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_MEMORY +#define EAI_MEMORY 6 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_NODATA +#define EAI_NODATA 7 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_NONAME +#define EAI_NONAME 8 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_SERVICE +#define EAI_SERVICE 9 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_SOCKTYPE +#define EAI_SOCKTYPE 10 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_PASSIVE +#define AI_PASSIVE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_CANONNAME +#define AI_CANONNAME 2 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST +#define AI_NUMERICHOST 4 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NOFQDN +#define NI_NOFQDN 1 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST +#define NI_NUMERICHOST 2 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NAMERQD +#define NI_NAMERQD 4 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV +#define NI_NUMERICSERV 8 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_DGRAM +#define NI_DGRAM 16 +#endif + +#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO +int ff_getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res); +void ff_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res); +int ff_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, int salen, + char *host, int hostlen, + char *serv, int servlen, int flags); +#define getaddrinfo ff_getaddrinfo +#define freeaddrinfo ff_freeaddrinfo +#define getnameinfo ff_getnameinfo +#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */ + +#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +const char *ff_gai_strerror(int ecode); +#undef gai_strerror +#define gai_strerror ff_gai_strerror +#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */ + +#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK +#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001 +#endif + +#ifndef INET_ADDRSTRLEN +#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef INET6_ADDRSTRLEN +#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN INET_ADDRSTRLEN +#endif + +#ifndef IN_MULTICAST +#define IN_MULTICAST(a) ((((uint32_t)(a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000) +#endif +#ifndef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST +#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff) +#endif + +int ff_is_multicast_address(struct sockaddr *addr); + +#define POLLING_TIME 100 /// Time in milliseconds between interrupt check + +/** + * Bind to a file descriptor and poll for a connection. + * + * @param fd First argument of bind(). + * @param addr Second argument of bind(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of bind(). + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success + * or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen_bind(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen, int timeout, + URLContext *h); + +/** + * Bind to a file descriptor to an address without accepting connections. + * @param fd First argument of bind(). + * @param addr Second argument of bind(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of bind(). + * @return 0 on success or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen, + void *logctx); + +/** + * Poll for a single connection on the passed file descriptor. + * @param fd The listening socket file descriptor. + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success + * or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_accept(int fd, int timeout, URLContext *h); + +/** + * Connect to a file descriptor and poll for result. + * + * @param fd First argument of connect(), + * will be set as non-blocking. + * @param addr Second argument of connect(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of connect(). + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @param will_try_next Whether the caller will try to connect to another + * address for the same host name, affecting the form of + * logged errors. + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen_connect(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen, int timeout, + URLContext *h, int will_try_next); + +int ff_http_match_no_proxy(const char *no_proxy, const char *hostname); + +int ff_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol, void *logctx); + +void ff_log_net_error(void *ctx, int level, const char* prefix); + +/** + * Connect to any of the given addrinfo addresses, with multiple attempts + * running in parallel. + * + * @param addrs The list of addresses to try to connect to. + * This list will be mutated internally, but the list head + * will remain as such, so this doesn't affect the caller + * freeing the list afterwards. + * @param timeout_ms_per_address The number of milliseconds to wait for each + * connection attempt. Since multiple addresses are tried, + * some of them in parallel, the total run time will at most + * be timeout_ms_per_address*ceil(nb_addrs/parallel) + + * (parallel - 1) * NEXT_ATTEMPT_DELAY_MS. + * @param parallel The maximum number of connections to attempt in parallel. + * This is limited to an internal maximum capacity. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @param fd If successful, the connected socket is returned here. + * @param customize_fd Function that will be called for each socket created, + * to allow the caller to set socket options before calling + * connect() on it, may be NULL. + * @param customize_ctx Context parameter passed to customize_fd. + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_connect_parallel(struct addrinfo *addrs, int timeout_ms_per_address, + int parallel, URLContext *h, int *fd, + void (*customize_fd)(void *, int), void *customize_ctx); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2ff38e23 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/* + * various OS-feature replacement utilities + * copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H +#define AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H + +/** + * @file + * miscellaneous OS support macros and functions. + */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if HAVE_DIRECT_H +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_IO_H +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# include +# include +# ifdef lseek +# undef lseek +# endif +# define lseek(f,p,w) _lseeki64((f), (p), (w)) +# ifdef stat +# undef stat +# endif + +# define stat win32_stat + + /* + * The POSIX definition for the stat() function uses a struct of the + * same name (struct stat), that why it takes this extra effort for + * redirecting/replacing the stat() function with our own one which + * is capable to handle long path names on Windows. + * The struct below roughly follows the POSIX definition. Time values + * are 64bit, but in cases when _USE_32BIT_TIME_T is defined, they + * will be set to values no larger than INT32_MAX which corresponds + * to file times up to the year 2038. + */ + struct win32_stat + { + _dev_t st_dev; /* ID of device containing file */ + _ino_t st_ino; /* inode number */ + unsigned short st_mode; /* protection */ + short st_nlink; /* number of hard links */ + short st_uid; /* user ID of owner */ + short st_gid; /* group ID of owner */ + _dev_t st_rdev; /* device ID (if special file) */ + int64_t st_size; /* total size, in bytes */ + int64_t st_atime; /* time of last access */ + int64_t st_mtime; /* time of last modification */ + int64_t st_ctime; /* time of last status change */ + }; + +# ifdef fstat +# undef fstat +# endif +# define fstat win32_fstat +#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */ + + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# if HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +# endif +# ifdef lseek +# undef lseek +# endif +# define lseek(f,p,w) lseek64((f), (p), (w)) +#endif + +static inline int is_dos_path(const char *path) +{ +#if HAVE_DOS_PATHS + if (path[0] && path[1] == ':') + return 1; +#endif + return 0; +} + +#if defined(_WIN32) +#ifndef S_IRUSR +#define S_IRUSR S_IREAD +#endif +#ifndef S_IWUSR +#define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE +#endif +#endif + +#if CONFIG_NETWORK +#if defined(_WIN32) +#define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE +#define SHUT_WR SD_SEND +#define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH +#else +#include +#if !defined(SHUT_RD) /* OS/2, DJGPP */ +#define SHUT_RD 0 +#define SHUT_WR 1 +#define SHUT_RDWR 2 +#endif +#endif + +#if !HAVE_SOCKLEN_T +typedef int socklen_t; +#endif + +/* most of the time closing a socket is just closing an fd */ +#if !HAVE_CLOSESOCKET +#define closesocket close +#endif + +#if !HAVE_POLL_H +typedef unsigned long nfds_t; + +#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +#include +#endif +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_POLLFD +struct pollfd { + int fd; + short events; /* events to look for */ + short revents; /* events that occurred */ +}; + +/* events & revents */ +#define POLLIN 0x0001 /* any readable data available */ +#define POLLOUT 0x0002 /* file descriptor is writeable */ +#define POLLRDNORM POLLIN +#define POLLWRNORM POLLOUT +#define POLLRDBAND 0x0008 /* priority readable data */ +#define POLLWRBAND 0x0010 /* priority data can be written */ +#define POLLPRI 0x0020 /* high priority readable data */ + +/* revents only */ +#define POLLERR 0x0004 /* errors pending */ +#define POLLHUP 0x0080 /* disconnected */ +#define POLLNVAL 0x1000 /* invalid file descriptor */ +#endif + + +int ff_poll(struct pollfd *fds, nfds_t numfds, int timeout); +#define poll ff_poll +#endif /* HAVE_POLL_H */ +#endif /* CONFIG_NETWORK */ + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#include +#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h" + +#define DEF_FS_FUNCTION(name, wfunc, afunc) \ +static inline int win32_##name(const char *filename_utf8) \ +{ \ + wchar_t *filename_w; \ + int ret; \ + \ + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) \ + return -1; \ + if (!filename_w) \ + goto fallback; \ + \ + ret = wfunc(filename_w); \ + av_free(filename_w); \ + return ret; \ + \ +fallback: \ + /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */ \ + return afunc(filename_utf8); \ +} + +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(unlink, _wunlink, _unlink) +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(mkdir, _wmkdir, _mkdir) +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(rmdir, _wrmdir , _rmdir) + +static inline int win32_access(const char *filename_utf8, int mode) +{ + wchar_t *filename_w; + int ret; + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) + return -1; + if (!filename_w) + goto fallback; + ret = _waccess(filename_w, mode); + av_free(filename_w); + return ret; +fallback: + return _access(filename_utf8, mode); +} + +static inline void copy_stat(struct _stat64 *crtstat, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + buf->st_dev = crtstat->st_dev; + buf->st_ino = crtstat->st_ino; + buf->st_mode = crtstat->st_mode; + buf->st_nlink = crtstat->st_nlink; + buf->st_uid = crtstat->st_uid; + buf->st_gid = crtstat->st_gid; + buf->st_rdev = crtstat->st_rdev; + buf->st_size = crtstat->st_size; + buf->st_atime = crtstat->st_atime; + buf->st_mtime = crtstat->st_mtime; + buf->st_ctime = crtstat->st_ctime; +} + +static inline int win32_stat(const char *filename_utf8, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 }; + wchar_t *filename_w; + int ret; + + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) + return -1; + + if (filename_w) { + ret = _wstat64(filename_w, &crtstat); + av_free(filename_w); + } else + ret = _stat64(filename_utf8, &crtstat); + + copy_stat(&crtstat, buf); + + return ret; +} + +static inline int win32_fstat(int fd, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 }; + int ret; + + ret = _fstat64(fd, &crtstat); + + copy_stat(&crtstat, buf); + + return ret; +} + +static inline int win32_rename(const char *src_utf8, const char *dest_utf8) +{ + wchar_t *src_w, *dest_w; + int ret; + + if (get_extended_win32_path(src_utf8, &src_w)) + return -1; + if (get_extended_win32_path(dest_utf8, &dest_w)) { + av_free(src_w); + return -1; + } + if (!src_w || !dest_w) { + av_free(src_w); + av_free(dest_w); + goto fallback; + } + + ret = MoveFileExW(src_w, dest_w, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING); + av_free(src_w); + av_free(dest_w); + // Lacking proper mapping from GetLastError() error codes to errno codes + if (ret) + errno = EPERM; + return ret; + +fallback: + /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */ +#if !HAVE_UWP + ret = MoveFileExA(src_utf8, dest_utf8, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING); + if (ret) + errno = EPERM; +#else + /* Windows Phone doesn't have MoveFileExA, and for Windows Store apps, + * it is available but not allowed by the app certification kit. However, + * it's unlikely that anybody would input filenames in CP_ACP there, so this + * fallback is kept mostly for completeness. Alternatively we could + * do MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP) and use MoveFileExW, but doing + * explicit conversions with CP_ACP is allegedly forbidden in windows + * store apps (or windows phone), and the notion of a native code page + * doesn't make much sense there. */ + ret = rename(src_utf8, dest_utf8); +#endif + return ret; +} + +#define mkdir(a, b) win32_mkdir(a) +#define rename win32_rename +#define rmdir win32_rmdir +#define unlink win32_unlink +#define access win32_access + +#endif + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cfe3ecc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * unbuffered private I/O API + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_URL_H +#define AVFORMAT_URL_H + +#include "avio.h" + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NESTED_SCHEME 1 /*< The protocol name can be the first part of a nested protocol scheme */ +#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NETWORK 2 /*< The protocol uses network */ + +extern const AVClass ffurl_context_class; + +typedef struct URLContext { + const AVClass *av_class; /**< information for av_log(). Set by url_open(). */ + const struct URLProtocol *prot; + void *priv_data; + char *filename; /**< specified URL */ + int flags; + int max_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this max packet size */ + int is_streamed; /**< true if streamed (no seek possible), default = false */ + int is_connected; + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + int64_t rw_timeout; /**< maximum time to wait for (network) read/write operation completion, in mcs */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + const char *protocol_blacklist; + int min_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this min packet size */ +} URLContext; + +typedef struct URLProtocol { + const char *name; + int (*url_open)( URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags); + /** + * This callback is to be used by protocols which open further nested + * protocols. options are then to be passed to ffurl_open_whitelist() + * or ffurl_connect() for those nested protocols. + */ + int (*url_open2)(URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags, AVDictionary **options); + int (*url_accept)(URLContext *s, URLContext **c); + int (*url_handshake)(URLContext *c); + + /** + * Read data from the protocol. + * If data is immediately available (even less than size), EOF is + * reached or an error occurs (including EINTR), return immediately. + * Otherwise: + * In non-blocking mode, return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately. + * In blocking mode, wait for data/EOF/error with a short timeout (0.1s), + * and return AVERROR(EAGAIN) on timeout. + * Checking interrupt_callback, looping on EINTR and EAGAIN and until + * enough data has been read is left to the calling function; see + * retry_transfer_wrapper in avio.c. + */ + int (*url_read)( URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + int (*url_write)(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size); + int64_t (*url_seek)( URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence); + int (*url_close)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_read_pause)(URLContext *h, int pause); + int64_t (*url_read_seek)(URLContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + int (*url_get_file_handle)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_get_multi_file_handle)(URLContext *h, int **handles, + int *numhandles); + int (*url_get_short_seek)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_shutdown)(URLContext *h, int flags); + const AVClass *priv_data_class; + int priv_data_size; + int flags; + int (*url_check)(URLContext *h, int mask); + int (*url_open_dir)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_read_dir)(URLContext *h, AVIODirEntry **next); + int (*url_close_dir)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_delete)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_move)(URLContext *h_src, URLContext *h_dst); + const char *default_whitelist; +} URLProtocol; + +/** + * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by + * url, but do not initiate the connection yet. + * + * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the + * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be + * NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_alloc(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +/** + * Connect an URLContext that has been allocated by ffurl_alloc + * + * @param options A dictionary filled with options for nested protocols, + * i.e. it will be passed to url_open2() for protocols implementing it. + * This parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + */ +int ffurl_connect(URLContext *uc, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Create an URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by + * url, and open it. + * + * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the + * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be + * NULL + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @param parent An enclosing URLContext, whose generic options should + * be applied to this URLContext as well. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_open_whitelist(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options, + const char *whitelist, const char* blacklist, + URLContext *parent); + +/** + * Accept an URLContext c on an URLContext s + * + * @param s server context + * @param c client context, must be unallocated. + * @return >= 0 on success, ff_neterrno() on failure. + */ +int ffurl_accept(URLContext *s, URLContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * See avio_handshake() for details. + * Implementations should try to return decreasing values. + * If the protocol uses an underlying protocol, the underlying handshake is + * usually the first step, and the return value can be: + * (largest value for this protocol) + (return value from other protocol) + * + * @param c the client context + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR code on failure + */ +int ffurl_handshake(URLContext *c); + +/** + * Read up to size bytes from the resource accessed by h, and store + * the read bytes in buf. + * + * @return The number of bytes actually read, or a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error. A value of zero + * indicates that it is not possible to read more from the accessed + * resource (except if the value of the size argument is also zero). + */ +int ffurl_read(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read as many bytes as possible (up to size), calling the + * read function multiple times if necessary. + * This makes special short-read handling in applications + * unnecessary, if the return value is < size then it is + * certain there was either an error or the end of file was reached. + */ +int ffurl_read_complete(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Write size bytes from buf to the resource accessed by h. + * + * @return the number of bytes actually written, or a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_write(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Change the position that will be used by the next read/write + * operation on the resource accessed by h. + * + * @param pos specifies the new position to set + * @param whence specifies how pos should be interpreted, it must be + * one of SEEK_SET (seek from the beginning), SEEK_CUR (seek from the + * current position), SEEK_END (seek from the end), or AVSEEK_SIZE + * (return the filesize of the requested resource, pos is ignored). + * @return a negative value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case + * of failure, or the resulting file position, measured in bytes from + * the beginning of the file. You can use this feature together with + * SEEK_CUR to read the current file position. + */ +int64_t ffurl_seek(URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the URLContext h, and free the + * memory used by it. Also set the URLContext pointer to NULL. + * + * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0 + * otherwise + */ +int ffurl_closep(URLContext **h); +int ffurl_close(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the filesize of the resource accessed by h, AVERROR(ENOSYS) + * if the operation is not supported by h, or another negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int64_t ffurl_size(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the file descriptor associated with this URL. For RTP, this + * will return only the RTP file descriptor, not the RTCP file descriptor. + * + * @return the file descriptor associated with this URL, or <0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_file_handle(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the file descriptors associated with this URL. + * + * @return 0 on success or <0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_multi_file_handle(URLContext *h, int **handles, int *numhandles); + +/** + * Return the current short seek threshold value for this URL. + * + * @return threshold (>0) on success or <=0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_short_seek(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Signal the URLContext that we are done reading or writing the stream. + * + * @param h pointer to the resource + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be shutdown + * + * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0 + * otherwise + */ +int ffurl_shutdown(URLContext *h, int flags); + +/** + * Check if the user has requested to interrupt a blocking function + * associated with cb. + */ +int ff_check_interrupt(AVIOInterruptCB *cb); + +/* udp.c */ +int ff_udp_set_remote_url(URLContext *h, const char *uri); +int ff_udp_get_local_port(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Assemble a URL string from components. This is the reverse operation + * of av_url_split. + * + * Note, this requires networking to be initialized, so the caller must + * ensure ff_network_init has been called. + * + * @see av_url_split + * + * @param str the buffer to fill with the url + * @param size the size of the str buffer + * @param proto the protocol identifier, if null, the separator + * after the identifier is left out, too + * @param authorization an optional authorization string, may be null. + * An empty string is treated the same as a null string. + * @param hostname the host name string + * @param port the port number, left out from the string if negative + * @param fmt a generic format string for everything to add after the + * host/port, may be null + * @return the number of characters written to the destination buffer + */ +int ff_url_join(char *str, int size, const char *proto, + const char *authorization, const char *hostname, + int port, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(7, 8); + +/** + * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url. + * + * @param buf the buffer where output absolute url is written + * @param size the size of buf + * @param base the base url, may be equal to buf. + * @param rel the new url, which is interpreted relative to base + * @param handle_dos_paths handle DOS paths for file or unspecified protocol + */ +int ff_make_absolute_url2(char *buf, int size, const char *base, + const char *rel, int handle_dos_paths); + +/** + * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url. + * + * Same as ff_make_absolute_url2 with handle_dos_paths being equal to + * HAVE_DOS_PATHS config variable. + */ +int ff_make_absolute_url(char *buf, int size, const char *base, + const char *rel); + +/** + * Allocate directory entry with default values. + * + * @return entry or NULL on error + */ +AVIODirEntry *ff_alloc_dir_entry(void); + +const AVClass *ff_urlcontext_child_class_iterate(void **iter); + +/** + * Construct a list of protocols matching a given whitelist and/or blacklist. + * + * @param whitelist a comma-separated list of allowed protocol names or NULL. If + * this is a non-empty string, only protocols in this list will + * be included. + * @param blacklist a comma-separated list of forbidden protocol names or NULL. + * If this is a non-empty string, all protocols in this list + * will be excluded. + * + * @return a NULL-terminated array of matching protocols. The array must be + * freed by the caller. + */ +const URLProtocol **ffurl_get_protocols(const char *whitelist, + const char *blacklist); + +typedef struct URLComponents { + const char *url; /**< whole URL, for reference */ + const char *scheme; /**< possibly including lavf-specific options */ + const char *authority; /**< "//" if it is a real URL */ + const char *userinfo; /**< including final '@' if present */ + const char *host; + const char *port; /**< including initial ':' if present */ + const char *path; + const char *query; /**< including initial '?' if present */ + const char *fragment; /**< including initial '#' if present */ + const char *end; +} URLComponents; + +#define url_component_end_scheme authority +#define url_component_end_authority userinfo +#define url_component_end_userinfo host +#define url_component_end_host port +#define url_component_end_port path +#define url_component_end_path query +#define url_component_end_query fragment +#define url_component_end_fragment end +#define url_component_end_authority_full path + +#define URL_COMPONENT_HAVE(uc, component) \ + ((uc).url_component_end_##component > (uc).component) + +/** + * Parse an URL to find the components. + * + * Each component runs until the start of the next component, + * possibly including a mandatory delimiter. + * + * @param uc structure to fill with pointers to the components. + * @param url URL to parse. + * @param end end of the URL, or NULL to parse to the end of string. + * + * @return >= 0 for success or an AVERROR code, especially if the URL is + * malformed. + */ +int ff_url_decompose(URLComponents *uc, const char *url, const char *end); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int ffurl_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int ffurl_delete(const char *url); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_URL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ff148391 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..293fbd339 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 60 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_GET_END_PTS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + + +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2150a7d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavformat + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavformat + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavformat + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 60.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 60.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/libavformat b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/libavformat new file mode 100755 index 000000000..16fa86343 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavformat.framework/libavformat differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1916aa2dc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,2826 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions. + * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names + * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * A packet returned by av_read_frame() is always reference-counted, + * i.e. AVPacket.buf is set and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ + +#include "libavcodec/codec.h" +#include "libavcodec/codec_par.h" +#include "libavcodec/defs.h" +#include "libavcodec/packet.h" + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libavformat/version.h" +#endif + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_frame(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +/** + * The muxer/demuxer is experimental and should be used with caution. + * + * - demuxers: will not be selected automatically by probing, must be specified + * explicitly. + */ +#define AVFMT_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0004 +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal flags. See FF_FMT_FLAG_* in internal.h. + */ + int flags_internal; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * Upon returning an error, pkt must be unreferenced by the caller. + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +/** + * The stream should be chosen by default among other streams of the same type, + * unless the user has explicitly specified otherwise. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT (1 << 0) +/** + * The stream is not in original language. + * + * @note AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL is the inverse of this disposition. At most + * one of them should be set in properly tagged streams. + * @note This disposition may apply to any stream type, not just audio. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB (1 << 1) +/** + * The stream is in original language. + * + * @see the notes for AV_DISPOSITION_DUB + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL (1 << 2) +/** + * The stream is a commentary track. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT (1 << 3) +/** + * The stream contains song lyrics. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS (1 << 4) +/** + * The stream contains karaoke audio. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE (1 << 5) + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED (1 << 6) +/** + * The stream is intended for hearing impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED (1 << 7) +/** + * The stream is intended for visually impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED (1 << 8) +/** + * The audio stream contains music and sound effects without voice. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS (1 << 9) +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC (1 << 10) +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS (1 << 11) + +/** + * The stream is intended to be mixed with a spatial audio track. For example, + * it could be used for narration or stereo music, and may remain unchanged by + * listener head rotation. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_NON_DIEGETIC (1 << 12) + +/** + * The subtitle stream contains captions, providing a transcription and possibly + * a translation of audio. Typically intended for hearing-impaired audiences. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS (1 << 16) +/** + * The subtitle stream contains a textual description of the video content. + * Typically intended for visually-impaired audiences or for the cases where the + * video cannot be seen. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS (1 << 17) +/** + * The subtitle stream contains time-aligned metadata that is not intended to be + * directly presented to the user. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA (1 << 18) +/** + * The audio stream is intended to be mixed with another stream before + * presentation. + * Corresponds to mix_type=0 in mpegts. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT (1 << 19) +/** + * The video stream contains still images. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE (1 << 20) + +/** + * @return The AV_DISPOSITION_* flag corresponding to disp or a negative error + * code if disp does not correspond to a known stream disposition. + */ +int av_disposition_from_string(const char *disp); + +/** + * @param disposition a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* values + * @return The string description corresponding to the lowest set bit in + * disposition. NULL when the lowest set bit does not correspond + * to a known disposition or when disposition is 0. + */ +const char *av_disposition_to_string(int disposition); + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + /** + * A class for @ref avoptions. Set on stream creation. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; + + /** + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + /** + * Stream disposition - a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* flags. + * - demuxing: set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int disposition; + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags indicating events happening on the stream, a combination of + * AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + * + * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(), + * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared + * by the user once the event has been handled. + * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header(). to + * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for + * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame(). + */ + int event_flags; +/** + * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated + * AVStream.metadata accordingly + * - muxing: the user updated AVStream.metadata and wishes the muxer to write + * it into the file + */ +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 +/** + * - demuxing: new packets for this stream were read from the file. This + * event is informational only and does not guarantee that new packets + * for this stream will necessarily be returned from av_read_frame(). + */ +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_NEW_PACKETS (1 << 1) + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + + /** + * Number of bits in timestamps. Used for wrapping control. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + * - muxing: set by libavformat + * + */ + int pts_wrap_bits; +} AVStream; + +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); + +#if FF_API_GET_END_PTS +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); +#endif + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + int pmt_version; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ +#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely + not seekable, and attempts to call the + seek function will fail. For some + network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can + change dynamically at runtime. */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int64_t id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + const struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + const struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + + /** + * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no + * length restriction. + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty + * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() + * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string + * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it + * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + char *url; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to determine stream + * properties. Used when reading the global header and in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + * + * @note this is \e not used for determining the \ref AVInputFormat + * "input format" + * @sa format_probesize + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags indicating events happening on the file, a combination of + * AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + * + * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(), + * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared + * by the user once the event has been handled. + * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header() to + * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for + * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame(). + */ + int event_flags; +/** + * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated + * AVFormatContext.metadata accordingly + * - muxing: the user updated AVFormatContext.metadata and wishes the muxer to + * write it into the file + */ +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this works better when using av_interleaved_write_frame(). + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_DISABLED 0 ///< Do not shift timestamps even when they are negative. +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to identify the + * \ref AVInputFormat "input format". Only used when the format is not set + * explicitly by the caller. + * + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + * + * @sa probesize + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + const AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + +#if FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + * + * @deprecated use io_close2 + */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; + + /** + * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts; + + /** + * Maximum number of packets that can be probed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_probe_packets; + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + * + * Using this is preferred over io_close, because this can return an error. + * Therefore this callback is used instead of io_close by the generic + * libavformat code if io_close is NULL or the default. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb IO context to be closed and freed + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ + int (*io_close2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, + * and not recommended anymore. + * + * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues + * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked + * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, + * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call + * this function before any other threads using them are started. + * + * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and + * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose + * anymore. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only + * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered muxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered demuxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. + * Must point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVStream. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_stream_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avformat_free_context() to clean up the allocation + * by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c unused, does nothing + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t *size); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param ctx pointee is set to the created format context, + * or to NULL in case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, const AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(const AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(const AVProbeData *pd, + int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(const AVProbeData *pd, + int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by + * avformat_alloc_context). May be a pointer to NULL, in + * which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed + * on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private + * options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, + const AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + const AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * On success, the returned packet is reference-counted (pkt->buf is set) and + * valid indefinitely. The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when + * it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains exactly one frame. + * For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each frame has + * a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames have + * a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file. On error, pkt will be blank + * (as if it came from av_packet_alloc()). + * + * @note pkt will be initialized, so it may be uninitialized, but it must not + * contain data that needs to be freed. + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default stream is selected, + * and timestamp is automatically converted from + * AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream + * is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with + * avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set + * to the desired output format; + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an + * already opened ::AVIOContext. + * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and + * muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec had not already been + * fully initialized in avformat_init_output(). + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec had already been fully + * initialized in avformat_init_output(). + * @retval AVERROR A negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header() to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header(). + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with + * avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set + * to the desired output format; + * Its \ref AVFormatContext.pb "pb" field must be set to an + * already opened ::AVIOContext. + * @param options An ::AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and + * muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER On success, if the codec requires + * avformat_write_header to fully initialize. + * @retval AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT On success, if the codec has been fully + * initialized. + * @retval AVERROR Anegative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved, usually ordered by + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. If the packet is not reference-counted, libavformat will + * make a copy. + * The returned packet will be blank (as if returned from + * av_packet_alloc()), even on error. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration" should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(const AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @retval 0 Success + * @retval AVERROR(ENOSYS) The format does not support it + * + * @note Some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Get the index entry count for the given AVStream. + * + * @param st stream + * @return the number of index entries in the stream + */ +int avformat_index_get_entries_count(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given index. + * + * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry. + * @param idx The desired index. + * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid + * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext + * as input argument is called. + */ +const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry(AVStream *st, int idx); + +/** + * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given timestamp. + * + * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry. + * @param wanted_timestamp Timestamp to retrieve the index entry for. + * @param flags If AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned entry will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise. + * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid + * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext + * as input argument is called. + */ +const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry_from_timestamp(AVStream *st, + int64_t wanted_timestamp, + int flags); +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f13e0622 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,837 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version_major.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +#if FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; +#else +typedef struct AVIODirContext AVIODirContext; +#endif + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New public fields can be added with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing public fields require + * a major version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */ + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + int min_packet_size; /**< Try to buffer at least this amount of data + before flushing it. */ + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Read-only statistic of bytes read for this AVIOContext. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * Read-only statistic of bytes written for this AVIOContext. + */ + int64_t bytes_written; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather + * a proper AVERROR code. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors. + * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading. + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Writes a formatted string to the context taking a va_list. + * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error. + */ +int avio_vprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Writes a formatted string to the context. + * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error. + */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Write a NULL terminated array of strings to the context. + * Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper, + * avio_print. + */ +void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]); + +/** + * Write strings (const char *) to the context. + * This is a convenience macro around avio_print_string_array and it + * automatically creates the string array from the variable argument list. + * For simple string concatenations this function is more performant than using + * avio_printf since it does not need a temporary buffer. + */ +#define avio_print(s, ...) \ + avio_print_string_array(s, (const char*[]){__VA_ARGS__, NULL}) + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Get AVClass by names of available protocols. + * + * @return A AVClass of input protocol name or NULL + */ +const AVClass *avio_protocol_get_class(const char *name); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c49a73f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 The FFmpeg Project + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H +#define AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H + +#include +#include + +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/error.h" +#include "os_support.h" +#include "avio.h" +#include "url.h" + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +#include +#include + +#ifndef EPROTONOSUPPORT +#define EPROTONOSUPPORT WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT +#endif +#ifndef ETIMEDOUT +#define ETIMEDOUT WSAETIMEDOUT +#endif +#ifndef ECONNREFUSED +#define ECONNREFUSED WSAECONNREFUSED +#endif +#ifndef EINPROGRESS +#define EINPROGRESS WSAEINPROGRESS +#endif +#ifndef ENOTCONN +#define ENOTCONN WSAENOTCONN +#endif + +#define getsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) getsockopt(a, b, c, (char*) d, e) +#define setsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) setsockopt(a, b, c, (const char*) d, e) + +int ff_neterrno(void); +#else +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define ff_neterrno() AVERROR(errno) +#endif /* HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */ + +#if HAVE_ARPA_INET_H +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_POLL_H +#include +#endif + +int ff_socket_nonblock(int socket, int enable); + +int ff_network_init(void); +void ff_network_close(void); + +int ff_tls_init(void); +void ff_tls_deinit(void); + +int ff_network_wait_fd(int fd, int write); + +/** + * This works similarly to ff_network_wait_fd, but waits up to 'timeout' microseconds + * Uses ff_network_wait_fd in a loop + * + * @param fd Socket descriptor + * @param write Set 1 to wait for socket able to be read, 0 to be written + * @param timeout Timeout interval, in microseconds. Actual precision is 100000 mcs, due to ff_network_wait_fd usage + * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked before each ff_network_wait_fd call + * @return 0 if data can be read/written, AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expired, or negative error code + */ +int ff_network_wait_fd_timeout(int fd, int write, int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +/** + * Waits for up to 'timeout' microseconds. If the usert's int_cb is set and + * triggered, return before that. + * @param timeout Timeout in microseconds. Maybe have lower actual precision. + * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked regularly. + * @return AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expirted, AVERROR_EXIT if interrupted by int_cb + */ +int ff_network_sleep_interruptible(int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE +struct sockaddr_storage { +#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN + uint8_t ss_len; + uint8_t ss_family; +#else + uint16_t ss_family; +#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN */ + char ss_pad1[6]; + int64_t ss_align; + char ss_pad2[112]; +}; +#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */ + +typedef union sockaddr_union { + struct sockaddr_storage storage; + struct sockaddr_in in; +#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 + struct sockaddr_in6 in6; +#endif +} sockaddr_union; + +#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL +#define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 +#endif + +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO +struct addrinfo { + int ai_flags; + int ai_family; + int ai_socktype; + int ai_protocol; + int ai_addrlen; + struct sockaddr *ai_addr; + char *ai_canonname; + struct addrinfo *ai_next; +}; +#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */ + +/* getaddrinfo constants */ +#ifndef EAI_AGAIN +#define EAI_AGAIN 2 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS +#define EAI_BADFLAGS 3 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_FAIL +#define EAI_FAIL 4 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_FAMILY +#define EAI_FAMILY 5 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_MEMORY +#define EAI_MEMORY 6 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_NODATA +#define EAI_NODATA 7 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_NONAME +#define EAI_NONAME 8 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_SERVICE +#define EAI_SERVICE 9 +#endif +#ifndef EAI_SOCKTYPE +#define EAI_SOCKTYPE 10 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_PASSIVE +#define AI_PASSIVE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_CANONNAME +#define AI_CANONNAME 2 +#endif + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST +#define AI_NUMERICHOST 4 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NOFQDN +#define NI_NOFQDN 1 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST +#define NI_NUMERICHOST 2 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NAMERQD +#define NI_NAMERQD 4 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV +#define NI_NUMERICSERV 8 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_DGRAM +#define NI_DGRAM 16 +#endif + +#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO +int ff_getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res); +void ff_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res); +int ff_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, int salen, + char *host, int hostlen, + char *serv, int servlen, int flags); +#define getaddrinfo ff_getaddrinfo +#define freeaddrinfo ff_freeaddrinfo +#define getnameinfo ff_getnameinfo +#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */ + +#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +const char *ff_gai_strerror(int ecode); +#undef gai_strerror +#define gai_strerror ff_gai_strerror +#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */ + +#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK +#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001 +#endif + +#ifndef INET_ADDRSTRLEN +#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef INET6_ADDRSTRLEN +#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN INET_ADDRSTRLEN +#endif + +#ifndef IN_MULTICAST +#define IN_MULTICAST(a) ((((uint32_t)(a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000) +#endif +#ifndef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST +#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff) +#endif + +int ff_is_multicast_address(struct sockaddr *addr); + +#define POLLING_TIME 100 /// Time in milliseconds between interrupt check + +/** + * Bind to a file descriptor and poll for a connection. + * + * @param fd First argument of bind(). + * @param addr Second argument of bind(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of bind(). + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success + * or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen_bind(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen, int timeout, + URLContext *h); + +/** + * Bind to a file descriptor to an address without accepting connections. + * @param fd First argument of bind(). + * @param addr Second argument of bind(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of bind(). + * @return 0 on success or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen, + void *logctx); + +/** + * Poll for a single connection on the passed file descriptor. + * @param fd The listening socket file descriptor. + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success + * or an AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_accept(int fd, int timeout, URLContext *h); + +/** + * Connect to a file descriptor and poll for result. + * + * @param fd First argument of connect(), + * will be set as non-blocking. + * @param addr Second argument of connect(). + * @param addrlen Third argument of connect(). + * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @param will_try_next Whether the caller will try to connect to another + * address for the same host name, affecting the form of + * logged errors. + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_listen_connect(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen, int timeout, + URLContext *h, int will_try_next); + +int ff_http_match_no_proxy(const char *no_proxy, const char *hostname); + +int ff_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol, void *logctx); + +void ff_log_net_error(void *ctx, int level, const char* prefix); + +/** + * Connect to any of the given addrinfo addresses, with multiple attempts + * running in parallel. + * + * @param addrs The list of addresses to try to connect to. + * This list will be mutated internally, but the list head + * will remain as such, so this doesn't affect the caller + * freeing the list afterwards. + * @param timeout_ms_per_address The number of milliseconds to wait for each + * connection attempt. Since multiple addresses are tried, + * some of them in parallel, the total run time will at most + * be timeout_ms_per_address*ceil(nb_addrs/parallel) + + * (parallel - 1) * NEXT_ATTEMPT_DELAY_MS. + * @param parallel The maximum number of connections to attempt in parallel. + * This is limited to an internal maximum capacity. + * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check + * callback and logging context. + * @param fd If successful, the connected socket is returned here. + * @param customize_fd Function that will be called for each socket created, + * to allow the caller to set socket options before calling + * connect() on it, may be NULL. + * @param customize_ctx Context parameter passed to customize_fd. + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int ff_connect_parallel(struct addrinfo *addrs, int timeout_ms_per_address, + int parallel, URLContext *h, int *fd, + void (*customize_fd)(void *, int), void *customize_ctx); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2ff38e23 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/* + * various OS-feature replacement utilities + * copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H +#define AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H + +/** + * @file + * miscellaneous OS support macros and functions. + */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if HAVE_DIRECT_H +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_IO_H +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# include +# include +# ifdef lseek +# undef lseek +# endif +# define lseek(f,p,w) _lseeki64((f), (p), (w)) +# ifdef stat +# undef stat +# endif + +# define stat win32_stat + + /* + * The POSIX definition for the stat() function uses a struct of the + * same name (struct stat), that why it takes this extra effort for + * redirecting/replacing the stat() function with our own one which + * is capable to handle long path names on Windows. + * The struct below roughly follows the POSIX definition. Time values + * are 64bit, but in cases when _USE_32BIT_TIME_T is defined, they + * will be set to values no larger than INT32_MAX which corresponds + * to file times up to the year 2038. + */ + struct win32_stat + { + _dev_t st_dev; /* ID of device containing file */ + _ino_t st_ino; /* inode number */ + unsigned short st_mode; /* protection */ + short st_nlink; /* number of hard links */ + short st_uid; /* user ID of owner */ + short st_gid; /* group ID of owner */ + _dev_t st_rdev; /* device ID (if special file) */ + int64_t st_size; /* total size, in bytes */ + int64_t st_atime; /* time of last access */ + int64_t st_mtime; /* time of last modification */ + int64_t st_ctime; /* time of last status change */ + }; + +# ifdef fstat +# undef fstat +# endif +# define fstat win32_fstat +#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */ + + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# if HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +# endif +# ifdef lseek +# undef lseek +# endif +# define lseek(f,p,w) lseek64((f), (p), (w)) +#endif + +static inline int is_dos_path(const char *path) +{ +#if HAVE_DOS_PATHS + if (path[0] && path[1] == ':') + return 1; +#endif + return 0; +} + +#if defined(_WIN32) +#ifndef S_IRUSR +#define S_IRUSR S_IREAD +#endif +#ifndef S_IWUSR +#define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE +#endif +#endif + +#if CONFIG_NETWORK +#if defined(_WIN32) +#define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE +#define SHUT_WR SD_SEND +#define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH +#else +#include +#if !defined(SHUT_RD) /* OS/2, DJGPP */ +#define SHUT_RD 0 +#define SHUT_WR 1 +#define SHUT_RDWR 2 +#endif +#endif + +#if !HAVE_SOCKLEN_T +typedef int socklen_t; +#endif + +/* most of the time closing a socket is just closing an fd */ +#if !HAVE_CLOSESOCKET +#define closesocket close +#endif + +#if !HAVE_POLL_H +typedef unsigned long nfds_t; + +#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +#include +#endif +#if !HAVE_STRUCT_POLLFD +struct pollfd { + int fd; + short events; /* events to look for */ + short revents; /* events that occurred */ +}; + +/* events & revents */ +#define POLLIN 0x0001 /* any readable data available */ +#define POLLOUT 0x0002 /* file descriptor is writeable */ +#define POLLRDNORM POLLIN +#define POLLWRNORM POLLOUT +#define POLLRDBAND 0x0008 /* priority readable data */ +#define POLLWRBAND 0x0010 /* priority data can be written */ +#define POLLPRI 0x0020 /* high priority readable data */ + +/* revents only */ +#define POLLERR 0x0004 /* errors pending */ +#define POLLHUP 0x0080 /* disconnected */ +#define POLLNVAL 0x1000 /* invalid file descriptor */ +#endif + + +int ff_poll(struct pollfd *fds, nfds_t numfds, int timeout); +#define poll ff_poll +#endif /* HAVE_POLL_H */ +#endif /* CONFIG_NETWORK */ + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#include +#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h" + +#define DEF_FS_FUNCTION(name, wfunc, afunc) \ +static inline int win32_##name(const char *filename_utf8) \ +{ \ + wchar_t *filename_w; \ + int ret; \ + \ + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) \ + return -1; \ + if (!filename_w) \ + goto fallback; \ + \ + ret = wfunc(filename_w); \ + av_free(filename_w); \ + return ret; \ + \ +fallback: \ + /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */ \ + return afunc(filename_utf8); \ +} + +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(unlink, _wunlink, _unlink) +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(mkdir, _wmkdir, _mkdir) +DEF_FS_FUNCTION(rmdir, _wrmdir , _rmdir) + +static inline int win32_access(const char *filename_utf8, int mode) +{ + wchar_t *filename_w; + int ret; + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) + return -1; + if (!filename_w) + goto fallback; + ret = _waccess(filename_w, mode); + av_free(filename_w); + return ret; +fallback: + return _access(filename_utf8, mode); +} + +static inline void copy_stat(struct _stat64 *crtstat, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + buf->st_dev = crtstat->st_dev; + buf->st_ino = crtstat->st_ino; + buf->st_mode = crtstat->st_mode; + buf->st_nlink = crtstat->st_nlink; + buf->st_uid = crtstat->st_uid; + buf->st_gid = crtstat->st_gid; + buf->st_rdev = crtstat->st_rdev; + buf->st_size = crtstat->st_size; + buf->st_atime = crtstat->st_atime; + buf->st_mtime = crtstat->st_mtime; + buf->st_ctime = crtstat->st_ctime; +} + +static inline int win32_stat(const char *filename_utf8, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 }; + wchar_t *filename_w; + int ret; + + if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) + return -1; + + if (filename_w) { + ret = _wstat64(filename_w, &crtstat); + av_free(filename_w); + } else + ret = _stat64(filename_utf8, &crtstat); + + copy_stat(&crtstat, buf); + + return ret; +} + +static inline int win32_fstat(int fd, struct win32_stat *buf) +{ + struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 }; + int ret; + + ret = _fstat64(fd, &crtstat); + + copy_stat(&crtstat, buf); + + return ret; +} + +static inline int win32_rename(const char *src_utf8, const char *dest_utf8) +{ + wchar_t *src_w, *dest_w; + int ret; + + if (get_extended_win32_path(src_utf8, &src_w)) + return -1; + if (get_extended_win32_path(dest_utf8, &dest_w)) { + av_free(src_w); + return -1; + } + if (!src_w || !dest_w) { + av_free(src_w); + av_free(dest_w); + goto fallback; + } + + ret = MoveFileExW(src_w, dest_w, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING); + av_free(src_w); + av_free(dest_w); + // Lacking proper mapping from GetLastError() error codes to errno codes + if (ret) + errno = EPERM; + return ret; + +fallback: + /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */ +#if !HAVE_UWP + ret = MoveFileExA(src_utf8, dest_utf8, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING); + if (ret) + errno = EPERM; +#else + /* Windows Phone doesn't have MoveFileExA, and for Windows Store apps, + * it is available but not allowed by the app certification kit. However, + * it's unlikely that anybody would input filenames in CP_ACP there, so this + * fallback is kept mostly for completeness. Alternatively we could + * do MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP) and use MoveFileExW, but doing + * explicit conversions with CP_ACP is allegedly forbidden in windows + * store apps (or windows phone), and the notion of a native code page + * doesn't make much sense there. */ + ret = rename(src_utf8, dest_utf8); +#endif + return ret; +} + +#define mkdir(a, b) win32_mkdir(a) +#define rename win32_rename +#define rmdir win32_rmdir +#define unlink win32_unlink +#define access win32_access + +#endif + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cfe3ecc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * unbuffered private I/O API + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_URL_H +#define AVFORMAT_URL_H + +#include "avio.h" + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NESTED_SCHEME 1 /*< The protocol name can be the first part of a nested protocol scheme */ +#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NETWORK 2 /*< The protocol uses network */ + +extern const AVClass ffurl_context_class; + +typedef struct URLContext { + const AVClass *av_class; /**< information for av_log(). Set by url_open(). */ + const struct URLProtocol *prot; + void *priv_data; + char *filename; /**< specified URL */ + int flags; + int max_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this max packet size */ + int is_streamed; /**< true if streamed (no seek possible), default = false */ + int is_connected; + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + int64_t rw_timeout; /**< maximum time to wait for (network) read/write operation completion, in mcs */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + const char *protocol_blacklist; + int min_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this min packet size */ +} URLContext; + +typedef struct URLProtocol { + const char *name; + int (*url_open)( URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags); + /** + * This callback is to be used by protocols which open further nested + * protocols. options are then to be passed to ffurl_open_whitelist() + * or ffurl_connect() for those nested protocols. + */ + int (*url_open2)(URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags, AVDictionary **options); + int (*url_accept)(URLContext *s, URLContext **c); + int (*url_handshake)(URLContext *c); + + /** + * Read data from the protocol. + * If data is immediately available (even less than size), EOF is + * reached or an error occurs (including EINTR), return immediately. + * Otherwise: + * In non-blocking mode, return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately. + * In blocking mode, wait for data/EOF/error with a short timeout (0.1s), + * and return AVERROR(EAGAIN) on timeout. + * Checking interrupt_callback, looping on EINTR and EAGAIN and until + * enough data has been read is left to the calling function; see + * retry_transfer_wrapper in avio.c. + */ + int (*url_read)( URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + int (*url_write)(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size); + int64_t (*url_seek)( URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence); + int (*url_close)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_read_pause)(URLContext *h, int pause); + int64_t (*url_read_seek)(URLContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + int (*url_get_file_handle)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_get_multi_file_handle)(URLContext *h, int **handles, + int *numhandles); + int (*url_get_short_seek)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_shutdown)(URLContext *h, int flags); + const AVClass *priv_data_class; + int priv_data_size; + int flags; + int (*url_check)(URLContext *h, int mask); + int (*url_open_dir)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_read_dir)(URLContext *h, AVIODirEntry **next); + int (*url_close_dir)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_delete)(URLContext *h); + int (*url_move)(URLContext *h_src, URLContext *h_dst); + const char *default_whitelist; +} URLProtocol; + +/** + * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by + * url, but do not initiate the connection yet. + * + * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the + * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be + * NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_alloc(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb); + +/** + * Connect an URLContext that has been allocated by ffurl_alloc + * + * @param options A dictionary filled with options for nested protocols, + * i.e. it will be passed to url_open2() for protocols implementing it. + * This parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + */ +int ffurl_connect(URLContext *uc, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Create an URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by + * url, and open it. + * + * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the + * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be + * NULL + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @param parent An enclosing URLContext, whose generic options should + * be applied to this URLContext as well. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_open_whitelist(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options, + const char *whitelist, const char* blacklist, + URLContext *parent); + +/** + * Accept an URLContext c on an URLContext s + * + * @param s server context + * @param c client context, must be unallocated. + * @return >= 0 on success, ff_neterrno() on failure. + */ +int ffurl_accept(URLContext *s, URLContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * See avio_handshake() for details. + * Implementations should try to return decreasing values. + * If the protocol uses an underlying protocol, the underlying handshake is + * usually the first step, and the return value can be: + * (largest value for this protocol) + (return value from other protocol) + * + * @param c the client context + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR code on failure + */ +int ffurl_handshake(URLContext *c); + +/** + * Read up to size bytes from the resource accessed by h, and store + * the read bytes in buf. + * + * @return The number of bytes actually read, or a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error. A value of zero + * indicates that it is not possible to read more from the accessed + * resource (except if the value of the size argument is also zero). + */ +int ffurl_read(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read as many bytes as possible (up to size), calling the + * read function multiple times if necessary. + * This makes special short-read handling in applications + * unnecessary, if the return value is < size then it is + * certain there was either an error or the end of file was reached. + */ +int ffurl_read_complete(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Write size bytes from buf to the resource accessed by h. + * + * @return the number of bytes actually written, or a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int ffurl_write(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Change the position that will be used by the next read/write + * operation on the resource accessed by h. + * + * @param pos specifies the new position to set + * @param whence specifies how pos should be interpreted, it must be + * one of SEEK_SET (seek from the beginning), SEEK_CUR (seek from the + * current position), SEEK_END (seek from the end), or AVSEEK_SIZE + * (return the filesize of the requested resource, pos is ignored). + * @return a negative value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case + * of failure, or the resulting file position, measured in bytes from + * the beginning of the file. You can use this feature together with + * SEEK_CUR to read the current file position. + */ +int64_t ffurl_seek(URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the URLContext h, and free the + * memory used by it. Also set the URLContext pointer to NULL. + * + * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0 + * otherwise + */ +int ffurl_closep(URLContext **h); +int ffurl_close(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the filesize of the resource accessed by h, AVERROR(ENOSYS) + * if the operation is not supported by h, or another negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int64_t ffurl_size(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the file descriptor associated with this URL. For RTP, this + * will return only the RTP file descriptor, not the RTCP file descriptor. + * + * @return the file descriptor associated with this URL, or <0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_file_handle(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Return the file descriptors associated with this URL. + * + * @return 0 on success or <0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_multi_file_handle(URLContext *h, int **handles, int *numhandles); + +/** + * Return the current short seek threshold value for this URL. + * + * @return threshold (>0) on success or <=0 on error. + */ +int ffurl_get_short_seek(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Signal the URLContext that we are done reading or writing the stream. + * + * @param h pointer to the resource + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be shutdown + * + * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0 + * otherwise + */ +int ffurl_shutdown(URLContext *h, int flags); + +/** + * Check if the user has requested to interrupt a blocking function + * associated with cb. + */ +int ff_check_interrupt(AVIOInterruptCB *cb); + +/* udp.c */ +int ff_udp_set_remote_url(URLContext *h, const char *uri); +int ff_udp_get_local_port(URLContext *h); + +/** + * Assemble a URL string from components. This is the reverse operation + * of av_url_split. + * + * Note, this requires networking to be initialized, so the caller must + * ensure ff_network_init has been called. + * + * @see av_url_split + * + * @param str the buffer to fill with the url + * @param size the size of the str buffer + * @param proto the protocol identifier, if null, the separator + * after the identifier is left out, too + * @param authorization an optional authorization string, may be null. + * An empty string is treated the same as a null string. + * @param hostname the host name string + * @param port the port number, left out from the string if negative + * @param fmt a generic format string for everything to add after the + * host/port, may be null + * @return the number of characters written to the destination buffer + */ +int ff_url_join(char *str, int size, const char *proto, + const char *authorization, const char *hostname, + int port, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(7, 8); + +/** + * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url. + * + * @param buf the buffer where output absolute url is written + * @param size the size of buf + * @param base the base url, may be equal to buf. + * @param rel the new url, which is interpreted relative to base + * @param handle_dos_paths handle DOS paths for file or unspecified protocol + */ +int ff_make_absolute_url2(char *buf, int size, const char *base, + const char *rel, int handle_dos_paths); + +/** + * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url. + * + * Same as ff_make_absolute_url2 with handle_dos_paths being equal to + * HAVE_DOS_PATHS config variable. + */ +int ff_make_absolute_url(char *buf, int size, const char *base, + const char *rel); + +/** + * Allocate directory entry with default values. + * + * @return entry or NULL on error + */ +AVIODirEntry *ff_alloc_dir_entry(void); + +const AVClass *ff_urlcontext_child_class_iterate(void **iter); + +/** + * Construct a list of protocols matching a given whitelist and/or blacklist. + * + * @param whitelist a comma-separated list of allowed protocol names or NULL. If + * this is a non-empty string, only protocols in this list will + * be included. + * @param blacklist a comma-separated list of forbidden protocol names or NULL. + * If this is a non-empty string, all protocols in this list + * will be excluded. + * + * @return a NULL-terminated array of matching protocols. The array must be + * freed by the caller. + */ +const URLProtocol **ffurl_get_protocols(const char *whitelist, + const char *blacklist); + +typedef struct URLComponents { + const char *url; /**< whole URL, for reference */ + const char *scheme; /**< possibly including lavf-specific options */ + const char *authority; /**< "//" if it is a real URL */ + const char *userinfo; /**< including final '@' if present */ + const char *host; + const char *port; /**< including initial ':' if present */ + const char *path; + const char *query; /**< including initial '?' if present */ + const char *fragment; /**< including initial '#' if present */ + const char *end; +} URLComponents; + +#define url_component_end_scheme authority +#define url_component_end_authority userinfo +#define url_component_end_userinfo host +#define url_component_end_host port +#define url_component_end_port path +#define url_component_end_path query +#define url_component_end_query fragment +#define url_component_end_fragment end +#define url_component_end_authority_full path + +#define URL_COMPONENT_HAVE(uc, component) \ + ((uc).url_component_end_##component > (uc).component) + +/** + * Parse an URL to find the components. + * + * Each component runs until the start of the next component, + * possibly including a mandatory delimiter. + * + * @param uc structure to fill with pointers to the components. + * @param url URL to parse. + * @param end end of the URL, or NULL to parse to the end of string. + * + * @return >= 0 for success or an AVERROR code, especially if the URL is + * malformed. + */ +int ff_url_decompose(URLComponents *uc, const char *url, const char *end); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int ffurl_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int ffurl_delete(const char *url); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_URL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ff148391 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..293fbd339 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 60 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_GET_END_PTS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) +#define FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61) + + +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2150a7d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavformat + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavformat + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavformat + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 60.3.100 + CFBundleVersion + 60.3.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/libavformat b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/libavformat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25807b22b Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavformat.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavformat.framework/libavformat differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b38e9ac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libavutil.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libavutil.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libavutil.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b28fd354 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Janne Grunau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +#if defined(__APPLE__) + +#include + +#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time + +#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + uint64_t cycle_counter; + __asm__ volatile( + "isb \t\n" + "mrs %0, pmccntr_el0 " + : "=r"(cycle_counter) :: "memory" ); + + return cycle_counter; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..232d07f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVAdler; + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf, + size_t len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e7347368 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param key Pointer to the key + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98c07122 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5e4ac217 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H +#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H + +#include +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are + * saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for + * easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d. + * + * @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and + * it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc. + */ +typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment { + /** + * Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux. + */ + AVRational ambient_illuminance; + + /** + * Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_x; + + /** + * Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_y; +} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing + * AVFrame as side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf23e2a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +#if defined(__APPLE__) + +#include + +#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time + +#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM && defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) + +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + unsigned cc; + __asm__ volatile ("mrc p15, 0, %0, c9, c13, 0" : "=r"(cc)); + return cc; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM && __ARM_ARCH_7A__ */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04c615c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) +#else +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df1ee6af --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +#if (AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,0) || defined(__clang__)) && (defined(__ELF__) || defined(__MACH__)) +# define attribute_visibility_hidden __attribute__((visibility("hidden"))) +# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility push(hidden)") +# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility pop") +#else +# define attribute_visibility_hidden +# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN +# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1e4c856d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e462bba --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c289fbb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e26026376 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param s the string whose length to count + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3) + + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64b68bdbd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e289a40d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f27d30f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_avbprint + * AVBPrint public header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * A buffer to print data progressively + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local `char buf[512]`. + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records + * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`). + * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * @name Max size special values + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +/** + * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself. + * + * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large + * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +/** + * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length. + * + * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with + * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`). + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 +/** @} */ + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length + * - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit + * - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible. + * Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4840ab433 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ef5b7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + size_t size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size); + +/** + * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. + * + * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst + * and replace it with a new reference to src. + * + * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, + * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On + * failure, dst will be left untouched. + * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this + * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. + */ +int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be + * used (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. May be NULL. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. + * + * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. + * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the + * buffer pool. + * + * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, + * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque + * parameter of an allocated buffer. + */ +void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96787102e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad5b347e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f345415c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,783 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels + * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Audio channel layout utility functions + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVChannel { + ///< Invalid channel index + AV_CHAN_NONE = -1, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY, + AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT, + /** Stereo downmix. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29, + /** See above. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT, + + /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */ + AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200, + + /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */ + AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300, + + /** + * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system. + * + * Given a channel id `` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `` is + * ` = - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`. + * + * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel + * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels + * implicitly by their position in the stream. + */ + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400, + // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics, + // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff, +}; + +enum AVChannelOrder { + /** + * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information + * about the channel order. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + /** + * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in + * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63 + * different channels. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, + /** + * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and + * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support + * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE) + * channels at arbitrary positions. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM, + /** + * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into + * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion + * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel + * Number). + * + * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical + * harmonic of degree l and order m given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * l = floor(sqrt(n)), + * m = n - l * (l + 1). + * @endcode + * + * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the + * corresponding channel index n is given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * n = l * (l + 1) + m. + * @endcode + * + * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization) + * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, +}; + + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT ) + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. + @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in + AVChannelLayout + */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL +#endif + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the + * public ABI. + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump. + */ +typedef struct AVChannelCustom { + enum AVChannel id; + char name[16]; + void *opaque; +} AVChannelCustom; + +/** + * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data. + * + * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific + * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an + * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count). + * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by + * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check() + * considers they are valid. + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the + * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack + * or embedded in caller-defined structs. + * + * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows: + * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields + * correctly; + * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers; + * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(), + * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string(). + * + * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit() + * + * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden, + * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should + * be checked) + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for + * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t). + */ +typedef struct AVChannelLayout { + /** + * Channel order used in this layout. + * This is a mandatory field. + */ + enum AVChannelOrder order; + + /** + * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field. + */ + int nb_channels; + + /** + * Details about which channels are present in this layout. + * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be + * used. + */ + union { + /** + * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used + * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels. + * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the + * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present. + * + * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO + * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present. + * + * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or + * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_* + * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits + * is equal to nb_channels. + */ + uint64_t mask; + /** + * This member must be used when the channel order is + * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each + * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the + * corresponding value in map[i].id. + * + * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the + * i-th channel in the audio data. + * + * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic + * component with ACN index (as defined above) + * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE. + * + * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case + * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the + * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed. + */ + AVChannelCustom *map; + } u; + + /** + * For some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; +} AVChannelLayout; + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }} + +/** + * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }} +/** @} */ + +struct AVBPrint; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * @name Deprecated Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + * @param nb_channels number of channels + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_name() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + * @deprecated use av_channel_description() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel. + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_name(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * Get a human readable string describing a given channel. + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_description(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name(). + * + * @return the channel with the given name + * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name); + +/** + * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels + * are present. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description. + * The input string can be represented by: + * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe()) + * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL", + * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after + * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE") + * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4") + * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c") + * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels") + * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg. + * "ambisonic 2+stereo") + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param str string describing the channel layout + * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *str); + +/** + * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels number of channels + */ +void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Iterate over all standard channel layouts. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque); + +/** + * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel + * count to 0. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized + */ +void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst + * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. + * + * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy. + * + * @param dst destination channel layout + * @param src source channel layout + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src); + +/** + * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties. + * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by + * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same + * channel layout, except for opaque pointers. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + char *buf, size_t buf_size); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + struct AVBPrint *bp); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param idx index of the channel + * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or + * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is + * unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple + * channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if + * channel is not present in channel_layout. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string. + * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain + * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR + * value. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a channel described by the given string. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel to obtain + * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success + * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel + * order is unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout, + * without regard for their positions. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels + * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present + * in channel_layout + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio + * data. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same + * channels are present on the same positions in both. + * + * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is + * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both. + * + * @param chl input channel layout + * @param chl1 input channel layout + * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative + * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid. + */ +int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd1404be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,578 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Unsigned Absolute value. + * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. + * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. + */ +#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) +#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add64 +# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub64 +# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 0) + return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); + return s; +#endif +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) + return INT64_MAX; + if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) + return INT64_MIN; + return a - b; +#endif +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure + * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then + * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + {ERROR}\ + while (val & top) {\ + unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + {ERROR}\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = (GET_16BIT);\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + {ERROR}\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fa5ea919 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) + +//Loongarch SIMD extension. +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) + +// RISC-V extensions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. + * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. + */ +void av_cpu_force_count(int count); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f59812a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init()) + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate + * @param length length of the buffer + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73bce52bc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley + * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje + * Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H +#define AVUTIL_CSP_H + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil. + * @ingroup lavu_math_csp + * @author Ronald S. Bultje + * @author Leo Izen + * @author Kevin Wheatley + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility + * @ingroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar + * calculations. + */ +typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients { + AVRational cr, cg, cb; +} AVLumaCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931 + * chromaticity definition. + */ +typedef struct AVCIExy { + AVRational x, y; +} AVCIExy; + +/** + * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE + * 1931 chromaticity x and y. + */ +typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients { + AVCIExy r, g, b; +} AVPrimaryCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x + * and y. + */ +typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing + * the complete description of a color gamut. + */ +typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc { + AVWhitepointCoefficients wp; + AVPrimaryCoefficients prim; +} AVColorPrimariesDesc; + +/** + * Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs + * an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light. + */ +typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double); + +/** + * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix + * from an enum constant describing the colorspace. + * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace. + * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL + * if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp); + +/** + * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the + * color primaries. + * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries + * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum + * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm); + +/** + * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete + * gamut description. + * @see enum AVColorPrimaries + * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut + * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or + * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm); + +/** + * Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic. + * + * See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html) + * + * This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated + * by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455. + * + * @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching + * the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any + * we cannot reasonably match against. + */ +double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Determine the function needed to apply the given + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input. + * + * The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0] + * values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen + * characteristic function. + * + * @return Will return pointer to the function matching the + * supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will + * return NULL: + */ +av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3e6fa47 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize + * @param key pointer to the key to use + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..011988052 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avassert.h" +#include "frame.h" + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBox { + /** + * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame, + * together with width and height, defining the bounding box. + */ + int x; + int y; + int w; + int h; + +#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64 + + /** + * Detect result with confidence + */ + char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational detect_confidence; + + /** + * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box. + * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different + * DNN models on one bounding box. + * classify_count is zero if no classification. + */ +#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4 + uint32_t classify_count; + char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY]; +} AVDetectionBBox; + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader { + /** + * Information about how the bounding box is generated. + * for example, the DNN model name. + */ + char source[256]; + + /** + * Number of bounding boxes in the array. + */ + uint32_t nb_bboxes; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which + * the array of bounding boxes starts. + */ + size_t bboxes_offset; + + /** + * Size of each bounding box in bytes. + */ + size_t bbox_size; +} AVDetectionBBoxHeader; + +/* + * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes. + */ +static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox * +av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes); + return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset + + idx * header->bbox_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables. + * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type + * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes); +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..713c9e361 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs. + * + * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL + * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary + * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set(). + * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**. + * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate(). + * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free(). + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +/** + * @name AVDictionary Flags + * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary. + * @{ + */ +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */ +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key Matching key + * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the + * entry is retrieved + * + * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over a dictionary + * + * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary. + * + * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed. + * + * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned + * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict. + * + * Typical usage: + * @code + * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL; + * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) { + * // ... + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param m The dictionary to iterate over + * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially + * + * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary + * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary + */ +const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate(). + * + * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary. + * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * + * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * + * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from. + * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + * + * @param[in] m The dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50f2b44ca --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_display + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d11e02bf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * DOVI configuration + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H +#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H + +#include +#include +#include "rational.h" + +/* + * DOVI configuration + * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2 + dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2 + * @code + * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile + * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level + * uint8_t rpu_present_flag + * uint8_t el_present_flag + * uint8_t bl_present_flag + * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id + * @endcode + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord { + uint8_t dv_version_major; + uint8_t dv_version_minor; + uint8_t dv_profile; + uint8_t dv_level; + uint8_t rpu_present_flag; + uint8_t el_present_flag; + uint8_t bl_present_flag; + uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id; +} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord; + +/** + * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data header. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader { + uint8_t rpu_type; + uint16_t rpu_format; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_level; + uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag; + uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */ + uint8_t coef_log2_denom; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc; + uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag; + uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t disable_residual_flag; +} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader; + +enum AVDOVIMappingMethod { + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0, + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the + * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values. + */ +#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8 +typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve { + uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */ + uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */ + enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */ + uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */ + int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */ + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */ + uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */ + int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7]; +} AVDOVIReshapingCurve; + +enum AVDOVINLQMethod { + AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1, + AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation + * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams { + uint16_t nlq_offset; + uint64_t vdr_in_max; + /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */ + uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope; + uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold; +} AVDOVINLQParams; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping { + uint8_t vdr_rpu_id; + uint8_t mapping_color_space; + uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc; + AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */ + + /* Non-linear inverse quantization */ + enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc; + uint32_t num_x_partitions; + uint32_t num_y_partitions; + AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */ +} AVDOVIDataMapping; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata { + uint8_t dm_metadata_id; + uint8_t scene_refresh_flag; + + /** + * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be + * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags. + * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB + * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any + * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more + * information.) + */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */ + AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */ + + /** + * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info). + */ + uint16_t signal_eotf; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param0; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param1; + uint32_t signal_eotf_param2; + uint8_t signal_bit_depth; + uint8_t signal_color_space; + uint8_t signal_chroma_format; + uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */ + uint16_t source_min_pq; + uint16_t source_max_pq; + uint16_t source_diagonal; +} AVDOVIColorMetadata; + +/** + * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color + * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ + +typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata { + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the + * respective structs start. + */ + size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */ + size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */ + size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */ +} AVDOVIMetadata; + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader * +av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping * +av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata * +av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset); +} + +/** + * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the + * allocated struct will be written here on success + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..221cf5bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe7ebfe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d3269aa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee8cffb05 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored + * @param size size of array + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size); + +/** + * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences + * in a parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored + * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse() + * then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries. + * @param size size of array + * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..441a5afad --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "n6.0" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70f9376d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_fifo + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo; + +/** + * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the + * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single + * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated + * by nb_elems. + * + * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function + * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which + * av_fifo_*_cb function is called + * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be + * read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should + * update it to contain the number of elements actually written. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from + * the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function) + */ +typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This + * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with + * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(). + */ +#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0) + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size. + * + * @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO + * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on + * the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size. + * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_* + * + * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at + * FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime + */ +size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized + * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used. + */ +void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems); + +/** + * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without + * growing it. + * + * In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit + * into the FIFO. More data may be written when the + * AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this + * may involve memory allocation, which can fail. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifo. + * + * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly + * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write() + * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifo to resize + * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current + * allocated size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc); + +/** + * Write data into a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag + * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error + * is returned. + * + * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be + * read from buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements + * actually written. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error + * is returned. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state. + * + * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements + * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip. + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not + * be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f). + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque, + size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo. + * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than + * av_fifo_can_read(f) + */ +void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size); + +/* + * Empty the AVFifo. + * @param f AVFifo to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed. + */ +void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f); + + +#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + * @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size, + * decreasing FIFO size is not supported + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike + * this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb() + */ +attribute_deprecated +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} +#endif +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc87a9cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param filename path to the file + * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer + * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map() + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3bd0a4a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H + +#include "frame.h" + +enum AVFilmGrainParamsType { + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams { + /** + * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the + * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane. + */ + int num_y_points; + uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma. + * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales. + */ + int chroma_scaling_from_luma; + + /** + * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling + * function parameters. + */ + int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */]; + uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within + * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain. + */ + int scaling_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the auto-regression lag. + */ + int ar_coeff_lag; + + /** + * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1). + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24]; + + /** + * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points. + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25]; + + /** + * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6, + * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and + * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9. + */ + int ar_coeff_shift; + + /** + * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during + * synthesis. + */ + int grain_scale_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component + * scaling function. + */ + int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */]; + int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value + * with a range [-256, 255] + */ + int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks. + */ + int overlap_flag; + + /** + * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application. + */ + int limit_output_range; +} AVFilmGrainAOMParams; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using + * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params { + /** + * Specifies the film grain simulation mode. + * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression + */ + int model_id; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component. + */ + int bit_depth_luma; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components. + */ + int bit_depth_chroma; + + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + + /** + * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain + * with the decoded images. + * + * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative + */ + int blending_mode_id; + + /** + * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations. + */ + int log2_scale_factor; + + /** + * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present. + */ + int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of + * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256]. + */ + uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval + * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6]. + */ + uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval. + * - When model_id == 0, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1] + * - Otherwise, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1] + */ + int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */]; +} AVFilmGrainH274Params; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video + * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is + * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams { + /** + * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid. + */ + enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type; + + /** + * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it. + * + * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in + * SMPTE RDD 5-2006. + */ + uint64_t seed; + + /** + * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included. + * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another + * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type. + */ + union { + AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom; + AVFilmGrainH274Params h274; + } codec; +} AVFilmGrainParams; + +/** + * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated. + * + * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258026954 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,964 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, + + /** + * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, + + /** + * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. + * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose + * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of + * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, + + /** + * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. + * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, + + /** + * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, + * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, + + /** + * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 + * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, + + /** + * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software + * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in + * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, + + /** + * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color + * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID, + + /** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, + * it could even point to the end of the image data. + * + * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the + * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. + * + * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the + * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in + * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating + * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: + * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping + * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data + * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing + * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + * + * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve + * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. + * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or + * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders + * or filters. + */ + AVRational time_base; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + attribute_deprecated + int display_picture_number; +#endif + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in + * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or + * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is + * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + +#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * + * @deprecated use duration instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_duration; +#endif + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown. + */ + int64_t duration; +} AVFrame; + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy + * is always made. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10291adf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H +#define AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H + +#include + +#include "config.h" +#include "mem.h" + +#if HAVE_GETENV && defined(_WIN32) + +#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h" + +static inline char *getenv_utf8(const char *varname) +{ + wchar_t *varname_w, *var_w; + char *var; + + if (utf8towchar(varname, &varname_w)) + return NULL; + if (!varname_w) + return NULL; + + var_w = _wgetenv(varname_w); + av_free(varname_w); + + if (!var_w) + return NULL; + if (wchartoutf8(var_w, &var)) + return NULL; + + return var; + + // No CP_ACP fallback compared to other *_utf8() functions: + // non UTF-8 strings must not be returned. +} + +static inline void freeenv_utf8(char *var) +{ + av_free(var); +} + +static inline char *getenv_dup(const char *varname) +{ + return getenv_utf8(varname); +} + +#else + +static inline char *getenv_utf8(const char *varname) +{ + return getenv(varname); +} + +static inline void freeenv_utf8(char *var) +{ +} + +static inline char *getenv_dup(const char *varname) +{ + char *var = getenv(varname); + if (!var) + return NULL; + return av_strdup(var); +} + +#endif // HAVE_GETENV && defined(_WIN32) + +#endif // AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94151ded7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d72de56a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a34f83072 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams { + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_enable_flag; + + /** + * base_param_m_p in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_p; + + /** + * base_param_m_m in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_m; + + /** + * base_param_m_a in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_a; + + /** + * base_param_m_b in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_b; + + /** + * base_param_m_n in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_n; + + /** + * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1 + * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k1; + + /** + * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2 + * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k2; + + /** + * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3 + * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb + * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved + */ + int base_param_k3; + + /** + * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_param_Delta_enable_mode; + + /** + * base_param_Delta in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_Delta; + + /** + * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter, + * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int three_Spline_enable_flag; + + /** + * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_num; + + /** + * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 3, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_TH_mode; + + /** + * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + * and in multiples of 1.0/4095. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2; + + /** + * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength; +} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams; + + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams { + /** + * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational minimum_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational variance_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational maximum_maxrgb; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int tone_mapping_mode_flag; + + /** + * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int tone_mapping_param_num; + + /** + * The color tone mapping parameters. + */ + AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2]; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 7, inclusive. + */ + int color_saturation_num; + + /** + * Indicates the color correction strength parameter. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/128. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_gain[8]; +} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid { + /** + * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01. + */ + uint8_t system_start_code; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01 + * if the system_start_code is 0x01. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3]; +} AVDynamicHDRVivid; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca4da6a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ff08c860 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, + * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, + AVDictionary *options, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the + * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will + * be preserved as they were. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cefbe0cea --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +/** + * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags + * + * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one. + */ +#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77d2d72f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; + + /** + * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture + * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture. + * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains + * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42709f215 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1b79bc0d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0263cab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; + + /** + * Pointer to ANativeWindow. + * + * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it + * automatically if create_window is true and OS support + * createPersistentInputSurface. + * + * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for + * encoder. + */ + void *native_window; + + /** + * Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically. + * + * Disabled by default. + * + * It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting + * AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key. + * The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it + * via: + * -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1 + */ + int create_window; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef54486c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL. + * + * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended + * to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is + * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the + * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(). + */ + +/** + * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of planes in the frame. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame. + */ + cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * OpenCL device details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext { + /** + * The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices + * are associated with the context then this is the one which will + * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg. + */ + cl_device_id device_id; + /** + * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on + * this device. + */ + cl_context context; + /** + * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all + * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not + * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the + * primary device. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLDeviceContext; + +/** + * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext { + /** + * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this + * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()). + * + * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is + * used instead. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2dba8ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; + /** + * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation + * + * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this + * field must be set to NULL. + * + * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be + * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always + * release this interface. + */ + void *loader; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b2e071cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7ea1e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25dde85df --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "frame.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool + * instead of an AVBufferPool. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks + * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage + * the pool using the default implementation. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and + * return full range pixel formats via a flag. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range); + +/** + * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer + * function string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx, + CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df86c85b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) +#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR +#endif +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame. + */ + +/** + * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext { + /** + * Custom memory allocator, else NULL + */ + const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function. + * If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's + * compilation settings, and set this field. + */ + PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr; + + /** + * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2. + */ + VkInstance inst; + + /** + * Physical device + */ + VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev; + + /** + * Active device + */ + VkDevice act_dev; + + /** + * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled + * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to + * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended, + * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features. + */ + VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features; + + /** + * Enabled instance extensions. + * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with + * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable. + * Duplicates are possible and accepted. + * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively. + */ + const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions; + int nb_enabled_inst_extensions; + + /** + * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd, + * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier, + * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found. + * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as + * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible + * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled. + */ + const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions; + int nb_enabled_dev_extensions; + + /** + * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues + * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required. + * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each + * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set. + * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities. + */ + int queue_family_index; + int nb_graphics_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_tx_index; + int nb_tx_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_comp_index; + int nb_comp_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_encode_index; + int nb_encode_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_decode_index; + int nb_decode_queues; +} AVVulkanDeviceContext; + +/** + * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation. + */ +typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags { + /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the + * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0), + + /* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather + * than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting + * to VAAPI on Intel devices. */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1), +} AVVkFrameFlags; + +/** + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext { + /** + * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling, + * then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device + * supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise + * will allocate optimally-tiled images. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits + * are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE. + */ + VkImageUsageFlagBits usage; + + /** + * Extension data for image creation. + * If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain, + * and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated + * with the specific requested DRM modifiers. + * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time, + * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free + * any structures they've allocated themselves. + */ + void *create_pnext; + + /** + * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as + * the number of planes of the sw_format. + * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used + * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary + * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions. + */ + void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set, + * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during + * av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVVkFrameFlags flags; +} AVVulkanFramesContext; + +/* + * Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match + * the pool's sw_format. + * All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the + * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed. + * + * If all queue family indices in the device context are the same, + * images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images + * will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode. + * + * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate + * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVkFrame { + /** + * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to. + */ + VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes, + * in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of + * each plane in the memory. + */ + VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * OR'd flags for all memory allocated + */ + VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags; + + /** + * Updated after every barrier + */ + VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane. + * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using + * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission, + * using an incremented value. + */ + VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible. + * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue, + * and increment it when signalling. + */ + uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Internal data. + */ + struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal; + + /** + * Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVVkFrame; + +/** + * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0. + * @note Must be freed via av_free() + */ +AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format. + * Returns NULL on unsupported formats. + */ +const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e10ac1495 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height. + * + * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_fill_linesizes(). + */ +int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param w width of the image in pixels + * @param h height of the image in pixels + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst destination plane to copy to + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src source plane to copy from + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + * @param height height (number of lines) of the plane + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy_plane(). + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy_plane(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize, + ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @param height height of the image in pixels + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..454c59aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H +#define AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H + +#if !defined(DEBUG) && !defined(NDEBUG) +# define NDEBUG +#endif + +// This can be enabled to allow detection of additional integer overflows with ubsan +//#define CHECKED + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "timer.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +#if ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/emms.h" +#endif + +#ifndef emms_c +# define emms_c() do {} while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_align_arg +#if ARCH_X86_32 && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,2) +# define attribute_align_arg __attribute__((force_align_arg_pointer)) +#else +# define attribute_align_arg +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) && CONFIG_SHARED && !defined(BUILDING_avutil) +# define av_export_avutil __declspec(dllimport) +#else +# define av_export_avutil +#endif + +#if HAVE_PRAGMA_DEPRECATED +# if defined(__ICL) || defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable:1478)) +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(pop)) +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable:4996)) +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(pop)) +# else +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +# endif +#else +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS +#endif + + +#define FF_MEMORY_POISON 0x2a + +/* Check if the hard coded offset of a struct member still matches reality. + * Induce a compilation failure if not. + */ +#define AV_CHECK_OFFSET(s, m, o) struct check_##o { \ + int x_##o[offsetof(s, m) == o? 1: -1]; \ + } + + +#define FF_ALLOC_TYPED_ARRAY(p, nelem) (p = av_malloc_array(nelem, sizeof(*p))) +#define FF_ALLOCZ_TYPED_ARRAY(p, nelem) (p = av_calloc(nelem, sizeof(*p))) + +#define FF_PTR_ADD(ptr, off) ((off) ? (ptr) + (off) : (ptr)) + +/** + * Access a field in a structure by its offset. + */ +#define FF_FIELD_AT(type, off, obj) (*(type *)((char *)&(obj) + (off))) + +#include "libm.h" + +/** + * Return NULL if CONFIG_SMALL is true, otherwise the argument + * without modification. Used to disable the definition of strings. + */ +#if CONFIG_SMALL +# define NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL(x) NULL +#else +# define NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL(x) x +#endif + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. + * + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first + * field is a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing the name of the missing feature + */ +void avpriv_report_missing_feature(void *avc, + const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. + * Additionally request that a sample showcasing the feature be uploaded. + * + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing the name of the missing feature + */ +void avpriv_request_sample(void *avc, + const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +#if HAVE_LIBC_MSVCRT +#include +#if defined(_VC_CRT_MAJOR_VERSION) && _VC_CRT_MAJOR_VERSION < 14 +#pragma comment(linker, "/include:" EXTERN_PREFIX "avpriv_strtod") +#pragma comment(linker, "/include:" EXTERN_PREFIX "avpriv_snprintf") +#endif + +#define PTRDIFF_SPECIFIER "Id" +#define SIZE_SPECIFIER "Iu" +#else +#define PTRDIFF_SPECIFIER "td" +#define SIZE_SPECIFIER "zu" +#endif + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define ff_dlog(ctx, ...) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define ff_dlog(ctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif + +#ifdef TRACE +# define ff_tlog(ctx, ...) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_TRACE, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define ff_tlog(ctx, ...) do { } while(0) +#endif + +// For debuging we use signed operations so overflows can be detected (by ubsan) +// For production we use unsigned so there are no undefined operations +#ifdef CHECKED +#define SUINT int +#define SUINT32 int32_t +#else +#define SUINT unsigned +#define SUINT32 uint32_t +#endif + +int avpriv_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_mirror(int x, int w) +{ + if (!w) + return 0; + + while ((unsigned)x > (unsigned)w) { + x = -x; + if (x < 0) + x += 2 * w; + } + return x; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3d7ec4a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c8413a53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e75a986f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +/** + * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG. + * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should + * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same + * to allow easy instanciation. + */ +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a81996239 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +/* + * erf function: Copyright (c) 2006 John Maddock + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Replacements for frequently missing libm functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LIBM_H +#define AVUTIL_LIBM_H + +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "intfloat.h" +#include "mathematics.h" + +#if HAVE_MIPSFPU && HAVE_INLINE_ASM +#include "libavutil/mips/libm_mips.h" +#endif /* HAVE_MIPSFPU && HAVE_INLINE_ASM*/ + +#if !HAVE_ATANF +#undef atanf +#define atanf(x) ((float)atan(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ATANF */ + +#if !HAVE_ATAN2F +#undef atan2f +#define atan2f(y, x) ((float)atan2(y, x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ATAN2F */ + +#if !HAVE_POWF +#undef powf +#define powf(x, y) ((float)pow(x, y)) +#endif /* HAVE_POWF */ + +#if !HAVE_CBRT +static av_always_inline double cbrt(double x) +{ + return x < 0 ? -pow(-x, 1.0 / 3.0) : pow(x, 1.0 / 3.0); +} +#endif /* HAVE_CBRT */ + +#if !HAVE_CBRTF +static av_always_inline float cbrtf(float x) +{ + return x < 0 ? -powf(-x, 1.0 / 3.0) : powf(x, 1.0 / 3.0); +} +#endif /* HAVE_CBRTF */ + +#if !HAVE_COPYSIGN +static av_always_inline double copysign(double x, double y) +{ + uint64_t vx = av_double2int(x); + uint64_t vy = av_double2int(y); + return av_int2double((vx & UINT64_C(0x7fffffffffffffff)) | (vy & UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))); +} +#endif /* HAVE_COPYSIGN */ + +#if !HAVE_COSF +#undef cosf +#define cosf(x) ((float)cos(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_COSF */ + +#if !HAVE_ERF +static inline double ff_eval_poly(const double *coeff, int size, double x) { + double sum = coeff[size-1]; + int i; + for (i = size-2; i >= 0; --i) { + sum *= x; + sum += coeff[i]; + } + return sum; +} + +/** + * erf function + * Algorithm taken from the Boost project, source: + * http://www.boost.org/doc/libs/1_46_1/boost/math/special_functions/erf.hpp + * Use, modification and distribution are subject to the + * Boost Software License, Version 1.0 (see notice below). + * Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ +static inline double erf(double z) +{ +#ifndef FF_ARRAY_ELEMS +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) +#endif + double result; + + /* handle the symmetry: erf(-x) = -erf(x) */ + if (z < 0) + return -erf(-z); + + /* branch based on range of z, and pick appropriate approximation */ + if (z == 0) + return 0; + else if (z < 1e-10) + return z * 1.125 + z * 0.003379167095512573896158903121545171688; + else if (z < 0.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 1.561e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 1.561e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 1.155e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.961182e-17 + + static const double y = 1.044948577880859375; + static const double p[] = { + 0.0834305892146531832907, + -0.338165134459360935041, + -0.0509990735146777432841, + -0.00772758345802133288487, + -0.000322780120964605683831, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 0.455004033050794024546, + 0.0875222600142252549554, + 0.00858571925074406212772, + 0.000370900071787748000569, + }; + double zz = z * z; + return z * (y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), zz) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), zz)); + } + /* here onwards compute erfc */ + else if (z < 1.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 3.702e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 3.702e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 2.845e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 4.841816e-17 + static const double y = 0.405935764312744140625; + static const double p[] = { + -0.098090592216281240205, + 0.178114665841120341155, + 0.191003695796775433986, + 0.0888900368967884466578, + 0.0195049001251218801359, + 0.00180424538297014223957, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.84759070983002217845, + 1.42628004845511324508, + 0.578052804889902404909, + 0.12385097467900864233, + 0.0113385233577001411017, + 0.337511472483094676155e-5, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 0.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 0.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + else if (z < 2.5) { + // Max Error found at double precision = 6.599585e-18 + // Maximum Deviation Found: 3.909e-18 + // Expected Error Term: 3.909e-18 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 9.886e-05 + static const double y = 0.50672817230224609375; + static const double p[] = { + -0.0243500476207698441272, + 0.0386540375035707201728, + 0.04394818964209516296, + 0.0175679436311802092299, + 0.00323962406290842133584, + 0.000235839115596880717416, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.53991494948552447182, + 0.982403709157920235114, + 0.325732924782444448493, + 0.0563921837420478160373, + 0.00410369723978904575884, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 1.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 1.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + else if (z < 4.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 1.512e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 1.512e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 2.222e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.062515e-17 + static const double y = 0.5405750274658203125; + static const double p[] = { + 0.00295276716530971662634, + 0.0137384425896355332126, + 0.00840807615555585383007, + 0.00212825620914618649141, + 0.000250269961544794627958, + 0.113212406648847561139e-4, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.04217814166938418171, + 0.442597659481563127003, + 0.0958492726301061423444, + 0.0105982906484876531489, + 0.000479411269521714493907, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 3.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 3.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + /* differ from Boost here, the claim of underflow of erfc(x) past 5.8 is + * slightly incorrect, change to 5.92 + * (really somewhere between 5.9125 and 5.925 is when it saturates) */ + else if (z < 5.92) { + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.997958e-17 + // Maximum Deviation Found: 2.860e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 2.859e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 1.357e-05 + static const double y = 0.5579090118408203125; + static const double p[] = { + 0.00628057170626964891937, + 0.0175389834052493308818, + -0.212652252872804219852, + -0.687717681153649930619, + -2.5518551727311523996, + -3.22729451764143718517, + -2.8175401114513378771, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 2.79257750980575282228, + 11.0567237927800161565, + 15.930646027911794143, + 22.9367376522880577224, + 13.5064170191802889145, + 5.48409182238641741584, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), 1 / z) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), 1 / z); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + /* handle the nan case, but don't use isnan for max portability */ + else if (z != z) + return z; + /* finally return saturated result */ + else + return 1; +} +#endif /* HAVE_ERF */ + +#if !HAVE_EXPF +#undef expf +#define expf(x) ((float)exp(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_EXPF */ + +#if !HAVE_EXP2 +#undef exp2 +#define exp2(x) exp((x) * M_LN2) +#endif /* HAVE_EXP2 */ + +#if !HAVE_EXP2F +#undef exp2f +#define exp2f(x) ((float)exp2(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_EXP2F */ + +#if !HAVE_ISINF +#undef isinf +/* Note: these do not follow the BSD/Apple/GNU convention of returning -1 for +-Inf, +1 for Inf, 0 otherwise, but merely follow the POSIX/ISO mandated spec of +returning a non-zero value for +/-Inf, 0 otherwise. */ +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isinff(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000) + return 0; + return !(v & 0x007fffff); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isinf(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000) + return 0; + return !(v & 0x000fffffffffffff); +} + +#define isinf(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isinff(x) \ + : avpriv_isinf(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISINF */ + +#if !HAVE_ISNAN +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isnanf(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000) + return 0; + return v & 0x007fffff; +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isnan(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000) + return 0; + return (v & 0x000fffffffffffff) && 1; +} + +#define isnan(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isnanf(x) \ + : avpriv_isnan(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */ + +#if !HAVE_ISFINITE +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isfinitef(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + return (v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000; +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isfinite(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + return (v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000; +} + +#define isfinite(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isfinitef(x) \ + : avpriv_isfinite(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISFINITE */ + +#if !HAVE_HYPOT +static inline av_const double hypot(double x, double y) +{ + double ret, temp; + x = fabs(x); + y = fabs(y); + + if (isinf(x) || isinf(y)) + return av_int2double(0x7ff0000000000000); + if (x == 0 || y == 0) + return x + y; + if (x < y) { + temp = x; + x = y; + y = temp; + } + + y = y/x; + return x*sqrt(1 + y*y); +} +#endif /* HAVE_HYPOT */ + +#if !HAVE_LDEXPF +#undef ldexpf +#define ldexpf(x, exp) ((float)ldexp(x, exp)) +#endif /* HAVE_LDEXPF */ + +#if !HAVE_LLRINT +#undef llrint +#define llrint(x) ((long long)rint(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LLRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LLRINTF +#undef llrintf +#define llrintf(x) ((long long)rint(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LLRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG2 +#undef log2 +#define log2(x) (log(x) * 1.44269504088896340736) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG2 */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG2F +#undef log2f +#define log2f(x) ((float)log2(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG2F */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG10F +#undef log10f +#define log10f(x) ((float)log10(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG10F */ + +#if !HAVE_SINF +#undef sinf +#define sinf(x) ((float)sin(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_SINF */ + +#if !HAVE_RINT +static inline double rint(double x) +{ + return x >= 0 ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_RINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LRINT +static av_always_inline av_const long int lrint(double x) +{ + return rint(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LRINTF +static av_always_inline av_const long int lrintf(float x) +{ + return (int)(rint(x)); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LRINTF */ + +#if !HAVE_ROUND +static av_always_inline av_const double round(double x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_ROUND */ + +#if !HAVE_ROUNDF +static av_always_inline av_const float roundf(float x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_ROUNDF */ + +#if !HAVE_TRUNC +static av_always_inline av_const double trunc(double x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x) : ceil(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_TRUNC */ + +#if !HAVE_TRUNCF +static av_always_inline av_const float truncf(float x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x) : ceil(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_TRUNCF */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LIBM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7ceabe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled + * children. + * + * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize + * *iter to NULL before the first call. + * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are + * no more such children. + * + * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next + * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate + * iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with + * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. + * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed + * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state + * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. + */ +void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c03403992 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a7567c3e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c23b07c3c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4aff1e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2eabdb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62b4ca6e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even + * if size is zero. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if + * nmemb is zero. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication + * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r); + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec2955638 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90bc2fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..461b5d3b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter) + * { + * const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class; + * *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c; + * return c; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, +#endif + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored. + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of + * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be + * escaped. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +#endif +int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the + * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT + * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated + * empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +#endif +int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee + * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest + * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free() + * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad5c2775 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective + * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written. + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S` + * - `%%`: a literal `%` + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df73e6ef --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */ + + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a997cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + * + * Before FFmpeg 5.0: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing + * the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9 + * + * FFmpeg 5.0 and above: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair + * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * D3D11: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the + * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a + * normal texture. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + /** + * Vulkan hardware images. + * + * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Visual content value range. + * + * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple + * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance + * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital + * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit + * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is + * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. + * + * Common definitions: + * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, + * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. + * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original + * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. + * - 'n' is the output bit depth. + * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n + * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + + /** + * Narrow or limited range content. + * + * - For luma planes: + * + * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, + + /** + * Full range content. + * + * - For RGB and luma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + * + * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) + * + * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0462a048e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cbfc8e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1 Rational to be tested + * @param q2 Rational to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. + * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. + */ +AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf0ca6e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param key buffer containig the key + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b49bf1a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4eb612393 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REVERSE_H +#define AVUTIL_REVERSE_H + +#include + +extern const uint8_t ff_reverse[256]; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REVERSE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9df9f905f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bad0e254 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success, + * or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e1220abd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4a3f23db --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..828ac836d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aab959b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd929bdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f5e7e1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +// This header should only be used to simplify code where +// threading is optional, not as a generic threading abstraction. + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREAD_H +#define AVUTIL_THREAD_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if HAVE_PRCTL +#include +#endif + +#include "error.h" + +#if HAVE_PTHREADS || HAVE_W32THREADS || HAVE_OS2THREADS + +#if HAVE_PTHREADS +#include + +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 + +#include + +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(func, ret) do { \ + char errbuf[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE] = ""; \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_FATAL, AV_STRINGIFY(func) \ + " failed with error: %s\n", \ + av_make_error_string(errbuf, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, \ + AVERROR(ret))); \ + abort(); \ +} while (0) + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(func, ...) do { \ + int ret = func(__VA_ARGS__); \ + if (ret) \ + ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(func, ret); \ +} while (0) + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD(func, ...) do { \ + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(func, __VA_ARGS__); \ + return 0; \ +} while (0) + +static inline int strict_pthread_join(pthread_t thread, void **value_ptr) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_join, thread, value_ptr); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *mutex, const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr) +{ + if (attr) { + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutex_init, mutex, attr); + } else { + pthread_mutexattr_t local_attr; + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_init, &local_attr); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_settype, &local_attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutex_init, mutex, &local_attr); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_destroy, &local_attr); + } + return 0; +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_destroy, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_lock, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_unlock, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const pthread_condattr_t *attr) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_init, cond, attr); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_destroy, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_signal, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_broadcast, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_wait, cond, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex, + const struct timespec *abstime) +{ + int ret = pthread_cond_timedwait(cond, mutex, abstime); + if (ret && ret != ETIMEDOUT) + ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(pthread_cond_timedwait, ret); + return ret; +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_once(pthread_once_t *once_control, void (*init_routine)(void)) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_once, once_control, init_routine); +} + +#define pthread_join strict_pthread_join +#define pthread_mutex_init strict_pthread_mutex_init +#define pthread_mutex_destroy strict_pthread_mutex_destroy +#define pthread_mutex_lock strict_pthread_mutex_lock +#define pthread_mutex_unlock strict_pthread_mutex_unlock +#define pthread_cond_init strict_pthread_cond_init +#define pthread_cond_destroy strict_pthread_cond_destroy +#define pthread_cond_signal strict_pthread_cond_signal +#define pthread_cond_broadcast strict_pthread_cond_broadcast +#define pthread_cond_wait strict_pthread_cond_wait +#define pthread_cond_timedwait strict_pthread_cond_timedwait +#define pthread_once strict_pthread_once +#endif + +#elif HAVE_OS2THREADS +#include "compat/os2threads.h" +#else +#include "compat/w32pthreads.h" +#endif + +#define AVMutex pthread_mutex_t +#define AV_MUTEX_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +#define ff_mutex_init pthread_mutex_init +#define ff_mutex_lock pthread_mutex_lock +#define ff_mutex_unlock pthread_mutex_unlock +#define ff_mutex_destroy pthread_mutex_destroy + +#define AVOnce pthread_once_t +#define AV_ONCE_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT + +#define ff_thread_once(control, routine) pthread_once(control, routine) + +#else + +#define AVMutex char +#define AV_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0 + +static inline int ff_mutex_init(AVMutex *mutex, const void *attr){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_lock(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_unlock(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_destroy(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } + +#define AVOnce char +#define AV_ONCE_INIT 0 + +static inline int ff_thread_once(char *control, void (*routine)(void)) +{ + if (!*control) { + routine(); + *control = 1; + } + return 0; +} + +#endif + +static inline int ff_thread_setname(const char *name) +{ +#if HAVE_PRCTL + return AVERROR(prctl(PR_SET_NAME, name)); +#endif + + return AVERROR(ENOSYS); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREAD_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42ce655f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc169b064 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..060574a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)" + * the format description as follows: + * bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 6: BGF1 + * bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL) + * bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL) + * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL) + * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop) + * bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode) + * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens. + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param drop drop flag + * @param hh hour + * @param mm minute + * @param ss second + * @param ff frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60 + * fps timecodes by using the field bit. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param rate frame rate of the timecode + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field + * bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag) + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param hh hours + * @param mm minutes + * @param ss seconds + * @param ff frames + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3db5a27e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * high precision timer, useful to profile code + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMER_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if CONFIG_LINUX_PERF +# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +# endif +# include // read(3) +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if CONFIG_MACOS_KPERF +#include "macos_kperf.h" +#elif HAVE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME +#include +#endif + +#include "common.h" +#include "log.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/timer.h" +#endif + +#if !defined(AV_READ_TIME) +# if HAVE_GETHRTIME +# define AV_READ_TIME gethrtime +# elif HAVE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME +# define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef FF_TIMER_UNITS +# define FF_TIMER_UNITS "UNITS" +#endif + +#define TIMER_REPORT(id, tdiff) \ + { \ + static uint64_t tsum = 0; \ + static int tcount = 0; \ + static int tskip_count = 0; \ + static int thistogram[32] = {0}; \ + thistogram[av_log2(tdiff)]++; \ + if (tcount < 2 || \ + (tdiff) < 8 * tsum / tcount || \ + (tdiff) < 2000) { \ + tsum += (tdiff); \ + tcount++; \ + } else \ + tskip_count++; \ + if (((tcount + tskip_count) & (tcount + tskip_count - 1)) == 0) { \ + int i; \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, \ + "%7" PRIu64 " " FF_TIMER_UNITS " in %s,%8d runs,%7d skips",\ + tsum * 10 / tcount, id, tcount, tskip_count); \ + for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_VERBOSE, " %2d", av_log2(2*thistogram[i]));\ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, "\n"); \ + } \ + } + +#if CONFIG_LINUX_PERF + +#define START_TIMER \ + static int linux_perf_fd; \ + uint64_t tperf; \ + if (!linux_perf_fd) { \ + struct perf_event_attr attr = { \ + .type = PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE, \ + .size = sizeof(struct perf_event_attr), \ + .config = PERF_COUNT_HW_CPU_CYCLES, \ + .disabled = 1, \ + .exclude_kernel = 1, \ + .exclude_hv = 1, \ + }; \ + linux_perf_fd = syscall(__NR_perf_event_open, &attr, \ + 0, -1, -1, 0); \ + } \ + if (linux_perf_fd == -1) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, "perf_event_open failed: %s\n", \ + av_err2str(AVERROR(errno))); \ + } else { \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_RESET, 0); \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_ENABLE, 0); \ + } + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_DISABLE, 0); \ + read(linux_perf_fd, &tperf, sizeof(tperf)); \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, tperf) + +#elif CONFIG_MACOS_KPERF + +#define START_TIMER \ + uint64_t tperf; \ + ff_kperf_init(); \ + tperf = ff_kperf_cycles(); + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, ff_kperf_cycles() - tperf); + +#elif defined(AV_READ_TIME) +#define START_TIMER \ + uint64_t tend; \ + uint64_t tstart = AV_READ_TIME(); \ + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + tend = AV_READ_TIME(); \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, tend - tstart) +#else +#define START_TIMER +#define STOP_TIMER(id) { } +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e082f01b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbb8fbb12 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f359e88 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..064edbc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +typedef struct AVComplexDouble { + double re, im; +} AVComplexDouble; + +typedef struct AVComplexInt32 { + int32_t re, im; +} AVComplexInt32; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat, + * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant. + * + * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported. + * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2, + AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4, + + /** + * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t, + * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is + * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'. + * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default. + * + * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame). + * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array. + * + * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array. + * + * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not + * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full + * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3, + AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5, + + /** + * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs. + * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for + * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used + * as a default. + * + * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two + * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set + * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes. + * + * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to + * N/2+1 complex values. + * + * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex + * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be + * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len. + * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7, + AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8, + + /** + * Real to real (DCT) transforms. + * + * The forward transform is a DCT-II. + * The inverse transform is a DCT-III. + * + * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the + * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the + * spacing between two samples in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT = 9, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10, + AV_TX_INT32_DCT = 11, + + /* Not part of the API, do not use */ + AV_TX_NB, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes + * + * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU + * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init(). + * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified. + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Flags for av_tx_init() + */ +enum AVTXFlags { + /** + * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output. + * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types. + */ + AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0, + + /** + * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn(). + * May be slower with certain transform types. + */ + AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1, + + /** + * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be + * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats, + * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats. + * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs. + */ + AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2, +}; + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0 + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL. + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748b7ed3c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * Zane van Iperen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * UUID parsing and serialization utilities. + * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes, + * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type + * of the UUID. + * + * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * @author Zane van Iperen + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H +#define AVUTIL_UUID_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_PRI_UUID \ + "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \ + "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID + * to print UUIDs, e.g. + * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid)); + */ +#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \ + (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \ + (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \ + (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \ + (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15] + +#define AV_UUID_LEN 16 + +/* Binary representation of a UUID */ +typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN]; + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in String representation of a UUID, + * e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696 + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122, + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in URN UUID + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. + * + * @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation + * @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the + * string representation. That memory location is never + * accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`. + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122. + * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the + * terminating NUL character. + * + * @param[in] uu AVUUID + * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters. + */ +void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out); + +/** + * Compares two UUIDs for equality. + * + * @param[in] uu1 AVUUID + * @param[in] uu2 AVUUID + * @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise + */ +static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2) +{ + return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0; +} + +/** + * Copies the bytes of src into dest. + * + * @param[out] dest AVUUID + * @param[in] src AVUUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src) +{ + memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +/** + * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all + * its 128 bits set to zero. + * + * @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu) +{ + memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8ec60434 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 2 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0c3bc1a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" + +enum AVVideoEncParamsType { + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1, + /** + * VP9 stores: + * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the + * corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp + * + * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block: + * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding + * AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9, + + /** + * H.264 stores: + * - in PPS (per-picture): + * * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately), + * exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value + * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer + * parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported + * as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264, + + /* + * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer. + * + * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the + * resulting quantizer for the block. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2, +}; + +/** + * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along + * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors. + * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideoEncParams { + /** + * Number of blocks in the array. + * + * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case + * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not + * be accessed. + */ + unsigned int nb_blocks; + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array + * of blocks starts. + */ + size_t blocks_offset; + /* + * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams). + */ + size_t block_size; + + /** + * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with). + */ + enum AVVideoEncParamsType type; + + /** + * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a + * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly + * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner + * documented for each type. + */ + int32_t qp; + + /** + * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given + * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index). + */ + int32_t delta_qp[4][2]; +} AVVideoEncParams; + +/** + * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information. + * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with + * av_video_enc_params_block(). + * + * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be + * added to it. + */ +typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams { + /** + * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame + * to the top-left corner of the block. + * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame. + */ + int src_x, src_y; + /** + * Width and height of the block in luma pixels. + */ + int w, h; + + /** + * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the + * corresponding per-frame value. + */ + int32_t delta_qp; +} AVVideoBlockParams; + +/* + * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks. + */ +static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams* +av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks); + return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset + + idx * par->block_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be + * freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame} + * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS + * and initializes the variables. + */ +AVVideoEncParams* +av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bff42d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +typedef struct xmm_reg { uint64_t a, b; } xmm_reg; +typedef struct ymm_reg { uint64_t a, b, c, d; } ymm_reg; + +#if ARCH_X86_64 +# define FF_OPSIZE "q" +# define FF_REG_a "rax" +# define FF_REG_b "rbx" +# define FF_REG_c "rcx" +# define FF_REG_d "rdx" +# define FF_REG_D "rdi" +# define FF_REG_S "rsi" +# define FF_PTR_SIZE "8" +typedef int64_t x86_reg; + +/* FF_REG_SP is defined in Solaris sys headers, so use FF_REG_sp */ +# define FF_REG_sp "rsp" +# define FF_REG_BP "rbp" +# define FF_REGBP rbp +# define FF_REGa rax +# define FF_REGb rbx +# define FF_REGc rcx +# define FF_REGd rdx +# define FF_REGSP rsp + +#elif ARCH_X86_32 + +# define FF_OPSIZE "l" +# define FF_REG_a "eax" +# define FF_REG_b "ebx" +# define FF_REG_c "ecx" +# define FF_REG_d "edx" +# define FF_REG_D "edi" +# define FF_REG_S "esi" +# define FF_PTR_SIZE "4" +typedef int32_t x86_reg; + +# define FF_REG_sp "esp" +# define FF_REG_BP "ebp" +# define FF_REGBP ebp +# define FF_REGa eax +# define FF_REGb ebx +# define FF_REGc ecx +# define FF_REGd edx +# define FF_REGSP esp +#else +typedef int x86_reg; +#endif + +#define HAVE_7REGS (ARCH_X86_64 || (HAVE_EBX_AVAILABLE && HAVE_EBP_AVAILABLE)) +#define HAVE_6REGS (ARCH_X86_64 || (HAVE_EBX_AVAILABLE || HAVE_EBP_AVAILABLE)) + +#if ARCH_X86_64 && defined(PIC) +# define BROKEN_RELOCATIONS 1 +#endif + +/* + * If gcc is not set to support sse (-msse) it will not accept xmm registers + * in the clobber list for inline asm. XMM_CLOBBERS takes a list of xmm + * registers to be marked as clobbered and evaluates to nothing if they are + * not supported, or to the list itself if they are supported. Since a clobber + * list may not be empty, XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY should be used if the xmm + * registers are the only in the clobber list. + * For example a list with "eax" and "xmm0" as clobbers should become: + * : XMM_CLOBBERS("xmm0",) "eax" + * and a list with only "xmm0" should become: + * XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY("xmm0") + */ +#if HAVE_XMM_CLOBBERS +# define XMM_CLOBBERS(...) __VA_ARGS__ +# define XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY(...) : __VA_ARGS__ +#else +# define XMM_CLOBBERS(...) +# define XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY(...) +#endif + +/* Use to export labels from asm. */ +#define LABEL_MANGLE(a) EXTERN_PREFIX #a + +// Use rip-relative addressing if compiling PIC code on x86-64. +#if ARCH_X86_64 && defined(PIC) +# define LOCAL_MANGLE(a) #a "(%%rip)" +#else +# define LOCAL_MANGLE(a) #a +#endif + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM_DIRECT_SYMBOL_REFS +# define MANGLE(a) EXTERN_PREFIX LOCAL_MANGLE(a) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY_ADD(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY(...) +#else + /* When direct symbol references are used in code passed to a compiler that does not support them + * then these references need to be converted to named asm constraints instead. + * Instead of returning a direct symbol MANGLE now returns a named constraint for that specific symbol. + * In order for this to work there must also be a corresponding entry in the asm-interface. To add this + * entry use the macro NAMED_CONSTRAINTS() and pass in a list of each symbol reference used in the + * corresponding block of code. (e.g. NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(var1,var2,var3) where var1 is the first symbol etc. ). + * If there are already existing constraints then use NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD to add to the existing constraint list. + */ +# define MANGLE(a) "%["#a"]" + // Intel/MSVC does not correctly expand va-args so we need a rather ugly hack in order to get it to work +# define FE_0(P,X) P(X) +# define FE_1(P,X,X1) P(X), FE_0(P,X1) +# define FE_2(P,X,X1,X2) P(X), FE_1(P,X1,X2) +# define FE_3(P,X,X1,X2,X3) P(X), FE_2(P,X1,X2,X3) +# define FE_4(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4) P(X), FE_3(P,X1,X2,X3,X4) +# define FE_5(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5) P(X), FE_4(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5) +# define FE_6(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6) P(X), FE_5(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6) +# define FE_7(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7) P(X), FE_6(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7) +# define FE_8(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8) P(X), FE_7(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8) +# define FE_9(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8,X9) P(X), FE_8(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8,X9) +# define GET_FE_IMPL(_0,_1,_2,_3,_4,_5,_6,_7,_8,_9,NAME,...) NAME +# define GET_FE(A) GET_FE_IMPL A +# define GET_FE_GLUE(x, y) x y +# define FOR_EACH_VA(P,...) GET_FE_GLUE(GET_FE((__VA_ARGS__,FE_9,FE_8,FE_7,FE_6,FE_5,FE_4,FE_3,FE_2,FE_1,FE_0)), (P,__VA_ARGS__)) +# define NAME_CONSTRAINT(x) [x] "m"(x) + // Parameters are a list of each symbol reference required +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD(...) , FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT,__VA_ARGS__) + // Same but without comma for when there are no previously defined constraints +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(...) FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT,__VA_ARGS__) + // Same as above NAMED_CONSTRAINTS except used for passing arrays/pointers instead of normal variables +# define NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY(x) [x] "m"(*x) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY_ADD(...) , FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY,__VA_ARGS__) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY(...) FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY,__VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ceec110c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H + +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +void avpriv_emms_asm(void); + +#if HAVE_MMX_INLINE +#ifndef __MMX__ +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#endif + +# define emms_c emms_c +/** + * Empty mmx state. + * this must be called between any dsp function and float/double code. + * for example sin(); dsp->idct_put(); emms_c(); cos() + * Note, *alloc() and *free() also use float code in some libc implementations + * thus this also applies to them or any function using them. + */ +static av_always_inline void emms_c(void) +{ +/* Some inlined functions may also use mmx instructions regardless of + * runtime cpuflags. With that in mind, we unconditionally empty the + * mmx state if the target cpu chosen at configure time supports it. + */ +#if !defined(__MMX__) + if(av_get_cpu_flags() & AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX) +#endif + __asm__ volatile ("emms" ::: "memory"); +} +#elif HAVE_MMX && HAVE_MM_EMPTY +# include +# define emms_c _mm_empty +#elif HAVE_MMX_EXTERNAL +# define emms_c avpriv_emms_asm +#endif /* HAVE_MMX_INLINE */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d1e88def --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H + +#include + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#define FF_TIMER_UNITS "decicycles" +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + uint32_t a, d; + __asm__ volatile( +#if ARCH_X86_64 || defined(__SSE2__) + "lfence \n\t" +#endif + "rdtsc \n\t" + : "=a" (a), "=d" (d)); + return ((uint64_t)d << 32) + a; +} + +#elif HAVE_RDTSC + +#include +#define AV_READ_TIME __rdtsc + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..735427c10 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77a0f7170 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavutil + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavutil + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavutil + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 58.2.100 + CFBundleVersion + 58.2.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/libavutil b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/libavutil new file mode 100755 index 000000000..b48cff0ed Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64/libavutil.framework/libavutil differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b28fd354 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Janne Grunau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +#if defined(__APPLE__) + +#include + +#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time + +#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + uint64_t cycle_counter; + __asm__ volatile( + "isb \t\n" + "mrs %0, pmccntr_el0 " + : "=r"(cycle_counter) :: "memory" ); + + return cycle_counter; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..232d07f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVAdler; + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf, + size_t len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e7347368 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param key Pointer to the key + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98c07122 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5e4ac217 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ambient_viewing_environment.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H +#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H + +#include +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are + * saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for + * easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d. + * + * @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and + * it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc. + */ +typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment { + /** + * Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux. + */ + AVRational ambient_illuminance; + + /** + * Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_x; + + /** + * Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_y; +} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing + * AVFrame as side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf23e2a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +#if defined(__APPLE__) + +#include + +#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time + +#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM && defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) + +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + unsigned cc; + __asm__ volatile ("mrc p15, 0, %0, c9, c13, 0" : "=r"(cc)); + return cc; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM && __ARM_ARCH_7A__ */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04c615c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) +#else +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df1ee6af --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +#if (AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,0) || defined(__clang__)) && (defined(__ELF__) || defined(__MACH__)) +# define attribute_visibility_hidden __attribute__((visibility("hidden"))) +# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility push(hidden)") +# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility pop") +#else +# define attribute_visibility_hidden +# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN +# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1e4c856d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e462bba --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c289fbb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e26026376 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param s the string whose length to count + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3) + + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64b68bdbd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e289a40d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f27d30f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_avbprint + * AVBPrint public header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * A buffer to print data progressively + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local `char buf[512]`. + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records + * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`). + * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * @name Max size special values + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +/** + * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself. + * + * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large + * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +/** + * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length. + * + * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with + * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`). + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 +/** @} */ + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length + * - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit + * - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible. + * Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4840ab433 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ef5b7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + size_t size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size); + +/** + * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. + * + * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst + * and replace it with a new reference to src. + * + * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, + * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On + * failure, dst will be left untouched. + * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this + * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. + */ +int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be + * used (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. May be NULL. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. + * + * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. + * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the + * buffer pool. + * + * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, + * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque + * parameter of an allocated buffer. + */ +void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96787102e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad5b347e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f345415c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,783 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels + * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Audio channel layout utility functions + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVChannel { + ///< Invalid channel index + AV_CHAN_NONE = -1, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY, + AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT, + /** Stereo downmix. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29, + /** See above. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT, + + /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */ + AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200, + + /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */ + AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300, + + /** + * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system. + * + * Given a channel id `` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `` is + * ` = - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`. + * + * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel + * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels + * implicitly by their position in the stream. + */ + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400, + // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics, + // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff, +}; + +enum AVChannelOrder { + /** + * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information + * about the channel order. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + /** + * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in + * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63 + * different channels. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, + /** + * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and + * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support + * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE) + * channels at arbitrary positions. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM, + /** + * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into + * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion + * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel + * Number). + * + * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical + * harmonic of degree l and order m given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * l = floor(sqrt(n)), + * m = n - l * (l + 1). + * @endcode + * + * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the + * corresponding channel index n is given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * n = l * (l + 1) + m. + * @endcode + * + * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization) + * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, +}; + + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT ) + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. + @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in + AVChannelLayout + */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL +#endif + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the + * public ABI. + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump. + */ +typedef struct AVChannelCustom { + enum AVChannel id; + char name[16]; + void *opaque; +} AVChannelCustom; + +/** + * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data. + * + * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific + * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an + * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count). + * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by + * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check() + * considers they are valid. + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the + * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack + * or embedded in caller-defined structs. + * + * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows: + * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields + * correctly; + * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers; + * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(), + * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string(). + * + * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit() + * + * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden, + * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should + * be checked) + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for + * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t). + */ +typedef struct AVChannelLayout { + /** + * Channel order used in this layout. + * This is a mandatory field. + */ + enum AVChannelOrder order; + + /** + * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field. + */ + int nb_channels; + + /** + * Details about which channels are present in this layout. + * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be + * used. + */ + union { + /** + * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used + * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels. + * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the + * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present. + * + * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO + * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present. + * + * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or + * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_* + * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits + * is equal to nb_channels. + */ + uint64_t mask; + /** + * This member must be used when the channel order is + * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each + * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the + * corresponding value in map[i].id. + * + * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the + * i-th channel in the audio data. + * + * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic + * component with ACN index (as defined above) + * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE. + * + * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case + * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the + * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed. + */ + AVChannelCustom *map; + } u; + + /** + * For some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; +} AVChannelLayout; + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }} + +/** + * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }} +/** @} */ + +struct AVBPrint; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * @name Deprecated Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + * @param nb_channels number of channels + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_name() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + * @deprecated use av_channel_description() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel. + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_name(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * Get a human readable string describing a given channel. + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_description(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name(). + * + * @return the channel with the given name + * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name); + +/** + * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels + * are present. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description. + * The input string can be represented by: + * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe()) + * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL", + * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after + * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE") + * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4") + * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c") + * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels") + * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg. + * "ambisonic 2+stereo") + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param str string describing the channel layout + * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *str); + +/** + * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels number of channels + */ +void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Iterate over all standard channel layouts. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque); + +/** + * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel + * count to 0. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized + */ +void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst + * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. + * + * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy. + * + * @param dst destination channel layout + * @param src source channel layout + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src); + +/** + * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties. + * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by + * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same + * channel layout, except for opaque pointers. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + char *buf, size_t buf_size); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + struct AVBPrint *bp); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param idx index of the channel + * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or + * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is + * unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple + * channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if + * channel is not present in channel_layout. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string. + * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain + * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR + * value. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a channel described by the given string. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel to obtain + * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success + * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel + * order is unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout, + * without regard for their positions. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels + * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present + * in channel_layout + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio + * data. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same + * channels are present on the same positions in both. + * + * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is + * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both. + * + * @param chl input channel layout + * @param chl1 input channel layout + * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative + * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid. + */ +int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd1404be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,578 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Unsigned Absolute value. + * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. + * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. + */ +#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) +#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add64 +# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub64 +# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 0) + return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); + return s; +#endif +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) + return INT64_MAX; + if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) + return INT64_MIN; + return a - b; +#endif +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure + * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then + * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + {ERROR}\ + while (val & top) {\ + unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + {ERROR}\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = (GET_16BIT);\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + {ERROR}\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fa5ea919 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) + +//Loongarch SIMD extension. +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) + +// RISC-V extensions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. + * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. + */ +void av_cpu_force_count(int count); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f59812a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init()) + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate + * @param length length of the buffer + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73bce52bc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley + * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje + * Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H +#define AVUTIL_CSP_H + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil. + * @ingroup lavu_math_csp + * @author Ronald S. Bultje + * @author Leo Izen + * @author Kevin Wheatley + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility + * @ingroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar + * calculations. + */ +typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients { + AVRational cr, cg, cb; +} AVLumaCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931 + * chromaticity definition. + */ +typedef struct AVCIExy { + AVRational x, y; +} AVCIExy; + +/** + * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE + * 1931 chromaticity x and y. + */ +typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients { + AVCIExy r, g, b; +} AVPrimaryCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x + * and y. + */ +typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing + * the complete description of a color gamut. + */ +typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc { + AVWhitepointCoefficients wp; + AVPrimaryCoefficients prim; +} AVColorPrimariesDesc; + +/** + * Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs + * an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light. + */ +typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double); + +/** + * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix + * from an enum constant describing the colorspace. + * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace. + * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL + * if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp); + +/** + * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the + * color primaries. + * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries + * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum + * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm); + +/** + * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete + * gamut description. + * @see enum AVColorPrimaries + * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut + * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or + * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm); + +/** + * Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic. + * + * See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html) + * + * This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated + * by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455. + * + * @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching + * the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any + * we cannot reasonably match against. + */ +double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Determine the function needed to apply the given + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input. + * + * The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0] + * values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen + * characteristic function. + * + * @return Will return pointer to the function matching the + * supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will + * return NULL: + */ +av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3e6fa47 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize + * @param key pointer to the key to use + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..011988052 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avassert.h" +#include "frame.h" + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBox { + /** + * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame, + * together with width and height, defining the bounding box. + */ + int x; + int y; + int w; + int h; + +#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64 + + /** + * Detect result with confidence + */ + char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational detect_confidence; + + /** + * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box. + * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different + * DNN models on one bounding box. + * classify_count is zero if no classification. + */ +#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4 + uint32_t classify_count; + char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY]; +} AVDetectionBBox; + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader { + /** + * Information about how the bounding box is generated. + * for example, the DNN model name. + */ + char source[256]; + + /** + * Number of bounding boxes in the array. + */ + uint32_t nb_bboxes; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which + * the array of bounding boxes starts. + */ + size_t bboxes_offset; + + /** + * Size of each bounding box in bytes. + */ + size_t bbox_size; +} AVDetectionBBoxHeader; + +/* + * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes. + */ +static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox * +av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes); + return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset + + idx * header->bbox_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables. + * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type + * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes); +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..713c9e361 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs. + * + * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL + * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary + * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set(). + * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**. + * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate(). + * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free(). + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +/** + * @name AVDictionary Flags + * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary. + * @{ + */ +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */ +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key Matching key + * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the + * entry is retrieved + * + * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over a dictionary + * + * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary. + * + * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed. + * + * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned + * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict. + * + * Typical usage: + * @code + * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL; + * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) { + * // ... + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param m The dictionary to iterate over + * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially + * + * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary + * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary + */ +const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate(). + * + * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary. + * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * + * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * + * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from. + * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + * + * @param[in] m The dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50f2b44ca --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_display + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d11e02bf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * DOVI configuration + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H +#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H + +#include +#include +#include "rational.h" + +/* + * DOVI configuration + * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2 + dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2 + * @code + * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile + * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level + * uint8_t rpu_present_flag + * uint8_t el_present_flag + * uint8_t bl_present_flag + * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id + * @endcode + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord { + uint8_t dv_version_major; + uint8_t dv_version_minor; + uint8_t dv_profile; + uint8_t dv_level; + uint8_t rpu_present_flag; + uint8_t el_present_flag; + uint8_t bl_present_flag; + uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id; +} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord; + +/** + * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data header. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader { + uint8_t rpu_type; + uint16_t rpu_format; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_level; + uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag; + uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */ + uint8_t coef_log2_denom; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc; + uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag; + uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t disable_residual_flag; +} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader; + +enum AVDOVIMappingMethod { + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0, + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the + * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values. + */ +#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8 +typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve { + uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */ + uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */ + enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */ + uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */ + int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */ + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */ + uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */ + int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7]; +} AVDOVIReshapingCurve; + +enum AVDOVINLQMethod { + AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1, + AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation + * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams { + uint16_t nlq_offset; + uint64_t vdr_in_max; + /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */ + uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope; + uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold; +} AVDOVINLQParams; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping { + uint8_t vdr_rpu_id; + uint8_t mapping_color_space; + uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc; + AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */ + + /* Non-linear inverse quantization */ + enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc; + uint32_t num_x_partitions; + uint32_t num_y_partitions; + AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */ +} AVDOVIDataMapping; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata { + uint8_t dm_metadata_id; + uint8_t scene_refresh_flag; + + /** + * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be + * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags. + * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB + * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any + * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more + * information.) + */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */ + AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */ + + /** + * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info). + */ + uint16_t signal_eotf; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param0; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param1; + uint32_t signal_eotf_param2; + uint8_t signal_bit_depth; + uint8_t signal_color_space; + uint8_t signal_chroma_format; + uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */ + uint16_t source_min_pq; + uint16_t source_max_pq; + uint16_t source_diagonal; +} AVDOVIColorMetadata; + +/** + * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color + * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ + +typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata { + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the + * respective structs start. + */ + size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */ + size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */ + size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */ +} AVDOVIMetadata; + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader * +av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping * +av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata * +av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset); +} + +/** + * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the + * allocated struct will be written here on success + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..221cf5bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe7ebfe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d3269aa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee8cffb05 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored + * @param size size of array + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size); + +/** + * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences + * in a parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored + * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse() + * then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries. + * @param size size of array + * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..441a5afad --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "n6.0" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70f9376d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_fifo + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo; + +/** + * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the + * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single + * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated + * by nb_elems. + * + * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function + * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which + * av_fifo_*_cb function is called + * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be + * read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should + * update it to contain the number of elements actually written. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from + * the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function) + */ +typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This + * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with + * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(). + */ +#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0) + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size. + * + * @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO + * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on + * the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size. + * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_* + * + * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at + * FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime + */ +size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized + * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used. + */ +void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems); + +/** + * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without + * growing it. + * + * In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit + * into the FIFO. More data may be written when the + * AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this + * may involve memory allocation, which can fail. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifo. + * + * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly + * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write() + * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifo to resize + * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current + * allocated size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc); + +/** + * Write data into a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag + * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error + * is returned. + * + * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be + * read from buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements + * actually written. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error + * is returned. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state. + * + * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements + * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip. + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not + * be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f). + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque, + size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo. + * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than + * av_fifo_can_read(f) + */ +void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size); + +/* + * Empty the AVFifo. + * @param f AVFifo to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed. + */ +void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f); + + +#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + * @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size, + * decreasing FIFO size is not supported + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike + * this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb() + */ +attribute_deprecated +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} +#endif +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc87a9cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param filename path to the file + * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer + * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map() + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3bd0a4a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/film_grain_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H + +#include "frame.h" + +enum AVFilmGrainParamsType { + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams { + /** + * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the + * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane. + */ + int num_y_points; + uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma. + * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales. + */ + int chroma_scaling_from_luma; + + /** + * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling + * function parameters. + */ + int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */]; + uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within + * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain. + */ + int scaling_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the auto-regression lag. + */ + int ar_coeff_lag; + + /** + * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1). + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24]; + + /** + * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points. + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25]; + + /** + * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6, + * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and + * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9. + */ + int ar_coeff_shift; + + /** + * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during + * synthesis. + */ + int grain_scale_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component + * scaling function. + */ + int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */]; + int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value + * with a range [-256, 255] + */ + int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks. + */ + int overlap_flag; + + /** + * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application. + */ + int limit_output_range; +} AVFilmGrainAOMParams; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using + * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params { + /** + * Specifies the film grain simulation mode. + * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression + */ + int model_id; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component. + */ + int bit_depth_luma; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components. + */ + int bit_depth_chroma; + + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + + /** + * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain + * with the decoded images. + * + * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative + */ + int blending_mode_id; + + /** + * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations. + */ + int log2_scale_factor; + + /** + * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present. + */ + int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of + * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256]. + */ + uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval + * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6]. + */ + uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval. + * - When model_id == 0, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1] + * - Otherwise, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1] + */ + int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */]; +} AVFilmGrainH274Params; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video + * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is + * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams { + /** + * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid. + */ + enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type; + + /** + * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it. + * + * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in + * SMPTE RDD 5-2006. + */ + uint64_t seed; + + /** + * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included. + * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another + * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type. + */ + union { + AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom; + AVFilmGrainH274Params h274; + } codec; +} AVFilmGrainParams; + +/** + * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated. + * + * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258026954 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,964 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, + + /** + * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, + + /** + * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. + * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose + * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of + * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, + + /** + * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. + * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, + + /** + * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, + * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, + + /** + * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 + * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, + + /** + * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software + * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in + * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, + + /** + * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color + * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID, + + /** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, + * it could even point to the end of the image data. + * + * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the + * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. + * + * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the + * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in + * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating + * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: + * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping + * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data + * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing + * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + * + * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve + * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. + * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or + * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders + * or filters. + */ + AVRational time_base; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + attribute_deprecated + int display_picture_number; +#endif + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + +#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * + * @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t reordered_opaque; +#endif + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in + * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or + * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is + * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + +#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * + * @deprecated use duration instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_duration; +#endif + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown. + */ + int64_t duration; +} AVFrame; + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy + * is always made. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10291adf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/getenv_utf8.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H +#define AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H + +#include + +#include "config.h" +#include "mem.h" + +#if HAVE_GETENV && defined(_WIN32) + +#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h" + +static inline char *getenv_utf8(const char *varname) +{ + wchar_t *varname_w, *var_w; + char *var; + + if (utf8towchar(varname, &varname_w)) + return NULL; + if (!varname_w) + return NULL; + + var_w = _wgetenv(varname_w); + av_free(varname_w); + + if (!var_w) + return NULL; + if (wchartoutf8(var_w, &var)) + return NULL; + + return var; + + // No CP_ACP fallback compared to other *_utf8() functions: + // non UTF-8 strings must not be returned. +} + +static inline void freeenv_utf8(char *var) +{ + av_free(var); +} + +static inline char *getenv_dup(const char *varname) +{ + return getenv_utf8(varname); +} + +#else + +static inline char *getenv_utf8(const char *varname) +{ + return getenv(varname); +} + +static inline void freeenv_utf8(char *var) +{ +} + +static inline char *getenv_dup(const char *varname) +{ + char *var = getenv(varname); + if (!var) + return NULL; + return av_strdup(var); +} + +#endif // HAVE_GETENV && defined(_WIN32) + +#endif // AVUTIL_GETENV_UTF8_H diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94151ded7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d72de56a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a34f83072 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams { + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_enable_flag; + + /** + * base_param_m_p in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_p; + + /** + * base_param_m_m in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_m; + + /** + * base_param_m_a in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_a; + + /** + * base_param_m_b in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_b; + + /** + * base_param_m_n in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_n; + + /** + * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1 + * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k1; + + /** + * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2 + * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k2; + + /** + * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3 + * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb + * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved + */ + int base_param_k3; + + /** + * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_param_Delta_enable_mode; + + /** + * base_param_Delta in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_Delta; + + /** + * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter, + * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int three_Spline_enable_flag; + + /** + * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_num; + + /** + * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 3, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_TH_mode; + + /** + * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + * and in multiples of 1.0/4095. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2; + + /** + * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength; +} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams; + + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams { + /** + * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational minimum_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational variance_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational maximum_maxrgb; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int tone_mapping_mode_flag; + + /** + * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int tone_mapping_param_num; + + /** + * The color tone mapping parameters. + */ + AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2]; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 7, inclusive. + */ + int color_saturation_num; + + /** + * Indicates the color correction strength parameter. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/128. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_gain[8]; +} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid { + /** + * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01. + */ + uint8_t system_start_code; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01 + * if the system_start_code is 0x01. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3]; +} AVDynamicHDRVivid; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca4da6a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ff08c860 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, + * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, + AVDictionary *options, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the + * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will + * be preserved as they were. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cefbe0cea --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +/** + * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags + * + * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one. + */ +#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77d2d72f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; + + /** + * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture + * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture. + * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains + * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42709f215 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1b79bc0d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0263cab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; + + /** + * Pointer to ANativeWindow. + * + * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it + * automatically if create_window is true and OS support + * createPersistentInputSurface. + * + * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for + * encoder. + */ + void *native_window; + + /** + * Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically. + * + * Disabled by default. + * + * It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting + * AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key. + * The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it + * via: + * -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1 + */ + int create_window; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef54486c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_opencl.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL. + * + * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended + * to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is + * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the + * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(). + */ + +/** + * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of planes in the frame. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame. + */ + cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * OpenCL device details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext { + /** + * The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices + * are associated with the context then this is the one which will + * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg. + */ + cl_device_id device_id; + /** + * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on + * this device. + */ + cl_context context; + /** + * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all + * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not + * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the + * primary device. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLDeviceContext; + +/** + * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext { + /** + * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this + * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()). + * + * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is + * used instead. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2dba8ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; + /** + * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation + * + * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this + * field must be set to NULL. + * + * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be + * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always + * release this interface. + */ + void *loader; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b2e071cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7ea1e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25dde85df --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "frame.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool + * instead of an AVBufferPool. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks + * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage + * the pool using the default implementation. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and + * return full range pixel formats via a flag. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range); + +/** + * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer + * function string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx, + CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df86c85b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/hwcontext_vulkan.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) +#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR +#endif +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame. + */ + +/** + * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext { + /** + * Custom memory allocator, else NULL + */ + const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function. + * If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's + * compilation settings, and set this field. + */ + PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr; + + /** + * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2. + */ + VkInstance inst; + + /** + * Physical device + */ + VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev; + + /** + * Active device + */ + VkDevice act_dev; + + /** + * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled + * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to + * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended, + * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features. + */ + VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features; + + /** + * Enabled instance extensions. + * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with + * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable. + * Duplicates are possible and accepted. + * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively. + */ + const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions; + int nb_enabled_inst_extensions; + + /** + * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd, + * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier, + * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found. + * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as + * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible + * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled. + */ + const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions; + int nb_enabled_dev_extensions; + + /** + * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues + * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required. + * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each + * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set. + * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities. + */ + int queue_family_index; + int nb_graphics_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_tx_index; + int nb_tx_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_comp_index; + int nb_comp_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_encode_index; + int nb_encode_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_decode_index; + int nb_decode_queues; +} AVVulkanDeviceContext; + +/** + * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation. + */ +typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags { + /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the + * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0), + + /* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather + * than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting + * to VAAPI on Intel devices. */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1), +} AVVkFrameFlags; + +/** + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext { + /** + * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling, + * then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device + * supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise + * will allocate optimally-tiled images. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits + * are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE. + */ + VkImageUsageFlagBits usage; + + /** + * Extension data for image creation. + * If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain, + * and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated + * with the specific requested DRM modifiers. + * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time, + * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free + * any structures they've allocated themselves. + */ + void *create_pnext; + + /** + * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as + * the number of planes of the sw_format. + * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used + * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary + * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions. + */ + void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set, + * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during + * av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVVkFrameFlags flags; +} AVVulkanFramesContext; + +/* + * Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match + * the pool's sw_format. + * All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the + * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed. + * + * If all queue family indices in the device context are the same, + * images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images + * will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode. + * + * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate + * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVkFrame { + /** + * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to. + */ + VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes, + * in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of + * each plane in the memory. + */ + VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * OR'd flags for all memory allocated + */ + VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags; + + /** + * Updated after every barrier + */ + VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane. + * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using + * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission, + * using an incremented value. + */ + VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible. + * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue, + * and increment it when signalling. + */ + uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Internal data. + */ + struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal; + + /** + * Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVVkFrame; + +/** + * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0. + * @note Must be freed via av_free() + */ +AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format. + * Returns NULL on unsupported formats. + */ +const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e10ac1495 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height. + * + * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_fill_linesizes(). + */ +int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param w width of the image in pixels + * @param h height of the image in pixels + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst destination plane to copy to + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src source plane to copy from + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + * @param height height (number of lines) of the plane + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy_plane(). + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy_plane(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize, + ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @param height height of the image in pixels + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..454c59aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H +#define AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H + +#if !defined(DEBUG) && !defined(NDEBUG) +# define NDEBUG +#endif + +// This can be enabled to allow detection of additional integer overflows with ubsan +//#define CHECKED + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "timer.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +#if ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/emms.h" +#endif + +#ifndef emms_c +# define emms_c() do {} while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_align_arg +#if ARCH_X86_32 && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,2) +# define attribute_align_arg __attribute__((force_align_arg_pointer)) +#else +# define attribute_align_arg +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) && CONFIG_SHARED && !defined(BUILDING_avutil) +# define av_export_avutil __declspec(dllimport) +#else +# define av_export_avutil +#endif + +#if HAVE_PRAGMA_DEPRECATED +# if defined(__ICL) || defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable:1478)) +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(pop)) +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable:4996)) +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS __pragma(warning(pop)) +# else +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +# endif +#else +# define FF_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS +# define FF_ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS +#endif + + +#define FF_MEMORY_POISON 0x2a + +/* Check if the hard coded offset of a struct member still matches reality. + * Induce a compilation failure if not. + */ +#define AV_CHECK_OFFSET(s, m, o) struct check_##o { \ + int x_##o[offsetof(s, m) == o? 1: -1]; \ + } + + +#define FF_ALLOC_TYPED_ARRAY(p, nelem) (p = av_malloc_array(nelem, sizeof(*p))) +#define FF_ALLOCZ_TYPED_ARRAY(p, nelem) (p = av_calloc(nelem, sizeof(*p))) + +#define FF_PTR_ADD(ptr, off) ((off) ? (ptr) + (off) : (ptr)) + +/** + * Access a field in a structure by its offset. + */ +#define FF_FIELD_AT(type, off, obj) (*(type *)((char *)&(obj) + (off))) + +#include "libm.h" + +/** + * Return NULL if CONFIG_SMALL is true, otherwise the argument + * without modification. Used to disable the definition of strings. + */ +#if CONFIG_SMALL +# define NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL(x) NULL +#else +# define NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL(x) x +#endif + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. + * + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first + * field is a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing the name of the missing feature + */ +void avpriv_report_missing_feature(void *avc, + const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. + * Additionally request that a sample showcasing the feature be uploaded. + * + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing the name of the missing feature + */ +void avpriv_request_sample(void *avc, + const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +#if HAVE_LIBC_MSVCRT +#include +#if defined(_VC_CRT_MAJOR_VERSION) && _VC_CRT_MAJOR_VERSION < 14 +#pragma comment(linker, "/include:" EXTERN_PREFIX "avpriv_strtod") +#pragma comment(linker, "/include:" EXTERN_PREFIX "avpriv_snprintf") +#endif + +#define PTRDIFF_SPECIFIER "Id" +#define SIZE_SPECIFIER "Iu" +#else +#define PTRDIFF_SPECIFIER "td" +#define SIZE_SPECIFIER "zu" +#endif + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define ff_dlog(ctx, ...) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define ff_dlog(ctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif + +#ifdef TRACE +# define ff_tlog(ctx, ...) av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_TRACE, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define ff_tlog(ctx, ...) do { } while(0) +#endif + +// For debuging we use signed operations so overflows can be detected (by ubsan) +// For production we use unsigned so there are no undefined operations +#ifdef CHECKED +#define SUINT int +#define SUINT32 int32_t +#else +#define SUINT unsigned +#define SUINT32 uint32_t +#endif + +int avpriv_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_mirror(int x, int w) +{ + if (!w) + return 0; + + while ((unsigned)x > (unsigned)w) { + x = -x; + if (x < 0) + x += 2 * w; + } + return x; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTERNAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3d7ec4a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c8413a53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e75a986f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +/** + * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG. + * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should + * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same + * to allow easy instanciation. + */ +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a81996239 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/libm.h @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +/* + * erf function: Copyright (c) 2006 John Maddock + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Replacements for frequently missing libm functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LIBM_H +#define AVUTIL_LIBM_H + +#include +#include "config.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "intfloat.h" +#include "mathematics.h" + +#if HAVE_MIPSFPU && HAVE_INLINE_ASM +#include "libavutil/mips/libm_mips.h" +#endif /* HAVE_MIPSFPU && HAVE_INLINE_ASM*/ + +#if !HAVE_ATANF +#undef atanf +#define atanf(x) ((float)atan(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ATANF */ + +#if !HAVE_ATAN2F +#undef atan2f +#define atan2f(y, x) ((float)atan2(y, x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ATAN2F */ + +#if !HAVE_POWF +#undef powf +#define powf(x, y) ((float)pow(x, y)) +#endif /* HAVE_POWF */ + +#if !HAVE_CBRT +static av_always_inline double cbrt(double x) +{ + return x < 0 ? -pow(-x, 1.0 / 3.0) : pow(x, 1.0 / 3.0); +} +#endif /* HAVE_CBRT */ + +#if !HAVE_CBRTF +static av_always_inline float cbrtf(float x) +{ + return x < 0 ? -powf(-x, 1.0 / 3.0) : powf(x, 1.0 / 3.0); +} +#endif /* HAVE_CBRTF */ + +#if !HAVE_COPYSIGN +static av_always_inline double copysign(double x, double y) +{ + uint64_t vx = av_double2int(x); + uint64_t vy = av_double2int(y); + return av_int2double((vx & UINT64_C(0x7fffffffffffffff)) | (vy & UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))); +} +#endif /* HAVE_COPYSIGN */ + +#if !HAVE_COSF +#undef cosf +#define cosf(x) ((float)cos(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_COSF */ + +#if !HAVE_ERF +static inline double ff_eval_poly(const double *coeff, int size, double x) { + double sum = coeff[size-1]; + int i; + for (i = size-2; i >= 0; --i) { + sum *= x; + sum += coeff[i]; + } + return sum; +} + +/** + * erf function + * Algorithm taken from the Boost project, source: + * http://www.boost.org/doc/libs/1_46_1/boost/math/special_functions/erf.hpp + * Use, modification and distribution are subject to the + * Boost Software License, Version 1.0 (see notice below). + * Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ +static inline double erf(double z) +{ +#ifndef FF_ARRAY_ELEMS +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) +#endif + double result; + + /* handle the symmetry: erf(-x) = -erf(x) */ + if (z < 0) + return -erf(-z); + + /* branch based on range of z, and pick appropriate approximation */ + if (z == 0) + return 0; + else if (z < 1e-10) + return z * 1.125 + z * 0.003379167095512573896158903121545171688; + else if (z < 0.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 1.561e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 1.561e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 1.155e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.961182e-17 + + static const double y = 1.044948577880859375; + static const double p[] = { + 0.0834305892146531832907, + -0.338165134459360935041, + -0.0509990735146777432841, + -0.00772758345802133288487, + -0.000322780120964605683831, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 0.455004033050794024546, + 0.0875222600142252549554, + 0.00858571925074406212772, + 0.000370900071787748000569, + }; + double zz = z * z; + return z * (y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), zz) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), zz)); + } + /* here onwards compute erfc */ + else if (z < 1.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 3.702e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 3.702e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 2.845e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 4.841816e-17 + static const double y = 0.405935764312744140625; + static const double p[] = { + -0.098090592216281240205, + 0.178114665841120341155, + 0.191003695796775433986, + 0.0888900368967884466578, + 0.0195049001251218801359, + 0.00180424538297014223957, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.84759070983002217845, + 1.42628004845511324508, + 0.578052804889902404909, + 0.12385097467900864233, + 0.0113385233577001411017, + 0.337511472483094676155e-5, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 0.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 0.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + else if (z < 2.5) { + // Max Error found at double precision = 6.599585e-18 + // Maximum Deviation Found: 3.909e-18 + // Expected Error Term: 3.909e-18 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 9.886e-05 + static const double y = 0.50672817230224609375; + static const double p[] = { + -0.0243500476207698441272, + 0.0386540375035707201728, + 0.04394818964209516296, + 0.0175679436311802092299, + 0.00323962406290842133584, + 0.000235839115596880717416, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.53991494948552447182, + 0.982403709157920235114, + 0.325732924782444448493, + 0.0563921837420478160373, + 0.00410369723978904575884, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 1.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 1.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + else if (z < 4.5) { + // Maximum Deviation Found: 1.512e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 1.512e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 2.222e-04 + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.062515e-17 + static const double y = 0.5405750274658203125; + static const double p[] = { + 0.00295276716530971662634, + 0.0137384425896355332126, + 0.00840807615555585383007, + 0.00212825620914618649141, + 0.000250269961544794627958, + 0.113212406648847561139e-4, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 1.04217814166938418171, + 0.442597659481563127003, + 0.0958492726301061423444, + 0.0105982906484876531489, + 0.000479411269521714493907, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), z - 3.5) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), z - 3.5); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + /* differ from Boost here, the claim of underflow of erfc(x) past 5.8 is + * slightly incorrect, change to 5.92 + * (really somewhere between 5.9125 and 5.925 is when it saturates) */ + else if (z < 5.92) { + // Max Error found at double precision = 2.997958e-17 + // Maximum Deviation Found: 2.860e-17 + // Expected Error Term: 2.859e-17 + // Maximum Relative Change in Control Points: 1.357e-05 + static const double y = 0.5579090118408203125; + static const double p[] = { + 0.00628057170626964891937, + 0.0175389834052493308818, + -0.212652252872804219852, + -0.687717681153649930619, + -2.5518551727311523996, + -3.22729451764143718517, + -2.8175401114513378771, + }; + static const double q[] = { + 1, + 2.79257750980575282228, + 11.0567237927800161565, + 15.930646027911794143, + 22.9367376522880577224, + 13.5064170191802889145, + 5.48409182238641741584, + }; + result = y + ff_eval_poly(p, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(p), 1 / z) / ff_eval_poly(q, FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(q), 1 / z); + result *= exp(-z * z) / z; + return 1 - result; + } + /* handle the nan case, but don't use isnan for max portability */ + else if (z != z) + return z; + /* finally return saturated result */ + else + return 1; +} +#endif /* HAVE_ERF */ + +#if !HAVE_EXPF +#undef expf +#define expf(x) ((float)exp(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_EXPF */ + +#if !HAVE_EXP2 +#undef exp2 +#define exp2(x) exp((x) * M_LN2) +#endif /* HAVE_EXP2 */ + +#if !HAVE_EXP2F +#undef exp2f +#define exp2f(x) ((float)exp2(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_EXP2F */ + +#if !HAVE_ISINF +#undef isinf +/* Note: these do not follow the BSD/Apple/GNU convention of returning -1 for +-Inf, +1 for Inf, 0 otherwise, but merely follow the POSIX/ISO mandated spec of +returning a non-zero value for +/-Inf, 0 otherwise. */ +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isinff(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000) + return 0; + return !(v & 0x007fffff); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isinf(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000) + return 0; + return !(v & 0x000fffffffffffff); +} + +#define isinf(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isinff(x) \ + : avpriv_isinf(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISINF */ + +#if !HAVE_ISNAN +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isnanf(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000) + return 0; + return v & 0x007fffff; +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isnan(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + if ((v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000) + return 0; + return (v & 0x000fffffffffffff) && 1; +} + +#define isnan(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isnanf(x) \ + : avpriv_isnan(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */ + +#if !HAVE_ISFINITE +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isfinitef(float x) +{ + uint32_t v = av_float2int(x); + return (v & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000; +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int avpriv_isfinite(double x) +{ + uint64_t v = av_double2int(x); + return (v & 0x7ff0000000000000) != 0x7ff0000000000000; +} + +#define isfinite(x) \ + (sizeof(x) == sizeof(float) \ + ? avpriv_isfinitef(x) \ + : avpriv_isfinite(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_ISFINITE */ + +#if !HAVE_HYPOT +static inline av_const double hypot(double x, double y) +{ + double ret, temp; + x = fabs(x); + y = fabs(y); + + if (isinf(x) || isinf(y)) + return av_int2double(0x7ff0000000000000); + if (x == 0 || y == 0) + return x + y; + if (x < y) { + temp = x; + x = y; + y = temp; + } + + y = y/x; + return x*sqrt(1 + y*y); +} +#endif /* HAVE_HYPOT */ + +#if !HAVE_LDEXPF +#undef ldexpf +#define ldexpf(x, exp) ((float)ldexp(x, exp)) +#endif /* HAVE_LDEXPF */ + +#if !HAVE_LLRINT +#undef llrint +#define llrint(x) ((long long)rint(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LLRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LLRINTF +#undef llrintf +#define llrintf(x) ((long long)rint(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LLRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG2 +#undef log2 +#define log2(x) (log(x) * 1.44269504088896340736) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG2 */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG2F +#undef log2f +#define log2f(x) ((float)log2(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG2F */ + +#if !HAVE_LOG10F +#undef log10f +#define log10f(x) ((float)log10(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_LOG10F */ + +#if !HAVE_SINF +#undef sinf +#define sinf(x) ((float)sin(x)) +#endif /* HAVE_SINF */ + +#if !HAVE_RINT +static inline double rint(double x) +{ + return x >= 0 ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_RINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LRINT +static av_always_inline av_const long int lrint(double x) +{ + return rint(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LRINT */ + +#if !HAVE_LRINTF +static av_always_inline av_const long int lrintf(float x) +{ + return (int)(rint(x)); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LRINTF */ + +#if !HAVE_ROUND +static av_always_inline av_const double round(double x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_ROUND */ + +#if !HAVE_ROUNDF +static av_always_inline av_const float roundf(float x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x + 0.5) : ceil(x - 0.5); +} +#endif /* HAVE_ROUNDF */ + +#if !HAVE_TRUNC +static av_always_inline av_const double trunc(double x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x) : ceil(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_TRUNC */ + +#if !HAVE_TRUNCF +static av_always_inline av_const float truncf(float x) +{ + return (x > 0) ? floor(x) : ceil(x); +} +#endif /* HAVE_TRUNCF */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LIBM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7ceabe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled + * children. + * + * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize + * *iter to NULL before the first call. + * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are + * no more such children. + * + * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next + * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate + * iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with + * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. + * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed + * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state + * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. + */ +void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c03403992 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a7567c3e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c23b07c3c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4aff1e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2eabdb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62b4ca6e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even + * if size is zero. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if + * nmemb is zero. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication + * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r); + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec2955638 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90bc2fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..461b5d3b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter) + * { + * const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class; + * *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c; + * return c; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, +#endif + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored. + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of + * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be + * escaped. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +#endif +int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the + * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT + * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated + * empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +#endif +int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee + * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest + * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free() + * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad5c2775 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective + * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written. + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S` + * - `%%`: a literal `%` + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df73e6ef --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */ + + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a997cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + * + * Before FFmpeg 5.0: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing + * the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9 + * + * FFmpeg 5.0 and above: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair + * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * D3D11: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the + * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a + * normal texture. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + /** + * Vulkan hardware images. + * + * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Visual content value range. + * + * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple + * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance + * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital + * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit + * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is + * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. + * + * Common definitions: + * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, + * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. + * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original + * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. + * - 'n' is the output bit depth. + * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n + * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + + /** + * Narrow or limited range content. + * + * - For luma planes: + * + * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, + + /** + * Full range content. + * + * - For RGB and luma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + * + * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) + * + * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0462a048e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cbfc8e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1 Rational to be tested + * @param q2 Rational to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. + * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. + */ +AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf0ca6e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param key buffer containig the key + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b49bf1a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4eb612393 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/reverse.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REVERSE_H +#define AVUTIL_REVERSE_H + +#include + +extern const uint8_t ff_reverse[256]; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REVERSE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9df9f905f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bad0e254 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success, + * or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e1220abd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4a3f23db --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..828ac836d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aab959b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd929bdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f5e7e1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/thread.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +// This header should only be used to simplify code where +// threading is optional, not as a generic threading abstraction. + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREAD_H +#define AVUTIL_THREAD_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if HAVE_PRCTL +#include +#endif + +#include "error.h" + +#if HAVE_PTHREADS || HAVE_W32THREADS || HAVE_OS2THREADS + +#if HAVE_PTHREADS +#include + +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 + +#include + +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(func, ret) do { \ + char errbuf[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE] = ""; \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_FATAL, AV_STRINGIFY(func) \ + " failed with error: %s\n", \ + av_make_error_string(errbuf, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, \ + AVERROR(ret))); \ + abort(); \ +} while (0) + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(func, ...) do { \ + int ret = func(__VA_ARGS__); \ + if (ret) \ + ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(func, ret); \ +} while (0) + +#define ASSERT_PTHREAD(func, ...) do { \ + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(func, __VA_ARGS__); \ + return 0; \ +} while (0) + +static inline int strict_pthread_join(pthread_t thread, void **value_ptr) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_join, thread, value_ptr); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *mutex, const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr) +{ + if (attr) { + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutex_init, mutex, attr); + } else { + pthread_mutexattr_t local_attr; + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_init, &local_attr); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_settype, &local_attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutex_init, mutex, &local_attr); + ASSERT_PTHREAD_NORET(pthread_mutexattr_destroy, &local_attr); + } + return 0; +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_destroy, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_lock, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_mutex_unlock, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const pthread_condattr_t *attr) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_init, cond, attr); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_destroy, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_signal, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_broadcast, cond); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_cond_wait, cond, mutex); +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex, + const struct timespec *abstime) +{ + int ret = pthread_cond_timedwait(cond, mutex, abstime); + if (ret && ret != ETIMEDOUT) + ASSERT_PTHREAD_ABORT(pthread_cond_timedwait, ret); + return ret; +} + +static inline int strict_pthread_once(pthread_once_t *once_control, void (*init_routine)(void)) +{ + ASSERT_PTHREAD(pthread_once, once_control, init_routine); +} + +#define pthread_join strict_pthread_join +#define pthread_mutex_init strict_pthread_mutex_init +#define pthread_mutex_destroy strict_pthread_mutex_destroy +#define pthread_mutex_lock strict_pthread_mutex_lock +#define pthread_mutex_unlock strict_pthread_mutex_unlock +#define pthread_cond_init strict_pthread_cond_init +#define pthread_cond_destroy strict_pthread_cond_destroy +#define pthread_cond_signal strict_pthread_cond_signal +#define pthread_cond_broadcast strict_pthread_cond_broadcast +#define pthread_cond_wait strict_pthread_cond_wait +#define pthread_cond_timedwait strict_pthread_cond_timedwait +#define pthread_once strict_pthread_once +#endif + +#elif HAVE_OS2THREADS +#include "compat/os2threads.h" +#else +#include "compat/w32pthreads.h" +#endif + +#define AVMutex pthread_mutex_t +#define AV_MUTEX_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +#define ff_mutex_init pthread_mutex_init +#define ff_mutex_lock pthread_mutex_lock +#define ff_mutex_unlock pthread_mutex_unlock +#define ff_mutex_destroy pthread_mutex_destroy + +#define AVOnce pthread_once_t +#define AV_ONCE_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT + +#define ff_thread_once(control, routine) pthread_once(control, routine) + +#else + +#define AVMutex char +#define AV_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0 + +static inline int ff_mutex_init(AVMutex *mutex, const void *attr){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_lock(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_unlock(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } +static inline int ff_mutex_destroy(AVMutex *mutex){ return 0; } + +#define AVOnce char +#define AV_ONCE_INIT 0 + +static inline int ff_thread_once(char *control, void (*routine)(void)) +{ + if (!*control) { + routine(); + *control = 1; + } + return 0; +} + +#endif + +static inline int ff_thread_setname(const char *name) +{ +#if HAVE_PRCTL + return AVERROR(prctl(PR_SET_NAME, name)); +#endif + + return AVERROR(ENOSYS); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREAD_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42ce655f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc169b064 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..060574a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)" + * the format description as follows: + * bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 6: BGF1 + * bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL) + * bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL) + * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL) + * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop) + * bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode) + * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens. + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param drop drop flag + * @param hh hour + * @param mm minute + * @param ss second + * @param ff frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60 + * fps timecodes by using the field bit. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param rate frame rate of the timecode + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field + * bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag) + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param hh hours + * @param mm minutes + * @param ss seconds + * @param ff frames + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3db5a27e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * high precision timer, useful to profile code + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMER_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if CONFIG_LINUX_PERF +# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +# endif +# include // read(3) +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if CONFIG_MACOS_KPERF +#include "macos_kperf.h" +#elif HAVE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME +#include +#endif + +#include "common.h" +#include "log.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/timer.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/timer.h" +#endif + +#if !defined(AV_READ_TIME) +# if HAVE_GETHRTIME +# define AV_READ_TIME gethrtime +# elif HAVE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME +# define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef FF_TIMER_UNITS +# define FF_TIMER_UNITS "UNITS" +#endif + +#define TIMER_REPORT(id, tdiff) \ + { \ + static uint64_t tsum = 0; \ + static int tcount = 0; \ + static int tskip_count = 0; \ + static int thistogram[32] = {0}; \ + thistogram[av_log2(tdiff)]++; \ + if (tcount < 2 || \ + (tdiff) < 8 * tsum / tcount || \ + (tdiff) < 2000) { \ + tsum += (tdiff); \ + tcount++; \ + } else \ + tskip_count++; \ + if (((tcount + tskip_count) & (tcount + tskip_count - 1)) == 0) { \ + int i; \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, \ + "%7" PRIu64 " " FF_TIMER_UNITS " in %s,%8d runs,%7d skips",\ + tsum * 10 / tcount, id, tcount, tskip_count); \ + for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_VERBOSE, " %2d", av_log2(2*thistogram[i]));\ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, "\n"); \ + } \ + } + +#if CONFIG_LINUX_PERF + +#define START_TIMER \ + static int linux_perf_fd; \ + uint64_t tperf; \ + if (!linux_perf_fd) { \ + struct perf_event_attr attr = { \ + .type = PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE, \ + .size = sizeof(struct perf_event_attr), \ + .config = PERF_COUNT_HW_CPU_CYCLES, \ + .disabled = 1, \ + .exclude_kernel = 1, \ + .exclude_hv = 1, \ + }; \ + linux_perf_fd = syscall(__NR_perf_event_open, &attr, \ + 0, -1, -1, 0); \ + } \ + if (linux_perf_fd == -1) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_ERROR, "perf_event_open failed: %s\n", \ + av_err2str(AVERROR(errno))); \ + } else { \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_RESET, 0); \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_ENABLE, 0); \ + } + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + ioctl(linux_perf_fd, PERF_EVENT_IOC_DISABLE, 0); \ + read(linux_perf_fd, &tperf, sizeof(tperf)); \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, tperf) + +#elif CONFIG_MACOS_KPERF + +#define START_TIMER \ + uint64_t tperf; \ + ff_kperf_init(); \ + tperf = ff_kperf_cycles(); + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, ff_kperf_cycles() - tperf); + +#elif defined(AV_READ_TIME) +#define START_TIMER \ + uint64_t tend; \ + uint64_t tstart = AV_READ_TIME(); \ + +#define STOP_TIMER(id) \ + tend = AV_READ_TIME(); \ + TIMER_REPORT(id, tend - tstart) +#else +#define START_TIMER +#define STOP_TIMER(id) { } +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e082f01b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbb8fbb12 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f359e88 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..064edbc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +typedef struct AVComplexDouble { + double re, im; +} AVComplexDouble; + +typedef struct AVComplexInt32 { + int32_t re, im; +} AVComplexInt32; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat, + * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant. + * + * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported. + * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2, + AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4, + + /** + * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t, + * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is + * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'. + * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default. + * + * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame). + * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array. + * + * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array. + * + * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not + * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full + * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3, + AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5, + + /** + * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs. + * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for + * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used + * as a default. + * + * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two + * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set + * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes. + * + * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to + * N/2+1 complex values. + * + * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex + * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be + * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len. + * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7, + AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8, + + /** + * Real to real (DCT) transforms. + * + * The forward transform is a DCT-II. + * The inverse transform is a DCT-III. + * + * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the + * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the + * spacing between two samples in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT = 9, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10, + AV_TX_INT32_DCT = 11, + + /* Not part of the API, do not use */ + AV_TX_NB, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes + * + * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU + * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init(). + * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified. + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Flags for av_tx_init() + */ +enum AVTXFlags { + /** + * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output. + * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types. + */ + AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0, + + /** + * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn(). + * May be slower with certain transform types. + */ + AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1, + + /** + * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be + * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats, + * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats. + * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs. + */ + AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2, +}; + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0 + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL. + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748b7ed3c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/uuid.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * Zane van Iperen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * UUID parsing and serialization utilities. + * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes, + * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type + * of the UUID. + * + * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * @author Zane van Iperen + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H +#define AVUTIL_UUID_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_PRI_UUID \ + "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \ + "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID + * to print UUIDs, e.g. + * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid)); + */ +#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \ + (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \ + (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \ + (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \ + (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15] + +#define AV_UUID_LEN 16 + +/* Binary representation of a UUID */ +typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN]; + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in String representation of a UUID, + * e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696 + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122, + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in URN UUID + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. + * + * @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation + * @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the + * string representation. That memory location is never + * accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`. + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122. + * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the + * terminating NUL character. + * + * @param[in] uu AVUUID + * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters. + */ +void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out); + +/** + * Compares two UUIDs for equality. + * + * @param[in] uu1 AVUUID + * @param[in] uu2 AVUUID + * @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise + */ +static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2) +{ + return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0; +} + +/** + * Copies the bytes of src into dest. + * + * @param[out] dest AVUUID + * @param[in] src AVUUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src) +{ + memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +/** + * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all + * its 128 bits set to zero. + * + * @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu) +{ + memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8ec60434 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 2 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#define FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0c3bc1a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/video_enc_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" + +enum AVVideoEncParamsType { + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1, + /** + * VP9 stores: + * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the + * corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp + * + * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block: + * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding + * AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9, + + /** + * H.264 stores: + * - in PPS (per-picture): + * * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately), + * exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value + * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer + * parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported + * as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264, + + /* + * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer. + * + * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the + * resulting quantizer for the block. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2, +}; + +/** + * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along + * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors. + * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideoEncParams { + /** + * Number of blocks in the array. + * + * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case + * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not + * be accessed. + */ + unsigned int nb_blocks; + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array + * of blocks starts. + */ + size_t blocks_offset; + /* + * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams). + */ + size_t block_size; + + /** + * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with). + */ + enum AVVideoEncParamsType type; + + /** + * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a + * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly + * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner + * documented for each type. + */ + int32_t qp; + + /** + * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given + * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index). + */ + int32_t delta_qp[4][2]; +} AVVideoEncParams; + +/** + * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information. + * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with + * av_video_enc_params_block(). + * + * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be + * added to it. + */ +typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams { + /** + * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame + * to the top-left corner of the block. + * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame. + */ + int src_x, src_y; + /** + * Width and height of the block in luma pixels. + */ + int w, h; + + /** + * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the + * corresponding per-frame value. + */ + int32_t delta_qp; +} AVVideoBlockParams; + +/* + * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks. + */ +static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams* +av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks); + return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset + + idx * par->block_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be + * freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame} + * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS + * and initializes the variables. + */ +AVVideoEncParams* +av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bff42d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/asm.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H + +#include +#include "config.h" + +typedef struct xmm_reg { uint64_t a, b; } xmm_reg; +typedef struct ymm_reg { uint64_t a, b, c, d; } ymm_reg; + +#if ARCH_X86_64 +# define FF_OPSIZE "q" +# define FF_REG_a "rax" +# define FF_REG_b "rbx" +# define FF_REG_c "rcx" +# define FF_REG_d "rdx" +# define FF_REG_D "rdi" +# define FF_REG_S "rsi" +# define FF_PTR_SIZE "8" +typedef int64_t x86_reg; + +/* FF_REG_SP is defined in Solaris sys headers, so use FF_REG_sp */ +# define FF_REG_sp "rsp" +# define FF_REG_BP "rbp" +# define FF_REGBP rbp +# define FF_REGa rax +# define FF_REGb rbx +# define FF_REGc rcx +# define FF_REGd rdx +# define FF_REGSP rsp + +#elif ARCH_X86_32 + +# define FF_OPSIZE "l" +# define FF_REG_a "eax" +# define FF_REG_b "ebx" +# define FF_REG_c "ecx" +# define FF_REG_d "edx" +# define FF_REG_D "edi" +# define FF_REG_S "esi" +# define FF_PTR_SIZE "4" +typedef int32_t x86_reg; + +# define FF_REG_sp "esp" +# define FF_REG_BP "ebp" +# define FF_REGBP ebp +# define FF_REGa eax +# define FF_REGb ebx +# define FF_REGc ecx +# define FF_REGd edx +# define FF_REGSP esp +#else +typedef int x86_reg; +#endif + +#define HAVE_7REGS (ARCH_X86_64 || (HAVE_EBX_AVAILABLE && HAVE_EBP_AVAILABLE)) +#define HAVE_6REGS (ARCH_X86_64 || (HAVE_EBX_AVAILABLE || HAVE_EBP_AVAILABLE)) + +#if ARCH_X86_64 && defined(PIC) +# define BROKEN_RELOCATIONS 1 +#endif + +/* + * If gcc is not set to support sse (-msse) it will not accept xmm registers + * in the clobber list for inline asm. XMM_CLOBBERS takes a list of xmm + * registers to be marked as clobbered and evaluates to nothing if they are + * not supported, or to the list itself if they are supported. Since a clobber + * list may not be empty, XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY should be used if the xmm + * registers are the only in the clobber list. + * For example a list with "eax" and "xmm0" as clobbers should become: + * : XMM_CLOBBERS("xmm0",) "eax" + * and a list with only "xmm0" should become: + * XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY("xmm0") + */ +#if HAVE_XMM_CLOBBERS +# define XMM_CLOBBERS(...) __VA_ARGS__ +# define XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY(...) : __VA_ARGS__ +#else +# define XMM_CLOBBERS(...) +# define XMM_CLOBBERS_ONLY(...) +#endif + +/* Use to export labels from asm. */ +#define LABEL_MANGLE(a) EXTERN_PREFIX #a + +// Use rip-relative addressing if compiling PIC code on x86-64. +#if ARCH_X86_64 && defined(PIC) +# define LOCAL_MANGLE(a) #a "(%%rip)" +#else +# define LOCAL_MANGLE(a) #a +#endif + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM_DIRECT_SYMBOL_REFS +# define MANGLE(a) EXTERN_PREFIX LOCAL_MANGLE(a) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY_ADD(...) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY(...) +#else + /* When direct symbol references are used in code passed to a compiler that does not support them + * then these references need to be converted to named asm constraints instead. + * Instead of returning a direct symbol MANGLE now returns a named constraint for that specific symbol. + * In order for this to work there must also be a corresponding entry in the asm-interface. To add this + * entry use the macro NAMED_CONSTRAINTS() and pass in a list of each symbol reference used in the + * corresponding block of code. (e.g. NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(var1,var2,var3) where var1 is the first symbol etc. ). + * If there are already existing constraints then use NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD to add to the existing constraint list. + */ +# define MANGLE(a) "%["#a"]" + // Intel/MSVC does not correctly expand va-args so we need a rather ugly hack in order to get it to work +# define FE_0(P,X) P(X) +# define FE_1(P,X,X1) P(X), FE_0(P,X1) +# define FE_2(P,X,X1,X2) P(X), FE_1(P,X1,X2) +# define FE_3(P,X,X1,X2,X3) P(X), FE_2(P,X1,X2,X3) +# define FE_4(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4) P(X), FE_3(P,X1,X2,X3,X4) +# define FE_5(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5) P(X), FE_4(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5) +# define FE_6(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6) P(X), FE_5(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6) +# define FE_7(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7) P(X), FE_6(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7) +# define FE_8(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8) P(X), FE_7(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8) +# define FE_9(P,X,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8,X9) P(X), FE_8(P,X1,X2,X3,X4,X5,X6,X7,X8,X9) +# define GET_FE_IMPL(_0,_1,_2,_3,_4,_5,_6,_7,_8,_9,NAME,...) NAME +# define GET_FE(A) GET_FE_IMPL A +# define GET_FE_GLUE(x, y) x y +# define FOR_EACH_VA(P,...) GET_FE_GLUE(GET_FE((__VA_ARGS__,FE_9,FE_8,FE_7,FE_6,FE_5,FE_4,FE_3,FE_2,FE_1,FE_0)), (P,__VA_ARGS__)) +# define NAME_CONSTRAINT(x) [x] "m"(x) + // Parameters are a list of each symbol reference required +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ADD(...) , FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT,__VA_ARGS__) + // Same but without comma for when there are no previously defined constraints +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS(...) FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT,__VA_ARGS__) + // Same as above NAMED_CONSTRAINTS except used for passing arrays/pointers instead of normal variables +# define NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY(x) [x] "m"(*x) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY_ADD(...) , FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY,__VA_ARGS__) +# define NAMED_CONSTRAINTS_ARRAY(...) FOR_EACH_VA(NAME_CONSTRAINT_ARRAY,__VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_ASM_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ceec110c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/emms.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H + +#include "config.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +void avpriv_emms_asm(void); + +#if HAVE_MMX_INLINE +#ifndef __MMX__ +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#endif + +# define emms_c emms_c +/** + * Empty mmx state. + * this must be called between any dsp function and float/double code. + * for example sin(); dsp->idct_put(); emms_c(); cos() + * Note, *alloc() and *free() also use float code in some libc implementations + * thus this also applies to them or any function using them. + */ +static av_always_inline void emms_c(void) +{ +/* Some inlined functions may also use mmx instructions regardless of + * runtime cpuflags. With that in mind, we unconditionally empty the + * mmx state if the target cpu chosen at configure time supports it. + */ +#if !defined(__MMX__) + if(av_get_cpu_flags() & AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX) +#endif + __asm__ volatile ("emms" ::: "memory"); +} +#elif HAVE_MMX && HAVE_MM_EMPTY +# include +# define emms_c _mm_empty +#elif HAVE_MMX_EXTERNAL +# define emms_c avpriv_emms_asm +#endif /* HAVE_MMX_INLINE */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_EMMS_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d1e88def --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/x86/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H +#define AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H + +#include + +#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM + +#define FF_TIMER_UNITS "decicycles" +#define AV_READ_TIME read_time + +static inline uint64_t read_time(void) +{ + uint32_t a, d; + __asm__ volatile( +#if ARCH_X86_64 || defined(__SSE2__) + "lfence \n\t" +#endif + "rdtsc \n\t" + : "=a" (a), "=d" (d)); + return ((uint64_t)d << 32) + a; +} + +#elif HAVE_RDTSC + +#include +#define AV_READ_TIME __rdtsc + +#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_X86_TIMER_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..735427c10 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Headers/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77a0f7170 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libavutil + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavutil + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libavutil + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 58.2.100 + CFBundleVersion + 58.2.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/libavutil b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/libavutil new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11f63e0d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libavutil.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libavutil.framework/libavutil differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19867eac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libswresample.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libswresample.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libswresample.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4dcaebdc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts2() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = NULL; + * int ret = swr_alloc_set_opts2(&swr, // we're allocating a new context + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref avoptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts2(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libswresample/version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts2()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts2(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + * @deprecated use @ref swr_alloc_set_opts2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require *ps to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts2() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param ps Pointer to an existing Swr context if available, or to NULL if not. + * On success, *ps will be set to the allocated context. + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on error. + * On error, the Swr context is freed and *ps set to NULL. + */ +int swr_alloc_set_opts2(struct SwrContext **ps, + const AVChannelLayout *out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + const AVChannelLayout *in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param[in] s initialized Swr context + * @param[in] pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated use @ref swr_build_matrix2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); +#endif + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix2(const AVChannelLayout *in_layout, const AVChannelLayout *out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + ptrdiff_t stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_context); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param out output AVFrame + * @param in input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31ecf6fff --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 10 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f265c207 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 4 + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff3521d54 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libswresample + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libswresample + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libswresample + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 4.10.100 + CFBundleVersion + 4.10.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/libswresample b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/libswresample new file mode 100755 index 000000000..4435fc16f Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswresample.framework/libswresample differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4dcaebdc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts2() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = NULL; + * int ret = swr_alloc_set_opts2(&swr, // we're allocating a new context + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref avoptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts2(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libswresample/version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts2()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts2(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + * @deprecated use @ref swr_alloc_set_opts2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require *ps to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts2() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param ps Pointer to an existing Swr context if available, or to NULL if not. + * On success, *ps will be set to the allocated context. + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on error. + * On error, the Swr context is freed and *ps set to NULL. + */ +int swr_alloc_set_opts2(struct SwrContext **ps, + const AVChannelLayout *out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + const AVChannelLayout *in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param[in] s initialized Swr context + * @param[in] pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + * @deprecated use @ref swr_build_matrix2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); +#endif + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix2(const AVChannelLayout *in_layout, const AVChannelLayout *out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + ptrdiff_t stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_context); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param out output AVFrame + * @param in input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31ecf6fff --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 10 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f265c207 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 4 + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff3521d54 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libswresample + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libswresample + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libswresample + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 4.10.100 + CFBundleVersion + 4.10.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/libswresample b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/libswresample new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ff7912be Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswresample.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswresample.framework/libswresample differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14fa83069 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-maccatalyst + LibraryPath + libswscale.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + maccatalyst + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libswscale.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libswscale.framework + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d4612aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * Scale source data from src and write the output to dst. + * + * This is merely a convenience wrapper around + * - sws_frame_start() + * - sws_send_slice(0, src->height) + * - sws_receive_slice(0, dst->height) + * - sws_frame_end() + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param dst The destination frame. See documentation for sws_frame_start() for + * more details. + * @param src The source frame. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int sws_scale_frame(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Initialize the scaling process for a given pair of source/destination frames. + * Must be called before any calls to sws_send_slice() and sws_receive_slice(). + * + * This function will retain references to src and dst, so they must both use + * refcounted buffers (if allocated by the caller, in case of dst). + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param dst The destination frame. + * + * The data buffers may either be already allocated by the caller or + * left clear, in which case they will be allocated by the scaler. + * The latter may have performance advantages - e.g. in certain cases + * some output planes may be references to input planes, rather than + * copies. + * + * Output data will be written into this frame in successful + * sws_receive_slice() calls. + * @param src The source frame. The data buffers must be allocated, but the + * frame data does not have to be ready at this point. Data + * availability is then signalled by sws_send_slice(). + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @see sws_frame_end() + */ +int sws_frame_start(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Finish the scaling process for a pair of source/destination frames previously + * submitted with sws_frame_start(). Must be called after all sws_send_slice() + * and sws_receive_slice() calls are done, before any new sws_frame_start() + * calls. + * + * @param c The scaling context + */ +void sws_frame_end(struct SwsContext *c); + +/** + * Indicate that a horizontal slice of input data is available in the source + * frame previously provided to sws_frame_start(). The slices may be provided in + * any order, but may not overlap. For vertically subsampled pixel formats, the + * slices must be aligned according to subsampling. + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param slice_start first row of the slice + * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int sws_send_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start, + unsigned int slice_height); + +/** + * Request a horizontal slice of the output data to be written into the frame + * previously provided to sws_frame_start(). + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param slice_start first row of the slice; must be a multiple of + * sws_receive_slice_alignment() + * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice; must be a multiple of + * sws_receive_slice_alignment(), except for the last slice + * (i.e. when slice_start+slice_height is equal to output + * frame height) + * + * @return a non-negative number if the data was successfully written into the output + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more input data needs to be provided before the + * output can be produced + * another negative AVERROR code on other kinds of scaling failure + */ +int sws_receive_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start, + unsigned int slice_height); + +/** + * Get the alignment required for slices + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @return alignment required for output slices requested with sws_receive_slice(). + * Slice offsets and sizes passed to sws_receive_slice() must be + * multiples of the value returned from this function. + */ +unsigned int sws_receive_slice_alignment(const struct SwsContext *c); + +/** + * @param c the scaling context + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * + * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise. + * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported. + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise. + * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported. + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e54701ab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88577a2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 7 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aae6ca3df --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libswscale + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libswscale + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libswscale + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 7.1.100 + CFBundleVersion + 7.1.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/libswscale b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/libswscale new file mode 100755 index 000000000..bd6fc4ac3 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64/libswscale.framework/libswscale differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d4612aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * Scale source data from src and write the output to dst. + * + * This is merely a convenience wrapper around + * - sws_frame_start() + * - sws_send_slice(0, src->height) + * - sws_receive_slice(0, dst->height) + * - sws_frame_end() + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param dst The destination frame. See documentation for sws_frame_start() for + * more details. + * @param src The source frame. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int sws_scale_frame(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Initialize the scaling process for a given pair of source/destination frames. + * Must be called before any calls to sws_send_slice() and sws_receive_slice(). + * + * This function will retain references to src and dst, so they must both use + * refcounted buffers (if allocated by the caller, in case of dst). + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param dst The destination frame. + * + * The data buffers may either be already allocated by the caller or + * left clear, in which case they will be allocated by the scaler. + * The latter may have performance advantages - e.g. in certain cases + * some output planes may be references to input planes, rather than + * copies. + * + * Output data will be written into this frame in successful + * sws_receive_slice() calls. + * @param src The source frame. The data buffers must be allocated, but the + * frame data does not have to be ready at this point. Data + * availability is then signalled by sws_send_slice(). + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @see sws_frame_end() + */ +int sws_frame_start(struct SwsContext *c, AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Finish the scaling process for a pair of source/destination frames previously + * submitted with sws_frame_start(). Must be called after all sws_send_slice() + * and sws_receive_slice() calls are done, before any new sws_frame_start() + * calls. + * + * @param c The scaling context + */ +void sws_frame_end(struct SwsContext *c); + +/** + * Indicate that a horizontal slice of input data is available in the source + * frame previously provided to sws_frame_start(). The slices may be provided in + * any order, but may not overlap. For vertically subsampled pixel formats, the + * slices must be aligned according to subsampling. + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param slice_start first row of the slice + * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int sws_send_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start, + unsigned int slice_height); + +/** + * Request a horizontal slice of the output data to be written into the frame + * previously provided to sws_frame_start(). + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @param slice_start first row of the slice; must be a multiple of + * sws_receive_slice_alignment() + * @param slice_height number of rows in the slice; must be a multiple of + * sws_receive_slice_alignment(), except for the last slice + * (i.e. when slice_start+slice_height is equal to output + * frame height) + * + * @return a non-negative number if the data was successfully written into the output + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more input data needs to be provided before the + * output can be produced + * another negative AVERROR code on other kinds of scaling failure + */ +int sws_receive_slice(struct SwsContext *c, unsigned int slice_start, + unsigned int slice_height); + +/** + * Get the alignment required for slices + * + * @param c The scaling context + * @return alignment required for output slices requested with sws_receive_slice(). + * Slice offsets and sizes passed to sws_receive_slice() must be + * multiples of the value returned from this function. + */ +unsigned int sws_receive_slice_alignment(const struct SwsContext *c); + +/** + * @param c the scaling context + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * + * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise. + * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported. + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return A negative error code on error, non negative otherwise. + * If `LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 7`, returns -1 if not supported. + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e54701ab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88577a2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Headers/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 7 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aae6ca3df --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + CFBundleDevelopmentRegion + en + CFBundleExecutable + libswscale + CFBundleIdentifier + com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libswscale + CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion + 6.0 + CFBundleName + libswscale + CFBundlePackageType + FMWK + CFBundleShortVersionString + 7.1.100 + CFBundleVersion + 7.1.100 + CFBundleSignature + ???? + MinimumOSVersion + 12.1 + CFBundleSupportedPlatforms + + iPhoneOS + + NSPrincipalClass + + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/LICENSE b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c5ca88a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/libswscale b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/libswscale new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d6a2832d Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libswscale.xcframework/ios-arm64_x86_64-simulator/libswscale.framework/libswscale differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/Info.plist b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/Info.plist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7fea100 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/Info.plist @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + AvailableLibraries + + + BinaryPath + libteakra.a + HeadersPath + Headers + LibraryIdentifier + ios-x86_64-simulator + LibraryPath + libteakra.a + SupportedArchitectures + + x86_64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + SupportedPlatformVariant + simulator + + + BinaryPath + libteakra.a + HeadersPath + Headers + LibraryIdentifier + ios-arm64 + LibraryPath + libteakra.a + SupportedArchitectures + + arm64 + + SupportedPlatform + ios + + + CFBundlePackageType + XFWK + XCFrameworkFormatVersion + 1.0 + + diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6af37ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Teakra::Disassembler { + +struct ArArpSettings { + std::array ar; + std::array arp; +}; + +bool NeedExpansion(std::uint16_t opcode); +bool NeedExpansion(std::uint16_t opcode); +std::vector GetTokenList(std::uint16_t opcode, std::uint16_t expansion = 0, + std::optional ar_arp = std::nullopt); +std::string Do(std::uint16_t opcode, std::uint16_t expansion = 0, + std::optional ar_arp = std::nullopt); + +} // namespace Teakra::Disassembler diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8222a7491 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +bool Teakra_Disasm_NeedExpansion(uint16_t opcode); + +size_t Teakra_Disasm_Do(char* dst, size_t dstlen, + uint16_t opcode, uint16_t expansion /*= 0*/); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32b90644c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Teakra { + +struct AHBMCallback { + std::function read8; + std::function write8; + + std::function read16; + std::function write16; + + std::function read32; + std::function write32; +}; + +class Teakra { +public: + Teakra(); + ~Teakra(); + + void Reset(); + + std::array& GetDspMemory(); + const std::array& GetDspMemory() const; + + // APBP Data + bool SendDataIsEmpty(std::uint8_t index) const; + void SendData(std::uint8_t index, std::uint16_t value); + bool RecvDataIsReady(std::uint8_t index) const; + std::uint16_t RecvData(std::uint8_t index); + std::uint16_t PeekRecvData(std::uint8_t index); + void SetRecvDataHandler(std::uint8_t index, std::function handler); + + // APBP Semaphore + void SetSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void ClearSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void MaskSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void SetSemaphoreHandler(std::function handler); + std::uint16_t GetSemaphore() const; + + // for implementing DSP_PDATA/PADR DMA transfers + std::uint16_t ProgramRead(std::uint32_t address) const; + void ProgramWrite(std::uint32_t address, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t DataRead(std::uint16_t address, bool bypass_mmio = false); + void DataWrite(std::uint16_t address, std::uint16_t value, bool bypass_mmio = false); + std::uint16_t DataReadA32(std::uint32_t address) const; + void DataWriteA32(std::uint32_t address, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t MMIORead(std::uint16_t address); + void MMIOWrite(std::uint16_t address, std::uint16_t value); + + // DSP_PADR is only 16-bit, so this is where the DMA interface gets the + // upper 16-bits from + std::uint16_t DMAChan0GetSrcHigh(); + std::uint16_t DMAChan0GetDstHigh(); + + std::uint16_t AHBMGetUnitSize(std::uint16_t i) const; + std::uint16_t AHBMGetDirection(std::uint16_t i) const; + std::uint16_t AHBMGetDmaChannel(std::uint16_t i) const; + // we need these as AHBM does some weird stuff on unaligned accesses internally + std::uint16_t AHBMRead16(std::uint32_t addr); + void AHBMWrite16(std::uint32_t addr, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t AHBMRead32(std::uint32_t addr); + void AHBMWrite32(std::uint32_t addr, std::uint32_t value); + + // core + void Run(unsigned cycle); + + void SetAHBMCallback(const AHBMCallback& callback); + + void SetAudioCallback(std::function)> callback); + +private: + struct Impl; + std::unique_ptr impl; +}; +} // namespace Teakra diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d52a9f1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct TeakraObject; +typedef struct TeakraObject TeakraContext; + +typedef void (*Teakra_InterruptCallback)(void* userdata); +typedef void (*Teakra_AudioCallback)(void* userdata, int16_t samples[2]); + +typedef uint8_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback8)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback8)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint8_t value); + +typedef uint16_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback16)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback16)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); + +typedef uint32_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback32)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback32)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint32_t value); + +TeakraContext* Teakra_Create(); +void Teakra_Destroy(TeakraContext* context); +void Teakra_Reset(TeakraContext* context); +uint8_t* Teakra_GetDspMemory(TeakraContext* context); + +int Teakra_SendDataIsEmpty(const TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +void Teakra_SendData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index, uint16_t value); +int Teakra_RecvDataIsReady(const TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +uint16_t Teakra_RecvData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +uint16_t Teakra_PeekRecvData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +void Teakra_SetRecvDataHandler(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index, + Teakra_InterruptCallback handler, void* userdata); + +void Teakra_SetSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_ClearSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_MaskSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_SetSemaphoreHandler(TeakraContext* context, Teakra_InterruptCallback handler, + void* userdata); +uint16_t Teakra_GetSemaphore(const TeakraContext* context); + +uint16_t Teakra_ProgramRead(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address); +void Teakra_ProgramWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_DataRead(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, bool bypass_mmio); +void Teakra_DataWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, uint16_t value, bool bypass_mmio); +uint16_t Teakra_DataReadA32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address); +void Teakra_DataWriteA32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_MMIORead(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address); +void Teakra_MMIOWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, uint16_t value); + +uint16_t Teakra_DMAChan0GetSrcHigh(TeakraContext* context); +uint16_t Teakra_DMAChan0GetDstHigh(TeakraContext* context); + +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetUnitSize(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetDirection(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetDmaChannel(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); + +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMRead16(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr); +void Teakra_AHBMWrite16(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMRead32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr); +void Teakra_AHBMWrite32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr, uint32_t value); + + +void Teakra_Run(TeakraContext* context, unsigned cycle); + +void Teakra_SetAHBMCallback(TeakraContext* context, + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback8 read8 , Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback8 write8 , + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback16 read16, Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback16 write16, + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback32 read32, Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback32 write32, + void* userdata); + + +void Teakra_SetAudioCallback(TeakraContext* context, Teakra_AudioCallback callback, void* userdata); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/libteakra.a b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/libteakra.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a594af469 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-arm64/libteakra.a differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6af37ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Teakra::Disassembler { + +struct ArArpSettings { + std::array ar; + std::array arp; +}; + +bool NeedExpansion(std::uint16_t opcode); +bool NeedExpansion(std::uint16_t opcode); +std::vector GetTokenList(std::uint16_t opcode, std::uint16_t expansion = 0, + std::optional ar_arp = std::nullopt); +std::string Do(std::uint16_t opcode, std::uint16_t expansion = 0, + std::optional ar_arp = std::nullopt); + +} // namespace Teakra::Disassembler diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8222a7491 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/disassembler_c.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +bool Teakra_Disasm_NeedExpansion(uint16_t opcode); + +size_t Teakra_Disasm_Do(char* dst, size_t dstlen, + uint16_t opcode, uint16_t expansion /*= 0*/); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32b90644c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Teakra { + +struct AHBMCallback { + std::function read8; + std::function write8; + + std::function read16; + std::function write16; + + std::function read32; + std::function write32; +}; + +class Teakra { +public: + Teakra(); + ~Teakra(); + + void Reset(); + + std::array& GetDspMemory(); + const std::array& GetDspMemory() const; + + // APBP Data + bool SendDataIsEmpty(std::uint8_t index) const; + void SendData(std::uint8_t index, std::uint16_t value); + bool RecvDataIsReady(std::uint8_t index) const; + std::uint16_t RecvData(std::uint8_t index); + std::uint16_t PeekRecvData(std::uint8_t index); + void SetRecvDataHandler(std::uint8_t index, std::function handler); + + // APBP Semaphore + void SetSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void ClearSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void MaskSemaphore(std::uint16_t value); + void SetSemaphoreHandler(std::function handler); + std::uint16_t GetSemaphore() const; + + // for implementing DSP_PDATA/PADR DMA transfers + std::uint16_t ProgramRead(std::uint32_t address) const; + void ProgramWrite(std::uint32_t address, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t DataRead(std::uint16_t address, bool bypass_mmio = false); + void DataWrite(std::uint16_t address, std::uint16_t value, bool bypass_mmio = false); + std::uint16_t DataReadA32(std::uint32_t address) const; + void DataWriteA32(std::uint32_t address, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t MMIORead(std::uint16_t address); + void MMIOWrite(std::uint16_t address, std::uint16_t value); + + // DSP_PADR is only 16-bit, so this is where the DMA interface gets the + // upper 16-bits from + std::uint16_t DMAChan0GetSrcHigh(); + std::uint16_t DMAChan0GetDstHigh(); + + std::uint16_t AHBMGetUnitSize(std::uint16_t i) const; + std::uint16_t AHBMGetDirection(std::uint16_t i) const; + std::uint16_t AHBMGetDmaChannel(std::uint16_t i) const; + // we need these as AHBM does some weird stuff on unaligned accesses internally + std::uint16_t AHBMRead16(std::uint32_t addr); + void AHBMWrite16(std::uint32_t addr, std::uint16_t value); + std::uint16_t AHBMRead32(std::uint32_t addr); + void AHBMWrite32(std::uint32_t addr, std::uint32_t value); + + // core + void Run(unsigned cycle); + + void SetAHBMCallback(const AHBMCallback& callback); + + void SetAudioCallback(std::function)> callback); + +private: + struct Impl; + std::unique_ptr impl; +}; +} // namespace Teakra diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d52a9f1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/Headers/teakra/teakra_c.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct TeakraObject; +typedef struct TeakraObject TeakraContext; + +typedef void (*Teakra_InterruptCallback)(void* userdata); +typedef void (*Teakra_AudioCallback)(void* userdata, int16_t samples[2]); + +typedef uint8_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback8)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback8)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint8_t value); + +typedef uint16_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback16)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback16)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); + +typedef uint32_t (*Teakra_AHBMReadCallback32)(void* userdata, uint32_t address); +typedef void (*Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback32)(void* userdata, uint32_t address, uint32_t value); + +TeakraContext* Teakra_Create(); +void Teakra_Destroy(TeakraContext* context); +void Teakra_Reset(TeakraContext* context); +uint8_t* Teakra_GetDspMemory(TeakraContext* context); + +int Teakra_SendDataIsEmpty(const TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +void Teakra_SendData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index, uint16_t value); +int Teakra_RecvDataIsReady(const TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +uint16_t Teakra_RecvData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +uint16_t Teakra_PeekRecvData(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index); +void Teakra_SetRecvDataHandler(TeakraContext* context, uint8_t index, + Teakra_InterruptCallback handler, void* userdata); + +void Teakra_SetSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_ClearSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_MaskSemaphore(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t value); +void Teakra_SetSemaphoreHandler(TeakraContext* context, Teakra_InterruptCallback handler, + void* userdata); +uint16_t Teakra_GetSemaphore(const TeakraContext* context); + +uint16_t Teakra_ProgramRead(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address); +void Teakra_ProgramWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_DataRead(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, bool bypass_mmio); +void Teakra_DataWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, uint16_t value, bool bypass_mmio); +uint16_t Teakra_DataReadA32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address); +void Teakra_DataWriteA32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t address, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_MMIORead(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address); +void Teakra_MMIOWrite(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t address, uint16_t value); + +uint16_t Teakra_DMAChan0GetSrcHigh(TeakraContext* context); +uint16_t Teakra_DMAChan0GetDstHigh(TeakraContext* context); + +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetUnitSize(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetDirection(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMGetDmaChannel(TeakraContext* context, uint16_t i); + +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMRead16(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr); +void Teakra_AHBMWrite16(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr, uint16_t value); +uint16_t Teakra_AHBMRead32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr); +void Teakra_AHBMWrite32(TeakraContext* context, uint32_t addr, uint32_t value); + + +void Teakra_Run(TeakraContext* context, unsigned cycle); + +void Teakra_SetAHBMCallback(TeakraContext* context, + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback8 read8 , Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback8 write8 , + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback16 read16, Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback16 write16, + Teakra_AHBMReadCallback32 read32, Teakra_AHBMWriteCallback32 write32, + void* userdata); + + +void Teakra_SetAudioCallback(TeakraContext* context, Teakra_AudioCallback callback, void* userdata); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libteakra.a b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libteakra.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..391c7fcd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Dependencies/XCFrameworks/libteakra.xcframework/ios-x86_64-simulator/libteakra.a differ diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/MeloNX.entitlements b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/MeloNX.entitlements index 99f471672..aff1d9915 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/MeloNX.entitlements +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/MeloNX.entitlements @@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ + com.apple.developer.kernel.extended-virtual-addressing + + com.apple.developer.kernel.increased-debugging-memory-limit + com.apple.developer.kernel.increased-memory-limit diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/ContentView.swift b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/ContentView.swift index 60f0525f4..765e04920 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/ContentView.swift +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/ContentView.swift @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ struct ContentView: View { @State public var theWindow: UIWindow? = nil @State private var virtualController: GCVirtualController? @State var game: URL? = nil + @State var controllerss: [Controller] = [] init() { + setMoltenVKSettings() // Initialize SDL DispatchQueue.main.async { [self] in SDL_SetMainReady() SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_TRUE) SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) - // Apply the window patch early patchMakeKeyAndVisible() } } @@ -43,40 +44,65 @@ struct ContentView: View { } var body: some View { + + if let game { - - SDLViewRepresentable { displayid in - start(displayid: displayid) - } + Text("Loading...") + .onAppear { + start(displayid: 0) + } } else { - GameListView(startemu: $game) + HStack { + GameListView(startemu: $game) + .onAppear() { + Ryujinx().getConnectedControllers() + } + /* + List { + ForEach(Ryujinx().controllerMap) { controllers in + Button { + if controllerss.contains(where: { $0.id == controllers.id }) { + controllerss.removeAll(where: { $0.id == controllers.id }) + } else { + controllerss.append(controllers) + } + } label: { + if controllerss.contains(where: { $0.id == controllers.id }) { + HStack { + Text(controllers.name) + Spacer() + Text("enabled") + } + } else { + Text(controllers.name) + } + } + } + + } + */ + } } } func start(displayid: UInt32) { - - - let config = Ryujinx.Configuration( gamepath: game!.path, additionalArgs: [ - "--display-id", String(displayid) + // "--display-id", String(displayid) + "--expand-ram", "false" ], debuglogs: true, tracelogs: true, listinputids: false, - inputids: ["1-47150005-05ac-0000-0100-00004f066d01"], + inputids: ["1-1fd70005-057e-0000-0920-0000ff870000"], // "2-1fd70005-057e-0000-0920-0000ff870000"], ryufullscreen: true ) // Start the emulation do { - if theWindow == nil { - // Ensure theWindow is set - theWindow = UIApplication.shared.windows.first - } setupVirtualController() try Ryujinx().start(with: config) @@ -94,6 +120,30 @@ struct ContentView: View { method_exchangeImplementations(m1, m2) } } + + + private func setMoltenVKSettings() { + + + let settings: [String: String] = [ + "MVK_DEBUG": "0", + "MVK_CONFIG_DEBUG": "1", + // "MVK_CONFIG_PREALLOCATE_DESCRIPTORS": "1", + // "MVK_CONFIG_VK_SEMAPHORE_SUPPORT_STYLE": "1", + // "MVK_CONFIG_PREFILL_METAL_COMMAND_BUFFERS": "1", + "MVK_CONFIG_MAX_ACTIVE_METAL_COMMAND_BUFFERS_PER_QUEUE": "512", + "MVK_CONFIG_USE_METAL_ARGUMENT_BUFFERS": "1", + "MVK_USE_METAL_PRIVATE_API": "1", + // "MVK_CONFIG_RESUME_LOST_DEVICE": "0", + "MVK_CONFIG_USE_METAL_PRIVATE_API": "1", + // "MVK_CONFIG_ALLOW_METAL_NON_STANDARD_IMAGE_COPIES": "1" + ] + + settings.forEach { strins in + setenv(strins.key, strins.value, 1) + } + + } } extension UIWindow { diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/GamesList/GameListView.swift b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/GamesList/GameListView.swift index 4b938d5ce..ec8891526 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/GamesList/GameListView.swift +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/GamesList/GameListView.swift @@ -13,17 +13,15 @@ struct GameListView: View { @State private var games: [URL] = [] var body: some View { - NavigationView { - List(games, id: \.self) { game in - Button { - startemu = game - } label: { - Text(game.lastPathComponent) - } + List(games, id: \.self) { game in + Button { + startemu = game + } label: { + Text(game.lastPathComponent) } - .navigationTitle("Games") - .onAppear(perform: loadGames) } + .navigationTitle("Games") + .onAppear(perform: loadGames) } private func loadGames() { diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLView.swift b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLView.swift index 0db2193eb..1f89ffaf8 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLView.swift +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLView.swift @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class SDLView: UIView { 0, width, height, - defaultFlags | fullscreenFlag | getWindowFlags() + defaultFlags | getWindowFlags() // | fullscreenFlag | getWindowFlags() ) // Check if we successfully retrieved the SDL window diff --git a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLViewRepresentable.swift b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLViewRepresentable.swift index ebfea2c68..be04a2581 100644 --- a/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLViewRepresentable.swift +++ b/src/MeloNX/MeloNX/Views/SDLView/SDLViewRepresentable.swift @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import UIKit import SwiftUI import SDL2 +import GameController struct SDLViewRepresentable: UIViewRepresentable { let configure: (UInt32) -> Void @@ -22,4 +23,5 @@ struct SDLViewRepresentable: UIViewRepresentable { func updateUIView(_ uiView: SDLView, context: Context) { } + } diff --git a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetCollection.cs b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetCollection.cs index dddd16e13..d85a4619f 100644 --- a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetCollection.cs +++ b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetCollection.cs @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ namespace Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan { Console.WriteLine($"Buffer Handle: {info.ImageView.Handle}"); } + Console.WriteLine($"BaseBinding: {baseBinding}, Type: {type}, ImageInfo Length: {imageInfo.Length}"); fixed (DescriptorImageInfo* pImageInfo = imageInfo) diff --git a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetUpdater.cs b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetUpdater.cs index 0c52fa36b..e0fe5d89a 100644 --- a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetUpdater.cs +++ b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/DescriptorSetUpdater.cs @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ namespace Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan _textures.AsSpan().Fill(initialImageInfo); _images.AsSpan().Fill(initialImageInfo); - if (gd.Capabilities.SupportsNullDescriptors && !OperatingSystem.IsIOS()) + if (gd.Capabilities.SupportsNullDescriptors) { // If null descriptors are supported, we can pass null as the handle. _dummyBuffer = null; diff --git a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/HardwareCapabilities.cs b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/HardwareCapabilities.cs index 98c777eed..ca67b03c1 100644 --- a/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/HardwareCapabilities.cs +++ b/src/Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan/HardwareCapabilities.cs @@ -107,6 +107,8 @@ namespace Ryujinx.Graphics.Vulkan SupportsMultiView = supportsMultiView; SupportsNullDescriptors = supportsNullDescriptors; SupportsPushDescriptors = supportsPushDescriptors; + // SupportsNullDescriptors = (OperatingSystem.IsIOS() ? false : supportsNullDescriptors); + // SupportsPushDescriptors = false; SupportsPrimitiveTopologyListRestart = supportsPrimitiveTopologyListRestart; SupportsPrimitiveTopologyPatchListRestart = supportsPrimitiveTopologyPatchListRestart; SupportsTransformFeedback = supportsTransformFeedback; diff --git a/src/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2/WindowBase.cs b/src/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2/WindowBase.cs index 8b24f1b9d..9f5b50506 100644 --- a/src/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2/WindowBase.cs +++ b/src/Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2/WindowBase.cs @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ namespace Ryujinx.Headless.SDL2 FullscreenFlag = SDL_WindowFlags.SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP; } - WindowHandle = SDL_GetWindowFromID(1); - // WindowHandle = SDL_CreateWindow($"Ryujinx {Program.Version}{titleNameSection}{titleVersionSection}{titleIdSection}{titleArchSection}", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(DisplayId), SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(DisplayId), Width, Height, DefaultFlags | FullscreenFlag | GetWindowFlags()); + // WindowHandle = SDL_GetWindowFromID(1); + WindowHandle = SDL_CreateWindow($"Ryujinx {Program.Version}{titleNameSection}{titleVersionSection}{titleIdSection}{titleArchSection}", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(DisplayId), SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(DisplayId), Width, Height, DefaultFlags | FullscreenFlag | GetWindowFlags()); if (WindowHandle == IntPtr.Zero) {